A

GridFieldDropdownFilter::addFilterOption() — Method in class GridFieldDropdownFilter

Add an option to the dropdown that provides a filter

$ GridFieldRefreshButton#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldRefreshButton
CheckForUpdatesJob::afterComplete() — Method in class CheckForUpdatesJob
Package::addBadge() — Method in class Package

Adds a badge to the list of badges {$badges}

$ UpdatePackageInfoTask#allowed_typesProperty in class UpdatePackageInfoTask

The "types" of composer libraries that will be processed. Anything without these types will be ignored.

ApiLoaderClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\Maintenance\Util

Handles fetching supported addon details from addons.silverstripe.org

CWPSiteConfigExtension::addLogosAndIcons() — Method in class CWPSiteConfigExtension

Add fields for logo and icon uploads

CWPSiteConfigExtension::addSearchOptions() — Method in class CWPSiteConfigExtension

Add user configurable search field labels

CWPSiteConfigExtension::addThemeColorPicker() — Method in class CWPSiteConfigExtension

Add fields for selecting the font theme colour for different areas of the site.

CwpCommentingExtension::alterCommentForm() — Method in class CwpCommentingExtension
$ TaxonomyTermExtension#api_accessProperty in class TaxonomyTermExtension
$ BasePage#api_accessProperty in class BasePage
DatedUpdateHolder::AllUpdates() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolder

Find all site's updates, based on some filters.

$ DatedUpdateHolderController#allowed_actionsProperty in class DatedUpdateHolderController
DatedUpdateHolderController::AllTagsLink() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController

Build the link - keep the date range, reset the rest.

DatedUpdateHolderController::AvailableMonths() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController

Extract the available months based on the current query.

DatedUpdateHolderController::atom() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController
$ EventHolder#allowed_childrenProperty in class EventHolder
EventHolder::AllUpdates() — Method in class EventHolder

Find all site's news items, based on some filters.

$ NewsHolder#allowed_childrenProperty in class NewsHolder
NewsHolder::AllUpdates() — Method in class NewsHolder

Find all site's news items, based on some filters.

$ NewsHolderController#allowed_actionsProperty in class NewsHolderController
NewsHolderController::atom() — Method in class NewsHolderController
$ SitemapPageController#allowed_actionsProperty in class SitemapPageController
$ PdfExportControllerExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class PdfExportControllerExtension
$ SearchControllerExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class SearchControllerExtension
ArchiveHandlerClass in namespace Colymba\BulkManager\BulkAction

Bulk action handler for recursive archiving records.

$ ArchiveHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class ArchiveHandler

RequestHandler allowed actions.

ArchiveHandler::archive() — Method in class ArchiveHandler

Archive the selected records passed from the archive bulk action.

$ DeleteHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class DeleteHandler

RequestHandler allowed actions.

$ EditHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class EditHandler

RequestHandler allowed actions.

$ PublishHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class PublishHandler

RequestHandler allowed actions.

$ UnPublishHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class UnPublishHandler

RequestHandler allowed actions.

$ UnlinkHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class UnlinkHandler

RequestHandler allowed actions.

BulkManager::addBulkAction() — Method in class BulkManager

Lets you add custom bulk actions to the bulk manager interface.

BulkManager::augmentColumns() — Method in class BulkManager

Add bulk select column.

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::addHeader() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Overridden here so content-type cannot be changed Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::addSuccessRecord() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Add a record to the successfully modified list

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::addSuccessRecords() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Add a list of records to the successfully modified list

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::addFailedRecord() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Add a record to the failed to modified list with its error message

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::addFailedRecords() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Add a list of records to the failed to modified list with a common error message

$ BulkUploadHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class BulkUploadHandler

RequestHandler allowed actions.

BulkUploadHandler::attach() — Method in class BulkUploadHandler

Retrieve File to be attached and generated DataObject.

$ BulkUploader#autoPublishDataObjectProperty in class BulkUploader

If true, the component will Publish Versioned DataObject if fasle they will be left as draft.

ElementalSubsiteExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class ElementalSubsiteExtension

Update any requests for elements to limit the results to the current site

$ ElementFormController#allowed_actionsProperty in class ElementFormController
ElementSiteTreeFilterSearch::applyDefaultFilters() — Method in class ElementSiteTreeFilterSearch

We can't use ORM filtering for PHP methods, so we'll perform our own PHP "search" and get a list of matching SiteTree record IDs, then add that to the original ORM query.

$ ElementalAreaController#allowed_actionsProperty in class ElementalAreaController
ElementalAreaController::apiSaveForm() — Method in class ElementalAreaController

Save an inline edit form for a block

$ ElementalContentControllerExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class ElementalContentControllerExtension
$ ElementalAreaField#areaProperty in class ElementalAreaField
AddElementToAreaMutationClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\GraphQL
AddElementToAreaMutation::attributes() — Method in class AddElementToAreaMutation
AddElementToAreaMutation::args() — Method in class AddElementToAreaMutation
DeleteBlocksMutation::attributes() — Method in class DeleteBlocksMutation
DeleteBlocksMutation::args() — Method in class DeleteBlocksMutation
DuplicateElementMutation::attributes() — Method in class DuplicateElementMutation
DuplicateElementMutation::args() — Method in class DuplicateElementMutation
SortBlockMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class SortBlockMutationCreator
SortBlockMutationCreator::args() — Method in class SortBlockMutationCreator
$ BaseElement#anchorProperty in class BaseElement

For caching 'getAnchor'

BaseElement::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class BaseElement
DataExtension::assignTopPage() — Method in class DataExtension

Assigns top page relation

DataExtension::assignFixedTopPage() — Method in class DataExtension

Assigns top page relation based on fixed id

FluentExtension::assignTopPage() — Method in class FluentExtension

Assigns top page relation

FluentExtension::assignFixedTopPage() — Method in class FluentExtension

Assigns top page relation based on fixed id

SiteTreeExtension::addDuplicatedObject() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Registers the given object to receive an updated TopPage reference after the duplication operation completes, ensuring the new Page is written to the database beforehand.

CacheAfterCallAspect::afterCall() — Method in class CacheAfterCallAspect

Logs all hits/misses after a CacheInterface::get call is made.

PartialCacheCollector::addTemplateCache() — Method in class PartialCacheCollector

Adds an item to the templateCache array

DebugBar::allowAllEnvironments() — Method in class DebugBar
ControllerExtension::afterCallActionHandler() — Method in class ControllerExtension
LeftAndMainExtension::accessedCMS() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
DebugBarMiddleware::afterRequest() — Method in class DebugBarMiddleware

Inject DebugBar requirements for the frontend

$ SSViewerProxy#allTemplatesProperty in class SSViewerProxy

Tracks all templates used in the current request

PhockitoClassManifestUpdater::addDouble() — Method in class PhockitoClassManifestUpdater
AdminErrorExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
AdminRootControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
AdminRootController::admin_url() — Method in class AdminRootController

Returns the root admin URL for the site with trailing slash

AdminRootController::add_rule_for_controller() — Method in class AdminRootController

Add the appropriate k/v pair to self::$rules for the given controller.

CMSBatchAction::applicablePagesHelper() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

Helper method for applicablePages() methods. Acts as a skeleton implementation.

CMSBatchAction::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

$ CMSBatchActionHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSBatchActionHandler
CMSBatchActionHandler::actionByName() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Get an action for a given name

CMSMenu::add_controller() — Method in class CMSMenu

Add a LeftAndMain controller to the CMS menu.

CMSMenu::add_link() — Method in class CMSMenu

Add an arbitrary URL to the CMS menu.

CMSMenu::add_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu

Add a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.

CMSMenu::add_menu_item_obj() — Method in class CMSMenu

Add a previously built menu item object to the menu

$ CMSMenuItem#attributesProperty in class CMSMenuItem

Attributes for the link. For instance, custom data attributes or standard HTML anchor properties.

$ UsedOnTable#allowed_actionsProperty in class UsedOnTable
$ LeftAndMain#allowed_actionsProperty in class LeftAndMain
$ LeftAndMain#admin_themesProperty in class LeftAndMain

Themes to use within the CMS

$ LeftAndMain#application_linkProperty in class LeftAndMain

The href for the anchor on the Silverstripe logo

$ LeftAndMain#application_nameProperty in class LeftAndMain

The application name

LeftAndMain::afterHandleRequest() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Cleanup for the handleRequest method

LeftAndMain::ApplicationLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMainExtension::accessedCMS() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
LeftAndMainExtension::augmentNewSiteTreeItem() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
$ ModalController#allowed_actionsProperty in class ModalController
$ ModelAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class ModelAdmin
$ SecurityAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class SecurityAdmin
AkismetFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Akismet

Form field to handle akismet error display and handling

AkismetSpamProtectorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Akismet

Spam protector for Akismet

$ AkismetSpamProtector#api_keyProperty in class AkismetSpamProtector

Set this to your API key

$ AkismetSpamProtector#apiKeyProperty in class AkismetSpamProtector

The API key that will be used for the service. Can be set on the singleton to take priority over configuration.

AkismetConfigClass in namespace SilverStripe\Akismet\Config

Extends {SiteConfig} to allow akismet key to be set via the CMS

AkismetMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Akismet\Config

Allows akismet to be configured via siteconfig instead of hard-coded configuration

AkismetServiceClass in namespace SilverStripe\Akismet\Service

Describes TijsVerkoyen\Akismet\Akismet

AkismetServiceBackendClass in namespace SilverStripe\Akismet\Service

Applies AkismetService to TijsVerkoyen\Akismet\Akismet

AssetAdminClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Controller

AssetAdmin is the 'file store' section of the CMS.

$ AssetAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::apiCreateFile() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Creates a single file based on a form-urlencoded upload.

AssetAdmin::apiUploadFile() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Upload a new asset for a pre-existing record. Returns the asset tuple.

AssetAdmin::apiHistory() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Returns a JSON array for history of a given file ID. Returns a list of all the history.

AssetAdmin::addtocampaign() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Action handler for adding pages to a campaign

AssetAdmin::addToCampaignForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Url handler for add to campaign form

AssetAdminFieldsExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Controller
AssetAdminFileClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Controller

Update File dataobjects to be editable in this asset admin

$ RemoteFileModalExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class RemoteFileModalExtension
AssetFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
$ UploadField#allowed_actionsProperty in class UploadField
$ UploadField#attachEnabledProperty in class UploadField

Set if selecting existing files is enabled.

$ UploadField#allowedMaxFileNumberProperty in class UploadField

The number of files allowed for this field

$ CreateFileMutationCreator#accessorProperty in class CreateFileMutationCreator
CreateFileMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class CreateFileMutationCreator
CreateFileMutationCreator::args() — Method in class CreateFileMutationCreator
$ CreateFolderMutationCreator#accessorProperty in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
CreateFolderMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
CreateFolderMutationCreator::args() — Method in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
DeleteFileMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class DeleteFileMutationCreator
DeleteFileMutationCreator::args() — Method in class DeleteFileMutationCreator
DescendantFileCountType::attributes() — Method in class DescendantFileCountType
FileFilterInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileFilterInputTypeCreator
$ FileInputTypeCreator#accessorProperty in class FileInputTypeCreator
FileInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileInputTypeCreator
FileInterfaceTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileInterfaceTypeCreator
$ FileTypeCreator#accessorProperty in class FileTypeCreator
FileTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
FileUsageType::attributes() — Method in class FileUsageType
$ FolderInputTypeCreator#accessorProperty in class FolderInputTypeCreator
FolderInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FolderInputTypeCreator
FolderTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
$ MoveFilesMutationCreator#accessorProperty in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
MoveFilesMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
MoveFilesMutationCreator::args() — Method in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
PublicationMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class PublicationMutationCreator
PublicationMutationCreator::args() — Method in class PublicationMutationCreator
PublicationMutationCreator::addWarningMessage() — Method in class PublicationMutationCreator
PublicationNoticeType::attributes() — Method in class PublicationNoticeType
ReadDescendantFileCountsQueryCreator::attributes() — Method in class ReadDescendantFileCountsQueryCreator
ReadDescendantFileCountsQueryCreator::args() — Method in class ReadDescendantFileCountsQueryCreator
ReadFileConnection::applySort() — Method in class ReadFileConnection

Always sort by folders before files

ReadFileQueryCreator::attributes() — Method in class ReadFileQueryCreator
ReadFileUsageQueryCreator::attributes() — Method in class ReadFileUsageQueryCreator
ReadFileUsageQueryCreator::args() — Method in class ReadFileUsageQueryCreator
AssetAdminResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL\Resolvers
$ UpdateFileMutationCreator#accessorProperty in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
UpdateFileMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
UpdateFileMutationCreator::args() — Method in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
AssetControlExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

This class provides the necessary business logic to ensure that any assets attached to a record are safely deleted, published, or protected during certain operations.

AssetControlExtension::addAssetsFromOtherStages() — Method in class AssetControlExtension

Checks all stages other than the current stage, and check the visibility of assets attached to those records.

AssetControlExtension::addAssetsFromRecord() — Method in class AssetControlExtension

Given a record, add all assets it contains to the given manipulation.

AssetManipulationListClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

Provides a mechanism for determining the effective visibility of a set of assets (identified by filename and hash), given their membership to objects of varying visibility.

AssetManipulationList::addAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Add asset with the given state

AssetManipulationList::addPublicAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Mark a file as public

AssetManipulationList::addProtectedAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Record an asset as protected

AssetManipulationList::addDeletedAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Record an asset as deleted

TestAssetStore::activate() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Set this store as the new asset backend

$ File#allowed_extensionsProperty in class File
$ File#app_categoriesProperty in class File
$ File#apply_restrictions_to_adminProperty in class File
File::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class File

Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree

File::appCategory() — Method in class File

Returns a category based on the file extension.

FileFinder::acceptDir() — Method in class FileFinder

Returns TRUE if the directory should be traversed. This can be overloaded to customise functionality, or extended with callbacks.

FileFinder::acceptFile() — Method in class FileFinder

Returns TRUE if the file should be included in the results. This can be overloaded to customise functionality, or extended via callbacks.

AssetAdapterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem

Adapter for local filesystem based on assets directory

FlysystemAssetStore::applyToFileOnFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Generic method to apply an action to a file regardless of what FileSystem it's on. The action to perform should be provided as a closure expecting the following signature:

function(ParsedFileID $parsedFileID, FileSystem $fs, FileResolutionStrategy $strategy, $visibility)
FlysystemAssetStore::applyToFileIDOnFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Equivalent to applyToFileOnFilesystem, only it expects a `fileID1 string instead of a ParsedFileID.

$ GeneratedAssets#assetStoreProperty in class GeneratedAssets

Flysystem store for files

$ ImageManipulation#allowGenerationProperty in class ImageManipulation

If image resizes are allowed

$ ImageManipulation#asset_preview_widthProperty in class ImageManipulation

The width of an image preview in the Asset section

$ ImageManipulation#asset_preview_heightProperty in class ImageManipulation

The height of an image preview in the Asset section

FileLinkTracking::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class FileLinkTracking

Find HTMLText fields on owner to scrape for links that need tracking

$ FileShortcodeProvider#allow_session_grantProperty in class FileShortcodeProvider

Set to true if shortcodes should apply a session grant on their calls to getAsURL.

$ ImageShortcodeProvider#attribute_whitelistProperty in class ImageShortcodeProvider

A whitelist of attributes which are allowed in the resultant markup.

AssetContainerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Represents a container for a specific asset.

AssetNameGeneratorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Provides a mechanism for suggesting filename alterations to a file

AssetStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Represents an abstract asset persistence layer. Acts as a backend to files.

AssetStoreRouterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Represents a store usable with ProtectedFileController to serve up non-direct file requests

$ DBFile#allowedCategoriesProperty in class DBFile

List of allowed file categories.

DBFile::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class DBFile

Return absolute URL for this image. Alias for getAbsoluteURL()

DBFile::assertFilenameValid() — Method in class DBFile

Check filename, and raise a ValidationException if invalid

$ ProtectedFileController#allowed_actionsProperty in class ProtectedFileController
Sha1FileHashingService::algo() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

Valid hashing algorithm constant that can be passed to hash_init.

$ Upload#allowed_actionsProperty in class Upload
$ Upload_Validator#allowedMaxFileSizeProperty in class Upload_Validator

Restrict filesize for either all filetypes or a specific extension, with extension-name as array-key and the size-restriction in bytes as array-value.

$ Upload_Validator#allowedExtensionsProperty in class Upload_Validator
AuditFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Auditor

Logs are written using a side-channel, because audit trail should not be mixed up with regular PHP errors.

AuditHookClass in namespace SilverStripe\Auditor

Provides logging hooks that are inserted into Framework objects.

AuditHook::afterMemberLoggedIn() — Method in class AuditHook

Log successful login attempts.

AuditHook::authenticationFailed() — Method in class AuditHook

Log failed login attempts.

AuditHook::authenticationFailedUnknownUser() — Method in class AuditHook

Log failed login attempts when the email address doesn't map to an existing member record

AuditHook::afterMemberLoggedOut() — Method in class AuditHook

Log successful logout.

AuditHookMFAClass in namespace SilverStripe\Auditor

Provides logging actions on extension hooks from certain silverstripe/mfa actions.

AuditHookManyManyListClass in namespace SilverStripe\Auditor
AuditHookMemberGroupSetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Auditor
AuditHookSessionManagerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Auditor

Provides logging actions on extension hooks from certain silverstripe/session-manager actions.

BasicContext::appendErrorHandlerBeforeStep() — Method in class BasicContext
$ FixtureContext#activatedConfigFilesProperty in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::afterResetDatabase() — Method in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::afterResetAssets() — Method in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::aRecordWasLastEditedRelative() — Method in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::afterResetConfig() — Method in class FixtureContext

Clean up all config files after scenario

$ SilverStripeAwareInitializer#ajaxStepsProperty in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
$ SilverStripeAwareInitializer#ajaxTimeoutProperty in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
$ SilverStripeAwareInitializer#adminUrlProperty in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
$ SilverStripeContext#ajaxStepsProperty in class SilverStripeContext
$ SilverStripeContext#ajaxTimeoutProperty in class SilverStripeContext
$ SilverStripeContext#adminUrlProperty in class SilverStripeContext
GridFieldMergeAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldMergeAction

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

$ Blog#allowed_childrenProperty in class Blog
Blog::addCMSRequirements() — Method in class Blog

Adds CMS related css and js overrides

Blog::assignGroup() — Method in class Blog

Assign users as necessary to the blog group.

$ BlogController#allowed_actionsProperty in class BlogController
BlogController::archive() — Method in class BlogController

Renders an archive for a specified date. This can be by year or year/month.

$ BlogPost#allowed_childrenProperty in class BlogPost
$ BlogPost#add_default_authorProperty in class BlogPost

Control whether the current member is added to list of authors when a post is created

$ BlogPost#AuthorNamesProperty in class BlogPost
BlogPost::Authors() — Method in class BlogPost
BlogPostFilter::augmentSQL() — Method in class BlogPostFilter

Augment queries so that we don't fetch unpublished articles.

BlogPostFilter::augmentLoadLazyFields() — Method in class BlogPostFilter
{@inheritDoc}
$ BlogArchiveWidget#ArchiveTypeProperty in class BlogArchiveWidget
$ CKANRegistryPageController#allowed_actionsProperty in class CKANRegistryPageController
APIClientClass in namespace SilverStripe\CKANRegistry\Service
APIClientInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\CKANRegistry\Service

A service responsible for communicating with a CKAN API endpoint

$ ResourcePopulator#apiClientProperty in class ResourcePopulator
CMSBatchAction_Archive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSBatchAction_Publish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSBatchAction_Restore::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
{SiteTree::canEdit()}
CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

$ CMSMain#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSMain
CMSMain::archive() — Method in class CMSMain

Delete this page from both live and stage

$ CMSPageAddController#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSPageAddController
CMSPageAddController::AddForm() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
$ CMSPageEditController#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSPageEditController
CMSPageEditController::addtocampaign() — Method in class CMSPageEditController

Action handler for adding pages to a campaign

CMSPageEditController::AddToCampaignForm() — Method in class CMSPageEditController

Url handler for add to campaign form

$ CMSPageHistoryController#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSSiteTreeFilter::applyDefaultFilters() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Applies the default filters to a specified DataList of pages

$ ContentController#allowed_actionsProperty in class ContentController
AnchorLinkFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms
AnchorSelectorFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms

Assists with selecting anchors on a given page

$ AnchorSelectorField#allowed_actionsProperty in class AnchorSelectorField
AnchorSelectorField::anchors() — Method in class AnchorSelectorField

Find all anchors available on the given page.

$ InternalLinkModalExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class InternalLinkModalExtension
$ SiteTreeURLSegmentField#allowed_actionsProperty in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
LinkablePlugin::apply() — Method in class LinkablePlugin
LinkablePlugin::applyLinkFilter() — Method in class LinkablePlugin
$ RedirectorPageController#allowed_actionsProperty in class RedirectorPageController
$ SiteTree#allowed_childrenProperty in class SiteTree

Indicates what kind of children this page type can have.

SiteTree::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the absolute URL for this page, including protocol and host.

SiteTree::allowedChildren() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns an array of the class names of classes that are allowed to be children of this class.

SiteTreeLinkTracking::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking

Find HTMLText fields on owner to scrape for links that need tracking

VirtualPage::allowedChildren() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::allMethodNames() — Method in class VirtualPage
{@inheritdoc}
$ ContentControllerSearchExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class ContentControllerSearchExtension
SearchForm::addStarsToKeywords() — Method in class SearchForm
$ RemoveOrphanedPagesTask#allowed_actionsProperty in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
$ SiteTreeMaintenanceTask#allowed_actionsProperty in class SiteTreeMaintenanceTask
AddToCampaignHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin

Class AddToCampaignHandler - handle the AddToCampaign action.

AddToCampaignHandler::addToCampaign() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler

Performs the actual action of adding the object to the ChangeSet, once the ChangeSet ID is known

AddToCampaignHandler_FormActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin

A form action to return from geCMSActions or otherwise include in a CMS Edit Form that has the right action name and CSS classes to trigger the AddToCampaignHandler.

AddToCampaignValidatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
$ CampaignAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class CampaignAdmin
$ CommentAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class CommentAdmin
CommentsGridFieldAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldAction

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

ApproveHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin\CommentsGridFieldBulkAction

A Handler for bulk approving comments

$ Handler#allowed_actionsProperty in class Handler
Handler::approve() — Method in class Handler
CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

$ CommentingController#allowed_actionsProperty in class CommentingController
{@inheritDoc}
CommentingController::approve() — Method in class CommentingController

Marks a given Comment as approved.

CommentsExtension::AllComments() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Returns the RelationList of all comments against this object. Can be used as a data source for a gridfield with write access.

CommentsExtension::AllVisibleComments() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Returns all comments against this object, with with spam and unmoderated items excluded, for use in the frontend

CommentsExtension::attachedToSiteTree() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Returns whether this extension instance is attached to a SiteTree object

$ Comment#AllowHtmlProperty in class Comment

If true, treat $Comment as HTML instead of plain text

Comment::actionLink() — Method in class Comment

Generate a secure admin-action link authorised for the specified member

Comment::ApproveLink() — Method in class Comment

Link to approve this comment

Comment::AllReplies() — Method in class Comment

Returns the list of all replies

Comment::Author() — Method in class Comment

Member object who created this comment

SecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class SecurityToken
ConfigCollectionInterface::addMiddleware() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
DeltaConfigCollection::addDelta() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection

Push new delta

DeltaMiddleware::applyDelta() — Method in class DeltaMiddleware

Apply a single delta to a class config

MiddlewareAware::addMiddleware() — Method in class MiddlewareAware
YamlTransformer::addRule() — Method in class YamlTransformer

This allows external rules to be added to only/except checks. Config is only supposed to be setup once, so adding rules is a one-way system. You cannot remove rules after being set. This also prevent built-in rules from being removed.

YamlTransformer::addDependencies() — Method in class YamlTransformer

Incapsulates the logic for adding before/after dependencies.

$ ContentReviewCMSExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class ContentReviewCMSExtension
SiteTreeContentReview::addReviewNote() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview

Creates a ContentReviewLog and connects it to this Page.

SiteTreeContentReview::advanceReviewDate() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview

Advance review date to the next date based on review period or set it to null if there is no schedule. Returns true if date was required and false is content review is 'off'.

$ CliController#allowed_actionsProperty in class CliController
$ Controller#actionProperty in class Controller

The URL part matched on the current controller as determined by the "$Action" part of the $url_handlers definition. Should correlate to a public method on this controller.

$ Controller#allowed_actionsProperty in class Controller
Controller::afterHandleRequest() — Method in class Controller

Cleanup for the handleRequest method

$ Director#alternate_base_folderProperty in class Director
$ Director#alternate_public_dirProperty in class Director

Override PUBLIC_DIR. Set to a non-null value to override.

Director::absoluteURL() — Method in class Director

Converts the given path or url into an absolute url. This method follows the below rules:

  • Absolute urls (e.g. http://localhost) are not modified
  • Relative urls (e.g. //localhost) have current protocol added (http://localhost)
  • Absolute paths (e.g. /base/about-us) are resolved by adding the current protocol and host (http://localhost/base/about-us)
  • Relative paths (e.g. about-us/staff) must be resolved using one of three methods, disambiguated via the $relativeParent argument:
    • BASE - Append this path to the base url (i.e. behaves as though <base> tag is provided in a html document). This is the default.
Director::absoluteBaseURL() — Method in class Director

Returns the Absolute URL of the site root.

Director::absoluteBaseURLWithAuth() — Method in class Director

Returns the Absolute URL of the site root, embedding the current basic-auth credentials into the URL.

$ Email#admin_emailProperty in class Email

This will be set in the config on a site-by-site basis

Email::addFrom() — Method in class Email
Email::addTo() — Method in class Email
Email::addCC() — Method in class Email
Email::addBCC() — Method in class Email
Email::addReplyTo() — Method in class Email
Email::addAttachment() — Method in class Email
Email::addAttachmentFromData() — Method in class Email
Email::addData() — Method in class Email
HTTP::absoluteURLs() — Method in class HTTP

Turn all relative URLs in the content to absolute URLs.

HTTP::add_cache_headers() — Method in class HTTP

Add the appropriate caching headers to the response, including If-Modified-Since / 304 handling.

HTTP::augmentState() — Method in class HTTP

Ensure that all deprecated HTTP cache settings are respected

$ HTTPRequest#allParamsProperty in class HTTPRequest

Contains an associative array of all arguments matched in all calls to RequestHandler->handleRequest().

HTTPRequest::addHeader() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.

HTTPRequest::allParams() — Method in class HTTPRequest
HTTPRequest::allParsed() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Returns true if the URL has been completely parsed.

HTTPResponse::addHeader() — Method in class HTTPResponse

Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.

AllowedHostsMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware

Secures requests by only allowing a whitelist of Host values

AjaxBypassClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware

Bypass for AJAX requests

HttpMethodBypass::addMethods() — Method in class HttpMethodBypass

Add new HTTP methods to the list

Url::addHttpMethods() — Method in class Url

Add HTTP methods to check against

$ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#allowed_directivesProperty in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

A list of allowed cache directives for HTTPResponses

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::addVary() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Add a vary

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::applyChangeLevel() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Instruct the cache to apply a change with a given level, optionally modifying it with a force flag to increase priority of this action.

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::applyToResponse() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Generate all headers to add to this object

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::augmentState() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Update state based on current request and response objects

HTTPMiddlewareAware::addMiddleware() — Method in class HTTPMiddlewareAware
RateLimitMiddleware::addHeadersToResponse() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
$ RSSFeed#authorFieldProperty in class RSSFeed

Name of the author field of feed entries

$ RSSFeed_Entry#authorFieldProperty in class RSSFeed_Entry

Name of the author field of feed entries

RSSFeed_Entry::Author() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry

Get the author of this entry

RSSFeed_Entry::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry

Get a link to this entry

$ RequestHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class RequestHandler

Define a list of action handling methods that are allowed to be called directly by URLs.

RequestHandler::addBackURLParam() — Method in class RequestHandler
RequestHandler::allowedActions() — Method in class RequestHandler

Get a array of allowed actions defined on this controller, any parent classes or extensions.

Session::addToArray() — Method in class Session

Merge value with array

ApplicationClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Identifies a class as a root silverstripe application

BaseKernel::activate() — Method in class BaseKernel

Ensures this kernel is the active kernel after or during nesting

ApcuCacheFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
$ DefaultCacheFactory#argsProperty in class DefaultCacheFactory
ClassInfo::allClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo

Wrapper for classes getter.

ClassInfo::ancestry() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns the passed class name along with all its parent class names in an array, sorted with the root class first.

ConfigLoader::activate() — Method in class ConfigLoader

Mark this instance as the current instance

Convert::array2json() — Method in class Convert

Encode an array as a JSON encoded string.

CustomMethods::allMethodNames() — Method in class CustomMethods

Return the names of all the methods available on this object

CustomMethods::addMethodsFrom() — Method in class CustomMethods

Add all the methods from an object property (which is an Extension) to this object.

CustomMethods::addWrapperMethod() — Method in class CustomMethods

Add a wrapper method - a method which points to another method with a different name. For example, Thumbnail(x) can be wrapped to generateThumbnail(x)

CustomMethods::addCallbackMethod() — Method in class CustomMethods

Add callback as a method.

$ Extensible#afterExtendCallbacksProperty in class Extensible

List of callbacks to call after extensions having extend called on them, each grouped by methodName.

Extensible::afterExtending() — Method in class Extensible

Allows user code to hook into Object::extend after control being delegated to extensions. Each callback will be reset once called.

Extensible::add_extension() — Method in class Extensible

Add an extension to a specific class.

$ Extension#allowed_actionsProperty in class Extension

This is used by extensions designed to be applied to controllers.

Extension::add_to_class() — Method in class Extension

Called when this extension is added to a particular class

AfterCallAspectClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector

An AfterCallAspect is run after a method is executed

AfterCallAspect::afterCall() — Method in class AfterCallAspect

Call this aspect after a method is executed

AopProxyServiceClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector

A class that proxies another, allowing various functionality to be injected.

$ AopProxyService#afterCallProperty in class AopProxyService
Injector::addAutoProperty() — Method in class Injector

Add an object that should be automatically set on managed objects

InjectorLoader::activate() — Method in class InjectorLoader

Mark this instance as the current instance

Kernel::activate() — Method in class Kernel

Ensures this kernel is the active kernel after or during nesting

ManifestFileFinder::acceptDir() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder

Returns TRUE if the directory should be traversed. This can be overloaded to customise functionality, or extended with callbacks.

ManifestFileFinder::anyParents() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder

Check if any parents match the given callback

Module::activate() — Method in class Module

Activate _config.php for this module, if one exists

ModuleManifest::addModule() — Method in class ModuleManifest

Adds a path as a module

ModuleManifest::activateConfig() — Method in class ModuleManifest

Includes all of the php _config.php files found by this manifest.

PrioritySorter::addVariables() — Method in class PrioritySorter

If variables are defined, interpolate their values

BulkLoader_Result::addCreated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::addUpdated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::addDeleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
$ DevBuildController#allowed_actionsProperty in class DevBuildController
$ DevConfigController#allowed_actionsProperty in class DevConfigController
DevConfigController::audit() — Method in class DevConfigController

Output the extraneous config properties which are defined in .yaml but not in a corresponding class

$ DevelopmentAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class DevelopmentAdmin
$ DevelopmentAdmin#allow_all_cliProperty in class DevelopmentAdmin

Assume that CLI equals admin permissions If set to false, normal permission model will apply even in CLI mode Applies to all development admin tasks (E.g. TaskRunner, DatabaseAdmin)

FixtureBlueprint::addCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint

See class documentation.

$ FunctionalTest#autoFollowRedirectionProperty in class FunctionalTest

If this is true, then 30x Location headers will be automatically followed.

FunctionalTest::assertPartialMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::assertExactMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::assertPartialHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::assertExactHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

$ DatabaseAdapterRegistry#adaptersProperty in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Internal array of registered database adapters

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autodiscover() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Detects all _register_database.php files and invokes them.

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autoconfigure() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Detects all _configure_database.php files and invokes them Called by ConfigureFromEnv.php.

$ InstallerTest#allowed_actionsProperty in class InstallerTest
$ SapphireInfo#allowed_actionsProperty in class SapphireInfo
SapphireTest::allFixtureIDs() — Method in class SapphireTest

Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.

SapphireTest::assertContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertEmailSent() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the matching email was sent since the last call to clearEmails() All of the parameters can either be a string, or, if they start with "/", a PREG-compatible regular expression.

SapphireTest::assertListContains() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the given SS_List includes DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.

SapphireTest::assertDOSContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertListNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest

Asserts that no items in a given list appear in the given dataobject list

SapphireTest::assertNotDOSContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertListEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the given SS_List includes only DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.

SapphireTest::assertDOSEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertListAllMatch() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the every record in the given SS_List matches the given key-value pairs.

SapphireTest::assertDOSAllMatch() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertSQLEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest

Asserts that two SQL queries are equivalent

SapphireTest::assertSQLContains() — Method in class SapphireTest

Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment

SapphireTest::assertSQLNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest

Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment

SapphireTest::actWithPermission() — Method in class SapphireTest

A wrapper for automatically performing callbacks as a user with a specific permission

$ TaskRunner#allowed_actionsProperty in class TaskRunner
TaskRunner::addCssToHeader() — Method in class TaskRunner

Inject task runner CSS into the heaader

MigrateFileTask::addLogHandlers() — Method in class MigrateFileTask

TODO Refactor this whole mess into Symfony Console on a TaskRunner level, with a thin wrapper to show coloured console output via a browser: https://github.com/silverstripe/silverstripe-framework/issues/5542

$ RelationValidationService#allow_rulesProperty in class RelationValidationService

Only inspect classes with the following namespaces/class prefixes Empty string is a special value which represents classes without namespaces Set the value to null to disable the rule (useful when overriding configuration)

$ ImportField#allowed_actionsProperty in class ImportField
$ DevCheckController#allowed_actionsProperty in class DevCheckController
$ DevHealthController#allowed_actionsProperty in class DevHealthController
EnvironmentCheckSuiteResult::addResult() — Method in class EnvironmentCheckSuiteResult
$ ErrorPage#allowed_childrenProperty in class ErrorPage
$ CMSExternalLinksController#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSExternalLinksController
CompositeValidator::addValidator() — Method in class CompositeValidator
$ DatalessField#allowHTMLProperty in class DatalessField
FieldList::addFieldToTab() — Method in class FieldList

Add an extra field to a tab within this FieldList.

FieldList::addFieldsToTab() — Method in class FieldList

Add a number of extra fields to a tab within this FieldList.

$ Form#actionsProperty in class Form
$ Form#attributesProperty in class Form

Any custom form attributes set through setAttributes().

Form::actionIsValidationExempt() — Method in class Form

Passed a FormAction, returns true if that action is exempt from Form validation

Form::Actions() — Method in class Form

Return the form's action buttons - used by the templates

Form::addExtraClass() — Method in class Form

Add a CSS-class to the form-container. If needed, multiple classes can be added by delimiting a string with spaces.

$ FormAction#actionProperty in class FormAction

Action name, normally prefixed with 'action_'

FormAction::actionName() — Method in class FormAction

Get the action name

$ FormField#autofocusProperty in class FormField
FormField::addExtraClass() — Method in class FormField

Add one or more CSS-classes to the FormField container.

FormField::attrTitle() — Method in class FormField

Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.

FormField::attrValue() — Method in class FormField

Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.

$ FormRequestHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class FormRequestHandler
FormRequestHandler::addBackURLParam() — Method in class FormRequestHandler

Helper to add ?BackURL= to any link

$ FormScaffolder#ajaxSafeProperty in class FormScaffolder
FormScaffolder::addManyManyRelationshipFields() — Method in class FormScaffolder

Adds the default many-many relation fields for the relationship provided.

AbstractGridFieldComponentClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
AbstractRequestAwareStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\FormAction
AttributeStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\FormAction

Stores GridField action state on an attribute on the action and then analyses request parameters to load it back

$ GridField#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridField
GridField::addAllStateToUrl() — Method in class GridField

Add GET and POST parameters pertaining to other gridfield's state to the URL.

GridField::addDataFields() — Method in class GridField

Add additional calculated data fields to be used on this GridField

GridFieldConfig::addComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldConfig::addComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldDataColumns::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

GridFieldDeleteAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Add a column 'Delete'

$ GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldEditButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Add a column 'Delete'

GridFieldEditButton::addExtraClass() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Add an extra HTML class

$ GridFieldLevelup#attributesProperty in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldStateManager::addStateToURL() — Method in class GridFieldStateManager
GridFieldStateManagerInterface::addStateToURL() — Method in class GridFieldStateManagerInterface
GridFieldViewButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

GridField_ActionMenu::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

GridField_ColumnProvider::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

$ GridField_FormAction#argsProperty in class GridField_FormAction
$ GridField_FormAction#actionNameProperty in class GridField_FormAction
GridState::array_to_object() — Method in class GridState
GridState::attrValue() — Method in class GridState
HTMLEditorSanitiser::addValidElements() — Method in class HTMLEditorSanitiser

Given a valid_elements string, parse out the actual element and attribute rules and add to the internal whitelist

HTMLEditorSanitiser::attributeMatchesRule() — Method in class HTMLEditorSanitiser

Given a DOMAttr and an attribute rule, check if that attribute passes the rule

$ TinyMCECombinedGenerator#assetHandlerProperty in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator
TinyMCEConfig::addButtonsToLine() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Add buttons to the end of a line

$ MoneyField#allowedCurrenciesProperty in class MoneyField

Limit the currencies

$ PasswordField#autocompleteProperty in class PasswordField

Controls the autocomplete attribute on the field.

$ PasswordField#allowValuePostbackProperty in class PasswordField

If true, the field can accept a value attribute, e.g. from posted form data

RequiredFields::addRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields

Adds a single required field to required fields stack.

RequiredFields::appendRequiredFields() — Method in class RequiredFields

Add RequiredField objects together

$ SegmentField#allowed_actionsProperty in class SegmentField
AbstractSegmentFieldModifierClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\SegmentFieldModifier
$ TreeDropdownField#allowed_actionsProperty in class TreeDropdownField
$ SearchCriteria#adapterProperty in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::appendPreparedStatementTo() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::addAnd() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::addOr() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::addClause() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::addConjunction() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteriaInterface::appendPreparedStatementTo() — Method in class SearchCriteriaInterface

The method used in all SearchCriterion to generate and append their filter query statements.

$ SearchCriterion#adapterProperty in class SearchCriterion
SearchCriterion::appendPreparedStatementTo() — Method in class SearchCriterion
$ FullTextSearch#all_indexesProperty in class FullTextSearch
SearchIndex::addClass() — Method in class SearchIndex

Add a DataObject subclass whose instances should be included in this index

SearchIndex::addFulltextField() — Method in class SearchIndex

Add a field that should be fulltext searchable

SearchIndex::addFilterField() — Method in class SearchIndex

Add a field that should be filterable

SearchIndex::addSortField() — Method in class SearchIndex

Add a field that should be sortable

SearchIndex::addAllFulltextFields() — Method in class SearchIndex

Add all database-backed text fields as fulltext searchable fields.

SearchIndex::add() — Method in class SearchIndex

!! These should be implemented by the full text search engine

SearchIndex_Null::add() — Method in class SearchIndex_Null

!! These should be implemented by the full text search engine

$ SearchIndex_Recording#addedProperty in class SearchIndex_Recording
SearchIndex_Recording::add() — Method in class SearchIndex_Recording

!! These should be implemented by the full text search engine

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::afterComplete() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor
SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::addMessage() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

Add an arbitrary text message into a job

SearchUpdateProcessor::addDirtyIDs() — Method in class SearchUpdateProcessor
SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor::afterComplete() — Method in class SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor
SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor::addMessage() — Method in class SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor

Add an arbitrary text message into a job

AbstractSearchQueryWriterClass in namespace SilverStripe\FullTextSearch\Search\Queries

Class AbstractSearchQueryWriter

$ SearchQuery#adapterProperty in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::addSearchTerm() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::addFuzzySearchTerm() — Method in class SearchQuery

Similar to addSearchTerm(), but uses stemming and other similarity algorithms to find the searched terms. For example, a term "fishing" would also likely find results containing "fish" or "fisher". Depends on search implementation.

SearchQuery::addClassFilter() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::addFilter() — Method in class SearchQuery

Similar to addSearchTerm(), but typically used to further narrow down based on other facets which don't influence the field relevancy.

SearchQuery::addExclude() — Method in class SearchQuery

Excludes results which match these criteria, inverse of addFilter().

SearchQuery::addCriteria() — Method in class SearchQuery
$ SearchIntrospection#ancestryProperty in class SearchIntrospection
SearchIntrospection::add_unique_by_ancestor() — Method in class SearchIntrospection

Add classes to list, keeping only the parent when parent & child are both in list after add

SearchVariant::appliesToEnvironment() — Method in class SearchVariant

Return false if there is something missing from the environment (probably a not installed module) that means this variant can't apply to any class

SearchVariant::appliesTo() — Method in class SearchVariant

Return true if this variant applies to the passed class & subclass

SearchVariant::activateState() — Method in class SearchVariant

Activate the passed state

SearchVariant::alterQuery() — Method in class SearchVariant

Apply this variant to a search query

SearchVariant::activate_state() — Method in class SearchVariant

Activate all the states in the passed argument

SearchVariant::addFilterField() — Method in class SearchVariant

Add new filter field to index safely.

SearchVariantSubsites::appliesToEnvironment() — Method in class SearchVariantSubsites

Return false if there is something missing from the environment (probably a not installed module) that means this variant can't apply to any class

SearchVariantSubsites::appliesTo() — Method in class SearchVariantSubsites

Return true if this variant applies to the passed class & subclass

SearchVariantSubsites::activateState() — Method in class SearchVariantSubsites

Activate the passed state

SearchVariantSubsites::alterDefinition() — Method in class SearchVariantSubsites
SearchVariantSubsites::alterQuery() — Method in class SearchVariantSubsites

This field has been altered to allow a user to obtain search results for a particular subsite When attempting to do this in project code, SearchVariantSubsites kicks and overwrites any filter you've applied This fix prevents the module from doing this if a filter is applied on the index or the query, or if a field is being excluded specifically before being executed.

SearchVariantVersioned::appliesTo() — Method in class SearchVariantVersioned

Return true if this variant applies to the passed class & subclass

SearchVariantVersioned::activateState() — Method in class SearchVariantVersioned

Activate the passed state

SearchVariantVersioned::alterDefinition() — Method in class SearchVariantVersioned
SearchVariantVersioned::alterQuery() — Method in class SearchVariantVersioned

Apply this variant to a search query

$ ContentControllerExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class ContentControllerExtension
SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::afterComplete() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase
SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::addMessage() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase

Add an arbitrary text message into a job

Solr4Service_Core::addDocument() — Method in class Solr4Service_Core
Solr4Service_Core::addDocuments() — Method in class Solr4Service_Core

Solr 4.0 compat http://wiki.apache.org/solr/UpdateXmlMessages#Optional_attributes_for_.22add.22 Remove allowDups, overwritePending and overwriteComitted

$ SolrIndex#analyzerFieldsProperty in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::addAnalyzer() — Method in class SolrIndex

Index-time analyzer which is applied to a specific field.

SolrIndex::addStoredField() — Method in class SolrIndex

Add a field that should be stored

SolrIndex::addBoostedField() — Method in class SolrIndex

Add a fulltext field with a boosted value

SolrIndex::addCopyField() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::add() — Method in class SolrIndex

!! These should be implemented by the full text search engine

SolrIndex::applySearchVariants() — Method in class SolrIndex

With a common set of variants that are relevant to at least one class in the list (from either the query or the current index), allow them to alter the query to add their variant column conditions.

$ CombinationsArrayIterator#arraysProperty in class CombinationsArrayIterator
$ MultipleArrayIterator#arraysProperty in class MultipleArrayIterator
$ MultipleArrayIterator#activeProperty in class MultipleArrayIterator
$ Clear#allowed_actionsProperty in class Clear
AuthenticatorInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth

An AuthenticatorInterface is responsible for authenticating against a SilverStripe CMS Member from the given request data.

AuthenticatorInterface::authenticate() — Method in class AuthenticatorInterface

Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).

BasicAuthAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class BasicAuthAuthenticator

Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).

Configuration::apply() — Method in class Configuration
$ Controller#autobuildSchemaProperty in class Controller
Controller::autobuildEnabled() — Method in class Controller
Controller::addCorsHeaders() — Method in class Controller

Process the CORS config options and add the appropriate headers to the response.

Controller::applyContext() — Method in class Controller
$ Build#allowed_actionsProperty in class Build
$ DevelopmentAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class DevelopmentAdmin
QueryRecorderExtension::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class QueryRecorderExtension

Record query against a given class.

QueryHandler::addContextProvider() — Method in class QueryHandler
QueryHandler::addMiddleware() — Method in class QueryHandler
QueryHandlerInterface::addContextProvider() — Method in class QueryHandlerInterface
ApplyVersionFiltersClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Resolvers
ApplyVersionFilters::applyToReadingState() — Method in class ApplyVersionFilters
ApplyVersionFilters::applyToList() — Method in class ApplyVersionFilters
VersionFilters::applyToReadingState() — Method in class VersionFilters

Use this as a fallback where resolver results aren't queried as a DataList, but rather use DataObject::get_one(). Example: SiteTree::get_by_link().

VersionFilters::applyToList() — Method in class VersionFilters
AbstractBulkLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader

Provides base functionality to all bulk loaders. Should override the collect() method with computations that parse the include/exclude directives and return a collection of classes.

AbstractBulkLoader::applyConfig() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
BulkLoaderSet::applyConfig() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
BulkLoaderSet::addLoader() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
AbstractTypeResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject

Used for unions and interfaces to map a class instance to a type

$ FieldAccessor#allowed_aggregatesProperty in class FieldAccessor
FieldAccessor::accessField() — Method in class FieldAccessor

Resolves complex dot syntax references.

InheritanceUnionBuilder::applyUnionsToQueries() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder

Changes all queries to use inheritance unions where applicable

InterfaceBuilder::applyBaseInterface() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
InterfaceBuilder::applyInterfacesToQueries() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
ModelCreator::appliesTo() — Method in class ModelCreator
AbstractCanViewPermissionClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin

Defines a permission checking plugin for queries. Subclasses just need to provide a resolver function

AbstractCanViewPermission::apply() — Method in class AbstractCanViewPermission
DBDateArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBDateArgs
DBDecimalArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBDecimalArgs
DBFieldArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBFieldArgs
DBFieldArgsPlugin::apply() — Method in class DBFieldArgsPlugin
DBFloatArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBFloatArgs
DBHTMLTextArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBHTMLTextArgs
DBTextArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBTextArgs
DBTimeArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
DBFieldTypes::apply() — Method in class DBFieldTypes
FirstResult::apply() — Method in class FirstResult
Inheritance::apply() — Method in class Inheritance
InheritedPlugins::apply() — Method in class InheritedPlugins
FieldFilterInterface::apply() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
FieldFilterRegistry::addFilter() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
FilterRegistryInterface::addFilter() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
ContainsFilter::apply() — Method in class ContainsFilter
EndsWithFilter::apply() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
EqualToFilter::apply() — Method in class EqualToFilter
GreaterThanFilter::apply() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::apply() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
InFilter::apply() — Method in class InFilter
LessThanFilter::apply() — Method in class LessThanFilter
LessThanOrEqualFilter::apply() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
NotEqualFilter::apply() — Method in class NotEqualFilter
StartsWithFilter::apply() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
QueryFilter::apply() — Method in class QueryFilter
QuerySort::apply() — Method in class QuerySort
ScalarDBField::apply() — Method in class ScalarDBField
ArgumentClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field

An abstraction of a field argument

Argument::applyConfig() — Method in class Argument
Field::applyConfig() — Method in class Field
Field::addArg() — Method in class Field
Field::addResolverContext() — Method in class Field
Field::addResolverMiddleware() — Method in class Field
Field::addResolverAfterware() — Method in class Field
ModelField::applyConfig() — Method in class ModelField
ConfigurationApplier::applyConfig() — Method in class ConfigurationApplier
FieldPlugin::apply() — Method in class FieldPlugin
ModelFieldPlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelFieldPlugin
ModelMutationPlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelMutationPlugin
ModelQueryPlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelQueryPlugin
ModelTypePlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelTypePlugin
MutationPlugin::apply() — Method in class MutationPlugin
QueryPlugin::apply() — Method in class QueryPlugin
SchemaModelCreatorInterface::appliesTo() — Method in class SchemaModelCreatorInterface
TypePlugin::apply() — Method in class TypePlugin
Logger::alert() — Method in class Logger
AbstractQueryFilterPluginClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Plugin

Generic plugin that can be used for filter inputs

AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::apply() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
AbstractQuerySortPluginClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Plugin

Generic plugin that can be used to add sort paramaters to a query

AbstractQuerySortPlugin::apply() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
PaginationPlugin::apply() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
PluginConsumer::addPlugin() — Method in class PluginConsumer
SortPlugin::apply() — Method in class SortPlugin
EncodedResolver::addContext() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::addMiddleware() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::addAfterware() — Method in class EncodedResolver
Schema::applyConfig() — Method in class Schema

Converts a configuration array to instance state.

Schema::addQuery() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addMutation() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addType() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addEnum() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addScalar() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addModel() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addModelbyClassName() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addInterface() — Method in class Schema
Schema::addUnion() — Method in class Schema
Schema::applyBulkLoader() — Method in class Schema
Schema::applyBulkLoaders() — Method in class Schema
Schema::assertValidConfig() — Method in class Schema
Schema::assertValidName() — Method in class Schema
NestedInputBuilder::addInputTypesToSchema() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
$ SchemaTranscriber#assetHandlerProperty in class SchemaTranscriber
AbstractTypeRegistryClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
Enum::addValue() — Method in class Enum
InterfaceType::applyConfig() — Method in class InterfaceType
ModelType::applyConfig() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::addField() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::addFields() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::addAllFields() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::addAllOperations() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::applyOperationsConfig() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::addOperation() — Method in class ModelType
Scalar::applyConfig() — Method in class Scalar
Type::applyConfig() — Method in class Type
Type::addField() — Method in class Type
Type::addInterface() — Method in class Type
UnionType::applyConfig() — Method in class UnionType
$ LDAPAuthenticator#allow_email_loginProperty in class LDAPAuthenticator

Set to 'yes' to indicate if this module should look up usernames in LDAP by matching the email addresses.

LDAPAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator

Performs the login, but will also create and sync the Member record on-the-fly, if not found.

$ LDAPChangePasswordHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LDAPChangePasswordHandler
$ LDAPLoginHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LDAPLoginHandler
$ LDAPLostPasswordHandler#authenticatorClassProperty in class LDAPLostPasswordHandler
$ LDAPLostPasswordHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LDAPLostPasswordHandler

Since the logout and dologin actions may be conditionally removed, it's necessary to ensure these remain valid actions regardless of the member login state.

$ LDAPDebugController#allowed_actionsProperty in class LDAPDebugController
$ LDAPMemberExtension#allow_update_failure_during_loginProperty in class LDAPMemberExtension

If enabled, this allows the afterMemberLoggedIn() call to fail to update the user without causing a login failure and server error. This can be useful when not all of your web servers have access to the LDAP server (for example when your front-line web servers are not the servers that perform the LDAP sync into the database.

LDAPMemberExtension::afterMemberLoggedIn() — Method in class LDAPMemberExtension

Triggered by IdentityStore::logIn(). When successfully logged in, this will update the Member record from LDAP data.

$ LDAPLoginForm#authenticator_classProperty in class LDAPLoginForm
LDAPGateway::authenticate() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Authenticate the given username and password with LDAP.

LDAPGateway::add() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Add an LDAP object.

LDAPService::authenticate() — Method in class LDAPService

Authenticate the given username and password with LDAP.

LDAPService::addLDAPUserToGroup() — Method in class LDAPService

Add LDAP user by DN to LDAP group.

LDAPService::add() — Method in class LDAPService

A simple proxy to LDAP add operation.

EnablerExtension::afterCallActionHandler() — Method in class EnablerExtension
GridFieldSiteTreeState::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeState

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

$ ChangePasswordHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class ChangePasswordHandler
$ LoginHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LoginHandler
Method::applyRequirements() — Method in class Method

Leverage the Requirements API to ensure client requirements are included. This is called just after the base module requirements are specified

AdminRegistrationControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Controller

This controller handles actions that a user may perform on MFA methods registered on their own account while logged in. This includes deleting methods, registering new methods and replacing (re-registering) existing methods.

$ AdminRegistrationController#allowed_actionsProperty in class AdminRegistrationController
AuthenticationFailedExceptionClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Exception
$ MemberExtension#AccountResetHashProperty in class MemberExtension
$ MemberExtension#AccountResetExpiredProperty in class MemberExtension
$ SecurityAdminExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class SecurityAdminExtension
$ SecurityExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class SecurityExtension
MemberExtension::afterMemberLoggedIn() — Method in class MemberExtension

Clear any temporary multi-factor authentication related session keys when a member is successfully logged in.

MethodInterface::applyRequirements() — Method in class MethodInterface

Leverage the Requirements API to ensure client requirements are included. This is called just after the base module requirements are specified

BaseHandlerTrait::applyRequirements() — Method in class BaseHandlerTrait

Perform the necessary "Requirements" calls to ensure client side scripts are available in the response

AvailableMethodDetailsClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\State
AvailableMethodDetailsInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\State

Used to provide details about an available \SilverStripe\MFA\Method\MethodInterface instance, for example when being used in the multi-factor application schema.

$ BackupCode#algorithmProperty in class BackupCode
SessionStore::addState() — Method in class SessionStore

Add to the state in the store

SessionStore::addVerifiedMethod() — Method in class SessionStore

Add and keep track of methods that have been verified

StoreInterface::addState() — Method in class StoreInterface

Add to the state in the store

StoreInterface::addVerifiedMethod() — Method in class StoreInterface

Add and keep track of methods that have been verified

ArrayLibClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Library of static methods for manipulating arrays.

ArrayLib::array_values_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib

Flattens a multi-dimensional array to a one level array without preserving the keys

ArrayLib::array_map_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib

Similar to array_map, but recurses when arrays are encountered.

ArrayLib::array_merge_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib

Recursively merges two or more arrays.

ArrayListClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

A list object that wraps around an array of objects or arrays.

ArrayList::add() — Method in class ArrayList

Add this $item into this list

DBConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class DBConnector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

DBSchemaManager::alterationMessage() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Show a message about database alteration

DBSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Alter an index on a table.

DBSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Alter a table's schema.

Database::affectedRows() — Method in class Database

Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.

MySQLSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Alter a table's schema.

MySQLSchemaManager::alterField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Change the database type of the given field.

MySQLSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Alter an index on a table.

MySQLiConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

PDOConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class PDOConnector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

$ DB#alternative_database_enabledProperty in class DB

Allow alternative DB to be disabled.

DB::affected_rows() — Method in class DB

Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.

DB::alteration_message() — Method in class DB

Show a message about database alteration

DataExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class DataExtension

Edit the given query object to support queries for this extension

DataExtension::augmentDatabase() — Method in class DataExtension

Update the database schema as required by this extension.

DataExtension::augmentWrite() — Method in class DataExtension

Augment a write-record request.

DataList::alterDataQuery() — Method in class DataList

Return a new DataList instance with the underlying DataQuery object altered

DataList::addFilter() — Method in class DataList

Return a new instance of the list with an added filter

DataList::applyRelation() — Method in class DataList

Given a field or relation name, apply it safely to this datalist.

DataList::avg() — Method in class DataList

Return the average value of the given field in this DataList

DataList::addMany() — Method in class DataList

Add a number of items to the component set.

DataList::add() — Method in class DataList

This method are overloaded by HasManyList and ManyMany list to perform more sophisticated list manipulation

$ DataObject#api_accessProperty in class DataObject

Allow API access to this object?

DataObject::afterUpdateCMSFields() — Method in class DataObject

Allows user code to hook into DataObject::getCMSFields after updateCMSFields being called on extensions

DataQuery::avg() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the average value of the given field in this DataList

DataQuery::aggregate() — Method in class DataQuery

Runs a raw aggregate expression. Please handle escaping yourself

DataQuery::applyRelationPrefix() — Method in class DataQuery

Prefix of all joined table aliases. E.g. ->filter('Banner.Image.Title)' Will join the Banner, and then Image relations $relationPrefx will be banner_image_ Each table in the Image chain will be suffixed to this prefix. E.g.

DataQuery::applyRelation() — Method in class DataQuery

Traverse the relationship fields, and add the table mappings to the query object state. This has to be called in any overloaded SearchFilter->apply() methods manually.

DataQuery::addSelectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery

Add the given fields from the given table to the select statement.

DataQueryManipulator::afterGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQueryManipulator

Invoked after getFinalisedQuery()

$ DatabaseAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class DatabaseAdmin
DBComposite::addToQuery() — Method in class DBComposite

Add all columns which are defined through requireField() and $composite_db, or any additional SQL that is required to get to these columns. Will mostly just write to the SQLSelect->select array.

DBDate::Ago() — Method in class DBDate

Returns the number of seconds/minutes/hours/days or months since the timestamp.

$ DBField#arrayValueProperty in class DBField

Used for generating DB schema. {DBSchemaManager}

DBField::addToQuery() — Method in class DBField

Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.

DBField::ATT() — Method in class DBField

Gets the value appropriate for a HTML attribute string

DBHTMLText::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class DBHTMLText

Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls (with placeholders parsed).

$ DBPrimaryKey#autoIncrementProperty in class DBPrimaryKey
ComparisonFilter::applyOne() — Method in class ComparisonFilter

Applies a comparison filter to the query Handles SQL escaping for both numeric and string values

ExactMatchFilter::applyOne() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter

Applies an exact match (equals) on a field value.

ExactMatchFilter::applyMany() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter

Applies an exact match (equals) on a field value against multiple possible values.

FulltextFilter::applyOne() — Method in class FulltextFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query with a single value.

PartialMatchFilter::apply() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query.

PartialMatchFilter::applyOne() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query with a single value.

PartialMatchFilter::applyMany() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query with an array of values.

$ SearchFilter#aggregateProperty in class SearchFilter

An array of data about an aggregate column being used ex: [ 'function' => 'COUNT', 'column' => 'ID' ]

SearchFilter::addRelation() — Method in class SearchFilter

Called by constructor to convert a string pathname into a well defined relationship sequence.

SearchFilter::addAggregate() — Method in class SearchFilter

Parses the name for any aggregate functions and stores them in the $aggregate array

SearchFilter::applyAggregate() — Method in class SearchFilter

Given an escaped HAVING clause, add it along with the appropriate GROUP BY clause

SearchFilter::apply() — Method in class SearchFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query.

SearchFilter::applyOne() — Method in class SearchFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query with a single value.

SearchFilter::applyMany() — Method in class SearchFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query with an array of values.

WithinRangeFilter::applyOne() — Method in class WithinRangeFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query with a single value.

HasManyList::add() — Method in class HasManyList

Adds the item to this relation.

Hierarchy::AllChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all children, including those 'not in menus'.

Hierarchy::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all children, including those that have been deleted but are still in live.

Hierarchy::AllHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all the children that this page had, including pages that were deleted from both stage & live.

ListDecorator::add() — Method in class ListDecorator

Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.

ManyManyList::appendExtraFieldsToQuery() — Method in class ManyManyList

Adds the many_many_extraFields to the select of the underlying DataQuery.

ManyManyList::add() — Method in class ManyManyList

Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.

ManyManyThroughList::add() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::afterGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Invoked after getFinalisedQuery()

PolymorphicHasManyList::add() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList

Adds the item to this relation.

$ SQLAssignmentRow#assignmentsProperty in class SQLAssignmentRow

List of field values to store for this query

SQLAssignmentRow::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Adds assignments for a list of several fields

SQLAssignmentRow::assign() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Set the value for a single field

SQLAssignmentRow::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

SQLConditionalExpression::addFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add a table to include in the query or update

SQLConditionalExpression::addLeftJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add a LEFT JOIN criteria to the tables list.

SQLConditionalExpression::addInnerJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add an INNER JOIN criteria

SQLConditionalExpression::addFilterToJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add an additional filter (part of the ON clause) on a join.

SQLConditionalExpression::addWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Adds a WHERE clause.

SQLConditionalExpression::addWhereAny() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
SQLDelete::addDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete

Sets the list of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause

SQLInsert::addRow() — Method in class SQLInsert

Appends a new row to insert

SQLInsert::addRows() — Method in class SQLInsert

Adds the list of rows to the array

SQLInsert::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert

Adds assignments for a list of several fields.

SQLInsert::assign() — Method in class SQLInsert

Set the value for a single field

SQLInsert::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLInsert

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

SQLSelect::addSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add to the list of columns to be selected by the query.

SQLSelect::addOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add ORDER BY clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.

SQLSelect::addGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add a GROUP BY clause.

SQLSelect::addHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add a HAVING clause

SQLSelect::aggregate() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a new SQLSelect that calls the given aggregate functions on this data.

$ SQLUpdate#assignmentProperty in class SQLUpdate

The assignment to create for this update

SQLUpdate::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Adds assignments for a list of several fields.

SQLUpdate::assign() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Set the value for a single field

SQLUpdate::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

SQLWriteExpression::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Adds assignments for a list of several fields.

SQLWriteExpression::assign() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Set the value for a single field

SQLWriteExpression::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

$ RelationList#addCallbacksProperty in class RelationList
RelationList::addCallbacks() — Method in class RelationList

Manage callbacks which are called after the add() action is completed.

SS_List::add() — Method in class SS_List

Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.

SearchContext::applyBaseTableFields() — Method in class SearchContext
SearchContext::addFilter() — Method in class SearchContext

Adds a instance of SearchFilter.

SearchContext::addField() — Method in class SearchContext

Adds a new FormField instance.

UnsavedRelationList::add() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Add an item to this relationship

UnsavedRelationList::addMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Add a number of items to the relation.

ValidationResult::addError() — Method in class ValidationResult

Record an error against this validation result,

ValidationResult::addFieldError() — Method in class ValidationResult

Record an error against this validation result,

ValidationResult::addMessage() — Method in class ValidationResult

Add a message to this ValidationResult without necessarily marking it as an error

ValidationResult::addFieldMessage() — Method in class ValidationResult

Add a message to this ValidationResult without necessarily marking it as an error

PostgreSQLConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

$ PostgreSQLDatabase#allow_query_master_postgresProperty in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Determines whether to check a database exists on the host by querying the 'postgres' database and running createDatabase.

PostgreSQLDatabase::allow_query_master_postgres() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Determines whether to check a database exists on the host by querying the 'postgres' database and running createDatabase.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Alter a table's schema.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::alterField() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Change the database type of the given field.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Alter an index on a table.

AuthenticatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\RealMe

Class RealMeAuthenticator

Authenticator::authenticate() — Method in class Authenticator

Method to authenticate an user.

$ LoginForm#authenticator_classProperty in class LoginForm
$ LoginHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LoginHandler
LoginHandler::acs() — Method in class LoginHandler
$ RealMeService#allowed_realme_environmentsProperty in class RealMeService
$ RealMeService#allowed_realme_integration_typesProperty in class RealMeService
$ RealMeService#authn_contextsProperty in class RealMeService
$ RealMeService#allowed_authn_context_listProperty in class RealMeService
$ RegistryImportFeed#assetHandlerProperty in class RegistryImportFeed

The class used to manipulate imported feed files on the filesystem

$ RegistryImportFeed#assetsDirProperty in class RegistryImportFeed

The "assets" folder name

$ RegistryImportFeedController#allowed_actionsProperty in class RegistryImportFeedController
$ RegistryPageController#allowed_actionsProperty in class RegistryPageController
RegistryPageController::AllQueryVars() — Method in class RegistryPageController

Get all search query vars, compiled into a query string for a URL.

ReportWrapper::afterQuery() — Method in class ReportWrapper

Override this method to perform some actions after querying.

BasicRestfulAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class BasicRestfulAuthenticator

The authenticate function

$ JSONDataFormatter#api_baseProperty in class JSONDataFormatter
$ XMLDataFormatter#api_baseProperty in class XMLDataFormatter
$ RestfulServer#api_baseProperty in class RestfulServer
$ RestfulServer#authenticatorProperty in class RestfulServer
$ RestfulServer#allowed_actionsProperty in class RestfulServer
RestfulServer::authenticate() — Method in class RestfulServer

A function to authenticate a user

SQLite3Connector::affectedRows() — Method in class SQLite3Connector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

SQLite3SchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Alter a table's schema.

SQLite3SchemaManager::alterField() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Change the database type of the given field.

SQLite3SchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Alter an index on a table.

$ SudoModeController#allowed_actionsProperty in class SudoModeController
SudoModeController::activate() — Method in class SudoModeController

After validating the request data including password against the current member, activate sudo mode for the current member.

SudoModeOnLoginExtension::afterLogin() — Method in class SudoModeOnLoginExtension

Activates sudo mode on a successful log in

SudoModeService::activate() — Method in class SudoModeService

Register activated sudo mode permission in the provided session, which lasts for the configured lifetime.

SudoModeServiceInterface::activate() — Method in class SudoModeServiceInterface

Register activated sudo mode permission in the provided session, which lasts for the configured lifetime.

AuthenticationHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security

An AuthenticationHandler is responsible for providing an identity (in the form of a Member object) for a given HTTPRequest.

AuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class AuthenticationHandler

Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).

AuthenticationMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security
$ AuthenticationMiddleware#authenticationHandlerProperty in class AuthenticationMiddleware
AuthenticatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security

Abstract base class for an authentication method

Authenticator::authenticate() — Method in class Authenticator

Method to authenticate an user.

$ CMSSecurity#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSSecurity
$ Handler#allowed_actionsProperty in class Handler
Group::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Group

Returns all of the children for the CMS Tree.

$ LoginForm#authenticator_classProperty in class LoginForm
$ LoginForm#authenticatorClassProperty in class LoginForm

Authenticator class to use with this login form

$ Member#auto_login_token_lifetimeProperty in class Member

Default lifetime of auto login token.

$ Member#AutoLoginHashProperty in class Member
$ Member#AutoLoginExpiredProperty in class Member
Member::afterMemberLoggedIn() — Method in class Member

Called after a member is logged in via session/cookie/etc

Member::afterMemberLoggedOut() — Method in class Member

Audit logging hook, called after a member is logged out

Member::actAs() — Method in class Member

Temporarily act as the specified user, limited to a $callback, but without logging in as that user.

Member::addToGroupByCode() — Method in class Member

Adds the member to a group. This will create the group if the given group code does not return a valid group object.

$ CMSLoginHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class CMSLoginHandler
CMSMemberAuthenticator::authenticateMember() — Method in class CMSMemberAuthenticator
$ ChangePasswordHandler#authenticatorProperty in class ChangePasswordHandler
$ ChangePasswordHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class ChangePasswordHandler
CookieAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
$ LoginHandler#authenticatorProperty in class LoginHandler
$ LoginHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LoginHandler
$ LogoutHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LogoutHandler
$ LostPasswordHandler#authenticatorClassProperty in class LostPasswordHandler

Authentication class to use

$ LostPasswordHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class LostPasswordHandler

Since the logout and dologin actions may be conditionally removed, it's necessary to ensure these remain valid actions regardless of the member login state.

MemberAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator

Method to authenticate an user.

MemberAuthenticator::authenticateMember() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator

Attempt to find and authenticate member if possible from the given data

SessionAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class SessionAuthenticationHandler
Member_GroupSet::add() — Method in class Member_GroupSet

Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.

NullSecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
$ PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash#algorithmProperty in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
PasswordExpirationMiddleware::absoluteUrl() — Method in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware

Builds an absolute URL for the given path, adds base url if the path configured as absolute

PasswordExpirationMiddleware::allowCurrentRequest() — Method in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware

Allow the current request to be finished without password expiration check

$ Permission#admin_implies_allProperty in class Permission

Set to false to prevent the 'ADMIN' permission from implying all permissions in the system

RequestAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class RequestAuthenticationHandler

Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).

$ Security#allowed_actionsProperty in class Security
$ Security#autologin_enabledProperty in class Security

Showing "Remember me"-checkbox on loginform, and saving encrypted credentials to a cookie.

Security::aggregateTabbedForms() — Method in class Security

Aggregate tabbed forms from each handler to fragments ready to be rendered.

Security::aggregateAuthenticatorResponses() — Method in class Security

We have three possible scenarios.

SecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class SecurityToken
$ LoginSessionController#allowed_actionsProperty in class LoginSessionController
LogInAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class LogInAuthenticationHandler
LogOutAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class LogOutAuthenticationHandler
$ ShareDraftController#allowed_actionsProperty in class ShareDraftController
$ ShareDraftContentControllerExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class ShareDraftContentControllerExtension
$ ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension
CommentSpamProtection::alterCommentForm() — Method in class CommentSpamProtection
SpellController::assembleData() — Method in class SpellController

Assemble an output data structure that is expected for TinyMCE 4

$ Publisher#add_timestampProperty in class Publisher
UrlBundleInterface::addUrls() — Method in class UrlBundleInterface

Add URLs to this bundle

UrlBundleService::addUrls() — Method in class UrlBundleService
UrlBundleService::assignPriorityToUrls() — Method in class UrlBundleService

Add priority data to URLs

FileSubsites::alternateTreeTitle() — Method in class FileSubsites

Amends the CMS tree title for folders in the Files & Images section.

FileSubsites::augmentSQL() — Method in class FileSubsites

Update any requests to limit the results to the current site

GroupSubsites::augmentSQL() — Method in class GroupSubsites

Update any requests to limit the results to the current site

GroupSubsites::alternateCanEdit() — Method in class GroupSubsites
$ LeftAndMainSubsites#allowed_actionsProperty in class LeftAndMainSubsites
LeftAndMainSubsites::alternateMenuDisplayCheck() — Method in class LeftAndMainSubsites
LeftAndMainSubsites::alternateAccessCheck() — Method in class LeftAndMainSubsites

Prevent accessing disallowed resources. This happens after onBeforeInit has executed, so all redirections should've already taken place.

LeftAndMainSubsites::augmentNewSiteTreeItem() — Method in class LeftAndMainSubsites
SiteConfigSubsites::augmentSQL() — Method in class SiteConfigSubsites

Update any requests to limit the results to the current site

SiteTreeSubsites::augmentSQL() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Update any requests to limit the results to the current site

SiteTreeSubsites::alternateSiteConfig() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites
SiteTreeSubsites::alternateAbsoluteLink() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites
SiteTreeSubsites::alternatePreviewLink() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

This function is marked as deprecated for removal in 5.0.0 in silverstripe/cms so now simply passes execution to where the functionality exists for backwards compatiblity.

SiteTreeSubsites::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites
SiteTreeSubsites::augmentValidURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Ensure that valid url segments are checked within the correct subsite of the owner object, even if the current subsiteID is set to some other subsite.

$ GridFieldSubsiteDetailFormItemRequest#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldSubsiteDetailFormItemRequest
$ SubsitesTreeDropdownField#allowed_actionsProperty in class SubsitesTreeDropdownField
$ InitStateMiddleware#admin_url_pathsProperty in class InitStateMiddleware

URL paths that should be considered as admin only, i.e. not frontend

$ Subsite#allowed_themesProperty in class Subsite

Numeric array of all themes which are allowed to be selected for all subsites.

Subsite::all_sites() — Method in class Subsite

Return all subsites, regardless of permissions (augmented with main site).

Subsite::all_accessible_sites() — Method in class Subsite
Subsite::accessible_sites() — Method in class Subsite

Return the subsites that the current user can access by given permission.

Subsite::allowedThemes() — Method in class Subsite

Return the themes that can be used with this subsite, as an array of themecode => description

Subsite::absoluteBaseURL() — Method in class Subsite

Get the absolute URL for this subsite

Subsite::adminDuplicate() — Method in class Subsite

Javascript admin action to duplicate this subsite

Subsite::activate() — Method in class Subsite

Make this subsite the current one

SubsiteDomain::absoluteBaseURL() — Method in class SubsiteDomain

Get absolute baseURL for this domain

SubsiteReportWrapper::afterQuery() — Method in class SubsiteReportWrapper
Method::applyRequirements() — Method in class Method

Leverage the Requirements API to ensure client requirements are included. This is called just after the base module requirements are specified

$ StringTagField#allowed_actionsProperty in class StringTagField
$ TagField#allowed_actionsProperty in class TagField
$ TaxonomyDirectoryController#allowed_actionsProperty in class TaxonomyDirectoryController
$ UserDefinedFormAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class UserDefinedFormAdmin
$ UserDefinedFormController#allowed_actionsProperty in class UserDefinedFormController
UserDefinedFormController::addUserFormsValidatei18n() — Method in class UserDefinedFormController

Add the necessary jQuery validate i18n translation files, either by locale or by langauge, e.g. 'en_NZ' or 'en'. This adds "methods_abc.min.js" as well as "messages_abc.min.js" from the jQuery validate thirdparty library from dist/js.

$ EditableFormField#abstractProperty in class EditableFormField

Define this field as abstract (not inherited)

$ EditableFormField#allowed_cssProperty in class EditableFormField

A list of CSS classes that can be added

$ EditableFileField#allowed_extensions_blacklistProperty in class EditableFileField

Further limit uploadable file extensions in addition to the restrictions imposed by the File.allowed_extensions global configuration.

$ EditableMultipleOptionField#abstractProperty in class EditableMultipleOptionField

Define this field as abstract (not inherited)

$ EditableOption#allow_empty_valuesProperty in class EditableOption
EditableOption::allow_empty_values() — Method in class EditableOption

Returns whether to allow empty values or not.

$ EditableTextField#autocomplete_optionsProperty in class EditableTextField
$ EditableTextField#AutocompleteProperty in class EditableTextField
$ EmailRecipient#allow_unbound_recipient_fieldsProperty in class EmailRecipient

Setting this to true will allow you to select "risky" fields as email recipient, such as free-text entry fields.

$ UserFormRecipientItemRequest#allowed_actionsProperty in class UserFormRecipientItemRequest
$ VersionFeed#allchanges_enabledProperty in class VersionFeed

Enable the allchanges feed

$ VersionFeed#allchanges_limitProperty in class VersionFeed

Allchanges feed limit of items.

$ VersionFeedController#allowed_actionsProperty in class VersionFeedController
VersionFeedController::allchanges() — Method in class VersionFeedController

Get all changes from the site in a RSS feed.

ArchiveAdminClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin

Archive admin is a section of the CMS that displays archived records from versioned objects and allows for users to restore them.

$ HistoryViewerController#allowed_actionsProperty in class HistoryViewerController
ArchiveRestoreActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions

Adds a restore action to the item edit form of ArchiveAdmin

ArchiveViewProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Interfaces

A provider of a view for the archive admin

ChangeSet::addObject() — Method in class ChangeSet

Add a new change to this changeset. Will automatically include all owned changes as those are dependencies of this item.

$ ChangeSetItem#AddedProperty in class ChangeSetItem
DeleteExtension::augmentMutation() — Method in class DeleteExtension
AbstractPublishOperationCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Operations

Scaffolds a generic update operation for DataObjects.

UnpublishOnDelete::apply() — Method in class UnpublishOnDelete
VersionedDataObject::apply() — Method in class VersionedDataObject
VersionedRead::apply() — Method in class VersionedRead
CopyToStageInputType::attributes() — Method in class CopyToStageInputType
VersionSortType::attributes() — Method in class VersionSortType
VersionedInputType::attributes() — Method in class VersionedInputType
GridFieldArchiveAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction

Add a column 'Actions'

GridFieldRestoreAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction

Add a column 'Delete'

Versioned::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class Versioned

Amend freshly created DataQuery objects with versioned-specific information.

Versioned::augmentSQL() — Method in class Versioned

Augment the the SQLSelect that is created by the DataQuery

Versioned::augmentSQLStage() — Method in class Versioned

Reading a specific stage (Stage or Live)

Versioned::augmentSQLStageUnique() — Method in class Versioned

Reading a specific stage, but only return items that aren't in any other stage

Versioned::augmentSQLVersioned() — Method in class Versioned

Augment SQL to select from _Versions table instead.

Versioned::augmentSQLVersionedArchive() — Method in class Versioned

Filter the versioned history by a specific date and archive stage

Versioned::augmentSQLVersionedLatestSingle() — Method in class Versioned

Return latest version instance, regardless of whether it is on a particular stage.

Versioned::augmentSQLVersionedLatest() — Method in class Versioned

Return latest version instances, regardless of whether they are on a particular stage.

Versioned::augmentSQLVersionedVersion() — Method in class Versioned

If selecting a specific version, filter it here

Versioned::augmentSQLVersionedAll() — Method in class Versioned

If all versions are requested, ensure that records are sorted by this field

Versioned::augmentLoadLazyFields() — Method in class Versioned

For lazy loaded fields requiring extra sql manipulation, ie versioning.

Versioned::augmentDatabase() — Method in class Versioned

Update the database schema as required by this extension.

Versioned::augmentWriteVersioned() — Method in class Versioned

Generates a ($table)_version DB manipulation and injects it into the current $manipulation

Versioned::augmentWriteStaged() — Method in class Versioned

Rewrite the given manipulation to update the selected (non-default) stage

Versioned::augmentWrite() — Method in class Versioned

Augment a write-record request.

Versioned::allVersions() — Method in class Versioned

Return a list of all the versions available.

Versioned::Author() — Method in class Versioned

Get author of this record.

VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::addVersionedButtons() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest

Getting buttons that are for versioned objects

VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::addUnversionedButtons() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest

Getting buttons that are for unversioned objects

VersionedGridFieldState::augmentColumns() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

Versioned_Version::Author() — Method in class Versioned_Version

Author of this DataObject

ArrayDataClass in namespace SilverStripe\View

Lets you wrap a bunch of array data, or object members, into a ViewableData object.

$ ArrayData#arrayProperty in class ArrayData
ArrayData::array_to_object() — Method in class ArrayData

Converts an associative array to a simple object

AttributesHTMLClass in namespace SilverStripe\View

This trait can be applied to a ViewableData class to add the logic to render attributes in an SS template.

$ AttributesHTML#attributesProperty in class AttributesHTML

List of attributes to render on the frontend

SQLFormatter::addNewlines() — Method in class SQLFormatter

Newlines for tokens defined in $newline_before_tokens.

$ ShortcodeParser#active_instanceProperty in class ShortcodeParser
$ ShortcodeParser#attrrxProperty in class ShortcodeParser
ShortcodeParser::attrrx() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
$ URLSegmentFilter#allowMultibyteProperty in class URLSegmentFilter
Requirements::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements

Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.

$ Requirements_Backend#assetHandlerProperty in class Requirements_Backend
Requirements_Backend::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.

SSTemplateParser::addClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %><% end_name %> syntax

SSTemplateParser::addOpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %> syntax

SSTemplateParser::Argument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

If we get a bare value, we don't know enough to determine exactly what php would be the translation, because we don't know if the position of use indicates a lookup or a string argument.

SSTemplateParser::Argument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Argument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Argument_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer::add_themes() — Method in class SSViewer

Add to the list of active themes to apply

$ EmbedShortcodeProvider#attribute_whitelistProperty in class EmbedShortcodeProvider

A whitelist of shortcode attributes which are allowed in the resultant markup.

ThemeResourceLoader::addSet() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader

Add a new theme manifest for a given identifier. E.g. '$default'

CredentialRepository::assertCredentialID() — Method in class CredentialRepository

Assert that the given credential ID matches a stored credential

Method::applyRequirements() — Method in class Method

Leverage the Requirements API to ensure client requirements are included. This is called just after the base module requirements are specified

$ RegisterHandler#authenticator_attachmentProperty in class RegisterHandler

The default attachment mode to use for Authentication Selection Criteria.

$ WidgetContentControllerExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class WidgetContentControllerExtension
WidgetAreaEditor::AvailableWidgets() — Method in class WidgetAreaEditor
$ WidgetController#allowed_actionsProperty in class WidgetController
AssignUsersToWorkflowActionClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Actions

A workflow action that allows additional users or groups to be assigned to the workflow part-way through the workflow path.

AdvancedWorkflowAdminClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Admin
$ AdvancedWorkflowAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class AdvancedWorkflowAdmin
AdvancedWorkflowActionControllerClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Controllers

Handles actions triggered from external sources, eg emails or web frontend

WorkflowActionInstance::actionStart() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance

Called when this instance is started within the workflow

WorkflowActionInstance::actionComplete() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance

Called when this action has been completed within the workflow

WorkflowTransition::Action() — Method in class WorkflowTransition
AdvancedWorkflowExtensionClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Extensions

Handles interactions triggered by users in the backend of the CMS. Replicate this type of functionality wherever you need UI interaction with workflow.

$ AdvancedWorkflowExtension#allowed_actionsProperty in class AdvancedWorkflowExtension
WorkflowApplicable::AbsoluteEditLink() — Method in class WorkflowApplicable

Included in CMS-generated email templates for a NotifyUsersWorkflowAction.

$ WorkflowField#allowed_actionsProperty in class WorkflowField
WorkflowField::action() — Method in class WorkflowField
WorkflowField::ActionLink() — Method in class WorkflowField
$ WorkflowFieldActionController#allowed_actionsProperty in class WorkflowFieldActionController
$ WorkflowFieldItemController#allowed_actionsProperty in class WorkflowFieldItemController
$ WorkflowFieldTransitionController#allowed_actionsProperty in class WorkflowFieldTransitionController
AWRequiredFieldsClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Forms

Extends RequiredFields so we can prevent DO writes in AW's controller(s) without needing to catch Exceptions from DO->validate() all over the place.

GridFieldExportAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportAction

Add a column 'Delete'

GridFieldWorkflowRestrictedEditButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldWorkflowRestrictedEditButton

Add a column

WorkflowTemplate::addManyManyToObject() — Method in class WorkflowTemplate

Given an object, first check it has a ManyMany relation on it and add() Member and Group relations as required.

$ GridFieldAddExistingSearchButton#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldAddExistingSearchButton
$ GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler
GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler::add() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler
$ GridFieldAddNewMultiClass#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldAddNewMultiClass
$ GridFieldEditableColumns#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldEditableColumns
GridFieldExternalLink::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExternalLink

Add a column for the actions

$ GridFieldOrderableRows#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldOrderableRows
GridFieldOrderableRows::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldOrderableRows

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

$ GridFieldRequestHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class GridFieldRequestHandler
$ QueuedJobsAdmin#allowed_actionsProperty in class QueuedJobsAdmin
$ QueuedTaskRunner#allowed_actionsProperty in class QueuedTaskRunner
QueuedJobDescriptor::activateOnQueue() — Method in class QueuedJobDescriptor

Called to indicate that the job is ready to be run on the queue. This is done either as the result of creating the job and adding it, or when resuming.

$ GridFieldQueuedJobExecute#actionProperty in class GridFieldQueuedJobExecute
GridFieldQueuedJobExecute::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedJobExecute

Add a column 'Delete'

QJUtils::ajaxResponse() — Method in class QJUtils
AbstractQueuedJobClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Services

A base implementation of a queued job that provides some convenience for implementations

AbstractQueuedJob::afterComplete() — Method in class AbstractQueuedJob

Called when the job is determined to be 'complete'

AbstractQueuedJob::addMessage() — Method in class AbstractQueuedJob
QueuedJob::addMessage() — Method in class QueuedJob

Add an arbitrary text message into a job

FluentBadgeExtension::addFluentBadge() — Method in class FluentBadgeExtension

Add the Fluent state badge before any existing badges and return the result

FluentExtension::anyMatch() — Method in class FluentExtension

Helper function to check if the value given is present in any of the patterns.

FluentExtension::augmentDatabase() — Method in class FluentExtension

Update the database schema as required by this extension.

FluentExtension::augmentDatabaseDontRequire() — Method in class FluentExtension
FluentExtension::augmentDatabaseRequireTable() — Method in class FluentExtension

Require the given localisation table

FluentExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class FluentExtension

Edit the given query object to support queries for this extension

FluentExtension::augmentWrite() — Method in class FluentExtension

Augment a write-record request.

FluentExtension::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class FluentExtension

Amend freshly created DataQuery objects with the current locale and frontend status

FluentFilteredExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class FluentFilteredExtension
FluentSiteTreeExtension::addLocaleStatusMessage() — Method in class FluentSiteTreeExtension

Adds a UI message to indicate whether you're editing in the default locale or not

FluentSiteTreeExtension::addLocalePrefixToUrlSegment() — Method in class FluentSiteTreeExtension

Add the locale's URLSegment to the URL prefix for a page's URL segment field

FluentVersionedExtension::augmentDatabaseDontRequire() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension
FluentVersionedExtension::augmentDatabaseRequireTable() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension

Require the given localisation table

FluentVersionedExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension

Edit the given query object to support queries for this extension

FluentVersionedExtension::addLocaleFallbackChain() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension

Update all joins to include Version as well as Locale / Record

FluentVersionedExtension::augmentWrite() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension

Apply versioning to write

$ InitStateMiddleware#admin_url_pathsProperty in class InitStateMiddleware

URL paths that should be considered as admin only, i.e. not frontend

FluentSearchVariant::appliesTo() — Method in class FluentSearchVariant

Return true if this variant applies to the passed class & subclass

FluentSearchVariant::activateState() — Method in class FluentSearchVariant

Activate the passed state

FluentSearchVariant::alterQuery() — Method in class FluentSearchVariant

Apply this variant to a search query

FluentSearchVariant::alterDefinition() — Method in class FluentSearchVariant
$ GridFieldSortableRows#append_to_topProperty in class GridFieldSortableRows

B

$ Package#badgesProperty in class Package
$ ComposerLoader#basePathProperty in class ComposerLoader
ComposerLoader::build() — Method in class ComposerLoader

Load and build the composer.json and composer.lock files

CwpSiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkHTMLList() — Method in class CwpSiteTreeFileExtension

Generate an HTML list which provides links to where a file is used.

$ TaxonomyTermExtension#belongs_many_manyProperty in class TaxonomyTermExtension
BaseHomePageClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes

BaseHomePage is the basic home page.

BaseHomePageControllerClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes
BasePageClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes

BasePage is a foundation page class which can be used for constructing your own page types. By default it is hidden from the CMS - we rely on developers creating their own Page class in mysite/code which will extend from BasePage.

$ BasePage#belongs_many_manyProperty in class BasePage
BasePageControllerClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes
$ PdfExportExtension#bypass_pdf_binary_checkProperty in class PdfExportExtension

Used to bypass the check to see if the wkhtmltopdf binary is avilable Only used for unit testing

$ ArchiveHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class ArchiveHandler

Extra classes to add to the bulk action button for this handler Can also be used to set the button font-icon e.g. font-icon-trash

$ DeleteHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class DeleteHandler

Extra classes to add to the bulk action button for this handler Can also be used to set the button font-icon e.g. font-icon-trash

$ EditHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class EditHandler

Extra classes to add to the bulk action button for this handler Can also be used to set the button font-icon e.g. font-icon-trash

EditHandler::bulkEditForm() — Method in class EditHandler

Return a form for all the selected DataObjects with their respective editable fields.

EditHandler::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class EditHandler

Edited version of the GridFieldEditForm function adds the 'Bulk Upload' at the end of the crums.

$ Handler#buttonClassesProperty in class Handler

Extra classes to add to the bulk action button for this handler Can also be used to set the button font-icon e.g. font-icon-trash

$ PublishHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class PublishHandler

Extra classes to add to the bulk action button for this handler Can also be used to set the button font-icon e.g. font-icon-trash

$ UnPublishHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class UnPublishHandler

Extra classes to add to the bulk action button for this handler Can also be used to set the button font-icon e.g. font-icon-trash

$ UnlinkHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class UnlinkHandler

Extra classes to add to the bulk action button for this handler Can also be used to set the button font-icon e.g. font-icon-trash

BulkManagerClass in namespace Colymba\BulkManager

GridField component for editing attached models in bulk.

BulkUploadFieldClass in namespace Colymba\BulkUpload

Custom UploadField used to override Link() and redirect UploadField action properly through the GridField.

BulkUploadHandlerClass in namespace Colymba\BulkUpload

Handles request from the GridFieldBulkUpload component.

BulkUploaderClass in namespace Colymba\BulkUpload

GridField component for uploading images in bulk.

BulkUploader::bulkUploadField() — Method in class BulkUploader

Returned a configured UploadField instance embedded in the gridfield heard.

BaseElementClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Models

Class BaseElement

ElementalArea::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ElementalArea

Necessary to display results in CMS site search.

$ DebugBar#bufferingEnabledProperty in class DebugBar
ControllerExtension::beforeCallActionHandler() — Method in class ControllerExtension
DebugBarMiddleware::beforeRequest() — Method in class DebugBarMiddleware

Track the start up of the framework boot

CMSBatchAction::batchaction() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

Helper method for processing batch actions.

$ CMSBatchActionHandler#batch_actionsProperty in class CMSBatchActionHandler
CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActionList() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Return a SS_List of ArrayData objects containing the following pieces of info about each batch action:

  • Link
  • Title
CMSBatchActionHandler::buildAction() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Safely generate batch action object for a given classname

CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActions() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Get all registered actions through the static defaults set by register().

CMSProfileController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSProfileController

Only show first element, as the profile form is limited to editing the current member it doesn't make much sense to show the member name in the breadcrumbs.

LeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::batchactions() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Batch Actions Handler

LeftAndMain::BatchActionsForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::BaseCSSClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Same as ViewableData->CSSClasses(), but with a changed name to avoid problems when using ViewableData->customise() (which always returns "ArrayData" from the $original object).

ModelAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ModelAdmin
SecurityAdmin::Backlink() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

Disable GridFieldDetailForm backlinks for this view, as its

SecurityAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
$ AkismetSpamProtector#bypass_permissionProperty in class AkismetSpamProtector

Permission required to bypass check

$ AkismetSpamProtector#bypass_membersProperty in class AkismetSpamProtector

Set to try to bypass check for all logged in users

$ AssetAdmin#bust_cacheProperty in class AssetAdmin

Whatever the front end should try to bust cache by appending the version id to the image URL.

AssetAdmin::breadcrumbs() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::baseCSSClasses() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Don't include class namespace in auto-generated CSS class

AssetFormFactory::buildFileStatusIcon() — Method in class AssetFormFactory
BuilderClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL\Schema
$ TestAssetStore#basedirProperty in class TestAssetStore

Base dir of current file

TestAssetStore::base_path() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Get absolute path to basedir

File::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class File

Get the back-link tracking objects that link to this file via HTML fields

File::BackLinkTrackingCount() — Method in class File

Count of backlinks Note: Doesn't filter broken records

File::BackLinks() — Method in class File

List of SiteTreeLink objects attached to this page

FileIDHelper::buildFileID() — Method in class FileIDHelper

Map file tuple (hash, name, variant) to a filename to be used by flysystem

FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy::buildFileID() — Method in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy

Build a file ID for the provided tuple, irrespective of its existence.

FileResolutionStrategy::buildFileID() — Method in class FileResolutionStrategy

Build a file ID for the provided tuple, irrespective of its existence.

HashFileIDHelper::buildFileID() — Method in class HashFileIDHelper

Map file tuple (hash, name, variant) to a filename to be used by flysystem

LegacyFileIDHelper::buildFileID() — Method in class LegacyFileIDHelper

Map file tuple (hash, name, variant) to a filename to be used by flysystem

NaturalFileIDHelper::buildFileID() — Method in class NaturalFileIDHelper

Map file tuple (hash, name, variant) to a filename to be used by flysystem

AuditHook::bind_manipulation_capture() — Method in class AuditHook

This will bind a new class dynamically so we can hook into manipulation and capture it. It creates a new PHP file in the temp folder, then loads it and sets it as the active DB class.

BasicContextClass in namespace SilverStripe\BehatExtension\Context
BasicContext
EmailContext::before() — Method in class EmailContext
FixtureContext::beforeDatabaseDefaults() — Method in class FixtureContext
SilverStripeContext::before() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
ModuleInitialisationController::baseExecute() — Method in class ModuleInitialisationController
BlogAdminSidebarClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Forms
$ GridFieldAddByDBField#buttonNameProperty in class GridFieldAddByDBField

Name for the buttons displayed in the CMS

BlogClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

Blog Holder

BlogCategoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

A blog category for generalising blog posts.

$ BlogCategory#belongs_many_manyProperty in class BlogCategory
$ BlogCategory#BlogIDProperty in class BlogCategory
BlogCategory::Blog() — Method in class BlogCategory
BlogCommentExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

Adds Blog specific behaviour to Comment.

BlogControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model
$ BlogController#blogPostsProperty in class BlogController

The current Blog Post DataList query.

BlogFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

This class is responsible for filtering the SiteTree when necessary and also overlaps into filtering only published posts.

BlogFilterGridFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model\BlogFilter

Enables children of non-editable pages to be edited.

BlogMemberExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

This class is responsible for add Blog specific behaviour to Members.

$ BlogMemberExtension#belongs_many_manyProperty in class BlogMemberExtension
BlogObjectClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

An object shared by BlogTag and BlogCategory.

BlogObject::BlogPosts() — Method in class BlogObject
BlogPostClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

An individual blog post.

BlogPostControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model
BlogPostFeaturedExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

Adds a checkbox field for featured blog posts widget.

BlogPostFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

This is responsible for filtering only published posts to users who do not have permission to view non-published posts.

BlogPostNotificationsClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

Customise blog post to support comment notifications.

BlogTagClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model

A blog tag for keyword descriptions of a blog post.

$ BlogTag#belongs_many_manyProperty in class BlogTag
$ BlogTag#BlogIDProperty in class BlogTag
BlogTag::Blog() — Method in class BlogTag
CategorisationObject::BlogPosts() — Method in class CategorisationObject
BlogArchiveWidgetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogArchiveWidget::Blog() — Method in class BlogArchiveWidget
BlogArchiveWidgetControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogCategoriesWidgetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogCategoriesWidget::Blog() — Method in class BlogCategoriesWidget
BlogCategoriesWidgetControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogFeaturedPostsWidgetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogFeaturedPostsWidget::Blog() — Method in class BlogFeaturedPostsWidget
BlogRecentPostsWidgetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogRecentPostsWidget::Blog() — Method in class BlogRecentPostsWidget
BlogRecentPostsWidgetControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogTagsCloudWidgetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogTagsCloudWidget::Blog() — Method in class BlogTagsCloudWidget
BlogTagsCloudWidgetControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogTagsWidgetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
BlogTagsWidget::Blog() — Method in class BlogTagsWidget
BlogTagsWidgetControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Widgets
CMSMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::batchactions() — Method in class CMSMain

Batch Actions Handler

CMSMain::BatchActionParameters() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns a LiteralField containing parameter field HTML for batch actions

CMSMain::BatchActionList() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns a list of batch actions

CMSPagesController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPagesController
ModelAsController::beforeHandleRequest() — Method in class ModelAsController

A bootstrap for the handleRequest method

RootURLController::beforeHandleRequest() — Method in class RootURLController

A bootstrap for the handleRequest method

$ SiteTree#base_plural_nameProperty in class SiteTree

Plural form for SiteTree / Page classes. Not inherited by subclasses.

$ SiteTree#base_singular_nameProperty in class SiteTree

Plural form for SiteTree / Page classes. Not inherited by subclasses.

$ SiteTree#base_descriptionProperty in class SiteTree

Description for Page and SiteTree classes, but not inherited by subclasses.

SiteTree::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteTree

Return a breadcrumb trail to this page. Excludes "hidden" pages (with ShowInMenus=0) by default.

SiteTree::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the back-link tracking objects that link to this page

SiteTree::BackLinks() — Method in class SiteTree

List of SiteTreeLink objects attached to this page

SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkHTMLList() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
BrokenFilesReportClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
BrokenLinksReportClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports

Content side-report listing pages with broken links

BrokenRedirectorPagesReportClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
BrokenVirtualPagesReportClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
$ ApproveHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class ApproveHandler
$ SpamHandler#buttonClassesProperty in class SpamHandler
$ Comment#BaseClassProperty in class Comment
$ CachedConfigCollection#buildingProperty in class CachedConfigCollection

Set to true while building config.

$ YamlTransformer#baseDirectoryProperty in class YamlTransformer

Base directory used to find yaml files.

$ SiteTreeContentReview#belongs_many_manyProperty in class SiteTreeContentReview
$ Controller#basicAuthEnabledProperty in class Controller
$ Controller#baseInitCalledProperty in class Controller
Controller::beforeHandleRequest() — Method in class Controller

A bootstrap for the handleRequest method

Director::baseURL() — Method in class Director

Return the root-relative url for the baseurl

Director::baseFolder() — Method in class Director

Returns the root filesystem folder for the site. It will be automatically calculated unless it is overridden with setBaseFolder().

$ Email#bcc_all_emails_toProperty in class Email
Email::BaseURL() — Method in class Email
SwiftPlugin::beforeSendPerformed() — Method in class SwiftPlugin

Before sending a message make sure all our overrides are taken into account

$ HTTPRequest#bodyProperty in class HTTPRequest

Raw HTTP body, used by PUT and POST requests.

$ HTTPResponse#bodyProperty in class HTTPResponse
$ ConfirmationMiddleware#bypassesProperty in class ConfirmationMiddleware

The list of bypasses

ConfirmationMiddleware::buildConfirmationRedirect() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware

Initialize the confirmation session storage with the confirmation items and return an HTTPResponse redirecting to the according confirmation form.

BypassClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware

A bypass for manual confirmation by user (depending on some runtime conditions)

GetParameter::buildConfirmationItem() — Method in class GetParameter

Generates the confirmation item

Url::buildConfirmationItem() — Method in class Url

Generates the confirmation item

UrlPathStartswith::buildConfirmationItem() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith

Generates the confirmation item

URLSpecialsMiddleware::buildImpactRedirect() — Method in class URLSpecialsMiddleware

Looks up for the special flags passed in the request and schedules the changes accordingly for the next request.

$ RequestHandler#brokenOnConstructProperty in class RequestHandler

This variable records whether RequestHandler::construct() was called or not. Useful for checking if subclasses have called parent::construct()

BaseKernelClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Simple Kernel container

$ BaseKernel#basePathProperty in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::bootPHP() — Method in class BaseKernel

Initialise PHP with default variables

BaseKernel::bootManifests() — Method in class BaseKernel

Boot all manifests

BaseKernel::bootConfigs() — Method in class BaseKernel

Include all _config.php files

BaseKernel::bootErrorHandling() — Method in class BaseKernel

Turn on error handling

BaseKernel::boot() — Method in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::buildManifestCacheFactory() — Method in class BaseKernel
ClassInfo::baseDataClass() — Method in class ClassInfo
CoreConfigFactory::buildYamlTransformer() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
CoreConfigFactory::buildStaticTransformer() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
CoreConfigFactory::buildYamlTransformerForPath() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
Convert::base64url_encode() — Method in class Convert

Encode a value into a string that can be used as part of a filename.

Convert::base64url_decode() — Method in class Convert

Decode a value that was encoded with Convert::base64url_encode.

Convert::bytes2memstring() — Method in class Convert
CoreKernel::boot() — Method in class CoreKernel
CoreKernel::bootDatabaseGlobals() — Method in class CoreKernel

Load default database configuration from the $database and $databaseConfig globals

CoreKernel::bootDatabaseEnvVars() — Method in class CoreKernel

Load default database configuration from environment variable

$ CustomMethods#built_in_methodsProperty in class CustomMethods

Non-custom methods

$ Extensible#beforeExtendCallbacksProperty in class Extensible

List of callbacks to call prior to extensions having extend called on them, each grouped by methodName.

Extensible::beforeExtending() — Method in class Extensible

Allows user code to hook into Object::extend prior to control being delegated to extensions. Each callback will be reset once called.

$ AopProxyService#beforeCallProperty in class AopProxyService
BeforeCallAspectClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector

A BeforeCallAspect is run before a method is executed.

BeforeCallAspect::beforeCall() — Method in class BeforeCallAspect

Call this aspect before a method is executed

Kernel::boot() — Method in class Kernel
$ ClassManifest#baseProperty in class ClassManifest

base manifest directory

ClassManifestVisitor::beforeTraverse() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
$ Module#basePathProperty in class Module

Base folder of application with no trailing slash

$ ModuleManifest#baseProperty in class ModuleManifest

The base path used when building the manifest

BacktraceClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Backtrace helper

Backtrace::backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace

Render or return a backtrace from the given scope.

BehatFixtureFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
BuildTaskClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Interface for a generic build task. Does not support dependencies. This will simply run a chunk of code when called.

BulkLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

A base for bulk loaders of content into the SilverStripe database.

BulkLoader_ResultClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Encapsulates the result of a BulkLoader import (usually through the BulkLoader->processAll() method).

DebugView::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class DebugView

Generate breadcrumb links to the URL path being displayed

DevBuildController::build() — Method in class DevBuildController
DevelopmentAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin

Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes Should match the $url_handlers rule: 'build/defaults' => 'buildDefaults',

$ FixtureFactory#blueprintsProperty in class FixtureFactory
SapphireInfo::BaseURL() — Method in class SapphireInfo
$ SapphireTest#backupGlobalsProperty in class SapphireTest

We need to disabling backing up of globals to avoid overriding the few globals SilverStripe relies on, like $lang for the i18n subsystem.

TestKernel::bootPHP() — Method in class TestKernel

Initialise PHP with default variables

TestKernel::bootErrorHandling() — Method in class TestKernel

Turn on error handling

BannerBlockClass in namespace SilverStripe\ElementalBannerBlock\Block
BlockLinkFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\ElementalBannerBlock\Form
BlockLinkField_ReadonlyClass in namespace SilverStripe\ElementalBannerBlock\Form

Readonly version of a BlockLinkField field, which displays the data fields as readonly text inputs and a checkbox for "target blank".

BrokenExternalLinkClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Model

Represents a single link checked for a single run that is broken

BrokenExternalPageTrackClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Model

Represents a track for a single page

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatusClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Model

Represents the status of a track run

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::BrokenLinks() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus
BrokenExternalLinksReportClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Reports

Content side-report listing pages with external broken links

$ CurlLinkChecker#bypass_cacheProperty in class CurlLinkChecker

If we want to bypass the cache Set via YAML file

Form::buildRequestHandler() — Method in class Form

Scaffold new request handler for this form

$ FormAction#buttonContentProperty in class FormAction

Literal button content, used when useButtonTag is true.

$ FormMessageBootstrapExtension#bootstrapAlertsMapProperty in class FormMessageBootstrapExtension
$ FormRequestHandler#buttonClickedFuncProperty in class FormRequestHandler
FormRequestHandler::buttonClicked() — Method in class FormRequestHandler

Get instance of button which was clicked for this request

GridField::buildColumnDispatch() — Method in class GridField

Build an columnDispatch that maps a GridField_ColumnProvider to a column for reference later.

$ GridFieldAddNewButton#buttonNameProperty in class GridFieldAddNewButton
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

CMS-specific functionality: Passes through navigation breadcrumbs to the template, and includes the currently edited record (if any).

$ TinyMCEConfig#base_dirProperty in class TinyMCEConfig

Location of module relative to BASE_DIR. This must contain the following dirs

  • plugins
  • themes
  • skins
$ TinyMCEConfig#buttonsProperty in class TinyMCEConfig

Holder list of buttons, organised by line. This array is 1-based indexed array

MoneyField::buildCurrencyField() — Method in class MoneyField

Builds a new currency field based on the allowed currencies configured

$ PopoverField#buttonTooltipProperty in class PopoverField

Tooltip to put on button

$ TreeDropdownField#baseIDProperty in class TreeDropdownField

Filter for base record

SearchIndex::buildDependancyList() — Method in class SearchIndex
$ SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor#batchesProperty in class SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor

List of batches to be processed

$ SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor#batch_sizeProperty in class SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor

Maximum number of record-states to process in one batch.

$ SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor#batch_soft_capProperty in class SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor

Up to this number of additional ids can be added to any batch in order to reduce the number of batches

SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor::batchData() — Method in class SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor
$ SolrReindexQueuedJob#batchSizeProperty in class SolrReindexQueuedJob

Size of each batch to run

$ SolrIndex#boostedFieldsProperty in class SolrIndex

List of boosted fields

BasicAuthAuthenticatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth

An authenticator using SilverStripe's BasicAuth

Handler::buildAuthenticator() — Method in class Handler
BuildClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev
Build::build() — Method in class Build
Build::buildSchema() — Method in class Build
BulkLoaderSetClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader

Composed with a list of bulk loaders to be executed in serial and return the aggregate result of all their collect() calls

DBFieldArgs::baseFormatResolver() — Method in class DBFieldArgs
QuerySort::buildAllFieldsConfig() — Method in class QuerySort
Resolver::baseResolve() — Method in class Resolver

Just the basic ViewableData field accessor bit, without all the property mapping overhead. Useful for custom dataobject types that circumvent the model layer.

BaseFieldsProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces

Defines a model that provides required fields for all the types it creates

SchemaBuilder::build() — Method in class SchemaBuilder

Stores a schema and fetches the graphql-php instance

SchemaBuilder::buildByName() — Method in class SchemaBuilder

Boots a schema, persists it, and fetches it

SchemaBuilder::boot() — Method in class SchemaBuilder

Auto-discovers the schema based on the provided schema key in Silverstripe's configuration layer. Merges the global schema with specifics for this schema key.

NestedInputBuilder::buildAllFieldsConfig() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
NestedInputBuilder::buildPathsFromArgs() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder

Public API that can be used by a resolver to flatten the input argument into dot.separated.paths that can be normalised

AbstractTypeRegistry::Boolean() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
ModelType::buildOperations() — Method in class ModelType
BaseStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\HybridSessions\Store
DatabaseStore::binaryDataJsonEncode() — Method in class DatabaseStore

Encode binary data into ASCII string (a subset of UTF-8)

DatabaseStore::binaryDataJsonDecode() — Method in class DatabaseStore

Decode ASCII string into original binary data (a php string)

LDAPUtil::bin_to_str_guid() — Method in class LDAPUtil
LDAPUtil::bin_to_str_sid() — Method in class LDAPUtil
EnablerExtension::beforeCallActionHandler() — Method in class EnablerExtension
BaseHandlerTraitClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\RequestHandler
BackupCodeGeneratorClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Service
$ BackupCodeGenerator#backup_code_countProperty in class BackupCodeGenerator

The number of back-up codes that should be generated for a user. Note that changing this value will not regenerate or generate new codes to meet the new number. The user will have to manually regenerate codes to receive the new number of codes.

$ BackupCodeGenerator#backup_code_lengthProperty in class BackupCodeGenerator

The length of each individual backup code.

BackupCodeGeneratorInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Service

A service class implementation for generating and hashing backup codes.

BackupCodeClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\State

A container for a backup code and its hash, normally used during backup code generation

ArrayList::byIDs() — Method in class ArrayList

Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs

ArrayList::byID() — Method in class ArrayList

Return the first item with the given ID

DBQueryBuilder::buildSQL() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Builds a sql query with the specified connection

DBQueryBuilder::buildSelectQuery() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Builds a query from a SQLSelect expression

DBQueryBuilder::buildDeleteQuery() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Builds a query from a SQLDelete expression

DBQueryBuilder::buildInsertQuery() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Builds a query from a SQLInsert expression

DBQueryBuilder::buildUpdateQuery() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Builds a query from a SQLUpdate expression

DBQueryBuilder::buildSelectFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the SELECT clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildDeleteFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the DELETE clause ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildUpdateFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the UPDATE clause ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildFromFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the FROM clause ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildWhereFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the WHERE clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildOrderByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the ORDER BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildGroupByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the GROUP BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildHavingFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the HAVING clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.

DBSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns data type for 'boolean' column

Database::benchmarkQuery() — Method in class Database

Allows the display and benchmarking of queries as they are being run

MySQLQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class MySQLQueryBuilder

Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.

MySQLSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a boolean type-formatted string

MySQLSchemaManager::bigint() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a bigint type-formatted string

$ MySQLStatement#boundProperty in class MySQLStatement

Is the statement bound to the current resultset?

$ MySQLStatement#boundValuesProperty in class MySQLStatement

List of bound variables in the current row

MySQLStatement::bind() — Method in class MySQLStatement

Binds this statement to the variables

MySQLiConnector::beforeQuery() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Invoked before any query is executed

MySQLiConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Binds a list of parameters to a statement

PDOConnector::beforeQuery() — Method in class PDOConnector

Invoked before any query is executed

PDOConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class PDOConnector

Bind all parameters to a PDOStatement

TableBuilder::buildTables() — Method in class TableBuilder
TempDatabase::build() — Method in class TempDatabase

Create temp DB without creating extra objects

DB::build_sql() — Method in class DB

Builds a sql query with the specified connection

DataList::byIDs() — Method in class DataList

Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs

DataList::byID() — Method in class DataList

Return the first DataObject with the given ID

$ DataObject#brokenOnDeleteProperty in class DataObject

Used by onBeforeDelete() to ensure child classes call parent::onBeforeDelete()

$ DataObject#brokenOnWriteProperty in class DataObject

Used by onBeforeWrite() to ensure child classes call parent::onBeforeWrite()

$ DataObject#belongs_toProperty in class DataObject

A meta-relationship that allows you to define the reverse side of a DataObject::$has_one.

$ DataObject#belongs_many_manyProperty in class DataObject

The inverse side of a many-many relationship.

DataObject::belongsTo() — Method in class DataObject

Returns the class of a remote belongs_to relationship. If no component is specified a map of all components and their class name will be returned.

DataObject::beforeUpdateCMSFields() — Method in class DataObject

Allows user code to hook into DataObject::getCMSFields prior to updateCMSFields being called on extensions

DataObject::baseTable() — Method in class DataObject

Get the name of the base table for this object

DataObject::baseClass() — Method in class DataObject

Get the base class for this object

DataObjectSchema::baseDataClass() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Returns the root class (the first to extend from DataObject) for the passed class.

DataObjectSchema::baseDataTable() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Get the base table

DataObjectSchema::buildTableName() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Generate table name for a class.

DataObjectSchema::buildCustomDatabaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Look for custom indexes declared on the class

DataObjectSchema::buildSortDatabaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
DataObjectSchema::belongsToComponent() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Return data for a specific belongs_to component.

DataQueryManipulator::beforeGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQueryManipulator

Invoked prior to getFinalisedQuery()

DatabaseAdmin::build() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.

DatabaseAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes

$ DBClassName#baseClassProperty in class DBClassName

Base classname of class to enumerate.

DBComposite::bindTo() — Method in class DBComposite

Bind this field to the dataobject, and set the underlying table to that of the owner

Filterable::byID() — Method in class Filterable

Return the first item with the given ID

Filterable::byIDs() — Method in class Filterable

Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs

ListDecorator::byID() — Method in class ListDecorator

Return the first item with the given ID

ListDecorator::byIDs() — Method in class ListDecorator

Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs

ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::beforeGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Invoked prior to getFinalisedQuery()

$ UnsavedRelationList#baseClassProperty in class UnsavedRelationList

The DataObject class name that this relation is on

PostgreSQLQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class PostgreSQLQueryBuilder

Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.

PostgreSQLQueryBuilder::buildSQL() — Method in class PostgreSQLQueryBuilder

Builds a sql query with the specified connection

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::buildPostgresIndexName() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Builds the internal Postgres index name given the silverstripe table and index name

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::buildPostgresTriggerName() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Builds the internal Postgres trigger name given the silverstripe table and trigger name

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a boolean type-formatted string

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::bigint() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a bigint type-formatted string

$ FederatedIdentity#BirthInfoQualityProperty in class FederatedIdentity
$ FederatedIdentity#BirthYearProperty in class FederatedIdentity
$ FederatedIdentity#BirthMonthProperty in class FederatedIdentity
$ FederatedIdentity#BirthDayProperty in class FederatedIdentity
$ FederatedIdentity#BirthPlaceQualityProperty in class FederatedIdentity
$ FederatedIdentity#BirthPlaceCountryProperty in class FederatedIdentity
$ FederatedIdentity#BirthPlaceLocalityProperty in class FederatedIdentity
RegistryPage::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class RegistryPage

Modified version of Breadcrumbs, to cater for viewing items.

ReportAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Returns the Breadcrumbs for the ReportAdmin

$ ReportWrapper#baseReportProperty in class ReportWrapper
ReportWrapper::beforeQuery() — Method in class ReportWrapper

Override this method to perform some actions prior to querying.

BasicRestfulAuthenticatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\RestfulServer

A simple authenticator for the Restful server.

SQLite3QueryBuilder::buildInsertQuery() — Method in class SQLite3QueryBuilder
SQLite3QueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class SQLite3QueryBuilder

Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.

SQLite3SchemaManager::buildSQLiteIndexName() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Builds the internal SQLLite index name given the silverstripe table and index name.

SQLite3SchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a boolean type-formatted string

SQLite3SchemaManager::bigint() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a bigint type-formatted string

BasicAuthClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security

Provides an interface to HTTP basic authentication.

BasicAuthMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Form::buildActionList() — Method in class Form
Form::buildFieldList() — Method in class Form

Builds the form fields taking the confirmation items from the storage

Form::buildEmptyFieldList() — Method in class Form

Builds the fields showing the form is empty and there's nothing to confirm

$ InheritedPermissions#baseClassProperty in class InheritedPermissions

Class name

InheritedPermissions::batchPermissionCheck() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

This method is NOT a full replacement for the individual can*() methods, e.g. canEdit(). Rather than checking (potentially slow) PHP logic, it relies on the database group associations, e.g. the "CanEditType" field plus the "SiteTree_EditorGroups" many-many table. By batch checking multiple records, we can combine the queries efficiently.

InheritedPermissions::batchPermissionCheckForStage() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
$ Member#belongs_many_manyProperty in class Member
Member::beforeMemberLoggedIn() — Method in class Member

Called before a member is logged in via session/cookie/etc

Member::beforeMemberLoggedOut() — Method in class Member

Audit logging hook, called before a member is logged out

$ PermissionRole#belongs_many_manyProperty in class PermissionRole
Security::basicauthlogin() — Method in class Security
$ LoginSession#belongs_toProperty in class LoginSession
SiteConfigLeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
BaseElementSubsitesClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Extensions

Extension for the BaseElement object to add subsites support for CMS previews

$ Subsite#belongs_many_manyProperty in class Subsite
SubsiteReportWrapper::beforeQuery() — Method in class SubsiteReportWrapper
$ PDFTextExtractor#binary_locationProperty in class PDFTextExtractor

Set to bin path this extractor can execute

PDFTextExtractor::bin() — Method in class PDFTextExtractor

Accessor to get the location of the binary

$ SolrCellTextExtractor#base_urlProperty in class SolrCellTextExtractor

Base URL to use for Solr text extraction.

UserDefinedFormController::buildWatchJS() — Method in class UserDefinedFormController

Outputs the required JS from the $watch input

$ UserFormFileExtension#belongs_toProperty in class UserFormFileExtension
$ GridFieldAddClassesButton#buttonNameProperty in class GridFieldAddClassesButton

Button title

$ GridFieldAddClassesButton#buttonClassProperty in class GridFieldAddClassesButton

Additonal CSS classes for the button

$ UserForm#button_textProperty in class UserForm
EditableCustomRule::buildExpression() — Method in class EditableCustomRule

Substitutes configured rule logic with it's JS equivalents and returns them as array elements

$ EditableFieldGroupEnd#belongs_toProperty in class EditableFieldGroupEnd
$ UserForm#block_default_userforms_cssProperty in class UserForm

Set this to true to disable automatic inclusion of CSS files

$ UserForm#block_default_userforms_jsProperty in class UserForm

Set this to true to disable automatic inclusion of JavaScript files

ArchiveAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin

Use 'Archive' as the top title rather than the model title

BlockArchiveExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions

Adds a archive view for Elemental blocks

$ ChangeSetItem#belongs_many_manyProperty in class ChangeSetItem
Versioned::baseTable() — Method in class Versioned

Return the base table - the class that directly extends DataObject.

VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest
$ RequirementsTestState#backendProperty in class RequirementsTestState
$ ShortcodeParser#block_level_elementsProperty in class ShortcodeParser
$ Requirements#backendProperty in class Requirements

Instance of the requirements for storage. You can create your own backend to change the default JS and CSS inclusion behaviour.

Requirements::backend() — Method in class Requirements
Requirements::block() — Method in class Requirements

Block inclusion of a specific file

$ Requirements_Backend#blockedProperty in class Requirements_Backend

The file paths (relative to docroot) or uniquenessIDs of any included requirements which should be blocked when executing inlcudeInHTML(). This is useful, for example, to block scripts included by a superclass without having to override entire functions and duplicate a lot of code.

Requirements_Backend::block() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Block inclusion of a specific file

$ ThemeManifest#baseProperty in class ThemeManifest

Base path

$ ThemeResourceLoader#baseProperty in class ThemeResourceLoader

The base path of the application

BaseHandlerTraitClass in namespace SilverStripe\WebAuthn

Contains logic which is shared between both WebAuthn's RegisterHandler and VerifyHandler, such as the attestation configuration options.

$ i18nTextCollector#basePathProperty in class i18nTextCollector

The directory base on which the collector should act.

$ i18nTextCollector#baseSavePathProperty in class i18nTextCollector

Save path

WorkflowInstance::beginWorkflow() — Method in class WorkflowInstance

Start a workflow based on a particular definition for a particular object.

$ GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler#buttonProperty in class GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler
BaseRunnerClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Tasks\Engines

Class BaseRunner

FluentExtension::BaseURLForLocale() — Method in class FluentExtension

Determine the baseurl within a specified $locale.

BrowserLocaleDetectorClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\State

Detects locale based on browser locale

C

$ GridFieldLinkButton#captionProperty in class GridFieldLinkButton

Caption text for the button to show

CheckForUpdatesJobClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\Maintenance\Jobs

Refresh report job. Runs as a queued job.

SiteSummary::columns() — Method in class SiteSummary

Provide column selection and formatting rules for the CMS report. You can extend data columns by extending Package::summary_fields, or you can extend this method to adjust the formatting rules, or to provide composite fields (such as Summary below) for the CMS report but not the CSV export.

$ UpdatePackageInfoTask#composerLoaderProperty in class UpdatePackageInfoTask
$ ApiLoader#cacheProperty in class ApiLoader
ApiLoader::createRequest() — Method in class ApiLoader

Create a request with some standard headers

ComposerLoaderClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\Maintenance\Util

The composer loader class is responsible for dealing directly with composer.json and composer.lock files, in terms of loading and parsing their contents.

$ SecurityAlertCheckJob#checkTaskProperty in class SecurityAlertCheckJob
CheckComposerUpdatesExtensionClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\UpdateChecker\Extensions

Task which does the actual checking of updates

ComposerLoaderExtensionClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\UpdateChecker\Extensions
$ ComposerLoaderExtension#composerProperty in class ComposerLoaderExtension
ComposerUpdateExtensionClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\UpdateChecker\Extensions

Describes any available updates to an installed Composer package

UpdateChecker::checkForUpdates() — Method in class UpdateChecker

Checks the given package for available and latest updates, and writes them to data models if found

CWPPageExtensionClass in namespace CWP\AgencyExtensions\Extensions

Class CWPPageExtension

CWPSiteConfigExtensionClass in namespace CWP\AgencyExtensions\Extensions

Class CWPCleanupSiteConfigExtension

CarouselPageExtensionClass in namespace CWP\AgencyExtensions\Extensions
ColorPickerFieldClass in namespace CWP\AgencyExtensions\Forms
CarouselItemClass in namespace CWP\AgencyExtensions\Model
CarouselItem::canCreate() — Method in class CarouselItem
CarouselItem::canEdit() — Method in class CarouselItem
CarouselItem::canDelete() — Method in class CarouselItem
CarouselItem::canView() — Method in class CarouselItem
CustomSiteConfigClass in namespace CWP\CWP\Extensions

Adds new global settings.

CwpCommentingExtensionClass in namespace CWP\CWP\Extensions

Customises the comment form to conform to government usability standards

CwpSiteSummaryExtensionClass in namespace CWP\CWP\Extensions

Extends the site summary report to list the appropriate versions in the report header

CwpSiteTreeExtensionClass in namespace CWP\CWP\Extensions
CwpSiteTreeFileExtensionClass in namespace CWP\CWP\Extensions
CwpWorkflowDefinitionExtensionClass in namespace CWP\CWP\Extensions

Ensures that the default template is created

$ CwpWorkflowDefinitionExtension#create_default_workflowProperty in class CwpWorkflowDefinitionExtension

Create the default 'Two-step Workflow' when this extension is loaded

Quicklink::canCreate() — Method in class Quicklink
Quicklink::canEdit() — Method in class Quicklink
Quicklink::canDelete() — Method in class Quicklink
Quicklink::canView() — Method in class Quicklink
BasePageController::CurrentDatetime() — Method in class BasePageController

Provide current year.

$ DatedUpdateHolderController#castingProperty in class DatedUpdateHolderController
DatedUpdateHolderController::CurrentTag() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController

Get the TaxonomyTerm related to the current tag GET parameter.

$ EventPage#can_be_rootProperty in class EventPage
$ NewsPage#can_be_rootProperty in class NewsPage
CwpStatsReportClass in namespace CWP\CWP\Report

Summary report on the page and file counts managed by this CMS.

CwpStatsReport::columns() — Method in class CwpStatsReport
PopulateThemeSampleDataTask::createContactForm() — Method in class PopulateThemeSampleDataTask

Create a "contact us" userform. Please note that this form does not have any recipients by default, so no emails will be sent. To add recipients - edit the page in the CMS and add a recipient via the "Recipients" tab.

CwpBasicAuthMiddlewareClass in namespace CWP\Core\Control
CwpBasicAuthMiddleware::checkMatchingURL() — Method in class CwpBasicAuthMiddleware

Check for any whitelisted IP addresses. If one matches the current user's IP then return false early, otherwise allow the default BasicAuthMiddleware to continue its logic.

InitialisationMiddleware::configureEgressProxy() — Method in class InitialisationMiddleware

If the outbound egress proxy details have been defined in environment variables, configure the proxy variables that are used to configure it.

InitialisationMiddleware::configureProxyDomainExclusions() — Method in class InitialisationMiddleware

Configure any domains that should be excluded from egress proxy rules and provide them to the environment

CWPVersionExtensionClass in namespace CWP\Core\Extension
CustomHtmlEditorFieldToolbarClass in namespace CWP\Core\Extension
CwpHtmlEditorConfigClass in namespace CWP\Core\Extension
$ RichLinksExtension#castingProperty in class RichLinksExtension
CwpAtomFeedClass in namespace CWP\Core\Feed
CleanupGeneratedPdfBuildTaskClass in namespace CWP\PDFExport\Tasks
CleanupGeneratedPdfDailyTaskClass in namespace CWP\PDFExport\Tasks

If the silverstripe/crontask module is installed, this will enable the PDF cleanup task to be run on a schedule

CwpSearchEngineClass in namespace CWP\Search

Provides interface for generating search results for a SolrIndex

CwpSearchIndexClass in namespace CWP\Search

Abstract wrapper for all cwp-core features

$ CwpSearchIndex#copy_fieldsProperty in class CwpSearchIndex

Copy all fields into both search and spellcheck data source

CwpSearchPageClass in namespace CWP\Search

Dummy page to assist with display of search results

CwpSearchPage::canViewStage() — Method in class CwpSearchPage
CwpSearchPageControllerClass in namespace CWP\Search

Description of SearchPageController

CwpSearchResultClass in namespace CWP\Search

Container for a set of search results

$ CwpSearchResult#castingProperty in class CwpSearchResult
CwpSearchBoostExtensionClass in namespace CWP\Search\Extensions

Adds field boosting capabilities to fulltext search for pages

$ SearchControllerExtension#classes_to_searchProperty in class SearchControllerExtension

Which classes should be queried when searching?

CwpSolrClass in namespace CWP\Search\Solr

CwpSolr configures Solr in a CWP-compatible manner.

CwpSolr::configure() — Method in class CwpSolr

Configure Solr.

CwpSolrConfigStoreClass in namespace CWP\Search\Solr
CwpSolrIndexClass in namespace CWP\Search\Solr

Default search index

$ Handler#componentProperty in class Handler

GridFieldBulkManager instance.

$ BulkManager#configProperty in class BulkManager

component configuration.

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::createBody() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Creates the response JSON body

$ BulkUploadHandler#componentProperty in class BulkUploadHandler

Bulk upload component.

BulkUploadHandler::createDataObject() — Method in class BulkUploadHandler

Creates a new DataObject Add file ID to the Dataobject Add DataObject to Gridfield list Publish DataObject if enabled

$ BulkUploader#configProperty in class BulkUploader

Component configuration.

$ ElementForm#controller_classProperty in class ElementForm
$ ElementalAreasExtension#clear_contentfieldProperty in class ElementalAreasExtension

On saving the element area, should Elemental reset the main website $Content field.

$ ElementalPageExtension#cascade_duplicatesProperty in class ElementalPageExtension
$ BaseElement#castingProperty in class BaseElement
$ BaseElement#controller_classProperty in class BaseElement
$ BaseElement#controller_templateProperty in class BaseElement
$ BaseElement#controllerProperty in class BaseElement
BaseElement::canView() — Method in class BaseElement

Basic permissions, defaults to page perms where possible.

BaseElement::canEdit() — Method in class BaseElement

Basic permissions, defaults to page perms where possible.

BaseElement::canDelete() — Method in class BaseElement

Basic permissions, defaults to page perms where possible.

BaseElement::canCreate() — Method in class BaseElement

Basic permissions, defaults to page perms where possible.

BaseElement::CMSEditLink() — Method in class BaseElement
$ ElementalArea#cascade_deletesProperty in class ElementalArea
$ ElementalArea#cascade_duplicatesProperty in class ElementalArea
ElementalArea::canEdit() — Method in class ElementalArea
ElementalArea::canView() — Method in class ElementalArea
ElementTypeReport::columns() — Method in class ElementTypeReport
ElementsInUseReport::columns() — Method in class ElementsInUseReport
$ ElementTypeRegistry#cacheProperty in class ElementTypeRegistry
$ MigrateContentToElement#clear_contentProperty in class MigrateContentToElement

Configures if the existing content should be cleared once the migration task has completed.

DataExtension::clearTopPage() — Method in class DataExtension

Clears top page relation, this is useful when duplicating object as the new object doesn't necessarily belong to the original page

FluentExtension::clearTopPage() — Method in class FluentExtension

Clears top page relation, this is useful when duplicating object as the new object doesn't necessarily belong to the original page

CacheAfterCallAspectClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar\Aspects
ConfigCollectorClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar\Collector

Collects data about the config usage during a SilverStripe request

ConfigCollector::collect() — Method in class ConfigCollector
DatabaseCollector::collect() — Method in class DatabaseCollector
DatabaseCollector::collectData() — Method in class DatabaseCollector

Collects data

$ HeaderCollector#controllerProperty in class HeaderCollector
HeaderCollector::collect() — Method in class HeaderCollector
PartialCacheCollector::collect() — Method in class PartialCacheCollector
PhpInfoCollector::collect() — Method in class PhpInfoCollector
$ SilverStripeCollector#controllerProperty in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::collect() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
DebugBar::clearDebugBar() — Method in class DebugBar

Clear the current instance of DebugBar

DebugBar::closeExtraTime() — Method in class DebugBar

Close any open extra time record

ControllerExtensionClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar\Extension

A controller extension to log times and render the Debug Bar

ControllerExtension::clearBuffer() — Method in class ControllerExtension
ConfigManifestProxyClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar\Proxy
$ ConfigManifestProxy#configCallsProperty in class ConfigManifestProxy
$ DeltaConfigManifestProxy#configCallsProperty in class DeltaConfigManifestProxy
DeltaConfigManifestProxy::createFromOriginal() — Method in class DeltaConfigManifestProxy
$ SSViewerProxy#cachedProperty in class SSViewerProxy

Whether the class has been used, meaning whether the page has been cached

CMSBatchActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin

A class representing back actions.

CMSBatchAction::canView() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

If you wish to restrict the batch action to some users, overload this function.

CMSBatchActionHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin

Special request handler for admin/batchaction

CMSBatchActionHandler::cleanIDs() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Sanitise ID list from string input

CMSEditLinkExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin

An extension that automatically generates a CMS edit link for DataObjects even if they are canonically edited in some nested GridField.

$ CMSEditLinkExtension#cms_edit_ownerProperty in class CMSEditLinkExtension
CMSEditLinkExtension::CMSEditLink() — Method in class CMSEditLinkExtension

Get a link to edit this DataObject in the CMS.

CMSMenuClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin

The object manages the main CMS menu. See LeftAndMain::init() for example usage.

CMSMenu::clear_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu

Clears the entire menu

CMSMenuItemClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin

A simple CMS menu item.

$ CMSMenuItem#controllerProperty in class CMSMenuItem

Parent controller class name

CMSProfileControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
CMSProfileController::canView() — Method in class CMSProfileController
$ LeftAndMain#client_debuggingProperty in class LeftAndMain

Enable front-end debugging (increases verbosity) in dev mode.

LeftAndMain::canView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::Content() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::currentPageID() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Identifier for the currently shown record, in most cases a database ID. Inspects the following sources (in this order):

  • GET/POST parameter named 'ID'
  • URL parameter named 'ID'
  • Session value namespaced by classname, e.g. "CMSMain.currentPage"
LeftAndMain::currentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Uses getRecord()} and {@link currentPageID() to get the currently selected record.

LeftAndMain::CMSVersion() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return the version number of this application, ie. 'CMS: 4.2.1'

LeftAndMain::CMSVersionNumber() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return the version number of the CMS in the 'major.minor' format, e.g. '4.2' Will handle 4.10.x-dev by removing .x-dev

$ ModalController#controllerProperty in class ModalController
AkismetField::confirmationField() — Method in class AkismetField

Get the nested confirmation checkbox field

AssetAdmin::createfolder() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::canView() — Method in class AssetAdmin
CampaignAdminExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Extensions

Extension that updates the Popover menu of FileFormFactory.

CreateFileMutationCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
CreateFolderMutationCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL

API available but currently not used, as create folder uses FormBuilder

ReadFileQueryCreator::createConnection() — Method in class ReadFileQueryCreator
UnpublishFileMutationCreator::countLiveOwners() — Method in class UnpublishFileMutationCreator

Count number of live owners this file uses

TestAssetStore::cleanFilename() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Performs filename cleanup before sending it back.

$ File#castingProperty in class File
$ File#class_for_file_extensionProperty in class File

Map of file extensions to class type

$ File#ContentProperty in class File
File::canView() — Method in class File
File::canEdit() — Method in class File

Check if this file can be modified

File::canCreate() — Method in class File

Check if a file can be created

File::canDelete() — Method in class File

Check if this file can be deleted

File::collateDescendants() — Method in class File

Collate selected descendants of this page.

File::copyFile() — Method in class File

Copy to new filename.

File::canViewFile() — Method in class File

Check if the current user can view the given file.

File::CMSEditLink() — Method in class File
FileDefaultPermissions::canEdit() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions

Can root be edited?

FileDefaultPermissions::canView() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions

Can root be viewed?

FileDefaultPermissions::canDelete() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions

Can root be deleted?

FileDefaultPermissions::canCreate() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions

Can root objects be created?

FileIDHelper::cleanFilename() — Method in class FileIDHelper

Clean up filename to remove constructs that might clash with the underlying path format of this FileIDHelper.

FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy::cleanFilename() — Method in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy

Normalise a filename to be consistent with this file resolution strategy.

FileResolutionStrategy::cleanFilename() — Method in class FileResolutionStrategy

Normalise a filename to be consistent with this file resolution strategy.

HashFileIDHelper::cleanFilename() — Method in class HashFileIDHelper

Clean up filename to remove constructs that might clash with the underlying path format of this FileIDHelper.

LegacyFileIDHelper::cleanFilename() — Method in class LegacyFileIDHelper

Clean up filename to remove constructs that might clash with the underlying path format of this FileIDHelper.

NaturalFileIDHelper::cleanFilename() — Method in class NaturalFileIDHelper

Clean up filename to remove constructs that might clash with the underlying path format of this FileIDHelper.

$ Filesystem#cache_folderModTimeProperty in class Filesystem
AssetAdapter::configureServer() — Method in class AssetAdapter

Configure server files for this store

FlysystemAssetStore::copy() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Copy a file (and all variants) to a new filename

FlysystemAssetStore::canView() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Check if the current user can view the given file.

FlysystemAssetStore::cleanFilename() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Performs filename cleanup before sending it back.

FlysystemAssetStore::createResponseFor() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Generate an {HTTPResponse} for the given file from the source filesystem

FlysystemAssetStore::createDeniedResponse() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Generate a response for requests to a denied protected file

FlysystemAssetStore::createMissingResponse() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Generate a response for missing file requests

FlysystemAssetStore::createErrorResponse() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Create a response with the given error code

GeneratedAssets::checkOrCreate() — Method in class GeneratedAssets

Check if the file exists or that the $callback provided was able to regenerate it.

Folder::ChildFolders() — Method in class Folder

Get the children of this folder that are also folders.

$ ImageBackendFactory#cacheProperty in class ImageBackendFactory

In memory cache keyed by hash/variant

$ ImageBackendFactory#creatorProperty in class ImageBackendFactory
ImageBackendFactory::create() — Method in class ImageBackendFactory

Creates a new service instance.

$ ImageManipulation#cms_thumbnail_widthProperty in class ImageManipulation

The width of an image thumbnail in the CMS.

$ ImageManipulation#cms_thumbnail_heightProperty in class ImageManipulation

The height of an image thumbnail in the CMS.

ImageManipulation::CropWidth() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Crop image on X axis if it exceeds specified width. Retain height.

ImageManipulation::CropHeight() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Crop image on Y axis if it exceeds specified height. Retain width.

ImageManipulation::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Default CMS thumbnail

ImageManipulation::castDimension() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Validate a width or size is valid and casts it to integer

Image_Backend::croppedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend

Resize an image to cover the given width/height completely, and crop off any overhanging edges.

Image_Backend::crop() — Method in class Image_Backend

Crop's part of image.

InterventionBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Resize an image to cover the given width/height completely, and crop off any overhanging edges.

InterventionBackend::crop() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Crop's part of image.

InterventionBackend::createCloneWithResource() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Modify this image backend with either a provided resource, or transformation

ImageShortcodeProvider::createImageTag() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider

Construct and return HTML image tag.

AssetContainer::copyFile() — Method in class AssetContainer

Copy to new filename.

AssetContainer::canViewFile() — Method in class AssetContainer

Check if the current user can view the given file.

AssetStore::copy() — Method in class AssetStore

Copy a file (and all variants) to a new filename

AssetStore::canView() — Method in class AssetStore

Check if the current user can view the given file.

$ DBFile#composite_dbProperty in class DBFile
$ DBFile#castingProperty in class DBFile
DBFile::canViewFile() — Method in class DBFile

Check if the current user can view the given file.

DBFile::copyFile() — Method in class DBFile

Copy to new filename.

DefaultAssetNameGenerator::current() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
FileHashingService::computeFromStream() — Method in class FileHashingService

Compute the Hash value of the provided stream.

FileHashingService::computeFromFile() — Method in class FileHashingService

Compute the hash of the provided file

FileHashingService::compare() — Method in class FileHashingService

Compare 2 full or partial hashes.

Sha1FileHashingService::computeFromStream() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

Compute the Hash value of the provided stream.

Sha1FileHashingService::computeFromFile() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

Compute the hash of the provided file

Sha1FileHashingService::compare() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

Compare 2 full or partial hashes.

Upload::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload

Clear out all errors (mostly set by {loadUploaded()}) including the validator's errors

Upload_Validator::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Clear out all errors

AuditFactory::create() — Method in class AuditFactory

Creates a new service instance.

CoreInitializationPassClass in namespace SilverStripe\BehatExtension\Compiler

Loads SilverStripe core. Required to initialize autoloading.

BasicContext::closeModalDialog() — Method in class BasicContext

Close modal dialog if test scenario fails on CMS page

BasicContext::cleanAssetsAfterScenario() — Method in class BasicContext

Delete any created files and folders from assets directory

BasicContext::castRelativeToAbsoluteTime() — Method in class BasicContext

Transforms relative time statements compatible with strtotime().

BasicContext::castRelativeToAbsoluteDatetime() — Method in class BasicContext

Transforms relative date and time statements compatible with strtotime().

BasicContext::castRelativeToAbsoluteDate() — Method in class BasicContext

Transforms relative date statements compatible with strtotime().

$ FixtureContext#contextProperty in class FixtureContext
$ FixtureContext#createdFilesPathsProperty in class FixtureContext
$ FixtureContext#createdAssetsProperty in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::convertTypeToClass() — Method in class FixtureContext

Converts a natural language class description to an actual class name.

FixtureContext::convertFields() — Method in class FixtureContext

Updates an object with values, resolving aliases set through DataObject->fieldLabels().

FixtureContext::clearConfigFiles() — Method in class FixtureContext
SilverStripeContext::canIntercept() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
SilverStripeContext::clickLink() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Overwritten to click the first visible link the DOM.

$ ModuleInitialisationController#containerProperty in class ModuleInitialisationController
ModuleInitialisationController::configure() — Method in class ModuleInitialisationController
{@inheritdoc}
$ ModuleSuiteLocator#containerProperty in class ModuleSuiteLocator
ModuleSuiteLocator::configure() — Method in class ModuleSuiteLocator

Configures command to be able to process it later.

Extension::configure() — Method in class Extension
TestMailer::clearEmails() — Method in class TestMailer

Clear the log of emails sent

GridFieldCategorisationConfig::changeColumnOrder() — Method in class GridFieldCategorisationConfig

Reorders GridField columns so that Actions is last.

$ GridFieldMergeAction#childMethodProperty in class GridFieldMergeAction

Relationship method to reference child (i.e BlogPosts).

Blog::canEdit() — Method in class Blog
{@inheritdoc}
Blog::canAddChildren() — Method in class Blog
{@inheritdoc}
Blog::canEditEditors() — Method in class Blog

Determine if this user can edit the editors list.

Blog::canEditWriters() — Method in class Blog

Determine if this user can edit writers list.

Blog::canEditContributors() — Method in class Blog

Determines if this user can edit the contributors list.

Blog::Categories() — Method in class Blog

List of categories in this blog

Blog::Contributors() — Method in class Blog

List of contributors

$ BlogController#castingProperty in class BlogController
BlogController::category() — Method in class BlogController

Renders the blog posts for a given category.

BlogObject::canView() — Method in class BlogObject

Inherits from the parent blog or can be overwritten using a DataExtension.

BlogObject::canCreate() — Method in class BlogObject
{@inheritdoc}
BlogObject::canDelete() — Method in class BlogObject

Inherits from the parent blog or can be overwritten using a DataExtension.

BlogObject::canEdit() — Method in class BlogObject

Inherits from the parent blog or can be overwritten using a DataExtension.

$ BlogPost#castingProperty in class BlogPost
$ BlogPost#can_be_rootProperty in class BlogPost
BlogPost::canEditAuthors() — Method in class BlogPost

Determine if this user can edit the authors list.

BlogPost::canCreateCategories() — Method in class BlogPost

Determine whether user can create new categories.

BlogPost::canCreateTags() — Method in class BlogPost

Determine whether user can create new tags.

BlogPost::canView() — Method in class BlogPost
{@inheritdoc}
BlogPost::canPublish() — Method in class BlogPost
{@inheritdoc}
BlogPost::canEdit() — Method in class BlogPost
{@inheritdoc}
BlogPost::Categories() — Method in class BlogPost
CategorisationObjectClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Model
$ BlogArchiveWidget#cmsTitleProperty in class BlogArchiveWidget
$ BlogCategoriesWidget#cmsTitleProperty in class BlogCategoriesWidget
$ BlogFeaturedPostsWidget#cmsTitleProperty in class BlogFeaturedPostsWidget
$ BlogRecentPostsWidget#cmsTitleProperty in class BlogRecentPostsWidget
$ BlogTagsCloudWidget#cmsTitleProperty in class BlogTagsCloudWidget
$ BlogTagsWidget#cmsTitleProperty in class BlogTagsWidget
ResourceField::create() — Method in class ResourceField
CKANRegistryPageClass in namespace SilverStripe\CKANRegistry\Page

A CKANRegistryPage will render a chosen CKAN data set on the frontend, provide the user with configurable filters and display a set of CMS configured columns.

CKANRegistryPageControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CKANRegistry\Page
$ APIClient#cacheProperty in class APIClient

Instance cache for repeated calls within the same request

CMSBatchAction_ArchiveClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions

Delete items batch action.

CMSBatchAction_PublishClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions

Publish items batch action.

CMSBatchAction_RestoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions

Batch restore of pages

CMSBatchAction_UnpublishClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions

Unpublish items batch action.

CMSMainClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

The main "content" area of the CMS.

$ CMSMain#castingProperty in class CMSMain
CMSMain::clearCache() — Method in class CMSMain

Clears all dependent cache backends

CMSMain::CanOrganiseSitetree() — Method in class CMSMain

Whether the current member has the permission to reorganise SiteTree objects.

CMSMain::collateDescendants() — Method in class CMSMain

Find IDs of all descendant pages for the provided ID lists.

CMSMain::childfilter() — Method in class CMSMain

Callback to request the list of page types allowed under a given page instance.

CMSMain::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSMain

Identifier for the currently shown record, in most cases a database ID. Inspects the following sources (in this order):

  • GET/POST parameter named 'ID'
  • URL parameter named 'ID'
  • Session value namespaced by classname, e.g. "CMSMain.currentPage"
CMSPageAddControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
CMSPageEditControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
CMSPageHistoryControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

Legacy CMS History controller. This functionality has been moved to the silverstripe/versioned-admin module and this class will be removed completly in SilverStripe 5.0.0.

CMSPageHistoryController::compare() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageHistoryController::CompareVersionsForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageSettingsControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
CMSPagesControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
CMSSiteTreeFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

Base class for filtering the subtree for certain node statuses.

$ CMSSiteTreeFilter#childrenMethodProperty in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPagesClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

Gets all pages which have changed on stage.

CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPagesClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

Works a bit different than the other filters: Shows all pages including those deleted from stage and live.

$ CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages#childrenMethodProperty in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages
CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPagesClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

This filter will display the SiteTree as a site visitor might see the site, i.e only the pages that is currently published.

$ CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages#childrenMethodProperty in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages
CMSSiteTreeFilter_SearchClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPagesClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

Filters pages which have a status "Deleted".

$ CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages#childrenMethodProperty in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPagesClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

Filters pages which have a status "Draft".

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPagesClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

Filters pages which have a status "Removed from Draft".

ContentControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers

The most common kind of controller; effectively a controller linked to a DataObject.

$ ContentController#castingProperty in class ContentController
ContentController::ChildrenOf() — Method in class ContentController

Return the children of a given page. The parent reference can either be a page link or an ID.

ContentController::ContentLocale() — Method in class ContentController

Returns an RFC1766 compliant locale string, e.g. 'fr-CA'.

ModelAsController::controller_for() — Method in class ModelAsController

Get the appropriate ContentController} for handling a {@link SiteTree object, link it to the object and return it.

$ RootURLController#cached_homepage_linkProperty in class RootURLController
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned

True if the record doesn't have the Versioned extension and is configured to display this item.

CurrentPageIdentifierClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model

This interface lets us set up objects that will tell us what the current page is.

CurrentPageIdentifier::currentPageID() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier

Get the current page ID.

RedirectorPage::ContentSource() — Method in class RedirectorPage

Returns this page if the redirect is external, otherwise returns the target page or file.

$ SiteTree#can_be_rootProperty in class SiteTree

Controls whether a page can be in the root of the site tree.

$ SiteTree#controller_nameProperty in class SiteTree

You can define the class of the controller that maps to your SiteTree object here if you don't want to rely on the magic of appending Controller to the Classname

$ SiteTree#cms_edit_ownerProperty in class SiteTree

The class of the LeftAndMain controller where this class is managed.

$ SiteTree#cascade_deletesProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#castingProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#can_createProperty in class SiteTree

If this is false, the class cannot be created in the CMS by regular content authors, only by ADMINs.

$ SiteTree#create_default_pagesProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#creatableChildrenCacheProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#ContentProperty in class SiteTree

HTML content of the page.

SiteTree::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteTree

Generates a link to edit this page in the CMS.

SiteTree::can() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can execute this action. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can add children to this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canView() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can view this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTree

Check if this page can be published

SiteTree::canDelete() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can delete this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canCreate() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can create new pages of this class, regardless of class. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canEdit() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can edit this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::collateDescendants() — Method in class SiteTree

Collate selected descendants of this page.

SiteTree::ContentSource() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the object that contains the content that a user would associate with this page.

SiteTree::creatableChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::creatableChildPages() — Method in class SiteTree

Gets a list of the page types that can be created under this specific page, including font icons

SiteTree::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class SiteTree

Return the CSS classes to apply to this node in the CMS tree.

SiteTree::classDescription() — Method in class SiteTree

Get description for this page type

SiteTreeExtension::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called to determine if a user may add children to this SiteTree object

SiteTreeExtension::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called to determine if a user may publish this SiteTree object

$ SiteTreeFileExtension#castingProperty in class SiteTreeFileExtension
$ VirtualPage#CopyContentFromIDProperty in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::ContentSource() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::canPublish() — Method in class VirtualPage

We can only publish the page if there is a published source page

VirtualPage::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::castingHelper() — Method in class VirtualPage

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.

VirtualPage::CopyContentFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage
BrokenFilesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenLinksReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
EmptyPagesReport::columns() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
RecentlyEditedReport::columns() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
ContentControllerSearchExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Search

Extension to provide a search interface when applied to ContentController

$ SearchForm#classesToSearchProperty in class SearchForm

Classes to search

$ SearchForm#castingProperty in class SearchForm
SearchForm::classesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm

Set the classes to search.

$ AddToCampaignHandler#controllerProperty in class AddToCampaignHandler

Parent controller for this form

CampaignAdminClass in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin

Campaign section of the CMS

CampaignAdmin::campaignEditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Url handler for edit form

CampaignAdmin::campaignCreateForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Url handler for create form

CampaignAdminExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
CampaignAdminListClass in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin

Warning: Volatile API as placeholder for standard "GridField"

CommentNotifiableClass in namespace SilverStripe\CommentNotifications\Extensions
CommentNotifierClass in namespace SilverStripe\CommentNotifications\Extensions

Extension applied to CommentingController to invoke notifications

CommentAdminClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin

Comment administration system within the CMS

CommentsGridFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin
CommentsGridFieldActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin
CommentsGridFieldApproveActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin
CommentHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin\CommentsGridFieldBulkAction
CommentsGridFieldConfigClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin
CommentsGridFieldSpamActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Admin
CommentingControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Controllers
CommentingController::CommentsForm() — Method in class CommentingController

Post a comment form

CommentsExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Extensions

Extension to DataObject to enable tracking comments.

$ CommentsExtension#commentsProperty in class CommentsExtension

Default configuration values

CommentsExtension::Comments() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Returns the root level comments, with spam and unmoderated items excluded, for use in the frontend

CommentsExtension::canPostComment() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Determine if a user can post comments on this item

CommentsExtension::canModerateComments() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Determine if this member can moderate comments in the CMS

CommentsExtension::CommentsForm() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Comments interface for the front end. Includes the CommentAddForm and the composition of the comments display.

CommentFormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Forms
CommentClass in namespace SilverStripe\Comments\Model

Represents a single comment object.

$ Comment#castingProperty in class Comment
{@inheritDoc}
$ Comment#CommentProperty in class Comment
Comment::castingHelper() — Method in class Comment

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.

Comment::canCreate() — Method in class Comment
Comment::canView() — Method in class Comment

Checks for association with a page, and SiteTree->ProvidePermission flag being set to true.

Comment::canEdit() — Method in class Comment

Checks if the comment can be edited.

Comment::canDelete() — Method in class Comment

Checks if the comment can be deleted.

Comment::canPostComment() — Method in class Comment

Proxy for checking whether the has permission to comment on the comment parent.

Comment::ChildComments() — Method in class Comment

List of child comments

SecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class SecurityToken
CachedConfigCollectionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections
$ CachedConfigCollection#cacheProperty in class CachedConfigCollection
$ CachedConfigCollection#collectionProperty in class CachedConfigCollection

Nested config to delegate to

$ CachedConfigCollection#collectionCreatorProperty in class CachedConfigCollection
CachedConfigCollection::create() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
ConfigCollectionInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections

This represents a collection of config keys and values.

DeltaConfigCollection::createFromCollection() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection

Create a delta collection from a parent collection

DeltaConfigCollection::clearDeltas() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection

Remove all deltas for the given class and/or key combination

$ MemoryConfigCollection#configProperty in class MemoryConfigCollection

Stores a list of key/value config prior to middleware being applied

$ MemoryConfigCollection#callCacheProperty in class MemoryConfigCollection

Call cache for non-trivial config calls including middleware

MemoryConfigCollection::create() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
MemoryConfigCollection::checkForDeprecatedConfig() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
$ DeltaMiddleware#collectionProperty in class DeltaMiddleware

Source for deltas

MiddlewareAware::callMiddleware() — Method in class MiddlewareAware

Call middleware to get decorated class config

$ PrivateStaticTransformer#classesProperty in class PrivateStaticTransformer
YamlTransformer::create() — Method in class YamlTransformer
YamlTransformer::calculateDependencies() — Method in class YamlTransformer

This generates an array of all document depndencies, keyed by document name.

ContentReviewCompatabilityClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Compatibility

This is a helper class which lets us do things with content review data without subsites messing our SQL queries up.

ContentReviewCMSExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Extensions

CMSPageEditController extension to receive the additional action button from SiteTreeContentReview::updateCMSActions()

ContentReviewDefaultSettingsClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Extensions

This extensions add a default schema for new pages and pages without a content review setting.

$ ContentReviewDefaultSettings#content_review_templateProperty in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings

Template to use for content review emails.

ContentReviewDefaultSettings::ContentReviewOwners() — Method in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings

Get all Members that are default Content Owners. This includes checking group hierarchy and adding any direct users.

ContentReviewLeftAndMainExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Extensions
ContentReviewOwnerClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Extensions
$ SiteTreeContentReview#ContentReviewTypeProperty in class SiteTreeContentReview
SiteTreeContentReview::ContentReviewOwners() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview

Get all Members that are Content Owners to this page. This includes checking group hierarchy and adding any direct users.

SiteTreeContentReview::canBeReviewedBy() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview

Check if a review is due by a member for this owner.

SiteTreeContentReview::ContentReviewGroups() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview
SiteTreeContentReview::ContentReviewUsers() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview
$ ReviewContentHandler#controllerProperty in class ReviewContentHandler

Parent controller for this form

ReviewContentHandler::canSubmitReview() — Method in class ReviewContentHandler

Determine whether the user can submit a review

ContentReviewNotificationJobClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Jobs

Allows the content review module to use the optional queued jobs module to automatically process content review emails. If the module isn't installed, nothing is done - SilverStripe will never include this class declaration.

ContentReviewLogClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Models
ContentReviewLog::canView() — Method in class ContentReviewLog
PagesDueForReviewReport::columns() — Method in class PagesDueForReviewReport
PagesWithoutReviewScheduleReport::columns() — Method in class PagesWithoutReviewScheduleReport
ContentReviewEmailsClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Tasks

Daily task to send emails to the owners of content items when the review date rolls around.

ContentReviewOwnerMigrationTaskClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentReview\Tasks

Task which migrates the ContentReview Module's SiteTree->OwnerID column to a new column name.

ContentWidgetClass in namespace SilverStripe\ContentWidget

Content Widget

$ ContentWidget#cmsTitleProperty in class ContentWidget
CLIRequestBuilderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

CLI specific request building logic

CLIRequestBuilder::cleanEnvironment() — Method in class CLIRequestBuilder

Clean up HTTP global vars for $_GET / $_REQUEST prior to bootstrapping

CLIRequestBuilder::createFromVariables() — Method in class CLIRequestBuilder
CliControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

Base class invoked from CLI rather than the webserver (Cron jobs, handling email bounces).

ContentNegotiatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

The content negotiator performs "text/html" or "application/xhtml+xml" switching. It does this through the public static function ContentNegotiator::process(). By default, ContentNegotiator will comply to the Accept headers the clients sends along with the HTTP request, which is most likely "application/xhtml+xml" (see "Order of selection" below).

$ ContentNegotiator#content_typeProperty in class ContentNegotiator
$ ContentNegotiator#current_enabledProperty in class ContentNegotiator
ControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

Controllers are the cornerstone of all site functionality in SilverStripe. The Director selects a controller to pass control to, and then calls handleRequest(). This method will execute the appropriate action - either by calling the action method, or displaying the action's template.

$ Controller#controller_stackProperty in class Controller

Stack of current controllers. Controller::$controller_stack[0] is the current controller.

Controller::curr() — Method in class Controller

Returns the current controller.

Controller::can() — Method in class Controller

Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action. Defaults to the currently logged in user.

CookieClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

A set of static methods for manipulating cookies.

CookieJarClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

A default backend for the setting and getting of cookies

$ CookieJar#currentProperty in class CookieJar

Hold the current cookies (ie: a mix of those that were sent to us and we have set without the ones we've cleared)

Cookie_BackendClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

The Cookie_Backend interface for use with Cookie::$inst.

Director::currentRequest() — Method in class Director

Helper to validate or check the current request object

$ Email#cc_all_emails_toProperty in class Email
$ HTTP#cache_ageProperty in class HTTP
$ HTTP#cache_ajax_requestsProperty in class HTTP
$ HTTP#cache_controlProperty in class HTTP

List of names to add to the Cache-Control header.

HTTPRequestBuilder::createFromEnvironment() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder

Create HTTPRequest instance from the current environment variables.

HTTPRequestBuilder::createFromVariables() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder

Build HTTPRequest from given variables

HTTPRequestBuilder::cleanEnvironment() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder

Clean up HTTP global vars for $_GET / $_REQUEST prior to bootstrapping

$ HTTPStreamResponse#consumedProperty in class HTTPStreamResponse

Set to true if this stream has been consumed.

HTTPStreamResponse::consumeStream() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse

Safely consume the stream

CanonicalURLMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware

Implements the following URL normalisation rules

  • redirect basic auth requests to HTTPS
  • force WWW, redirect to the subdomain "www."
  • force SSL, redirect to https
ChangeDetectionMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware

Handles internal change detection via etag / ifmodifiedsince headers, conditionally sending a 304 not modified if possible.

ConfirmationMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware

Checks whether user manual confirmation is required for HTTPRequest depending on the rules given.

$ ConfirmationMiddleware#confirmationIdProperty in class ConfirmationMiddleware

The confirmation storage identifier

$ ConfirmationMiddleware#confirmationFormUrlProperty in class ConfirmationMiddleware

Confirmation form URL WARNING: excluding SS_BASE_URL

ConfirmationMiddleware::canBypass() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware

Check whether the rules can be bypassed without user confirmation

ConfirmationMiddleware::confirmedEffect() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware

The middleware own effects that should be performed on confirmation

AjaxBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class AjaxBypass

Returns true for AJAX requests

Bypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class Bypass

Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation

CliBypassClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware

Allows a bypass when the request has been run in CLI mode

CliBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class CliBypass

Returns true if the current process is running in CLI mode

EnvironmentBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class EnvironmentBypass

Checks whether the current environment type in the list of allowed ones

GetParameter::checkRequestHasParameter() — Method in class GetParameter

Check request contains the GET parameter

GetParameter::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class GetParameter

Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation

HttpMethodBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class HttpMethodBypass

Returns true if the current process is running in CLI mode

Url::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class Url

Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation

Url::checkRequest() — Method in class Url

Match the request against the rules

Url::checkPath() — Method in class Url

Checks the given path by the rules and returns true if it is matching

UrlPathStartswith::checkPath() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith

Checks the given path by the rules and returns whether it should be protected

UrlPathStartswith::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith

Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation

UrlPathStartswithCaseInsensitive::checkPath() — Method in class UrlPathStartswithCaseInsensitive

Checks the given path by the rules and returns whether it should be protected

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::combineVary() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Combine vary strings/arrays into a single array, or normalise a single vary

HTTPMiddlewareAware::callMiddleware() — Method in class HTTPMiddlewareAware

Call middleware

URLSpecialsMiddleware::confirmedEffect() — Method in class URLSpecialsMiddleware

The middleware own effects that should be performed on confirmation

$ PjaxResponseNegotiator#callbacksProperty in class PjaxResponseNegotiator

See respond()

$ RSSFeed#castingProperty in class RSSFeed

Casting information for this object's methods.

RequestHandler::checkAccessAction() — Method in class RequestHandler

Check that the given action is allowed to be called from a URL.

$ Session#cookie_domainProperty in class Session
$ Session#cookie_pathProperty in class Session
$ Session#cookie_secureProperty in class Session
$ Session#cookie_name_secureProperty in class Session
$ Session#cookie_samesiteProperty in class Session

Must be "Strict", "Lax", or "None".

$ Session#changedDataProperty in class Session

List of keys changed. This is a nested array which represents the keys modified in $this->data. The value of each item is either "true" or a nested array.

Session::clear() — Method in class Session

Clear session value

Session::clearAll() — Method in class Session

Clear all values

Session::changedData() — Method in class Session

Returns the list of changed keys

IPUtils::checkIP() — Method in class IPUtils

Checks if an IPv4 or IPv6 address is contained in the list of given IPs or subnets.

IPUtils::checkIP4() — Method in class IPUtils

Compares two IPv4 addresses.

IPUtils::checkIP6() — Method in class IPUtils

Compares two IPv6 addresses.

$ BaseKernel#containerProperty in class BaseKernel
$ BaseKernel#classLoaderProperty in class BaseKernel
$ BaseKernel#configLoaderProperty in class BaseKernel
ApcuCacheFactory::create() — Method in class ApcuCacheFactory
CacheFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
CacheFactory::create() — Method in class CacheFactory

Note: While the returned object is used as a singleton (by the originating Injector->get() call), this cache object shouldn't be a singleton itself - it has varying constructor args for the same service name.

DefaultCacheFactory::create() — Method in class DefaultCacheFactory
DefaultCacheFactory::createCache() — Method in class DefaultCacheFactory
FilesystemCacheFactory::create() — Method in class FilesystemCacheFactory
ManifestCacheFactory::create() — Method in class ManifestCacheFactory

Note: While the returned object is used as a singleton (by the originating Injector->get() call), this cache object shouldn't be a singleton itself - it has varying constructor args for the same service name.

ManifestCacheFactory::createCache() — Method in class ManifestCacheFactory

Create cache directly without config / injector

MemcachedCacheFactory::create() — Method in class MemcachedCacheFactory
RateLimiter::clearAttempts() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter::canAccess() — Method in class RateLimiter
ClassInfoClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Provides introspection information about the class tree.

ClassInfo::class_name() — Method in class ClassInfo

Convert a class name in any case and return it as it was defined in PHP

ClassInfo::classImplements() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns true if the given class implements the given interface

ClassInfo::classes_for_file() — Method in class ClassInfo

Get all classes contained in a file.

ClassInfo::classes_for_folder() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns all classes contained in a certain folder.

ClassInfo::classesWithExtension() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns a list of classes with a particular extension applied

ConfigClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config
ConfigLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config

Registers config sources via ConfigCollectionInterface

ConfigLoader::countManifests() — Method in class ConfigLoader

Check number of manifests

Config_ForClassClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config
$ Config_ForClass#classProperty in class Config_ForClass
ConfigurableClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config

Provides extensions to this object to integrate it with standard config API methods.

Configurable::config() — Method in class Configurable

Get a configuration accessor for this class. Short hand for Config::inst()->get($this->class, .....).

CoreConfigFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config

Factory for silverstripe configs

$ CoreConfigFactory#cacheFactoryProperty in class CoreConfigFactory
CoreConfigFactory::createRoot() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory

Create root application config.

CoreConfigFactory::createCore() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory

Rebuild new uncached config, which is mutable

ConvertClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Library of conversion functions, implemented as static methods.

CoreKernelClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Simple Kernel container

CustomMethodsClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Allows an object to declare a set of custom methods

Extensible::constructExtensions() — Method in class Extensible
Extension::clearOwner() — Method in class Extension

Clear the current owner, and restore extension to the state prior to the last setOwner()

Factory::create() — Method in class Factory

Creates a new service instance.

Injectable::create() — Method in class Injectable

An implementation of the factory method, allows you to create an instance of a class

InjectionCreator::create() — Method in class InjectionCreator

Create a new instance of a class

$ Injector#configLocatorProperty in class Injector

Locator for determining Config properties for services

Injector::convertServiceProperty() — Method in class Injector

Recursively convert a value into its proper representation with service references resolved to actual objects

Injector::create() — Method in class Injector

Similar to get() but always returns a new object of the given type

Injector::createWithArgs() — Method in class Injector

Creates an object with the supplied argument array

InjectorLoader::countManifests() — Method in class InjectorLoader

Check number of manifests

$ SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator#configsProperty in class SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator

List of Injector configurations cached from Config in class => config format.

SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator::configFor() — Method in class SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator

Retrieves the config for a named service without performing a hierarchy walk

ClassContentRemoverClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest

Class ClassContentRemover

ClassLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest

A class that handles loading classes and interfaces from a class manifest instance.

ClassLoader::classExists() — Method in class ClassLoader

Returns true if a class or interface name exists in the manifest.

ClassManifestClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest

A utility class which builds a manifest of all classes, interfaces and caches it.

$ ClassManifest#cacheFactoryProperty in class ClassManifest

Used to build cache during boot

$ ClassManifest#cacheProperty in class ClassManifest

Cache to use, if caching.

$ ClassManifest#cacheKeyProperty in class ClassManifest

Key to use for the top level cache of all items

$ ClassManifest#classesProperty in class ClassManifest

Map of lowercase class names to paths

$ ClassManifest#classNamesProperty in class ClassManifest

Map of lowercase class names to case-correct names

$ ClassManifest#childrenProperty in class ClassManifest

List of direct children for any class.

ClassManifest::coalesceDescendants() — Method in class ClassManifest

Recursively coalesces direct child information into full descendant information.

ClassManifestErrorHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest

Error handler which throws, but retains the original path context.

ClassManifestVisitorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
$ Module#composerDataProperty in class Module

Cache of composer data

ModuleLoader::countManifests() — Method in class ModuleLoader

Check number of manifests

$ ModuleManifest#cacheKeyProperty in class ModuleManifest

A string to prepend to all cache keys to ensure all keys are unique to just this $base

$ ModuleManifest#cacheFactoryProperty in class ModuleManifest

Factory to use to build cache

$ ModuleManifest#cacheProperty in class ModuleManifest
CallbackFlushDiscovererClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup

Handle a callable object as a discoverer

$ CallbackFlushDiscoverer#callbackProperty in class CallbackFlushDiscoverer

Callback incapsulating the discovery logic

CompositeFlushDiscovererClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup

Implements the composite over flush discoverers

CronTaskControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\CronTask\Controllers

This is the controller that finds, checks and process all crontasks

CronTaskStatusClass in namespace SilverStripe\CronTask

Record status of each cron task execution

CronTaskClass in namespace SilverStripe\CronTask\Interfaces

By implementing this interface a /dev/cron will be able to start in on the expression that you return frmo getSchedule();

BehatFixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class BehatFixtureFactory

Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects

$ BulkLoader#columnMapProperty in class BulkLoader

Map columns to DataObject-properties.

$ BulkLoader_Result#createdProperty in class BulkLoader_Result

Stores a map of ID and ClassNames which can be reconstructed to DataObjects.

BulkLoader_Result::Count() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result

Returns the count of all objects which were created or updated.

BulkLoader_Result::CreatedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::Created() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result

Returns all created objects. Each object might contain specific importer feedback in the "_BulkLoaderMessage" property.

CLIClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Class to facilitate command-line output.

CSSContentParserClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

CSSContentParser enables parsing & assertion running of HTML content via CSS selectors.

CSVParserClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Class to handle parsing of CSV files, where the column headers are in the first row.

$ CSVParser#columnMapProperty in class CSVParser

Map of source columns to output columns.

$ CSVParser#currentRowProperty in class CSVParser

The data of the current row.

CSVParser::closeFile() — Method in class CSVParser

Close the CSV file and re-set all of the internal variables.

CSVParser::current() — Method in class CSVParser
CliDebugViewClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a development info view.

SSListContains::checkIfItemEvaluatesRemainingMatches() — Method in class SSListContains
CsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Utility class to facilitate complex CSV-imports by defining column-mappings and custom converters.

Debug::caller() — Method in class Debug

Returns the caller for a specific method

Debug::create_debug_view() — Method in class Debug

Create an instance of an appropriate DebugView object.

$ DebugView#columnsProperty in class DebugView

Column size to wrap long strings to

$ FixtureBlueprint#classProperty in class FixtureBlueprint
$ FixtureBlueprint#callbacksProperty in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureBlueprint::createObject() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects

FixtureFactory::createRaw() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Writes the fixture into the database directly using a database manipulation.

FixtureFactory::clear() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Remove all fixtures previously defined through createObject() or createRaw(), both from the internal fixture mapping and the database.

$ FunctionalTest#cssParserProperty in class FunctionalTest

CSSContentParser for the most recently requested page.

FunctionalTest::content() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Return the most recent content

FunctionalTest::cssParser() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Return a CSSContentParser for the most recent content.

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::createConnection() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Create a connection of the appropriate type

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::column() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Helper function to quickly extract a column from a mysqi_result

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkValidDatabaseName() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines if a given database name is a valid Silverstripe name.

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermissionGrant() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Checks if a specified grant proves that the current user has the specified permission on the specified database

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermission() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Checks if the current user has the specified permission on the specified database

$ SapphireTest#cache_generatedMembersProperty in class SapphireTest

Cache for logInWithPermission()

SapphireTest::currentTestEnablesDatabase() — Method in class SapphireTest

Helper method to check, if the current test uses the database.

SapphireTest::currentTestDisablesDatabase() — Method in class SapphireTest

Helper method to check, if the current test uses the database.

SapphireTest::clearFixtures() — Method in class SapphireTest

Clear all fixtures which were previously loaded through loadFixture()

SapphireTest::clearEmails() — Method in class SapphireTest

Clear the log of emails sent

SapphireTest::createMemberWithPermission() — Method in class SapphireTest

Create Member and Group objects on demand with specific permission code

$ TaskRunner#cssProperty in class TaskRunner
CleanupTestDatabasesTaskClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Tasks

Cleans up leftover databases from aborted test executions (starting with ss_tmpdb) Task is restricted to users with administrator rights or running through CLI.

TestMailer::clearEmails() — Method in class TestMailer

Clear the log of emails sent

$ TestSession#controllerProperty in class TestSession

Necessary to use the mock session created in session in the normal controller stack, e.g. to overwrite Security::getCurrentUser() with custom login data.

TestSession::cssParser() — Method in class TestSession

Return a CSSContentParser containing the most recent response

RelationValidationService::clearErrors() — Method in class RelationValidationService
$ ServiceConnector#chosenFolderIDProperty in class ServiceConnector
$ DynamoDbSession#clientProperty in class DynamoDbSession
BannerBlock::CallToActionLink() — Method in class BannerBlock

Used for the frontend templates, returns a parsed set of data

CacheHeadersCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Checks

Check cache headers for any response, can specify directives that must be included and also must be excluded from Cache-Control headers in response. Also checks for existence of ETag.

CacheHeadersCheck::check() — Method in class CacheHeadersCheck

Check that correct caching headers are present.

$ DatabaseCheck#checkTableProperty in class DatabaseCheck
DatabaseCheck::check() — Method in class DatabaseCheck
EnvTypeCheck::check() — Method in class EnvTypeCheck

Check the environment setting.

ExternalURLCheck::check() — Method in class ExternalURLCheck
$ FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck#checkTypeProperty in class FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck

Constant, check for a single file to match age criteria, or all of them.

FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck::check() — Method in class FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck
$ FileAgeCheck#checkFnProperty in class FileAgeCheck

The function to use for checking file age: so filemtime(), filectime(), or fileatime().

$ FileAgeCheck#checkTypeProperty in class FileAgeCheck

Constant, check for a single file to match age criteria, or all of them.

$ FileAgeCheck#compareOperandProperty in class FileAgeCheck

Type of comparison (either > or <).

FileAgeCheck::check() — Method in class FileAgeCheck
FileWriteableCheck::check() — Method in class FileWriteableCheck
$ HasClassCheck#classNameProperty in class HasClassCheck
HasClassCheck::check() — Method in class HasClassCheck
HasFunctionCheck::check() — Method in class HasFunctionCheck
SMTPConnectCheck::check() — Method in class SMTPConnectCheck
SessionCheck::check() — Method in class SessionCheck

Check that the response for URL does not create a session

SolrIndexCheck::check() — Method in class SolrIndexCheck
URLCheck::check() — Method in class URLCheck
EnvironmentCheck::check() — Method in class EnvironmentCheck
$ EnvironmentCheckSuite#checksProperty in class EnvironmentCheckSuite
EnvironmentCheckSuite::checkInstances() — Method in class EnvironmentCheckSuite

Get instances of all the environment checks.

$ EnvironmentChecker#checkSuiteNameProperty in class EnvironmentChecker
EnvironmentChecker::canAccess() — Method in class EnvironmentChecker

Determine if the current member can access the environment checker

ClientFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Services

Factory class for creating HTTP client which are injected into some env check classes. Inject via YAML, arguments for Guzzle client can be supplied using "constructor" property or set as default_config.

ClientFactory::create() — Method in class ClientFactory

Wrapper to create a Guzzle client.

$ Fetcher#clientProperty in class Fetcher

Client for making requests, set vi Injector.

ErrorPage::canAddChildren() — Method in class ErrorPage
CMSExternalLinksControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Controllers
CheckExternalLinksJobClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Jobs

A Job for running a external link check for published pages

BrokenExternalLink::canEdit() — Method in class BrokenExternalLink
BrokenExternalLink::canView() — Method in class BrokenExternalLink
$ BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus#CompletedPagesProperty in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Get completed pages count

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::create_status() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Create and prepare a new status

BrokenExternalLinksReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenExternalLinksReport
CheckExternalLinksTaskClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Tasks
CheckExternalLinksTask::checkPageLink() — Method in class CheckExternalLinksTask

Check the status of a single link on a page

CurlLinkCheckerClass in namespace SilverStripe\ExternalLinks\Tasks

Check links using curl

CurlLinkChecker::checkLink() — Method in class CurlLinkChecker

Determine the http status code for a given link

LinkChecker::checkLink() — Method in class LinkChecker

Determine the http status code for a given link

CheckboxFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Single checkbox field.

CheckboxField_ReadonlyClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Readonly version of a checkbox field - "Yes" or "No".

CheckboxSetFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Displays a set of checkboxes as a logical group.

CompositeFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Base class for all fields that contain other fields.

$ CompositeField#childrenProperty in class CompositeField
$ CompositeField#columnCountProperty in class CompositeField
CompositeField::collateDataFields() — Method in class CompositeField

Add all of the non-composite fields contained within this field to the list.

CompositeValidatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

CompositeValidator can contain between 0 and many different types of Validators. Each Validator is itself still responsible for Validating its form and generating its ValidationResult.

CompositeValidator::canBeCached() — Method in class CompositeValidator

Each Validator is aware of whether or not it can be cached. If even one Validator cannot be cached, then the CompositeValidator as a whole also cannot be cached.

ConfirmedPasswordFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Two masked input fields, checks for matching passwords.

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#canBeEmptyProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Allow empty fields in serverside validation

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#confirmValueProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

A place to temporarily store the confirm password value

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#currentPasswordValueProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Store value of "Current Password" field

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#childrenProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Child fields (_Password, _ConfirmPassword)

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#confirmPasswordfieldProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField
CurrencyFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Renders a text field, validating its input as a currency.

CurrencyField_DisabledClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Readonly version of a CurrencyField.

CurrencyField_ReadonlyClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Readonly version of a CurrencyField.

$ FieldList#containerFieldProperty in class FieldList

If this fieldlist is owned by a parent field (e.g. CompositeField) this is the parent field.

FieldList::collateDataFields() — Method in class FieldList
FieldList::changeFieldOrder() — Method in class FieldList

Change the order of fields in this FieldList by specifying an ordered list of field names.

FieldsValidator::canBeCached() — Method in class FieldsValidator

When Validators are set on the form, it can affect whether or not the form cannot be cached.

FileUploadReceiver::constructFileUploadReceiver() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
$ Form#controllerProperty in class Form

Parent (optional) request handler

$ Form#castingProperty in class Form
Form::clearFormState() — Method in class Form

Flush persistent form state details

Form::clearMessage() — Method in class Form

Clear form message (and in session)

Form::castingHelper() — Method in class Form

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.

Form::canBeCached() — Method in class Form

Can the body of this form be cached?

$ FormAction#castingProperty in class FormAction
$ FormField#containerFieldListProperty in class FormField

Stores a reference to the FieldList that contains this object.

$ FormField#customValidationMessageProperty in class FormField

Custom validation message for the field.

$ FormField#castingProperty in class FormField
FormField::castingHelper() — Method in class FormField

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.

FormField::castedCopy() — Method in class FormField

Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.

FormField::canSubmitValue() — Method in class FormField

Determine if the value of this formfield accepts front-end submitted values and is saveable.

FormRequestHandler::checkAccessAction() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
FormRequestHandler::checkFieldsForAction() — Method in class FormRequestHandler

Fields can have action to, let's check if anyone of the responds to $funcname them

$ GridField#configProperty in class GridField
$ GridField#componentsProperty in class GridField

Components list.

$ GridField#columnDispatchProperty in class GridField

Internal dispatcher for column handlers.

$ GridField#customDataFieldsProperty in class GridField

Map of callbacks for custom data fields.

$ GridFieldConfig#componentsProperty in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldDataColumns::castValue() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Casts a field to a string which is safe to insert into HTML

$ GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest#componentProperty in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
$ GridFieldExportButton#csvSeparatorProperty in class GridFieldExportButton
$ GridFieldExportButton#csvEnclosureProperty in class GridFieldExportButton
$ GridFieldExportButton#csvHasHeaderProperty in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldFilterHeader::checkDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Check that this dataList is of the right data type.

GridFieldFilterHeader::canFilterAnyColumns() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Returns whether this GridField has any columns to filter on at all

GridFieldGroupDeleteAction::canUnlink() — Method in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction
$ GridFieldLevelup#currentIDProperty in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldPaginator::checkDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator

Check that this dataList is of the right data type.

GridFieldSortableHeader::checkDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

Check that this dataList is of the right data type.

$ HTMLEditorConfig#configsProperty in class HTMLEditorConfig

Array of registered configurations

$ HTMLEditorConfig#currentProperty in class HTMLEditorConfig

Identifier key of current config. This will match an array key in $configs.

$ HTMLEditorConfig#current_themesProperty in class HTMLEditorConfig

List of the current themes set for this config

$ HTMLEditorField#castingProperty in class HTMLEditorField
$ HTMLEditorField_Readonly#castingProperty in class HTMLEditorField_Readonly
TinyMCECombinedGenerator::checkName() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

Check if this config is registered under a given key

$ TinyMCEConfig#contentCSSProperty in class TinyMCEConfig

List of content css files to use for this instance, or null to default to editor_css config.

$ HTMLReadonlyField#castingProperty in class HTMLReadonlyField
$ LiteralField#castingProperty in class LiteralField
$ LiteralField#contentProperty in class LiteralField
MultiSelectField::csvEncode() — Method in class MultiSelectField

Encode a list of values into a string as a comma separated list.

MultiSelectField::csvDecode() — Method in class MultiSelectField

Decode a list of values from a comma separated string.

NumericField::cast() — Method in class NumericField

Helper to cast non-localised strings to their native type

$ PopoverField#castProperty in class PopoverField
ReadonlyField::castingHelper() — Method in class ReadonlyField

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.

RequiredFields::canBeCached() — Method in class RequiredFields
AbstractSegmentFieldModifier::create() — Method in class AbstractSegmentFieldModifier
SelectField::castedCopy() — Method in class SelectField

Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class.

SingleSelectField::castedCopy() — Method in class SingleSelectField

Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class.

$ TextareaField#castingProperty in class TextareaField

Value should be XML

$ TextareaField#colsProperty in class TextareaField

Visible number of text columns.

$ TreeDropdownField#childrenMethodProperty in class TreeDropdownField

Default child method in Hierarchy->getChildrenAsUL

$ TreeDropdownField#cacheKeyCacheProperty in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::castedCopy() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
UploadReceiver::constructUploadReceiver() — Method in class UploadReceiver

Bootstrap Uploadable field

Validator::canBeCached() — Method in class Validator

When Validators are set on the form, it can affect whether or not the form cannot be cached.

$ SearchCriteria#clausesProperty in class SearchCriteria

A collection of SearchCriterion and SearchCriteria.

$ SearchCriteria#conjunctionsProperty in class SearchCriteria

The conjunctions used between Criteria (AND/OR).

SearchCriteria::create() — Method in class SearchCriteria

Static create method provided so that you can perform method chaining.

$ SearchCriterion#comparisonProperty in class SearchCriterion
$ SearchIndex#class_delimiterProperty in class SearchIndex

Used to separate class name and relation name in the sources array this string must not be present in class name

$ SearchIndex#classesProperty in class SearchIndex

Public, but should only be altered by variants

SearchIndex::commit() — Method in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex_Null::commit() — Method in class SearchIndex_Null
$ SearchIndex_Recording#committedProperty in class SearchIndex_Recording
SearchIndex_Recording::commit() — Method in class SearchIndex_Recording
$ SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor#currentBatchProperty in class SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor

Pointer to index of $batches assigned to $current.

$ SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor#completedIndexesProperty in class SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor

List of indexes successfully comitted in the current batch

$ SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor#commit_queueProperty in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

The QueuedJob queue to use when processing commits

$ SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor#completedProperty in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

List of completed indexes

$ SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor#cooldownProperty in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

If solrindex::commit has already been performed, but additional commits are necessary, how long do we wait before attempting to touch the index again?

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::commitIndex() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

Commits a specific index

SearchUpdateProcessor::commitIndex() — Method in class SearchUpdateProcessor

Commits the specified index to the Solr service

$ SearchQuery#classesProperty in class SearchQuery
$ SearchQuery#criteriaProperty in class SearchQuery
SearchableService::clearCache() — Method in class SearchableService

Clears the internal cache

SearchUpdater::clear_dirty_indexes() — Method in class SearchUpdater

Throw away the recorded dirty IDs without doing anything with them.

$ SearchVariant#class_variantsProperty in class SearchVariant

Holds a cache of the variants keyed by "class!" "1"? (1 = include subclasses)

$ SearchVariant#call_instancesProperty in class SearchVariant

Holds a cache of SearchVariant_Caller instances, one for each class/includeSubclasses setting

SearchVariant::currentState() — Method in class SearchVariant

Return the current state

SearchVariant::clear_variant_cache() — Method in class SearchVariant

Clear the cached variants

SearchVariant::call() — Method in class SearchVariant

A shortcut to with when calling without passing in a class,

SearchVariant::current_state() — Method in class SearchVariant

Get the current state of every variant

SearchVariantSubsites::currentState() — Method in class SearchVariantSubsites

Return the current state

SearchVariantVersioned::currentState() — Method in class SearchVariantVersioned

Return the current state

SearchVariant_Caller::call() — Method in class SearchVariant_Caller
ContentControllerExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\FullTextSearch\Solr\Control
$ SearchForm#castingProperty in class SearchForm
SolrReindexBase::clearRecords() — Method in class SolrReindexBase

Clear all records of the given class in the current state ONLY.

SolrReindexQueuedHandler::cancelExistingJobs() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedHandler

Cancel any cancellable jobs

$ SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob#classProperty in class SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob

Single class name to index

$ SolrReindexQueuedJob#classesProperty in class SolrReindexQueuedJob

List of classes to filter

$ Solr3Service#core_classProperty in class Solr3Service
$ Solr4Service#core_classProperty in class Solr4Service
Solr4Service_Core::commit() — Method in class Solr4Service_Core

Replace underlying commit function to remove waitFlush in 4.0+, since it's been deprecated and 4.4 throws errors if you pass it

$ SolrService#core_classProperty in class SolrService
SolrService::coreCommand() — Method in class SolrService

Handle encoding the GET parameters and making the HTTP call to execute a core command

SolrService::coreIsActive() — Method in class SolrService

Is the passed core active?

SolrService::coreCreate() — Method in class SolrService

Create a new core

SolrService::coreReload() — Method in class SolrService

Reload a core

Solr::configure_server() — Method in class Solr

Update the configuration for Solr. See $solr_options for a discussion of the accepted array keys

$ SolrIndex#copyFieldsProperty in class SolrIndex
$ SolrIndex#castingProperty in class SolrIndex
$ SolrIndex#copy_fieldsProperty in class SolrIndex

List of copy fields all fulltext fields should be copied into.

SolrIndex::classIs() — Method in class SolrIndex

Determine if the given object is one of the given type

SolrIndex::canAdd() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::clearObsoleteClasses() — Method in class SolrIndex

Clear all records which do not match the given classname whitelist.

SolrIndex::commit() — Method in class SolrIndex
CombinationsArrayIteratorClass in namespace SilverStripe\FullTextSearch\Utils
CombinationsArrayIterator::current() — Method in class CombinationsArrayIterator
MultipleArrayIterator::current() — Method in class MultipleArrayIterator
WebDAV::curl_init() — Method in class WebDAV
ClearClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQLDevTools
Clear::clear() — Method in class Clear
ControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQLDevTools
ConfigurationClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Config
ControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Top level controller for handling graphql requests.

$ Controller#corsProperty in class Controller

Cors default config

$ Controller#corsConfigProperty in class Controller

Override the default cors config per instance

ClientConfigProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
CSRFMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware

Adds functionality that checks a request for a token before allowing a mutation to happen. Protects against CSRF attacks

$ HTTPProvider#clientProperty in class HTTPProvider
QueryHandler::callMiddleware() — Method in class QueryHandler

Call middleware to evaluate a graphql query

AbstractBulkLoader::collect() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
CollectionClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader

Defines a collection of class names paired with file paths

Collection::createFromClassList() — Method in class Collection
ExtensionLoader::collect() — Method in class ExtensionLoader
FilepathLoader::collect() — Method in class FilepathLoader
InheritanceLoader::collect() — Method in class InheritanceLoader
NamespaceLoader::collect() — Method in class NamespaceLoader
CreateCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject

Creates a "create" mutation for a DataObject

CreateCreator::createOperation() — Method in class CreateCreator
DeleteCreator::createOperation() — Method in class DeleteCreator
InheritanceUnionBuilder::createUnions() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
InterfaceBuilder::createInterfaces() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
ModelCreator::createModel() — Method in class ModelCreator
CanViewPermissionClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin

A permission checking plugin for DataLists

QueryCollector::collectQueries() — Method in class QueryCollector
QueryCollector::collectQueriesForType() — Method in class QueryCollector
ContainsFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters

A filter that selects records that partially match a keyword

ReadCreator::createOperation() — Method in class ReadCreator
ReadOneCreator::createOperation() — Method in class ReadOneCreator
UpdateCreator::createOperation() — Method in class UpdateCreator
ConfigurationApplierClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces

Applies an array of config to a class

ContextProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces

A class that can store a generic array of context

OperationCreator::createOperation() — Method in class OperationCreator
SchemaModelCreatorInterface::createModel() — Method in class SchemaModelCreatorInterface
SchemaStorageCreator::createStore() — Method in class SchemaStorageCreator
SchemaStorageInterface::clear() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
Logger::critical() — Method in class Logger
PaginationPlugin::createPaginationResult() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
ComposedResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver

Given a stack of resolver middleware and afterware, compress it into one composed function, passing along the return value.

Schema::createStoreableSchema() — Method in class Schema

Creates a readonly object that can be used by a storage service.

Schema::createModel() — Method in class Schema
SchemaConfig::createModel() — Method in class SchemaConfig
CodeGenerationStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
$ CodeGenerationStore#configFilenameProperty in class CodeGenerationStore
CodeGenerationStore::clear() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
CodeGenerationStoreCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
CodeGenerationStoreCreator::createStore() — Method in class CodeGenerationStoreCreator
CanonicalModelAwareClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
TypeReference::createFromPath() — Method in class TypeReference
$ GridFieldQueuedExportButton#csvSeparatorProperty in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
$ GridFieldQueuedExportButton#csvHasHeaderProperty in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
GridFieldQueuedExportButton::checkExport() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton

Handle the export, for both the action button and the URL

$ GenerateCSVJob#chunk_sizeProperty in class GenerateCSVJob
CryptoHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\HybridSessions\Crypto
HybridSession::close() — Method in class HybridSession
CookieStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\HybridSessions\Store

A session store which stores the session data in an encrypted & signed cookie.

$ CookieStore#cryptoProperty in class CookieStore

Encryption service

$ CookieStore#cookieProperty in class CookieStore

Name of cookie

$ CookieStore#currentCookieDataProperty in class CookieStore

Known unmodified value of this cookie. If the cookie backend has been read into the application, then the backend is unable to verify the modification state of this value internally within the system, so this will be left null unless written back.

CookieStore::close() — Method in class CookieStore
CookieStore::canWrite() — Method in class CookieStore

Determine if the session could be verifably written to cookie storage

DatabaseStore::close() — Method in class DatabaseStore
LDAPAuthenticator::checkPassword() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator

Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).

LDAPChangePasswordHandler::changePasswordForm() — Method in class LDAPChangePasswordHandler

Factory method for the lost password form

$ LDAPMemberExtension#create_users_in_ldapProperty in class LDAPMemberExtension

If enabled, Member records with a Username field have the user created in LDAP on write.

LDAPIterator::current() — Method in class LDAPIterator
LDAPGateway::changePassword() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Changes user password via LDAP.

LDAPService::createLDAPUser() — Method in class LDAPService

Creates a new LDAP user from the passed Member record.

LDAPService::createLDAPGroup() — Method in class LDAPService

Creates a new LDAP group from the passed Group record.

EnablerExtension::ContentLocale() — Method in class EnablerExtension

Returns an RFC1766 compliant locale string, e.g. 'fr-CA'.

ChangePasswordHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Authenticator

Extends the "MemberAuthenticator version of the ChangePasswordHandler in order to allow MFA to be inserted into the flow when an AutoLoginHash is being used - that is when the user has clicked a reset password link in an email after using the "forgot password" functionality.

ChangePasswordHandler::changepassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler

Handle the change password request

MemberExtension::currentUserCanViewMFAConfig() — Method in class MemberExtension

Determines whether the logged in user has sufficient permission to see the MFA config for this Member.

MemberExtension::currentUserCanEditMFAConfig() — Method in class MemberExtension

Determines whether the logged in user has sufficient permission to modify the MFA config for this Member.

EnabledMembers::columns() — Method in class EnabledMembers

List the columns configured to display in the resulting reports GridField

BaseHandlerTrait::createStore() — Method in class BaseHandlerTrait
RegistrationHandlerTrait::createStartRegistrationResponse() — Method in class RegistrationHandlerTrait

Create a response that can be consumed by a front-end for starting a registration

RegistrationHandlerTrait::completeRegistrationRequest() — Method in class RegistrationHandlerTrait

Complete a registration request, returning a result object with a message and context for the result of the registration attempt.

VerificationHandlerTrait::createStartVerificationResponse() — Method in class VerificationHandlerTrait

Create an HTTPResponse that provides information to the client side React MFA app to prompt the user to login with their configured MFA method

VerificationHandlerTrait::completeVerificationRequest() — Method in class VerificationHandlerTrait

Attempt to verify a login attempt provided by the given request

EnforcementManager::canSkipMFA() — Method in class EnforcementManager

Whether the provided member can skip the MFA registration process.

RegisteredMethodManager::canRemoveMethod() — Method in class RegisteredMethodManager

Determines if a method can be removed

$ BackupCode#codeProperty in class BackupCode
$ Result#contextProperty in class Result

Context provided by the handler returning this result

Result::create() — Method in class Result
SessionStore::clear() — Method in class SessionStore

Clear any stored values for the given request

StoreInterface::clear() — Method in class StoreInterface

Clear any stored state for the given request

MimeUploadValidator::compareMime() — Method in class MimeUploadValidator

Check two MIME types roughly match eachother.

ArrayList::count() — Method in class ArrayList

Return the number of items in this list

ArrayList::column() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

ArrayList::columnUnique() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns a unique array of a single field value for all the items in the list

ArrayList::canSortBy() — Method in class ArrayList

You can always sort a ArrayList

ArrayList::canFilterBy() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.

CMSPreviewableClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Interface to provide enough information about a record to make it previewable through the CMS. It uses the record database ID, its "frontend" and "backend" links to link up the edit form with its preview.

CMSPreviewable::CMSEditLink() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
DBConnector::connect() — Method in class DBConnector

Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.

$ DBSchemaManager#check_and_repair_on_buildProperty in class DBSchemaManager
DBSchemaManager::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Cancels the schema updates requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.

DBSchemaManager::convertIndexSpec() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

This takes the index spec which has been provided by a class (ie static $indexes = blah blah) and turns it into a proper string.

DBSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

DBSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Create a database with the specified name

DBSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Create a new table.

DBSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Create a new field on a table.

DBSchemaManager::clearCachedFieldlist() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

This allows the cached values for a table's field list to be erased.

$ Database#connectorProperty in class Database

Database connector object

Database::clearAllData() — Method in class Database

Clear all data out of the database

Database::clearTable() — Method in class Database

Clear all data in a given table

Database::comparisonClause() — Method in class Database

Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.

Database::concatOperator() — Method in class Database

String operator for concatenation of strings

Database::canLock() — Method in class Database

Returns if the lock is available.

Database::connect() — Method in class Database

Instruct the database to generate a live connection

$ MySQLDatabase#connection_charsetProperty in class MySQLDatabase

Default connection charset (may be overridden in $databaseConfig)

$ MySQLDatabase#connection_collationProperty in class MySQLDatabase

Default connection collation

$ MySQLDatabase#charsetProperty in class MySQLDatabase

Default charset

$ MySQLDatabase#collationProperty in class MySQLDatabase

Default collation

MySQLDatabase::connect() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Instruct the database to generate a live connection

MySQLDatabase::comparisonClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.

MySQLDatabase::canLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Returns if the lock is available.

MySQLDatabase::clearTable() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Clear all data in a given table

$ MySQLQuery#columnsProperty in class MySQLQuery

Metadata about the columns of this query

MySQLSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create a new table.

MySQLSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

MySQLSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create a new field on a table.

MySQLSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create a database with the specified name

MySQLSchemaManager::createIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create an index on a table.

$ MySQLStatement#columnsProperty in class MySQLStatement

List of column names

MySQLiConnector::connect() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.

$ NestedTransactionManager#childProperty in class NestedTransactionManager
$ PDOConnector#cachedStatementsProperty in class PDOConnector

List of prepared statements, cached by SQL string

PDOConnector::connect() — Method in class PDOConnector
PDOStatementHandle::closeCursor() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle

Closes the cursor, enabling the statement to be executed again (PDOStatement::closeCursor)

$ Query#currentRecordProperty in class Query

The current record in the iterator.

Query::column() — Method in class Query

Return an array containing all the values from a specific column. If no column is set, then the first will be returned

Query::current() — Method in class Query

Iterator function implementation. Return the current item of the iterator.

TempDatabase::clearAllData() — Method in class TempDatabase

Remove all content from the temporary database.

$ DB#connectionsProperty in class DB

The global database connection.

$ DB#configsProperty in class DB

List of configurations for each connection

$ DB#connection_attemptedProperty in class DB

Internal flag to keep track of when db connection was attempted.

DB::connect() — Method in class DB

Specify connection to a database

DB::connection_attempted() — Method in class DB

Returns true if a database connection has been attempted.

DB::create_database() — Method in class DB

Create the database and connect to it. This can be called if the initial database connection is not successful because the database does not exist.

DB::create_table() — Method in class DB

Create a new table.

DB::create_field() — Method in class DB

Create a new field on a table.

DB::check_and_repair_table() — Method in class DB

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

DataExtension::can() — Method in class DataExtension

Influence the owner's can() permission check value to be disallowed (false), allowed (true) if no other processed results are to disallow, or open (null) to not affect the outcome.

DataExtension::canEdit() — Method in class DataExtension

Influence the owner's canEdit() permission check value to be disallowed (false), allowed (true) if no other processed results are to disallow, or open (null) to not affect the outcome.

DataExtension::canDelete() — Method in class DataExtension

Influence the owner's canDelete() permission check value to be disallowed (false), allowed (true) if no other processed results are to disallow, or open (null) to not affect the outcome.

DataExtension::canCreate() — Method in class DataExtension

Influence the owner's canCreate() permission check value to be disallowed (false), allowed (true) if no other processed results are to disallow, or open (null) to not affect the outcome.

DataList::canSortBy() — Method in class DataList

Returns true if this DataList can be sorted by the given field.

DataList::canFilterBy() — Method in class DataList

Returns true if this DataList can be filtered by the given field.

DataList::createSearchFilter() — Method in class DataList

Given a filter expression and value construct a {SearchFilter} instance

DataList::createDataObject() — Method in class DataList

Create a DataObject from the given SQL row If called without $row['ID'] set, then a new object will be created rather than rehydrated.

DataList::count() — Method in class DataList

Return the number of items in this DataList

DataList::column() — Method in class DataList

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

DataList::columnUnique() — Method in class DataList

Returns a unique array of a single field value for all items in the list.

DataList::chunkedFetch() — Method in class DataList

Iterate over this DataList in "chunks". This will break the query in smaller subsets and avoid loading the entire result set in memory at once. Beware not to perform any operations on the results that might alter the return order. Otherwise, you might break subsequent chunks.

$ DataObject#componentsProperty in class DataObject

Non-static relationship cache, indexed by component name.

$ DataObject#cascade_deletesProperty in class DataObject

List of relations that should be cascade deleted, similar to owns Note: This will trigger delete on many_many objects, not only the mapping table.

$ DataObject#cascade_duplicatesProperty in class DataObject

List of relations that should be cascade duplicate.

$ DataObject#castingProperty in class DataObject

Use a casting object for a field. This is a map from field name to class name of the casting object.

$ DataObject#create_table_optionsProperty in class DataObject

Specify custom options for a CREATE TABLE call.

$ DataObject#ClassNameProperty in class DataObject

Class name of the DataObject

$ DataObject#CreatedProperty in class DataObject

Date and time of DataObject creation.

DataObject::castedUpdate() — Method in class DataObject

Pass changes as a map, and try to get automatic casting for these fields.

DataObject::castingHelper() — Method in class DataObject

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.

DataObject::can() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.

DataObject::canView() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canEdit() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canDelete() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canCreate() — Method in class DataObject
$ DataObjectSchema#compositeFieldsProperty in class DataObjectSchema

Cache of composite database field

DataObjectSchema::cacheTableNames() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Cache all table names if necessary

DataObjectSchema::classHasTable() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Check if the given class has a table

DataObjectSchema::compositeFields() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Returns a list of all the composite if the given db field on the class is a composite field.

DataObjectSchema::compositeField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Get a composite field for a class

DataObjectSchema::cacheDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Cache all database and composite fields for the given class.

DataObjectSchema::cacheDatabaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Cache all indexes for the given class. Will do nothing if already cached.

DataObjectSchema::cacheDefaultDatabaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Get "default" database indexable field types

DataObjectSchema::classForField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Returns the class name in the class hierarchy which contains a given field column for a DataObject. If the field does not exist, this will return null.

DataObjectSchema::checkManyManyFieldClass() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Validate the to or from field on a has_many mapping class

DataObjectSchema::checkManyManyJoinClass() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
DataObjectSchema::checkRelationClass() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Validate a given class is valid for a relation

$ DataQuery#collidingFieldsProperty in class DataQuery

Map of all field names to an array of conflicting column SQL

DataQuery::count() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the number of records in this query.

DataQuery::conjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery

Create a conjunctive subgroup

DataQuery::column() — Method in class DataQuery

Query the given field column from the database and return as an array.

DataQuery_SubGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup

Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group

$ DatabaseAdmin#classname_value_remappingProperty in class DatabaseAdmin

Obsolete classname values that should be remapped in dev/build

DatabaseAdmin::cleanup() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Remove invalid records from tables - that is, records that don't have corresponding records in their parent class tables.

DBClassName::clear_classname_cache() — Method in class DBClassName

Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.

$ DBComposite#composite_dbProperty in class DBComposite

Similar to DataObject::$db, holds an array of composite field names.

DBComposite::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class DBComposite

Return array in the format of $composite_db.

DBComposite::castingHelper() — Method in class DBComposite

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.

$ DBCurrency#currency_symbolProperty in class DBCurrency
DBDatetime::clear_mock_now() — Method in class DBDatetime

Clear any mocked date, which causes Now() to return the current system date.

$ DBField#castingProperty in class DBField
DBField::create_field() — Method in class DBField

Create a DBField object that's not bound to any particular field.

DBField::CDATA() — Method in class DBField

Safely escape for XML string

$ DBHTMLText#castingProperty in class DBHTMLText
DBHTMLText::CDATA() — Method in class DBHTMLText

Safely escape for XML string

$ DBHTMLVarchar#castingProperty in class DBHTMLVarchar
DBHTMLVarchar::CDATA() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar

Safely escape for XML string

$ DBMoney#composite_dbProperty in class DBMoney
$ DBPolymorphicForeignKey#composite_dbProperty in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
$ DBString#castingProperty in class DBString
$ DBText#castingProperty in class DBText
DBText::ContextSummary() — Method in class DBText

Perform context searching to give some context to searches, optionally highlighting the search term.

$ DBVarchar#castingProperty in class DBVarchar
Filterable::canFilterBy() — Method in class Filterable

Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.

ComparisonFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters

Base class for creating comparison filters, eg; greater than, less than, greater than or equal, etc

$ Hierarchy#cache_numChildrenProperty in class Hierarchy

A cache used by numChildren().

Hierarchy::Children() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get the children for this DataObject filtered by canView()

$ MarkedSet#childrenMethodProperty in class MarkedSet

Method to use for getting children. Defaults to 'AllChildrenIncludingDeleted'

MarkedSet::clearMarks() — Method in class MarkedSet

Reset marked nodes

ListDecorator::Count() — Method in class ListDecorator
ListDecorator::column() — Method in class ListDecorator

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

ListDecorator::columnUnique() — Method in class ListDecorator
ListDecorator::canSortBy() — Method in class ListDecorator

Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.

ListDecorator::canFilterBy() — Method in class ListDecorator

Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.

ManyManyList::createDataObject() — Method in class ManyManyList

Create a DataObject from the given SQL row.

ManyManyThroughList::createDataObject() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList

Create a DataObject from the given SQL row If called without $row['ID'] set, then a new object will be created rather than rehydrated.

Map::count() — Method in class Map

Returns the count of items in the list including the additional items set through Map::push()} and {@link Map::unshift.

Map_Iterator::current() — Method in class Map_Iterator

Return the current element.

PaginatedList::CurrentPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
$ PolymorphicHasManyList#classForeignKeyProperty in class PolymorphicHasManyList

Name of foreign key field that references the class name of the relation

SQLAssignmentRow::clear() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Clears all assignment values

SQLConditionGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class SQLConditionGroup

Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group

$ SQLConditionalExpression#connectiveProperty in class SQLConditionalExpression

The logical connective used to join WHERE clauses. Defaults to AND.

SQLDelete::create() — Method in class SQLDelete

Construct a new SQLDelete.

SQLExpression::copyTo() — Method in class SQLExpression

Copies the query parameters contained in this object to another SQLExpression

SQLInsert::create() — Method in class SQLInsert

Construct a new SQLInsert object

SQLInsert::currentRow() — Method in class SQLInsert

Returns the currently set row

SQLInsert::clearRow() — Method in class SQLInsert

Clears all currently set assignment values on the current row

SQLInsert::clear() — Method in class SQLInsert

Clears all rows

SQLSelect::create() — Method in class SQLSelect

Construct a new SQLSelect.

SQLSelect::canSortBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Returns true if this query can be sorted by the given field.

SQLSelect::count() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return the number of rows in this query, respecting limit and offset.

SQLUpdate::create() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Construct a new SQLUpdate object

SQLUpdate::clear() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Clears all currently set assignment values

SS_List::column() — Method in class SS_List

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

$ SearchContext#connectiveProperty in class SearchContext

The logical connective used to join WHERE clauses. Must be "AND".

SearchContext::clearEmptySearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext

Callback map function to filter fields with empty values from being included in the search expression.

Sortable::canSortBy() — Method in class Sortable

Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.

UnsavedRelationList::changeToList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Save all the items in this list into the RelationList

UnsavedRelationList::column() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

UnsavedRelationList::columnUnique() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns a unique array of a single field value for all items in the list.

ValidationResult::combineAnd() — Method in class ValidationResult

Combine this Validation Result with the ValidationResult given in other.

PostgreSQLConnector::connect() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.

PostgreSQLConnector::checkStringTogglesLiteral() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Determines if the SQL fragment either breaks into or out of a string literal by counting single quotes

PostgreSQLDatabase::connect() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Instruct the database to generate a live connection

PostgreSQLDatabase::connectMaster() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase
PostgreSQLDatabase::connectDefault() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase
PostgreSQLDatabase::currentSchema() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Returns the name of the current schema in use

PostgreSQLDatabase::comparisonClause() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.

PostgreSQLDatabase::clearTable() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Delete all entries from the table instead of truncating it.

PostgreSQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::createConnection() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Create a connection of the appropriate type

$ PostgreSQLSchemaManager#cached_constraintsProperty in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

This holds a copy of all the constraint results that are returned via the function constraintExists(). This is a bit faster than repeatedly querying this column, and should allow the database to use it's built-in caching features for better queries.

$ PostgreSQLSchemaManager#cached_fieldlistsProperty in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

This holds a copy of all the queries that run through the function fieldList() This is one of the most-often called functions, and repeats itself a great deal in the unit tests.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createPostgresDatabase() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Creates a postgres database, ignoring model_schema_as_database

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Create a database with the specified name

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createSchema() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Creates a schema in the current database

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Create a new table.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Create a new field on a table.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::clearCachedFieldlist() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

This allows the cached values for a table's field list to be erased.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createIndex() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Create an index on a table.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::constraintExists() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Find out what the constraint information is, given a constraint name.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createOrReplaceTablespace() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager
PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createOrReplacePartition() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager
PostgreSQLSchemaManager::createLanguage() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager
Authenticator::checkPassword() — Method in class Authenticator

Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).

SiteTreeExtension::canView() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

This function is an extension of the default SiteTree canView(), and allows viewing permissions for a SiteTree object which has allowed a page to be presented to logged in users. With RealMe a logged in user is a user which has authenticated with the identity provider, and we have stored a FLT in session.

FederatedIdentity::createFromXML() — Method in class FederatedIdentity

Constructor that sets the expected federated identity details based on a provided DOMDocument. The expected XML structure for the DOMDocument is the following:

FederatedIdentity::createFromJSON() — Method in class FederatedIdentity

create a FederatedIdentity from a JSON string.

RealMeService::current_realme_user() — Method in class RealMeService

Calls available user data and checks for validity

RealMeService::currentRealMeUser() — Method in class RealMeService

A helpful static method that follows SilverStripe naming for Member::currentUser();

RealMeService::clearLogin() — Method in class RealMeService

Clear the RealMe credentials from Session, called during Security->logout() overrides

RegistryAdmin::canView() — Method in class RegistryAdmin

Hide the registry section completely if we have no registries to manage.

$ RegistryImportFeedEntry#castingProperty in class RegistryImportFeedEntry
RegistryPageController::canSortBy() — Method in class RegistryPageController

Loosely check if the record can be sorted by a property

RegistryPageController::Columns() — Method in class RegistryPageController

Format a set of columns, used for headings and row data

Report::columns() — Method in class Report
Report::canView() — Method in class Report
ReportAdmin::canView() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Does the parent permission checks, but also makes sure that instantiatable subclasses of SilverStripe\Reports\Report exist. By default, the CMS doesn't include any Reports, so there's no point in showing

ReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class ReportWrapper
ReportWrapper::canView() — Method in class ReportWrapper
$ SideReportView#controllerProperty in class SideReportView
SideReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SideReportWrapper
$ DataFormatter#customFieldsProperty in class DataFormatter

Allows overriding of the fields which are rendered for the processed dataobjects. By default, this includes all fields in DataObject::inheritedDatabaseFields().

$ DataFormatter#customAddFieldsProperty in class DataFormatter

Allows addition of fields (e.g. custom getters on a DataObject)

$ DataFormatter#customRelationsProperty in class DataFormatter

Allows to limit or add relations.

DataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class DataFormatter

Convert a single data object to this format. Return a string.

DataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class DataFormatter

Convert a data object set to this format. Return a string.

DataFormatter::convertArray() — Method in class DataFormatter

Convert an array to this format. Return a string.

DataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class DataFormatter
FormEncodedDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class FormEncodedDataFormatter
JSONDataFormatter::convertArray() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter

Generate a JSON representation of the given DataObject.

JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectToJSONObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter

Internal function to do the conversion of a single data object. It builds an empty object and dynamically adds the properties it needs to it. If it's done as a nested array, json_encode or equivalent won't use JSON object notation { ... }.

JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter

Generate a JSON representation of the given SS_List.

JSONDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
JSONDataFormatter::cast() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
XMLDataFormatter::convertArray() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
XMLDataFormatter::convertArrayWithoutHeader() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter

Generate an XML representation of the given DataObject.

XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectWithoutHeader() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter

Generate an XML representation of the given SS_List.

XMLDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
SQLite3Connector::connect() — Method in class SQLite3Connector

Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.

SQLite3Database::connect() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Connect to a SQLite3 database.

SQLite3Database::clearTable() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Clear all data in a given table

SQLite3Database::comparisonClause() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.

$ SQLite3SchemaManager#checked_and_repairedProperty in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Flag indicating whether or not the database has been checked and repaired

SQLite3SchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Create a database with the specified name

SQLite3SchemaManager::clearTable() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Empty a specific table

SQLite3SchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Create a new table.

SQLite3SchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

SQLite3SchemaManager::createField() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Create a new field on a table.

SQLite3SchemaManager::createIndex() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Create an index on a table.

SQLite3SchemaManager::convertIndexSpec() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

This takes the index spec which has been provided by a class (ie static $indexes = blah blah) and turns it into a proper string.

SQLiteDatabaseConfigurationHelper::createConnection() — Method in class SQLiteDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Create a connection of the appropriate type

SQLiteDatabaseConfigurationHelper::create_db_dir() — Method in class SQLiteDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Creates the provided directory and prepares it for storing SQLlite. Use secure_db_dir() to secure it against unauthorized access.

SudoModeController::check() — Method in class SudoModeController

Checks whether sudo mode is active for the current user

SudoModeService::check() — Method in class SudoModeService

Checks the current session to see if sudo mode was activated within the last section of lifetime allocation.

SudoModeServiceInterface::check() — Method in class SudoModeServiceInterface

Checks the current session to see if sudo mode was activated within the last section of lifetime allocation.

$ MemberReportExtension#castingProperty in class MemberReportExtension

Set cast of additional fields

$ SubsiteMemberReportExtension#castingProperty in class SubsiteMemberReportExtension

Set cast of additional field

$ UserSecurityReport#columnsProperty in class UserSecurityReport

Columns in the report

UserSecurityReport::columns() — Method in class UserSecurityReport

Returns the column names of the report

UserSecurityReport::canView() — Method in class UserSecurityReport

Restrict access to this report to users with security admin access

Authenticator::checkPassword() — Method in class Authenticator

Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).

BasicAuthMiddleware::checkMatchingURL() — Method in class BasicAuthMiddleware

Check if global basic auth is enabled for the given request

CMSSecurityClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security

Provides a security interface functionality within the cms

Item::confirm() — Method in class Item

Mark the item as confirmed

Storage::cleanup() — Method in class Storage

Remove all the data from the storage Cleans up Session and Cookie related to this storage

Storage::confirm() — Method in class Storage

Gets user input data (usually POST array), checks all the items in the storage has been confirmed and marks them as such.

Storage::check() — Method in class Storage

Check all items to be confirmed in the storage

DefaultAdminService::clearDefaultAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService

Flush the default admin credentials.

DefaultPermissionChecker::canEdit() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker

Can root be edited?

DefaultPermissionChecker::canView() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker

Can root be viewed?

DefaultPermissionChecker::canDelete() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker

Can root be deleted?

DefaultPermissionChecker::canCreate() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker

Can root objects be created?

$ Group#CodeProperty in class Group

Group code

Group::collateFamilyIDs() — Method in class Group

Return a set of this record's "family" of IDs - the IDs of this record and all its descendants.

Group::collateAncestorIDs() — Method in class Group

Returns an array of the IDs of this group and all its parents

Group::cmsCleanup_parentChanged() — Method in class Group

This isn't a descendant of SiteTree, but needs this in case the group is "reorganised";

Group::canEdit() — Method in class Group

Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.

Group::canView() — Method in class Group

Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.

Group::canDelete() — Method in class Group
$ InheritedPermissions#cachePermissionsProperty in class InheritedPermissions

Cache of permissions

$ InheritedPermissions#cacheServiceProperty in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::canEditMultiple() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::canViewMultiple() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::canDeleteMultiple() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::canDelete() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::canEdit() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::canView() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::checkDefaultPermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Determine default permission for a givion check

InheritedPermissions::clearCache() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
$ InheritedPermissionsExtension#CanViewTypeProperty in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
$ InheritedPermissionsExtension#CanEditTypeProperty in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
$ Member#castingProperty in class Member
Member::checkPassword() — Method in class Member

Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).

Member::canLogin() — Method in class Member

Check if this user can login

Member::currentUser() — Method in class Member

Returns the current logged in user

Member::currentUserID() — Method in class Member

Get the ID of the current logged in user

Member::create_new_password() — Method in class Member

Generate a random password, with randomiser to kick in if there's no words file on the filesystem.

Member::canView() — Method in class Member

Users can view their own record.

Member::canEdit() — Method in class Member

Users can edit their own record.

Member::canDelete() — Method in class Member

Users can edit their own record.

Member::changePassword() — Method in class Member

Change password. This will cause rehashing according to the PasswordEncryption property via the onBeforeWrite() method. This method will allow extensions to perform actions and augment the validation result if required before the password is written and can check it after the write also.

CMSLoginHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
CMSMemberAuthenticatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator

Provides authentication for the user within the CMS

CMSMemberLoginFormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator

Provides the in-cms session re-authentication form for the "member" authenticator

ChangePasswordFormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator

Standard Change Password Form

ChangePasswordHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
ChangePasswordHandler::changepassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler

Handle the change password request

ChangePasswordHandler::changePasswordForm() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler

Factory method for the lost password form

ChangePasswordHandler::checkPassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler

Check if password is ok

CookieAuthenticationHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator

Authenticate a member passed on a session cookie

CookieAuthenticationHandler::clearCookies() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler

Clear the cookies set for the user

LoginHandler::checkLogin() — Method in class LoginHandler

Try to authenticate the user

MemberAuthenticator::checkPassword() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator

Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).

MemberPassword::checkPassword() — Method in class MemberPassword

Check if the given password is the same as the one stored in this record.

Member_GroupSet::canAddGroups() — Method in class Member_GroupSet

Determine if the following groups IDs can be added

$ Member_Validator#customRequiredProperty in class Member_Validator

Fields that are required by this validator

NullSecurityToken::check() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullSecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
PasswordEncryptor::create_for_algorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor

This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash and PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

$ PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish#costProperty in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

Cost of encryption.

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::checkAEncryptionLevel() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

The algorithm returned by using '$2a$' is not consistent - it might be either the correct (y), incorrect (x) or mostly-correct (a) version, depending on the version of PHP and the operating system, so we need to test it.

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash and PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash

This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash and PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

PasswordExpirationMiddleware::checkForExpiredPassword() — Method in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware

Check if the just authenticated member has the password expired.

$ PasswordValidator#character_strength_testsProperty in class PasswordValidator
PasswordValidator::characterStrength() — Method in class PasswordValidator

Check the character strength of the password.

PasswordValidator::checkHistoricalPasswords() — Method in class PasswordValidator

Check a number of previous passwords that the user has used, and don't let them change to that.

$ Permission#cache_permissionsProperty in class Permission

Permissions cache. The format is a map, where the keys are member IDs, and the values are arrays of permission codes.

Permission::check() — Method in class Permission

Check that the current member has the given permission.

Permission::checkMember() — Method in class Permission

Check that the given member has the given permission.

PermissionChecker::canEditMultiple() — Method in class PermissionChecker

Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.

PermissionChecker::canViewMultiple() — Method in class PermissionChecker

Get the canView information for a number of objects

PermissionChecker::canDeleteMultiple() — Method in class PermissionChecker

Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.

PermissionChecker::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionChecker

Check delete permission for a single record ID

PermissionChecker::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionChecker

Check edit permission for a single record ID

PermissionChecker::canView() — Method in class PermissionChecker

Check view permission for a single record ID

PermissionRole::canView() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::Codes() — Method in class PermissionRole

List of PermissionRoleCode objects

PermissionRoleCode::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PermissionRoleCode::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PermissionRoleCode::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
RememberLoginHash::clear() — Method in class RememberLoginHash

Deletes existing tokens for this member if logout_across_devices is true, all tokens are deleted, otherwise only the token for the provided device ID will be removed

$ Security#currentUserProperty in class Security
Security::clearSessionMessage() — Method in class Security

Clear login message

Security::changepassword() — Method in class Security

Show the "change password" page.

Security::clear_default_admin() — Method in class Security

Flush the default admin credentials

Security::check_default_admin() — Method in class Security

Checks if the passed credentials are matching the default-admin.

Security::clear_database_is_ready() — Method in class Security

Resets the database_is_ready cache

SecurityToken::check() — Method in class SecurityToken

Checks for an existing CSRF token in the current users session.

SecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class SecurityToken

See check().

LoginSession::canCreate() — Method in class LoginSession
LoginSession::canView() — Method in class LoginSession
LoginSession::canEdit() — Method in class LoginSession
LoginSession::canDelete() — Method in class LoginSession
GarbageCollectionService::collect() — Method in class GarbageCollectionService

Delete expired LoginSession and RememberLoginHash records

$ ShareDraftController#controllerProperty in class ShareDraftController

Controller for rendering draft pages.

SiteConfig::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteConfig
SiteConfig::current_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig

Get the current sites SiteConfig, and creates a new one through make_site_config() if none is found.

SiteConfig::canView() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user view this SiteConfig instance?

SiteConfig::canViewPages() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user view pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from.

SiteConfig::canEditPages() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user edit pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from, or on new records without a parent.

SiteConfig::canEdit() — Method in class SiteConfig
SiteConfig::canCreateTopLevel() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user create pages in the root of this site?

SiteConfig::CreateTopLevelGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig

List of groups that can create root-level pages.

SiteConfigPagePermissions::canEdit() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions

Can root be edited?

SiteConfigPagePermissions::canView() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions

Can root be viewed?

SiteConfigPagePermissions::canDelete() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions

Can root be deleted?

SiteConfigPagePermissions::canCreate() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions

Can root objects be created?

SitewideContentReport::columns() — Method in class SitewideContentReport

Returns columns for the grid fields on this report.

$ EditableSpamProtectionField#check_fieldsProperty in class EditableSpamProtectionField

Fields to include spam detection for

CommentSpamProtectionClass in namespace SilverStripe\SpamProtection\Extension

Apply the spam protection to the comments module if it is installed.

SpellProvider::checkWords() — Method in class SpellProvider

Spellchecks an array of words.

HunSpellProvider::checkWords() — Method in class HunSpellProvider

Spellchecks an array of words.

SiteTreePublishingEngine::collectChanges() — Method in class SiteTreePublishingEngine

Collect all changes for the given context.

$ Job#chunk_sizeProperty in class Job

Number of URLs processed during one call of AbstractQueuedJob::process() This number should be set to a value which represents number of URLs which is reasonable to process in one go This number will vary depending on project, more specifically it depends on:

  • time to render your pages
  • infrastructure
$ DeleteStaticCacheJob#chunk_sizeProperty in class DeleteStaticCacheJob
SubsiteXHRController::canView() — Method in class SubsiteXHRController

Relax the access permissions, so anyone who has access to any CMS subsite can access this controller.

SubsiteXHRController::canAccess() — Method in class SubsiteXHRController

Allow access if user allowed into the CMS at all.

CMSPageAddControllerExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Extensions
ControllerSubsitesClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Extensions
ControllerSubsites::controllerAugmentInit() — Method in class ControllerSubsites
ControllerSubsites::CurrentSubsite() — Method in class ControllerSubsites
FileSubsites::canEdit() — Method in class FileSubsites

Influence the owner's canEdit() permission check value to be disallowed (false), allowed (true) if no other processed results are to disallow, or open (null) to not affect the outcome.

FileSubsites::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class FileSubsites

Return a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific

LeftAndMainSubsites::CanAddSubsites() — Method in class LeftAndMainSubsites
LeftAndMainSubsites::canAccess() — Method in class LeftAndMainSubsites

Check if the current controller is accessible for this user on this subsite.

LeftAndMainSubsites::copytosubsite() — Method in class LeftAndMainSubsites
SiteConfigSubsites::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class SiteConfigSubsites

Return a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific

SiteTreeSubsites::canEdit() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Only allow editing of a page if the member satisfies one of the following conditions:

  • Is in a group which has access to the subsite this page belongs to
  • Is in a group with edit permissions on the "main site"
SiteTreeSubsites::canDelete() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites
SiteTreeSubsites::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites
SiteTreeSubsites::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites
SiteTreeSubsites::contentcontrollerInit() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Called by ContentController::init();

SiteTreeSubsites::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Return a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific

SiteTreeSubsites::canCreate() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites
WildcardDomainField::checkHostname() — Method in class WildcardDomainField

Check if the given hostname is valid.

$ Subsite#cache_accessible_sitesProperty in class Subsite

Memory cache of accessible sites

$ Subsite#cache_subsite_for_domainProperty in class Subsite

Memory cache of subsite id for domains

$ Subsite#check_is_publicProperty in class Subsite

Respects the IsPublic flag when retrieving subsites

Subsite::currentSubsite() — Method in class Subsite

Gets the subsite currently set in the session.

Subsite::currentSubsiteID() — Method in class Subsite

This function gets the current subsite ID from the session. It used in the backend so Ajax requests use the correct subsite. The frontend handles subsites differently. It calls getSubsiteIDForDomain directly from ModelAsController::getNestedController. Only gets Subsite instances which have their IsPublic flag set to TRUE.

Subsite::changeSubsite() — Method in class Subsite

Switch to another subsite through storing the subsite identifier in the current PHP session.

Subsite::canEdit() — Method in class Subsite
Subsite::createDefaultPages() — Method in class Subsite

Automatically create default pages for new subsites

$ SubsiteDomain#castingProperty in class SubsiteDomain
SubsiteReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SubsiteReportWrapper
$ Method#code_lengthProperty in class Method

The TOTP code length

$ StringTagField#canCreateProperty in class StringTagField
$ TagField#canCreateProperty in class TagField
$ TaxonomyTerm#castingProperty in class TaxonomyTerm
TaxonomyTerm::canView() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm
TaxonomyTerm::canEdit() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm
TaxonomyTerm::canDelete() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm
TaxonomyTerm::canCreate() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm
TaxonomyTerm::Children() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm
CacheClass in namespace SilverStripe\TextExtraction\Cache\FileTextCache

Uses SS_Cache with a lifetime to cache extracted content

Cache::clear() — Method in class Cache

Alias for $this->flush()

$ FileTextExtractable#castingProperty in class FileTextExtractable
PDFTextExtractor::cleanupLigatures() — Method in class PDFTextExtractor

Removes utf-8 ligatures.

$ TikaServerTextExtractor#clientProperty in class TikaServerTextExtractor
UserDefinedFormAdmin::confirmfolderformschema() — Method in class UserDefinedFormAdmin

This returns a Confirm Folder form schema used to verify the upload folder for EditableFileFields

UserDefinedFormAdmin::ConfirmFolderForm() — Method in class UserDefinedFormAdmin

Return the ConfirmFolderForm. This is only exposed so the treeview has somewhere to direct it's AJAX calss.

UserDefinedFormAdmin::confirmfolder() — Method in class UserDefinedFormAdmin

Sets the selected folder as the upload folder for an EditableFileField

$ UserFormFieldEditorExtension#cascade_deletesProperty in class UserFormFieldEditorExtension
UserFormFieldEditorExtension::createInitialFormStep() — Method in class UserFormFieldEditorExtension

A UserForm must have at least one step.

UserFormsFieldList::clearEmptySteps() — Method in class UserFormsFieldList

Remove all empty steps

$ UserFormsStepField#castingProperty in class UserFormsStepField
$ UserFormsGridFieldFilterHeader#columnsProperty in class UserFormsGridFieldFilterHeader

A map of name => value of columns from all submissions

$ EditableCustomRule#condition_optionsProperty in class EditableCustomRule
$ EditableCustomRule#ConditionOptionProperty in class EditableCustomRule
$ EditableCustomRule#ConditionFieldIDProperty in class EditableCustomRule
EditableCustomRule::canDelete() — Method in class EditableCustomRule
EditableCustomRule::canEdit() — Method in class EditableCustomRule
EditableCustomRule::canView() — Method in class EditableCustomRule
EditableCustomRule::canCreate() — Method in class EditableCustomRule

Return whether a user can create an object of this type

EditableCustomRule::canPublish() — Method in class EditableCustomRule
EditableCustomRule::canUnpublish() — Method in class EditableCustomRule
EditableCustomRule::ConditionField() — Method in class EditableCustomRule
$ EditableFormField#cascade_deletesProperty in class EditableFormField
$ EditableFormField#cascade_duplicatesProperty in class EditableFormField
$ EditableFormField#CustomErrorMessageProperty in class EditableFormField
EditableFormField::canDelete() — Method in class EditableFormField

Return whether a user can delete this form field based on whether they can edit the page

EditableFormField::canEdit() — Method in class EditableFormField

Return whether a user can edit this form field based on whether they can edit the page

EditableFormField::canView() — Method in class EditableFormField

Return whether a user can view this form field based on whether they can view the page, regardless of the ReadOnly status of the field

EditableFormField::canCreate() — Method in class EditableFormField

Return whether a user can create an object of this type

$ EditableCheckbox#CheckedDefaultProperty in class EditableCheckbox
$ EditableFieldGroup#cascade_deletesProperty in class EditableFieldGroup
EditableFileField::createProtectedFolder() — Method in class EditableFileField
$ EditableLiteralField#ContentProperty in class EditableLiteralField
$ EditableMultipleOptionField#cascade_deletesProperty in class EditableMultipleOptionField
EditableOption::canEdit() — Method in class EditableOption
EditableOption::canDelete() — Method in class EditableOption
EditableOption::canView() — Method in class EditableOption
EditableOption::canCreate() — Method in class EditableOption

Return whether a user can create an object of this type

EditableOption::canPublish() — Method in class EditableOption
EditableOption::canUnpublish() — Method in class EditableOption
$ EmailRecipient#cascade_deletesProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipient#CustomRulesConditionProperty in class EmailRecipient
EmailRecipient::canCreate() — Method in class EmailRecipient

Return whether a user can create an object of this type

EmailRecipient::canView() — Method in class EmailRecipient
EmailRecipient::canEdit() — Method in class EmailRecipient
EmailRecipient::canDelete() — Method in class EmailRecipient
EmailRecipient::canSend() — Method in class EmailRecipient

Determine if this recipient may receive notifications for this submission

EmailRecipient::CustomRules() — Method in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipientCondition#condition_optionsProperty in class EmailRecipientCondition

List of options

$ EmailRecipientCondition#ConditionFieldIDProperty in class EmailRecipientCondition
$ EmailRecipientCondition#ConditionOptionProperty in class EmailRecipientCondition
$ EmailRecipientCondition#ConditionValueProperty in class EmailRecipientCondition
EmailRecipientCondition::canCreate() — Method in class EmailRecipientCondition

Return whether a user can create an object of this type

EmailRecipientCondition::canView() — Method in class EmailRecipientCondition
EmailRecipientCondition::canEdit() — Method in class EmailRecipientCondition
EmailRecipientCondition::canDelete() — Method in class EmailRecipientCondition
EmailRecipientCondition::ConditionField() — Method in class EmailRecipientCondition
$ SubmittedFileField#cascade_deletesProperty in class SubmittedFileField
$ SubmittedForm#cascade_deletesProperty in class SubmittedForm
SubmittedForm::canCreate() — Method in class SubmittedForm
SubmittedForm::canView() — Method in class SubmittedForm
SubmittedForm::canEdit() — Method in class SubmittedForm
SubmittedForm::canDelete() — Method in class SubmittedForm
SubmittedFormField::canCreate() — Method in class SubmittedFormField
SubmittedFormField::canView() — Method in class SubmittedFormField
SubmittedFormField::canEdit() — Method in class SubmittedFormField
SubmittedFormField::canDelete() — Method in class SubmittedFormField
$ UserDefinedForm#controller_nameProperty in class UserDefinedForm
$ UserForm#cascade_deletesProperty in class UserForm
$ UserForm#cascade_duplicatesProperty in class UserForm
$ UserForm#castingProperty in class UserForm
CachedContentFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionFeed\Filters

Caches results of a callback

$ CachedContentFilter#cache_enabledProperty in class CachedContentFilter

Enable caching

ContentFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionFeed\Filters

Conditionally executes a given callback, attempting to return the desired results of its execution.

$ ContentFilter#cache_lifetimeProperty in class ContentFilter

Cache lifetime

$ VersionFeed#changes_enabledProperty in class VersionFeed

Enables RSS feed for page-specific changes

$ VersionFeed#changes_limitProperty in class VersionFeed

Changes feed limit of items.

$ VersionFeedController#contentFilterProperty in class VersionFeedController

Content handler

VersionFeedController::changes() — Method in class VersionFeedController

Get page-specific changes in a RSS feed.

ArchiveAdmin::createArchiveGridField() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin

Create a gridfield which displays archived objects

CMSPageHistoryViewerControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Controllers

The history viewer controller replaces the CMSPageHistoryController and uses the React based HistoryViewerField} to display the history for a {@link DataObject} that has the {@link Versioned extension.

HistoryControllerFactory::create() — Method in class HistoryControllerFactory

Creates a new service instance.

HistoryViewerController::compareForm() — Method in class HistoryViewerController
CMSMainExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions
$ DiffField#comparisonFieldProperty in class DiffField
$ HistoryViewerField#contextKeyProperty in class HistoryViewerField

Unique context key used to differentiate the different use cases for HistoryViewer

ProxyCacheAdapter::clear() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
$ ProxyCacheFactory#containerClassProperty in class ProxyCacheFactory

Class name of a psr-16 cache

ProxyCacheFactory::create() — Method in class ProxyCacheFactory
ChangeSetClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned

The ChangeSet model tracks several VersionedAndStaged objects for later publication as a single atomic action

$ ChangeSet#castingProperty in class ChangeSet
ChangeSet::calculateImplicit() — Method in class ChangeSet

List of all implicit items inferred from all currently assigned explicit changes

ChangeSet::canView() — Method in class ChangeSet
ChangeSet::canEdit() — Method in class ChangeSet
ChangeSet::canCreate() — Method in class ChangeSet
ChangeSet::canDelete() — Method in class ChangeSet
ChangeSet::canPublish() — Method in class ChangeSet

Check if this item is allowed to be published

ChangeSet::canRevert() — Method in class ChangeSet

Check if this changeset (if published) can be reverted

ChangeSet::can() — Method in class ChangeSet

Default permissions for this changeset

ChangeSet::Changes() — Method in class ChangeSet
ChangeSetItemClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned

A single line in a changeset

$ ChangeSetItem#ChangeSetIDProperty in class ChangeSetItem

ID of parent ChangeSet object

ChangeSetItem::canView() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
ChangeSetItem::canEdit() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
ChangeSetItem::canCreate() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
ChangeSetItem::canDelete() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
ChangeSetItem::canRevert() — Method in class ChangeSetItem

Check if the BeforeVersion of this changeset can be restored to draft

ChangeSetItem::canPublish() — Method in class ChangeSetItem

Check if this ChangeSetItem can be published

ChangeSetItem::can() — Method in class ChangeSetItem

Default permissions for this ChangeSetItem

ChangeSetItem::CMSEditLink() — Method in class ChangeSetItem

Get edit link for this item

ChangeSetItem::ChangeSet() — Method in class ChangeSetItem

Parent changeset

DataDifferencer::ChangedFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer

Get a SS_List of the changed fields.

DataDifferencer::changedFieldNames() — Method in class DataDifferencer

Get an array of the names of every fields that has changed.

DataObjectScaffolderExtension::createVersionedTypeName() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolderExtension
AbstractPublishOperationCreator::createOperation() — Method in class AbstractPublishOperationCreator
AbstractPublishOperationCreator::createOperationName() — Method in class AbstractPublishOperationCreator
CopyToStageCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Operations

Scaffolds a "copy to stage" operation for DataObjects.

CopyToStageCreator::createOperation() — Method in class CopyToStageCreator
Publish::createOperationName() — Method in class Publish
Publish::checkPermission() — Method in class Publish
PublishCreator::createOperationName() — Method in class PublishCreator
PublishOperation::createDefaultArgs() — Method in class PublishOperation

Use a generated Input type, and require an ID.

PublishOperation::checkPermission() — Method in class PublishOperation
PublishOperation::createOperationName() — Method in class PublishOperation
Rollback::createDefaultArgs() — Method in class Rollback
RollbackCreator::createOperation() — Method in class RollbackCreator
Unpublish::createOperationName() — Method in class Unpublish
Unpublish::checkPermission() — Method in class Unpublish
UnpublishCreator::createOperationName() — Method in class UnpublishCreator
CopyToStageInputTypeClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Types
$ Versioned#cache_versionnumberProperty in class Versioned

A cache used by get_versionnumber_by_stage().

$ Versioned#castingProperty in class Versioned

Ensure versioned records cast extra fields properly

Versioned::cleanupVersionedOrphans() — Method in class Versioned

Cleanup orphaned records in the _Versions table

Versioned::createDeletedVersion() — Method in class Versioned

Adds a WasDeleted=1 version entry for this record, and records any stages the deletion applies to

Versioned::canPublish() — Method in class Versioned

This function should return true if the current user can publish this record.

Versioned::canUnpublish() — Method in class Versioned

Check if the current user can delete this record from live

Versioned::canArchive() — Method in class Versioned

Check if the current user is allowed to archive this record.

Versioned::canRevertToLive() — Method in class Versioned

Check if the user can revert this record to live

Versioned::canRestoreToDraft() — Method in class Versioned

Check if the user can restore this record to draft

Versioned::canView() — Method in class Versioned

Extend permissions to include additional security for objects that are not published to live.

Versioned::canViewVersioned() — Method in class Versioned

Determine if there are any additional restrictions on this object for the given reading version.

Versioned::canViewStage() — Method in class Versioned

Determines canView permissions for the latest version of this object on a specific stage.

Versioned::canBeVersioned() — Method in class Versioned

Determine if a class is supporting the Versioned extensions (e.g.

Versioned::copyVersionToStage() — Method in class Versioned

Move a database record from one stage to the other.

Versioned::compareVersions() — Method in class Versioned

Compare two version, and return the diff between them.

Versioned::can_choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Determine if the current user is able to set the given site stage / archive

Versioned::choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Choose the stage the site is currently on.

Versioned::current_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned

Get the current archive date.

Versioned::current_archived_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Get the current archive stage.

Versioned::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class Versioned

Return a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific.

$ VersionedGridFieldState#columnProperty in class VersionedGridFieldState
VersionedHTTPMiddleware::checkPermissions() — Method in class VersionedHTTPMiddleware
HTML::createTag() — Method in class HTML

Construct and return HTML tag.

Diff::cleanHTML() — Method in class Diff

Attempt to clean invalid HTML, which messes up diffs.

Diff::compareHTML() — Method in class Diff
$ HTMLCleaner#configProperty in class HTMLCleaner

Configuration variables for HTMLCleaners that support configuration (like Tidy)

HTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class HTMLCleaner

Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.

PurifierHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class PurifierHTMLCleaner

Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.

ShortcodeParser::clear() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Remove all registered shortcodes.

ShortcodeParser::callShortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Call a shortcode and return its replacement text Returns false if the shortcode isn't registered

TidyHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class TidyHTMLCleaner

Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.

Requirements::customScript() — Method in class Requirements

Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements

Requirements::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements

Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements

Requirements::css() — Method in class Requirements

Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.

Requirements::clear() — Method in class Requirements

Clear either a single or all requirements

Requirements::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements

Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.

Requirements::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements

Re-sets the combined files definition. See Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files()

$ Requirements_Backend#combinedFilesEnabledProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Whether to combine CSS and JavaScript files

$ Requirements_Backend#combine_in_devProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Determine if files should be combined automatically on dev mode.

$ Requirements_Backend#cssProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Paths to all required CSS files relative to the docroot.

$ Requirements_Backend#customScriptProperty in class Requirements_Backend

All custom javascript code that is inserted into the page's HTML

$ Requirements_Backend#customCSSProperty in class Requirements_Backend

All custom CSS rules which are inserted directly at the bottom of the HTML <head> tag

$ Requirements_Backend#customHeadTagsProperty in class Requirements_Backend

All custom HTML markup which is added before the closing <head> tag, e.g. additional metatags.

$ Requirements_Backend#combinedFilesProperty in class Requirements_Backend

A list of combined files registered via combine_files(). Keys are the output file names, values are lists of input files.

$ Requirements_Backend#combinedFilesFolderProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Where to save combined files. By default they're placed in assets/_combinedfiles, however this may be an issue depending on your setup, especially for CSS files which often contain relative paths.

$ Requirements_Backend#combine_hash_querystringProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Flag to include the hash in the querystring instead of the filename for combined files.

Requirements_Backend::customScript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements

Requirements_Backend::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements

Requirements_Backend::css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.

Requirements_Backend::clear() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Clear either a single or all requirements

Requirements_Backend::combineFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.

Requirements_Backend::clearCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Clear all registered CSS and JavaScript file combinations

$ SSTemplateParser#closedBlocksProperty in class SSTemplateParser

Stores the user-supplied closed block extension rules in the form: [ 'name' => function (&$res) {} ] See SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Loop for an example of what the callable should look like

SSTemplateParser::construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Override the function that constructs the result arrays to also prepare a 'php' item in the array

SSTemplateParser::CallArguments_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Values are bare words in templates, but strings in PHP. We rely on PHP's type conversion to back-convert strings to numbers when needed.

SSTemplateParser::Comparison_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Comparison_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArguments_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_Condition() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

As mentioned in the parser comment, block handling is kept fairly generic for extensibility. The match rule builds up two important elements in the match result array: 'ArgumentCount' - how many arguments were passed in the opening tag 'Arguments' an array of the Argument match rule result arrays

SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Loop() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

This is an example of a block handler function. This one handles the loop tag.

SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_With() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

The closed block handler for with blocks

SSTemplateParser::Comment__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.

SSTemplateParser::compileFile() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Compiles some file that contains template source code, and returns the php code that will execute as per that source

$ SSViewer#current_themesProperty in class SSViewer

Overridden value of $themes config

$ SSViewer#current_rewrite_hash_linksProperty in class SSViewer

Overridden value of rewrite_hash_links config

$ SSViewer#chosenProperty in class SSViewer

Absolute path to chosen template file

SSViewer::chooseTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer

Find the template to use for a given list

SSViewer_DataPresenter::cacheGlobalProperties() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter

Build cache of global properties

SSViewer_DataPresenter::cacheIteratorProperties() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter

Build cache of global iterator properties

SSViewer_DataPresenter::castValue() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter

Ensure the value is cast safely

$ SSViewer_FromString#cache_templateProperty in class SSViewer_FromString

The global template caching behaviour if no instance override is specified

$ SSViewer_FromString#contentProperty in class SSViewer_FromString

The template to use

$ SSViewer_FromString#cacheTemplateProperty in class SSViewer_FromString

Indicates whether templates should be cached

TemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class TemplateParser

Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.

$ ThemeManifest#cacheProperty in class ThemeManifest
Cache
$ ThemeManifest#cacheKeyProperty in class ThemeManifest

Cache key

$ ThemeManifest#cacheFactoryProperty in class ThemeManifest
$ ThemeResourceLoader#cacheProperty in class ThemeResourceLoader
$ ViewableData#castingProperty in class ViewableData

An array of objects to cast certain fields to. This is set up as an array in the format:

$ ViewableData#casting_cacheProperty in class ViewableData
$ ViewableData#customisedObjectProperty in class ViewableData
ViewableData::customise() — Method in class ViewableData

Merge some arbitrary data in with this object. This method returns a ViewableData_Customised instance with references to both this and the new custom data.

ViewableData::castingHelper() — Method in class ViewableData

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.

ViewableData::castingClass() — Method in class ViewableData

Get the class name a field on this object will be casted to.

ViewableData::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData

A simple wrapper around ViewableData::obj() that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.

ViewableData::CSSClasses() — Method in class ViewableData

Get part of the current classes ancestry to be used as a CSS class.

$ ViewableData_Customised#customisedProperty in class ViewableData_Customised
ViewableData_Customised::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised

A simple wrapper around ViewableData::obj() that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.

CredentialRepositoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\WebAuthn

Implements the required interface from the WebAuthn library - but it does not implement the repository pattern in the usual way. This is expected to be stored on a DataObject for persistence. Use the

CredentialRepositoryProviderTraitClass in namespace SilverStripe\WebAuthn
$ WidgetPageExtension#cascade_deletesProperty in class WidgetPageExtension
$ Widget#castingProperty in class Widget
$ Widget#cmsTitleProperty in class Widget
$ Widget#controllerProperty in class Widget
Widget::Content() — Method in class Widget

Renders the widget content in a custom template with the same name as the current class. This should be the main point of output customization.

Widget::CMSEditor() — Method in class Widget
Widget::ClassName() — Method in class Widget

A fully qualified class name is returned with underscores instead of backslashes so it is HTML safe. Dashes can't be used as they're handled in the Javascript for other purposes.

$ WidgetArea#cascade_deletesProperty in class WidgetArea
WidgetController::Content() — Method in class WidgetController

Overloaded from Widget->Content() to allow for controller / form linking.

$ IntlLocales#countriesProperty in class IntlLocales

Standard list of countries

$ IntlLocales#cache_localesProperty in class IntlLocales

Cache of localised locales, keyed by locale localised in

$ IntlLocales#cache_languagesProperty in class IntlLocales

Cache of localised languages, keyed by locale localised in

$ IntlLocales#cache_countriesProperty in class IntlLocales

Cache of localised countries, keyed by locale localised in

IntlLocales::countryName() — Method in class IntlLocales

Get name of country

IntlLocales::countryFromLocale() — Method in class IntlLocales

Returns the country code / suffix on any locale

Locales::countryName() — Method in class Locales

Get name of country by code

Locales::countryFromLocale() — Method in class Locales

Returns the country code / suffix on any locale

$ Sources#cache_lang_dirsProperty in class Sources

Cache of found lang dirs

$ Sources#cache_lang_filesProperty in class Sources

Cache of found lang files

FlushInvalidatedResource::canary() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource

Path to i18n canary

$ Parser#currentEntityProperty in class Parser

Current entity

$ Parser#currentEntityKeyProperty in class Parser

Key of current entity

$ i18nTextCollector#classModuleCacheProperty in class i18nTextCollector

Map of translation keys => module names

i18nTextCollector::collect() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Extract all strings from modules and return these grouped by module name

i18nTextCollector::collectFromCode() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Extracts translatables from .php files.

i18nTextCollector::collectFromTemplate() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Extracts translatables from .ss templates (Self referencing)

i18nTextCollector::collectFromEntityProviders() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Allows classes which implement i18nEntityProvider to provide additional translation strings.

$ i18n#current_localeProperty in class i18n

This static variable is used to store the current defined locale.

i18n::convert_rfc1766() — Method in class i18n

Gets a RFC 1766 compatible language code, e.g. "en-US".

CancelWorkflowActionClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Actions
Description
PublishItemWorkflowAction::canPublishTarget() — Method in class PublishItemWorkflowAction

Publish action allows a user who is currently assigned at this point of the workflow to

UnpublishItemWorkflowAction::canPublishTarget() — Method in class UnpublishItemWorkflowAction
AdvancedWorkflowAdmin::columns() — Method in class AdvancedWorkflowAdmin
$ FrontEndWorkflowController#contextObjProperty in class FrontEndWorkflowController
WorkflowAction::canEditTarget() — Method in class WorkflowAction

Can documents in the current workflow state be edited?

WorkflowAction::canViewTarget() — Method in class WorkflowAction

Does this action restrict viewing of the document?

WorkflowAction::canPublishTarget() — Method in class WorkflowAction

Does this action restrict the publishing of a document?

WorkflowAction::canCreate() — Method in class WorkflowAction

Allows users who have permission to create a WorkflowDefinition, to create actions on it too.

WorkflowAction::canEdit() — Method in class WorkflowAction
WorkflowAction::canDelete() — Method in class WorkflowAction
WorkflowAction::canAddTransition() — Method in class WorkflowAction
WorkflowActionInstance::canEditTarget() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance

Can documents in the current workflow state be edited?

WorkflowActionInstance::canViewTarget() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance

Does this action restrict viewing of the document?

WorkflowActionInstance::canPublishTarget() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance

Does this action restrict the publishing of a document?

WorkflowActionInstance::canView() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance
WorkflowActionInstance::canEdit() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance
WorkflowActionInstance::canDelete() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance
WorkflowDefinition::canWorkflowPublish() — Method in class WorkflowDefinition

Determines if target can be published directly when no workflow has started yet Opens extension hook to allow an extension to determine if this is allowed as well

WorkflowDefinition::canCreate() — Method in class WorkflowDefinition
WorkflowDefinition::canView() — Method in class WorkflowDefinition
WorkflowDefinition::canEdit() — Method in class WorkflowDefinition
WorkflowDefinition::canDelete() — Method in class WorkflowDefinition
WorkflowInstance::checkTransitions() — Method in class WorkflowInstance

Evaluate all the transitions of an action and determine whether we should follow any of them yet.

WorkflowInstance::canView() — Method in class WorkflowInstance
WorkflowInstance::canEdit() — Method in class WorkflowInstance
WorkflowInstance::canDelete() — Method in class WorkflowInstance
WorkflowInstance::canEditTarget() — Method in class WorkflowInstance

Can documents in the current workflow state be edited?

WorkflowInstance::canViewTarget() — Method in class WorkflowInstance

Does this action restrict viewing of the document?

WorkflowInstance::canPublishTarget() — Method in class WorkflowInstance

Does this action restrict the publishing of a document?

WorkflowInstance::CurrentAction() — Method in class WorkflowInstance
WorkflowTransition::canExecute() — Method in class WorkflowTransition

Check if the current user can execute this transition

WorkflowTransition::canCreate() — Method in class WorkflowTransition

Allows users who have permission to create a WorkflowDefinition, to create actions on it too.

WorkflowTransition::canEdit() — Method in class WorkflowTransition
WorkflowTransition::canDelete() — Method in class WorkflowTransition
WorkflowBulkLoader::createImport() — Method in class WorkflowBulkLoader

Create the ImportedWorkflowTemplate record for the uploaded YML file.

$ WorkflowApplicable#currentInstanceProperty in class WorkflowApplicable

A cache var for the current workflow instance

WorkflowApplicable::createActionMenu() — Method in class WorkflowApplicable
WorkflowApplicable::canPublish() — Method in class WorkflowApplicable

Content can never be directly publishable if there's a workflow applied.

WorkflowApplicable::canEdit() — Method in class WorkflowApplicable

Can only edit content that's NOT in another person's content changeset

WorkflowApplicable::canEditWorkflow() — Method in class WorkflowApplicable

Can a user edit the current workflow attached to this item?

WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension::clearPublishJob() — Method in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension

Clears any existing publish job against this dataobject

WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension::clearUnPublishJob() — Method in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension

Clears any existing unpublish job

WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension::canEdit() — Method in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension

Add edit check for when publishing has been scheduled and if any workflow definitions want the item to be disabled.

WorkflowField::CreateableActions() — Method in class WorkflowField
$ AWRequiredFields#callerProperty in class AWRequiredFields
WorkflowTemplate::createRelations() — Method in class WorkflowTemplate

Creates the relevant data objects for this structure, returning an array of actions in the order they've been created

WorkflowTemplate::createAction() — Method in class WorkflowTemplate

Create a workflow action based on a template

WorkflowTemplate::createUsers() — Method in class WorkflowTemplate

Create a WorkflowDefinition->Users relation based on template data. But only if the related groups from the export, can be foud in the target environment's DB.

WorkflowTemplate::createGroups() — Method in class WorkflowTemplate

Create a WorkflowDefinition->Groups relation based on template data, But only if the related groups from the export, can be foud in the target environment's DB.

$ GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler#contextProperty in class GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler
$ GridFieldRequestHandler#componentProperty in class GridFieldRequestHandler
KeyValueField::createSelectList() — Method in class KeyValueField
MultiValueDropdownField::createSelectList() — Method in class MultiValueDropdownField
MultiValueTextField::createReadonlyInput() — Method in class MultiValueTextField
MultiValueTextField::createInput() — Method in class MultiValueTextField
$ MultiValueField#composite_dbProperty in class MultiValueField
$ MultiValueField#changedProperty in class MultiValueField
MultiValueField::csv() — Method in class MultiValueField

Convert to a textual list of items.

QueuedJobsAdmin::createjob() — Method in class QueuedJobsAdmin
$ QueuedTaskRunner#cssProperty in class QueuedTaskRunner
$ QueuedJobDescriptor#castingProperty in class QueuedJobDescriptor
QueuedJobDescriptor::cleanupJob() — Method in class QueuedJobDescriptor

Called when the job has completed and we want to cleanup anything the descriptor has lying around in caches or the like.

CleanupJobClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Jobs

An queued job to clean out the QueuedJobDescriptor Table which often gets too full

$ CleanupJob#cleanup_methodProperty in class CleanupJob

How we will determine "stale" Possible values: age, number

$ CleanupJob#cleanup_valueProperty in class CleanupJob

Value associated with cleanupMethod age => days, number => integer

$ CleanupJob#cleanup_statusesProperty in class CleanupJob

Which JobStatus values are OK to be deleted

DoormanQueuedJobTask::canRunTask() — Method in class DoormanQueuedJobTask
GenerateGoogleSitemapJob::completeJob() — Method in class GenerateGoogleSitemapJob

Outputs the completed file to the site's webroot

$ AbstractQueuedJob#currentStepProperty in class AbstractQueuedJob
EmailService::createMissingDefaultJobReport() — Method in class EmailService
EmailService::createStalledJobReport() — Method in class EmailService
EmailService::createReport() — Method in class EmailService

Create a generic email report useful for reporting queue service issues

JobErrorHandler::clear() — Method in class JobErrorHandler
$ QueuedJobService#cache_dirProperty in class QueuedJobService

The location for immediate jobs to be stored in

QueuedJobService::copyJobToDescriptor() — Method in class QueuedJobService

Copies data from a job into a descriptor for persisting

QueuedJobService::copyDescriptorToJob() — Method in class QueuedJobService
QueuedJobService::checkJobHealth() — Method in class QueuedJobService

Runs an explicit check on all currently running jobs to make sure their "processed" count is incrementing between each run. If it's not, then we need to flag it as paused due to an error.

QueuedJobService::checkDefaultJobs() — Method in class QueuedJobService

Checks through ll the scheduled jobs that are expected to exist

CheckJobHealthTaskClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Tasks
CreateQueuedJobTaskClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Tasks

A task that can be used to create a queued job.

$ DoormanRunner#child_runnerProperty in class DoormanRunner

Name of the dev task used to run the child process

FluentExtension::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class FluentExtension

Ensure has_one cache is segmented by locale

$ DetectLocaleMiddleware#cookiesPersistedProperty in class DetectLocaleMiddleware

Whether cookies have already been set during setPersistLocale()

CachableModelClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model

Allows you to cache a full list of objects without multiple DB queries

CachableModel::clearCached() — Method in class CachableModel
DeleteLocalisationPolicy::checkIfBlocked() — Method in class DeleteLocalisationPolicy

Determine if this object has other localisations blocking deletion

DeletePolicyFactory::create() — Method in class DeletePolicyFactory

Creates a new service instance.

$ Locale#chainProperty in class Locale
FluentSearchVariant::currentState() — Method in class FluentSearchVariant

Return the current state

ConvertTranslatableTaskClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Task

Provides migration from the Translatable module in a SilverStripe 3 website to the Fluent format for SilverStripe 4.

ConvertTranslatableTask::checkInstalled() — Method in class ConvertTranslatableTask

Checks that fluent is configured correctly

$ GridFieldSortableRows#custom_relation_nameProperty in class GridFieldSortableRows

D

$ GridFieldDropdownFilter#defaultOptionProperty in class GridFieldDropdownFilter
$ GridFieldRefreshButton#dependenciesProperty in class GridFieldRefreshButton
$ Package#dbProperty in class Package
$ UpdatePackageInfoTask#dependenciesProperty in class UpdatePackageInfoTask
$ ApiLoader#dependenciesProperty in class ApiLoader
ApiLoader::doRequest() — Method in class ApiLoader

Perform an HTTP request for module health information

$ SecurityAlertCheckJob#dependenciesProperty in class SecurityAlertCheckJob
$ SecurityAlert#dbProperty in class SecurityAlert
$ SecurityAlertCheckTask#dependenciesProperty in class SecurityAlertCheckTask
$ SecurityAlertCheckTask#descriptionProperty in class SecurityAlertCheckTask
SecurityAlertCheckTask::discernIdentifier() — Method in class SecurityAlertCheckTask

Most SilverStripe issued alerts are not assiged CVEs.

$ CheckComposerUpdatesExtension#dependenciesProperty in class CheckComposerUpdatesExtension
$ ComposerUpdateExtension#dbProperty in class ComposerUpdateExtension
$ CWPSiteConfigExtension#dbProperty in class CWPSiteConfigExtension
$ CarouselPageExtension#dbProperty in class CarouselPageExtension
$ CarouselItem#dbProperty in class CarouselItem
$ CustomSiteConfig#dbProperty in class CustomSiteConfig
$ CwpSiteTreeExtension#dbProperty in class CwpSiteTreeExtension
$ CwpSiteTreeExtension#defaultsProperty in class CwpSiteTreeExtension
$ Quicklink#dbProperty in class Quicklink
$ RelatedPageLink#dbProperty in class RelatedPageLink
$ BaseHomePage#dbProperty in class BaseHomePage
DatedUpdateHolderClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes
DatedUpdateHolderControllerClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes

The parameters apply in the following preference order:

  • Highest priority: Tag & date (or date range)
  • Month (and Year)
  • Pagination
DatedUpdateHolderController::DateRangeForm() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController
DatedUpdateHolderController::doDateFilter() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController
DatedUpdateHolderController::doDateReset() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController
DatedUpdatePageClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes
$ DatedUpdatePage#defaultsProperty in class DatedUpdatePage
$ DatedUpdatePage#dbProperty in class DatedUpdatePage
$ EventHolder#descriptionProperty in class EventHolder
$ EventHolder#default_childProperty in class EventHolder
$ EventPage#descriptionProperty in class EventPage
$ EventPage#default_parentProperty in class EventPage
$ EventPage#dbProperty in class EventPage
$ FooterHolder#descriptionProperty in class FooterHolder
$ FooterHolder#defaultsProperty in class FooterHolder
$ NewsHolder#descriptionProperty in class NewsHolder
$ NewsHolder#default_childProperty in class NewsHolder
$ NewsPage#descriptionProperty in class NewsPage
$ NewsPage#default_parentProperty in class NewsPage
$ NewsPage#dbProperty in class NewsPage
$ SitemapPage#descriptionProperty in class SitemapPage
CwpStatsReport::description() — Method in class CwpStatsReport

Return the description of this report.

$ PopulateThemeSampleDataTask#descriptionProperty in class PopulateThemeSampleDataTask
PdfExportControllerExtension::downloadpdf() — Method in class PdfExportControllerExtension

Serve the page rendered as PDF.

$ CleanupGeneratedPdfBuildTask#descriptionProperty in class CleanupGeneratedPdfBuildTask
$ CwpSearchIndex#dictionaryProperty in class CwpSearchIndex

Default dictionary to use. This will overwrite the 'spellcheck.dictionary' option for searches given, unless set to empty.

$ CwpSearchBoostExtension#dbProperty in class CwpSearchBoostExtension
$ SynonymsSiteConfig#dbProperty in class SynonymsSiteConfig
$ ArchiveHandler#destructiveProperty in class ArchiveHandler

Set to true is this handler will destroy any data.

DeleteHandlerClass in namespace Colymba\BulkManager\BulkAction

Bulk action handler for deleting records.

$ DeleteHandler#destructiveProperty in class DeleteHandler

Set to true is this handler will destroy any data.

DeleteHandler::delete() — Method in class DeleteHandler

Delete the selected records passed from the delete bulk action.

$ EditHandler#destructiveProperty in class EditHandler

Set to true is this handler will destroy any data.

EditHandler::doSave() — Method in class EditHandler

Handles bulkEditForm submission and parses and saves each records data.

$ Handler#destructiveProperty in class Handler

Set to true is this handler will destroy any data.

$ PublishHandler#destructiveProperty in class PublishHandler

Set to true is this handler will destroy any data.

$ UnPublishHandler#destructiveProperty in class UnPublishHandler

Set to true is this handler will destroy any data.

$ UnlinkHandler#destructiveProperty in class UnlinkHandler

Set to true is this handler will destroy any data.

$ ElementForm#descriptionProperty in class ElementForm
$ ElementController#default_stylesProperty in class ElementController

A list of default (example) styles to include

DeleteBlocksMutationClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\GraphQL
DuplicateElementMutationClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\GraphQL
$ BaseElement#descriptionProperty in class BaseElement

Describe the purpose of this element

$ BaseElement#dbProperty in class BaseElement
$ BaseElement#default_sortProperty in class BaseElement
$ BaseElement#disable_pretty_anchor_nameProperty in class BaseElement

Enable for backwards compatibility

$ BaseElement#displays_title_in_templateProperty in class BaseElement

Display a show title button

$ ElementContent#dbProperty in class ElementContent
$ ElementContent#descriptionProperty in class ElementContent
$ ElementalArea#dbProperty in class ElementalArea
DBObjectTypeClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\ORM\FieldType
$ MigrateContentToElement#descriptionProperty in class MigrateContentToElement
DataExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\TopPage

Class DataExtension

DataExtension::disableTopPageUpdate() — Method in class DataExtension

Global flag manipulation - disable automatic top page determination Useful for unit tests as you may want to enable / disable this feature based on need

$ FluentExtension#dbProperty in class FluentExtension
$ SiteTreeExtension#duplicatedPagesProperty in class SiteTreeExtension

List of pages currently undergoing duplication

$ SiteTreeExtension#duplicatedObjectsProperty in class SiteTreeExtension

List of objects that need to udate their top page reference

DatabaseCollectorClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar\Collector

Collects data about SQL statements executed through the proxied behaviour

$ SilverStripeCollector#debugProperty in class SilverStripeCollector
DebugBarClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar

A simple helper

$ DebugBar#debugbarProperty in class DebugBar
DebugBar::disabledCriteria() — Method in class DebugBar

Get all criteria why the DebugBar could be disabled

DebugBarControllerClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar

A open handler controller for DebugBar

DebugBarMiddlewareClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar\Middleware
DeltaConfigManifestProxyClass in namespace LeKoala\DebugBar\Proxy
$ AdminRootController#default_panelProperty in class AdminRootController
$ ReadOneLegacyResolver#dataObjectProperty in class ReadOneLegacyResolver
GroupImportForm::doImport() — Method in class GroupImportForm
$ LeftAndMain#dependenciesProperty in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::delete() — Method in class LeftAndMain
MemberImportForm::doImport() — Method in class MemberImportForm
$ AkismetConfig#dbProperty in class AkismetConfig
DeleteAssetsClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\BatchAction

Delete multiple Folder records (and the associated filesystem nodes).

DeleteFileMutationCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL

Handles create and update

DescendantFileCountTypeClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL

Define the return type for ReadDescendantFileCountsQueryCreator Return as an array of object with an 'id' property and 'count' property.

$ PublicationMutationCreator#descriptionProperty in class PublicationMutationCreator
$ PublishFileMutationCreator#descriptionProperty in class PublishFileMutationCreator
$ FileTypeResolver#dependenciesProperty in class FileTypeResolver
$ UnpublishFileMutationCreator#descriptionProperty in class UnpublishFileMutationCreator
$ ImageThumbnailHelper#dependenciesProperty in class ImageThumbnailHelper
AssetControlExtension::deleteAll() — Method in class AssetControlExtension

Delete all assets in the tuple list

$ AssetManipulationList#deletedProperty in class AssetManipulationList

List of deleted assets

$ FileMigrationHelper#dependenciesProperty in class FileMigrationHelper
$ FileMigrationHelper#delete_invalid_filesProperty in class FileMigrationHelper

If a file fails to validate during migration, delete it.

$ FolderMigrationHelper#dependenciesProperty in class FolderMigrationHelper
$ InterventionBackendCacheFlushTask#descriptionProperty in class InterventionBackendCacheFlushTask
$ LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper#dependenciesProperty in class LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper
$ NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper#dependenciesProperty in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper
$ SecureAssetsMigrationHelper#dependenciesProperty in class SecureAssetsMigrationHelper
$ TagsToShortcodeHelper#dependenciesProperty in class TagsToShortcodeHelper
$ TagsToShortcodeTask#descriptionProperty in class TagsToShortcodeTask
$ VersionedFilesMigrationTask#descriptionProperty in class VersionedFilesMigrationTask
$ TestAssetStore#denied_response_codeProperty in class TestAssetStore

Enable disclosure of secure assets

$ VersionedFilesMigrator#dependenciesProperty in class VersionedFilesMigrator
$ File#default_sortProperty in class File
$ File#dbProperty in class File
$ File#defaultsProperty in class File
File::deleteFile() — Method in class File

Delete a file (and all variants).

$ FileFinder#default_optionsProperty in class FileFinder

The default options that are set on a new finder instance. Options not present in this array cannot be set.

$ FileNameFilter#default_use_transliteratorProperty in class FileNameFilter
$ FileNameFilter#default_replacementsProperty in class FileNameFilter
$ FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy#dependenciesProperty in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy
$ AssetAdapter#default_serverProperty in class AssetAdapter

Default server configuration to use if the server type defined by the environment is not found

$ FlysystemAssetStore#denied_response_codeProperty in class FlysystemAssetStore

Set HTTP error code for requests to secure denied assets.

FlysystemAssetStore::delete() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Delete a file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash

FlysystemAssetStore::deleteFromFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Delete the given file (and any variants) in the given {Filesystem}

FlysystemAssetStore::deleteFromFileStore() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Delete the given file (and any variants) in the given {Filesystem}

$ FolderNameFilter#default_replacementsProperty in class FolderNameFilter
$ FileLinkTracking#dependenciesProperty in class FileLinkTracking

Inject parser for each page

AssetContainer::deleteFile() — Method in class AssetContainer

Delete a file (and all variants).

AssetStore::delete() — Method in class AssetStore

Delete a file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash

DBFileClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Represents a file reference stored in a database

DBFile::deleteFile() — Method in class DBFile

Delete a file (and all variants).

DefaultAssetNameGeneratorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Basic filename renamer

$ DefaultAssetNameGenerator#directoryProperty in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
Directory
FileHashingService::disableCache() — Method in class FileHashingService

Disable caching of computed hash.

$ Sha1FileHashingService#default_cachableProperty in class Sha1FileHashingService

Whetever Sha1FileHashingService should cache hash values by default.

Sha1FileHashingService::disableCache() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

Disable caching of computed hash.

$ Upload#defaultVisibilityProperty in class Upload

Default visibility to assign uploaded files

$ Upload_Validator#default_max_file_sizeProperty in class Upload_Validator

Contains a list of the max file sizes shared by all upload fields. This is then duplicated into the "allowedMaxFileSize" instance property on construct.

$ BasicContext#dateFormatProperty in class BasicContext

Date format in date() syntax

$ BasicContext#datetimeFormatProperty in class BasicContext

Date/time format in date() syntax

MainContextAwareTrait::detectMainContext() — Method in class MainContextAwareTrait

Helper method to detect the main context

$ SilverStripeContext#databaseNameProperty in class SilverStripeContext
DebugToolsClass in namespace SilverStripe\BehatExtension\Utility

Step tools to help debug failing steps

DebugTools::dumpHtmlAfterStep() — Method in class DebugTools

Dump HTML when step fails.

DebugTools::dumpRenderedHtml() — Method in class DebugTools

Dump rendered HTML to disk Useful for seeing the state of a page when writing and debugging feature files

$ GridFieldAddByDBField#dataObjectFieldProperty in class GridFieldAddByDBField

Default field to create the DataObject by should be Title.

$ Blog#dbProperty in class Blog
$ Blog#defaultsProperty in class Blog

The ProvideComments db column is defined in the silverstripe/comments module

$ Blog#descriptionProperty in class Blog
$ BlogCategory#dbProperty in class BlogCategory
$ BlogController#disable_profilesProperty in class BlogController

If enabled, blog author profiles will be turned off for this site

$ BlogMemberExtension#dbProperty in class BlogMemberExtension
$ BlogPost#dbProperty in class BlogPost
$ BlogPost#defaultsProperty in class BlogPost

The ProvideComments db column is defined in the silverstripe/comments module The InheritSideBar db column is defined in the silverstripe/widgets module

$ BlogPost#default_sortProperty in class BlogPost

The default sorting lists BlogPosts with an empty PublishDate at the top.

$ BlogPostFeaturedExtension#dbProperty in class BlogPostFeaturedExtension
$ BlogTag#dbProperty in class BlogTag
$ BlogArchiveWidget#descriptionProperty in class BlogArchiveWidget
$ BlogArchiveWidget#dbProperty in class BlogArchiveWidget
$ BlogArchiveWidget#defaultsProperty in class BlogArchiveWidget
$ BlogCategoriesWidget#descriptionProperty in class BlogCategoriesWidget
$ BlogCategoriesWidget#dbProperty in class BlogCategoriesWidget
$ BlogFeaturedPostsWidget#descriptionProperty in class BlogFeaturedPostsWidget
$ BlogFeaturedPostsWidget#dbProperty in class BlogFeaturedPostsWidget
$ BlogRecentPostsWidget#descriptionProperty in class BlogRecentPostsWidget
$ BlogRecentPostsWidget#dbProperty in class BlogRecentPostsWidget
$ BlogTagsCloudWidget#descriptionProperty in class BlogTagsCloudWidget
$ BlogTagsCloudWidget#dbProperty in class BlogTagsCloudWidget
$ BlogTagsWidget#descriptionProperty in class BlogTagsWidget
$ BlogTagsWidget#dbProperty in class BlogTagsWidget
$ ResourceLocatorField#default_endpointProperty in class ResourceLocatorField

The default CKAN endpoint to be used in a default isn't provided on construction

$ ResourceLocatorField#defaultEndpointProperty in class ResourceLocatorField

The default CKAN endpoint to be used in this field. This will allow consumers of the field to only provide package or dataset IDs and still work. If not set the configured default will instead be used.

$ ResourceLocatorField#datasetFieldNameProperty in class ResourceLocatorField

The name of the subfield to save the dataset value of this field into

ResourceLocatorField::dataValue() — Method in class ResourceLocatorField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

$ Resource#dbProperty in class Resource
$ Resource#defaultsProperty in class Resource
$ ResourceField#dbProperty in class ResourceField
$ ResourceFilter#dbProperty in class ResourceFilter
$ ResourceFilter#defaultsProperty in class ResourceFilter
DropdownClass in namespace SilverStripe\CKANRegistry\Model\ResourceFilter

Provides a single select option for CKAN resources to be filtered by

$ Dropdown#dbProperty in class Dropdown
$ CKANRegistryPage#dbProperty in class CKANRegistryPage
$ CKANRegistryPage#defaultsProperty in class CKANRegistryPage
$ CKANRegistryPage#descriptionProperty in class CKANRegistryPage
CKANRegistryPage::DataResource() — Method in class CKANRegistryPage
$ APIClient#dependenciesProperty in class APIClient
$ ResourcePopulator#dependenciesProperty in class ResourcePopulator
$ CMSMain#dependenciesProperty in class CMSMain
CMSMain::doSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::delete() — Method in class CMSMain

Delete the current page from draft stage.

CMSMain::doRollback() — Method in class CMSMain

Rolls a site back to a given version ID

CMSMain::duplicate() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::duplicatewithchildren() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSPageAddController::doAdd() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
CMSPageAddController::doCancel() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
$ ContentController#dataRecordProperty in class ContentController
ContentController::data() — Method in class ContentController

Returns the associated database record

ContentController::deleteinstallfiles() — Method in class ContentController
$ RootURLController#default_homepage_linkProperty in class RootURLController
$ SiteTreeURLSegmentField#defaultUrlProperty in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
$ RedirectorPage#descriptionProperty in class RedirectorPage
$ RedirectorPage#dbProperty in class RedirectorPage
$ RedirectorPage#defaultsProperty in class RedirectorPage
$ SiteTree#default_childProperty in class SiteTree

The default child class for this page.

$ SiteTree#default_classnameProperty in class SiteTree

Default value for SiteTree.ClassName enum {DBClassName::getDefault}

$ SiteTree#default_parentProperty in class SiteTree

The default parent class for this page.

$ SiteTree#dbProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#defaultsProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#default_sortProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#descriptionProperty in class SiteTree

Description of the class functionality, typically shown to a user when selecting which page type to create. Translated through provideI18nEntities().

$ SiteTree#dependenciesProperty in class SiteTree
SiteTree::duplicateWithChildren() — Method in class SiteTree

Duplicates each child of this node recursively and returns the top-level duplicate node.

SiteTree::duplicateAsChild() — Method in class SiteTree

Duplicate this node and its children as a child of the node with the given ID

SiteTree::DependentPages() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the pages that depend on this page. This includes virtual pages, pages that link to it, etc.

SiteTree::doRestoreToStage() — Method in class SiteTree

Restore the content in the active copy of this SiteTree page to the stage site.

SiteTree::defaultChild() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the class name of the default class for children of this page.

SiteTree::defaultParent() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the class name of the default class for the parent of this page.

SiteTree::disableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree

Stops extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields(). This is useful when you need access to fields added by subclasses of SiteTree in a extension. Call before calling parent::getCMSFields(), and reenable afterwards.

$ SiteTreeLinkTracking#dependenciesProperty in class SiteTreeLinkTracking

Inject parser for each page

$ VirtualPage#descriptionProperty in class VirtualPage
$ VirtualPage#dbProperty in class VirtualPage
$ MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask#descriptionProperty in class MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask
$ RemoveOrphanedPagesTask#descriptionProperty in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::doSubmit() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
$ AddToCampaignHandler#dataProperty in class AddToCampaignHandler

The submitted form data

CampaignAdmin::deleteCampaign() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

REST endpoint to delete a campaign.

$ CommentNotifiable#default_notification_subjectProperty in class CommentNotifiable

Default subject line if the owner doesn't override it

$ CommentNotifiable#default_notification_senderProperty in class CommentNotifiable

Default sender

$ CommentNotifiable#default_notification_templateProperty in class CommentNotifiable

Default template to use for comment notifications

$ CommentHandler#destructiveProperty in class CommentHandler
CommentingController::decodeClassName() — Method in class CommentingController

Decode an "encoded" fully qualified class name back to its original

CommentingController::delete() — Method in class CommentingController

Deletes a given Comment via the URL.

$ CommentsExtension#dbProperty in class CommentsExtension
CommentForm::doPreviewComment() — Method in class CommentForm
CommentForm::doPostComment() — Method in class CommentForm

Process which creates a Comment once a user submits a comment from this form.

$ Comment#dbProperty in class Comment
{@inheritDoc}
$ Comment#default_sortProperty in class Comment
{@inheritDoc}
$ Comment#defaultsProperty in class Comment
{@inheritDoc}
$ Comment#DepthProperty in class Comment

Depth of this comment in the nested chain

Comment::DeleteLink() — Method in class Comment

Link to delete this comment

$ MigrateCommentParentsTask#descriptionProperty in class MigrateCommentParentsTask
DeltaConfigCollectionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections

Applies config modifications as a set of deltas on top of the middleware, instead of as modifications to the underlying list.

$ DeltaConfigCollection#deltaMiddlewareProperty in class DeltaConfigCollection
$ DeltaConfigCollection#deltasProperty in class DeltaConfigCollection

List of deltas keyed by class

$ DeltaConfigCollection#deltaResetProperty in class DeltaConfigCollection

True if removeAll() is applied

DeltaMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Middleware

Applies a set of user-customised modifications to config

$ MiddlewareCommon#disableFlagProperty in class MiddlewareCommon

Disable flag

$ YamlTransformer#documentsProperty in class YamlTransformer

Store the yaml document content as an array.

ContentReviewCompatability::done() — Method in class ContentReviewCompatability
$ ContentReviewDefaultSettings#dbProperty in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings
$ ContentReviewDefaultSettings#defaultsProperty in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings
$ SiteTreeContentReview#dbProperty in class SiteTreeContentReview
$ SiteTreeContentReview#defaultsProperty in class SiteTreeContentReview
$ ContentReviewLog#dbProperty in class ContentReviewLog
$ ContentReviewLog#default_sortProperty in class ContentReviewLog
$ ContentWidget#dbProperty in class ContentWidget
$ ContentWidget#descriptionProperty in class ContentWidget
$ ContentNegotiator#default_formatProperty in class ContentNegotiator
Controller::doInit() — Method in class Controller

A stand in function to protect the init function from failing to be called as well as providing before and after hooks for the init function itself

Controller::defaultAction() — Method in class Controller

This is the default action handler used if a method doesn't exist. It will process the controller object with the template returned by getViewer().

Controller::definingClassForAction() — Method in class Controller

Return the class that defines the given action, so that we know where to check allowed_actions.

Controller::disableBasicAuth() — Method in class Controller

Call this to disable site-wide basic authentication for a specific controller. This must be called before Controller::init(). That is, you must call it in your controller's init method before it calls parent::init().

$ Cookie#default_samesiteProperty in class Cookie

Must be "Strict", "Lax", or "None"

DirectorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control

Director is responsible for processing URLs, and providing environment information.

$ Director#default_base_urlProperty in class Director

Base url to populate if cannot be determined otherwise.

Email::debug() — Method in class Email
$ HTTP#disable_http_cacheProperty in class HTTP
$ HTTPRequest#dirPartsProperty in class HTTPRequest

The non-extension parts of the passed URL as an array, originally exploded by the "/" separator.

HTTPRequest::detect_method() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Gets the "real" HTTP method for a request. This method is no longer used to mitigate the risk of web cache poisoning.

$ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#defaultStateProperty in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Set default state

$ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#defaultVaryProperty in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Default vary

$ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#defaultForcingLevelProperty in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Default forcing level

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::disableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Simple way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.

$ RSSFeed#descriptionProperty in class RSSFeed

Description of the feed

$ RSSFeed#descriptionFieldProperty in class RSSFeed

Name of the description field of feed entries

RSSFeed::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed

Get the description of this feed

$ RSSFeed_Entry#descriptionFieldProperty in class RSSFeed_Entry

Name of the description field of feed entries

RSSFeed_Entry::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry

Get the description of this entry

RequestHandler::definingClassForAction() — Method in class RequestHandler

Return the class that defines the given action, so that we know where to check allowed_actions.

$ Session#dataProperty in class Session

Session data.

Session::destroy() — Method in class Session

Destroy this session

BaseKernel::detectLegacyEnvironment() — Method in class BaseKernel

Check if there's a legacy _ss_environment.php file

DefaultCacheFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache

Returns the most performant combination of caches available on the system:

  • PhpFilesCache (PHP 7 with opcache enabled)
  • ApcuCache (requires APC) with a FilesystemCache fallback (for larger cache volumes)
  • FilesystemCache if none of the above is available
$ FilesystemCacheFactory#directoryProperty in class FilesystemCacheFactory
ClassInfo::dataClassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns an array of the current class and all its ancestors and children which require a DB table.

CustomMethods::defineMethods() — Method in class CustomMethods

Adds any methods from Extension instances attached to this object.

Extensible::defineMethods() — Method in class Extensible
Extensible::defineExtensionMethods() — Method in class Extensible

Adds any methods from Extension instances attached to this object.

$ ClassManifest#descendantsProperty in class ClassManifest

List of descendents for any class (direct + indirect children) Keys are lowercase, values are arrays.

$ ManifestFileFinder#default_optionsProperty in class ManifestFileFinder
DeployFlushDiscovererClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup

Checks whether a filesystem resource has been changed since the manifest generation

$ CronTaskStatus#dbProperty in class CronTaskStatus
{@inheritDoc}
$ BuildTask#descriptionProperty in class BuildTask
$ BulkLoader#duplicateChecksProperty in class BulkLoader

Specifies how to determine duplicates based on one or more provided fields in the imported data, matching to properties on the used DataObject class.

$ BulkLoader#deleteExistingRecordsProperty in class BulkLoader
$ BulkLoader_Result#deletedProperty in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::DeletedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::Deleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
$ CSVParser#delimiterProperty in class CSVParser

The character for separating columns.

CliDebugView::debugVariable() — Method in class CliDebugView

Similar to renderVariable() but respects debug() method on object if available

CliDebugView::debugVariableText() — Method in class CliDebugView

Get debug text for this object

$ CsvBulkLoader#delimiterProperty in class CsvBulkLoader

Delimiter character (Default: comma).

$ CsvBulkLoader#duplicateChecksProperty in class CsvBulkLoader
DebugClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Supports debugging and core error handling.

Debug::dump() — Method in class Debug

Quick dump of a variable.

DebugViewClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a development info view.

DebugView::debugVariable() — Method in class DebugView

Similar to renderVariable() but respects debug() method on object if available

DebugView::debugVariableText() — Method in class DebugView

Get debug text for this object

DeprecationClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Handles raising an notice when accessing a deprecated method, class, configuration, or behaviour.

Deprecation::disable() — Method in class Deprecation

Disable throwing deprecation warnings.

Deprecation::dump_settings() — Method in class Deprecation

This method is no longer used

DevBuildControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
DevConfigControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Outputs the full configuration.

DevConfirmationControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

A simple controller using DebugView to wrap up the confirmation form with a template similar to other DevelopmentAdmin endpoints and UIs

DevelopmentAdminClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Base class for development tools.

$ DevelopmentAdmin#deny_non_cliProperty in class DevelopmentAdmin

Deny all non-cli requests (browser based ones) to dev admin

$ FixtureBlueprint#defaultsProperty in class FixtureBlueprint
$ FixtureBlueprint#dependenciesProperty in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::define() — Method in class FixtureFactory
$ FunctionalTest#disable_themesProperty in class FunctionalTest

Set this to true on your sub-class to disable the use of themes in this test.

DatabaseAdapterRegistryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Install

This class keeps track of the available database adapters and provides a meaning of registering community built adapters in to the installer process.

$ DatabaseAdapterRegistry#default_fieldsProperty in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Default database connector registration fields

DatabaseConfigurationHelperClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Install

Interface for database helper classes.

$ MigrationTask#descriptionProperty in class MigrationTask
MigrationTask::down() — Method in class MigrationTask
$ CleanupTestDatabasesTask#descriptionProperty in class CleanupTestDatabasesTask
$ FixFolderPermissionsHelper#dependenciesProperty in class FixFolderPermissionsHelper
$ MigrateFileTask#defaultSubtasksProperty in class MigrateFileTask
$ MigrateFileTask#dependenciesProperty in class MigrateFileTask
$ i18nTextCollectorTask#descriptionProperty in class i18nTextCollectorTask
DatabaseAdminExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Validation

Hook up static validation to the deb/build process

$ RelationValidationService#deny_rulesProperty in class RelationValidationService

Any classes with the following namespaces/class prefixes will not be inspected This config is intended to be used together with $allow_rules to narrow down the inspected classes Empty string is a special value which represents classes without namespaces Set the value to null to disable the rule (useful when overriding configuration)

$ RelationValidationService#deny_relationsProperty in class RelationValidationService

Relations listed here will not be inspected Format is . for example: Page::class.'.LinkTracking'

$ ServiceConnector#docvertDetailsProperty in class ServiceConnector
DynamoDbSessionClass in namespace SilverStripe\DynamoDb\Model
$ BannerBlock#dbProperty in class BannerBlock
BannerBlock::decodeLinkData() — Method in class BannerBlock

Given a set of JSON data, decode it, attach the relevant Page object and return as ArrayData

DBLinkClass in namespace SilverStripe\ElementalBannerBlock\ORM\FieldType

A DBLink field will be stored as serialised JSON, and contain link information presented via a "insert link" modal popup, similar to those used in TinyMCE.

DatabaseCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Checks

Check that the connection to the database is working, by ensuring that the table exists and that the table contains some records.

DevCheckControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Controllers

Class DevCheckController

DevHealthControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Controllers

Class DevHealthController

$ EnvironmentCheckSuiteResult#detailsProperty in class EnvironmentCheckSuiteResult
EnvironmentCheckSuiteResult::Details() — Method in class EnvironmentCheckSuiteResult

Returns detailed status information about each check.

$ ClientFactory#default_configProperty in class ClientFactory

Default config for Guzzle client.

$ ErrorPage#dbProperty in class ErrorPage
$ ErrorPage#defaultsProperty in class ErrorPage
$ ErrorPage#descriptionProperty in class ErrorPage
$ ErrorPage#dev_append_error_messageProperty in class ErrorPage

Allow developers to opt out of dev messaging using Config

$ BrokenExternalLink#dbProperty in class BrokenExternalLink
$ BrokenExternalPageTrack#dbProperty in class BrokenExternalPageTrack
$ BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus#dbProperty in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus
$ CheckExternalLinksTask#dependenciesProperty in class CheckExternalLinksTask
$ CheckExternalLinksTask#descriptionProperty in class CheckExternalLinksTask
CheckboxField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

CompositeField::debug() — Method in class CompositeField
CurrencyField::dataValue() — Method in class CurrencyField

Overwrite the datavalue before saving to the db ;-) return 0.00 if no value, or value is non-numeric

$ CurrencyField_Disabled#disabledProperty in class CurrencyField_Disabled
DatalessFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Abstract class for all fields without data.

DateFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Form used for editing a date string

$ DateField#dateFormatProperty in class DateField

Override date format. If empty will default to that used by the current locale.

$ DateField#dateLengthProperty in class DateField

Length of this date (full, short, etc).

DateField_DisabledClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Disabled version of DateField.

$ DateField_Disabled#disabledProperty in class DateField_Disabled
DatetimeFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Form field used for editing date time strings.

$ DatetimeField#datetimeFormatProperty in class DatetimeField

Override date format. If empty will default to that used by the current locale.

$ DatetimeField#dateLengthProperty in class DatetimeField

Length of this date (full, short, etc).

DisabledTransformationClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Transformation that disables all the fields on the form.

DropdownFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Dropdown field, created from a select tag.

FieldList::dataFields() — Method in class FieldList

Return a sequential set of all fields that have data. This excludes wrapper composite fields as well as heading / help text fields.

FieldList::dataFieldNames() — Method in class FieldList

Return array of all field names

FieldList::dataFieldByName() — Method in class FieldList

Returns a named field in a sequential set.

$ Form#default_classesProperty in class Form
Form::defaultAction() — Method in class Form

Return the default button that should be clicked when another one isn't available.

Form::disableDefaultAction() — Method in class Form

Disable the default button.

Form::disableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form

Disable the requirement of a security token on this form instance. This security protects against CSRF attacks, but you should disable this if you don't want to tie a form to a session - eg a search form.

Form::debug() — Method in class Form
$ FormField#descriptionProperty in class FormField

Adds a title attribute to the markup.

$ FormField#default_classesProperty in class FormField
$ FormField#disabledProperty in class FormField
FormField::dataValue() — Method in class FormField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

FormField::debug() — Method in class FormField
$ GridField#default_readonly_componentsProperty in class GridField

Default globally configured readonly components.

GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::doSearch() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter

Returns a json array of a search results that can be used by for example Jquery.ui.autosuggestion

$ GridFieldDataColumns#displayFieldsProperty in class GridFieldDataColumns

This is the columns that will be visible

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doSave() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doDelete() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
$ GridFieldPaginator#default_items_per_pageProperty in class GridFieldPaginator

Specifies default items per page

$ GridState#dataProperty in class GridState
GridState::dataValue() — Method in class GridState

Returns a json encoded string representation of this state.

$ GridState_Data#dataProperty in class GridState_Data
$ GridState_Data#defaultsProperty in class GridState_Data
$ HTMLEditorConfig#default_configProperty in class HTMLEditorConfig

Name of default config. This will be ignored if $current is assigned a value.

$ HTMLEditorField#default_rowsProperty in class HTMLEditorField

Number of rows

TinyMCEConfig::disablePlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Enable one or several plugins. Will properly handle being passed a plugin that is already disabled

$ ListboxField#disabledItemsProperty in class ListboxField
MoneyField::dataValue() — Method in class MoneyField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

$ MultiSelectField#defaultItemsProperty in class MultiSelectField

List of items to mark as checked, and may not be unchecked

NullableField::debug() — Method in class NullableField
NumericField::dataValue() — Method in class NumericField

Get internal database value

RequiredFields::debug() — Method in class RequiredFields

Debug helper

$ SlugSegmentFieldModifier#defaultProperty in class SlugSegmentFieldModifier
$ SelectField#disabledItemsProperty in class SelectField

The values for items that should be disabled (greyed out) in the dropdown.

$ TimeField_Readonly#disabledProperty in class TimeField_Readonly
$ TreeDropdownField#disableCallbackProperty in class TreeDropdownField

Callback for marking record as disabled

TreeMultiselectField::dataValue() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

DisableIndexingOnFileMigrationClass in namespace SilverStripe\FullTextSearch\Search\Extensions

This extension can be applied to SilverStripe\Dev\Tasks\MigrateFileTask to avoid constantly re-indexing files while the file migration is running.

$ DisableIndexingOnFileMigration#dependenciesProperty in class DisableIndexingOnFileMigration
$ SearchIndex#dependancyListProperty in class SearchIndex
$ SearchIndex#derivedFieldsProperty in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex::delete() — Method in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex_Null::delete() — Method in class SearchIndex_Null
$ SearchIndex_Recording#deletedProperty in class SearchIndex_Recording
SearchIndex_Recording::delete() — Method in class SearchIndex_Recording
$ SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor#dirty_indexesProperty in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

List of dirty indexes to be committed

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::discardJob() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

Abort this job, potentially rescheduling a replacement if there is still work to do

$ SearchUpdateProcessor#dirtyProperty in class SearchUpdateProcessor

List of dirty records to process in format

$ SearchQuery#default_page_sizeProperty in class SearchQuery
$ SolrIndex#default_fieldProperty in class SolrIndex

Name of default field

SolrIndex::delete() — Method in class SolrIndex
Solr_Reindex::doReindex() — Method in class Solr_Reindex
$ Controller#default_schemaProperty in class Controller
$ GraphQLSchemaInitTask#descriptionProperty in class GraphQLSchemaInitTask
DevelopmentAdminClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev
DebugSchemaStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev\State
DisableTypeCacheStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev\State
DevBuildExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
DevErrorHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler

Throws everything, including notices, so the JSON response doesn't get corruped by E_NOTICE, E_WARN outputs.

$ CreateCreator#dependenciesProperty in class CreateCreator
DataObjectModelClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject

Defines the model that generates types, queries, and mutations based on DataObjects

$ DataObjectModel#dependenciesProperty in class DataObjectModel
DeleteCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject

Creates a delete operation for a DataObject

InheritanceUnionBuilder::defaultUnionFormatter() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
InterfaceBuilder::defaultInterfaceFormatter() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
DBDateArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBDatetimeArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBDecimalArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBFieldArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs

Defines a set of arguments that applies to a field that maps to a DBField.

DBFieldArgsPluginClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBFloatArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBHTMLTextArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBTextArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBTimeArgsClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
DBFieldTypesClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
$ UpdateCreator#dependenciesProperty in class UpdateCreator
DefaultFieldsProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces

For models that can provide a default set of fields

Logger::debug() — Method in class Logger
$ PaginationPlugin#default_limitProperty in class PaginationPlugin
DefaultResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver

Default field resolver for any type

DefaultResolver::defaultFieldResolver() — Method in class DefaultResolver

Note: this is copied and pasted from Executor::defaultFieldResolver(), but migrated out of thirdparty so it will be easy to update if we need to.

DefaultResolverStrategyClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver

A good starting point for a resolver discovery implementation.

SchemaConfig::discoverResolver() — Method in class SchemaConfig
$ CodeGenerationStore#dirNameProperty in class CodeGenerationStore
$ CodeGenerationStore#dependenciesProperty in class CodeGenerationStore
GridFieldQueuedExportButton::downloadExport() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
CryptoHandler::decrypt() — Method in class CryptoHandler
McryptCrypto::decrypt() — Method in class McryptCrypto

Check the signature on an encrypted-and-signed message, and if valid decrypt the content

OpenSSLCrypto::decrypt() — Method in class OpenSSLCrypto

Check the signature on an encrypted-and-signed message, and if valid decrypt the content

HybridSession::destroy() — Method in class HybridSession
$ HybridSessionDataObject#dbProperty in class HybridSessionDataObject
CookieStore::destroy() — Method in class CookieStore
DatabaseStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\HybridSessions\Store
DatabaseStore::destroy() — Method in class DatabaseStore
$ IFramePage#dbProperty in class IFramePage
$ IFramePage#defaultsProperty in class IFramePage
$ IFramePage#descriptionProperty in class IFramePage
$ LDAPLostPasswordHandler#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPLostPasswordHandler
$ LDAPDebugController#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPDebugController
LDAPDebugController::DefaultGroup() — Method in class LDAPDebugController
$ LDAPGroupExtension#dbProperty in class LDAPGroupExtension
$ LDAPMemberExtension#dbProperty in class LDAPMemberExtension
$ LDAPMemberExtension#delete_users_in_ldapProperty in class LDAPMemberExtension

If enabled, deleting Member records mapped to LDAP deletes the LDAP user.

LDAPGateway::delete() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Deletes an LDAP object.

$ LDAPGroupMapping#dbProperty in class LDAPGroupMapping
$ LDAPGroupMapping#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPGroupMapping
$ LDAPService#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPService
$ LDAPService#default_groupProperty in class LDAPService

If this is configured to a "Code" value of a Group in SilverStripe, the user will always be added to this group's membership when imported, regardless of any sort of group mappings.

LDAPService::deleteLDAPMember() — Method in class LDAPService

Delete an LDAP user mapped to the Member record

LDAPService::delete() — Method in class LDAPService

A simple proxy to LDAP delete operation.

$ LDAPGroupSyncTask#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPGroupSyncTask
$ LDAPGroupSyncTask#destructiveProperty in class LDAPGroupSyncTask

Setting this to true causes the sync to delete any local Group records that were previously imported, but no longer existing in LDAP.

$ LDAPMemberSyncOneTask#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPMemberSyncOneTask
$ LDAPMemberSyncTask#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPMemberSyncTask
$ LDAPMemberSyncTask#destructiveProperty in class LDAPMemberSyncTask

Setting this to true causes the sync to delete any local Member records that were previously imported, but no longer existing in LDAP.

$ LDAPMigrateExistingMembersTask#dependenciesProperty in class LDAPMigrateExistingMembersTask
DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Logging

Produce a friendly error message

DetailedErrorFormatterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Logging

Monolog-compatible error handler that will output a detailed error message to the screen.

EnablerExtension::darkModeIsEnabled() — Method in class EnablerExtension
$ ChangePasswordHandler#dependenciesProperty in class ChangePasswordHandler
$ LoginHandler#dependenciesProperty in class LoginHandler
LoginHandler::doLogin() — Method in class LoginHandler

Override the parent "doLogin" to insert extra steps into the flow

LoginHandler::doPerformLogin() — Method in class LoginHandler

Complete the login process for the given member by calling "performLogin" on the parent class

$ VerifyHandler#dependenciesProperty in class VerifyHandler
$ AdminRegistrationController#dependenciesProperty in class AdminRegistrationController
$ MemberExtension#dbProperty in class MemberExtension
$ SecurityAdminExtension#dependenciesProperty in class SecurityAdminExtension
SecurityExtension::doResetAccount() — Method in class SecurityExtension

Resets the user's password, and triggers other account reset procedures

$ MemberExtension#dbProperty in class MemberExtension
$ MemberExtension#DefaultRegisteredMethodProperty in class MemberExtension
$ MemberExtension#DefaultRegisteredMethodIDProperty in class MemberExtension
$ SiteConfigExtension#dbProperty in class SiteConfigExtension
$ SiteConfigExtension#defaultsProperty in class SiteConfigExtension
$ RegisteredMethod#dbProperty in class RegisteredMethod
$ RegisteredMethod#DataProperty in class RegisteredMethod
$ EnabledMembers#descriptionProperty in class EnabledMembers
$ EnabledMembers#dataClassProperty in class EnabledMembers
EnabledMembers::description() — Method in class EnabledMembers

Return the description of this report.

DefusePHPEncryptionAdapterClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Service

An encryption adapter for defuse/php-encryption, enabled by default.

DefusePHPEncryptionAdapter::decrypt() — Method in class DefusePHPEncryptionAdapter

Decrypts the given cipher text using the given key, and returns the output plain text

EncryptionAdapterInterface::decrypt() — Method in class EncryptionAdapterInterface

Decrypts the given cipher text using the given key, and returns the output plain text

$ MethodRegistry#default_backup_methodProperty in class MethodRegistry

A string referring to the classname of the method (implementing SilverStripe\MFA\Method\MethodInterface) that is to be used as the back-up method for MFA. This alters the registration of this method to be required - a forced registration once the user has registered at least one other method. Additionally it cannot be set as the default method for a user to log in with.

$ Notification#dependenciesProperty in class Notification
$ RegisteredMethodManager#dependenciesProperty in class RegisteredMethodManager
RegisteredMethodManager::deleteFromMember() — Method in class RegisteredMethodManager

Delete a registration for the given method from the given member, provided it exists. This will also remove a registered back-up method if it will leave the member with only the back-up method remaing

$ ArrayList#dataClassProperty in class ArrayList

Underlying type class for this list

ArrayList::dataClass() — Method in class ArrayList

Return the class of items in this list, by looking at the first item inside it.

ArrayList::debug() — Method in class ArrayList
DBConnectorClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect

Represents an object responsible for wrapping DB connector api

$ DBConnector#ddl_operationsProperty in class DBConnector

List of operations to treat as DDL

DBConnector::databaseError() — Method in class DBConnector

Error handler for database errors.

DBQueryBuilderClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect

Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object

DBSchemaManagerClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect

Represents and handles all schema management for a database

$ DBSchemaManager#databaseProperty in class DBSchemaManager

Instance of the database controller this schema belongs to

DBSchemaManager::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns true if schema modifications were requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.

DBSchemaManager::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).

DBSchemaManager::determineIndexType() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Given an index spec determines the index type

DBSchemaManager::dontRequireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

If the given field exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(fieldname).

DBSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
DBSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

DBSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

DBSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Drops a database with the specified name

DBSchemaManager::date() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns data type for 'date' column

DBSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns data type for 'decimal' column

DBSchemaManager::datetime() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns data type for 'datetime' column

DatabaseClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect

Abstract database connectivity class.

Database::displayQuery() — Method in class Database

Display query message

Database::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition

Database::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime subtraction

Database::databaseExists() — Method in class Database

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

Database::databaseList() — Method in class Database

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

Database::dropSelectedDatabase() — Method in class Database

Drop the database that this object is currently connected to.

DatabaseExceptionClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect

Error class for database exceptions

MySQLDatabase::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition

MySQLDatabase::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime subtraction

MySQLSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

MySQLSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

MySQLSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Drops a database with the specified name

MySQLSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
MySQLSchemaManager::date() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a date type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary

MySQLSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a decimal type-formatted string

MySQLSchemaManager::datetime() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a datetime type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'datetime', no other parameters are necessary

MySQLSchemaManager::defaultClause() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Parses and escapes the default values for a specification

$ MySQLTransactionManager#dbConnProperty in class MySQLTransactionManager
$ MySQLiConnector#dbConnProperty in class MySQLiConnector

Connection to the MySQL database

$ MySQLiConnector#databaseNameProperty in class MySQLiConnector

Name of the currently selected database

$ PDOConnector#databaseNameProperty in class PDOConnector

Name of the currently selected database

$ PDOConnector#driverProperty in class PDOConnector
Driver
TempDatabase::deleteAll() — Method in class TempDatabase

Clear all temp DBs on this connection

DBClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Global database interface, complete with static methods.

DB::dont_require_table() — Method in class DB

If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).

DB::dont_require_field() — Method in class DB

See SS_Database->dontRequireField().

DataExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

An extension that adds additional functionality to a DataObject.

DataListClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Implements a "lazy loading" DataObjectSet.

$ DataList#dataClassProperty in class DataList

The DataObject class name that this data list is querying

$ DataList#dataQueryProperty in class DataList

The DataQuery object responsible for getting this DataList's records

DataList::dataClass() — Method in class DataList

Get the dataClass name for this DataList, ie the DataObject ClassName

DataList::dataQuery() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of the internal DataQuery object

DataList::distinct() — Method in class DataList

Return a new DataList instance with distinct records or not

DataList::debug() — Method in class DataList
DataList::dbObject() — Method in class DataList
DataObjectClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

A single database record & abstract class for the data-access-model.

$ DataObject#default_classnameProperty in class DataObject

Allows specification of a default value for the ClassName field.

$ DataObject#destroyedProperty in class DataObject
$ DataObject#dbProperty in class DataObject

Database field definitions.

$ DataObject#defaultsProperty in class DataObject

Inserts standard column-values when a DataObject is instantiated. Does not insert default records {$default_records}.

$ DataObject#default_recordsProperty in class DataObject

Multidimensional array which inserts default data into the database on a db/build-call as long as the database-table is empty. Please use this only for simple constructs, not for SiteTree-Objects etc. which need special behaviour such as publishing and ParentNodes.

$ DataObject#default_sortProperty in class DataObject

The default sort expression. This will be inserted in the ORDER BY clause of a SQL query if no other sort expression is provided.

DataObject::destroy() — Method in class DataObject

Destroy all of this objects dependent objects and local caches.

DataObject::duplicate() — Method in class DataObject

Create a duplicate of this node. Can duplicate many_many relations

DataObject::duplicateRelations() — Method in class DataObject

Copies the given relations from this object to the destination

DataObject::duplicateManyManyRelations() — Method in class DataObject

Copies the many_many and belongs_many_many relations from one object to another instance of the name of object.

DataObject::duplicateManyManyRelation() — Method in class DataObject

Duplicates a single many_many relation from one object to another.

DataObject::duplicateHasManyRelation() — Method in class DataObject

Duplicates a single many_many relation from one object to another.

DataObject::duplicateHasOneRelation() — Method in class DataObject

Duplicates a single has_one relation from one object to another.

DataObject::duplicateBelongsToRelation() — Method in class DataObject

Duplicates a single belongs_to relation from one object to another.

DataObject::defineMethods() — Method in class DataObject

Adds methods from the extensions.

DataObject::data() — Method in class DataObject

Returns the associated database record - in this case, the object itself.

DataObject::doValidate() — Method in class DataObject

Public accessor for {DataObject::validate()}

DataObject::delete() — Method in class DataObject

Delete this data object.

DataObject::delete_by_id() — Method in class DataObject

Delete the record with the given ID.

DataObject::database_extensions() — Method in class DataObject

This returns an array (if it exists) describing the database extensions that are required, or false if none

DataObject::debug() — Method in class DataObject

Debugging used by Debug::show()

DataObject::dbObject() — Method in class DataObject

Return the DBField object that represents the given field.

DataObject::defaultSearchFilters() — Method in class DataObject

Defines a default list of filters for the search context.

DataObject::disable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject

Temporarily disable subclass access in data object qeur

DataObjectInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

DataObjectInterface is an interface that other data systems in your application can implement in order to behave in a manner similar to DataObject.

DataObjectInterface::delete() — Method in class DataObjectInterface

Remove this object from the database. Doesn't do anything if this object isn't in the database.

DataObjectSchemaClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Provides dataobject and database schema mapping functionality

$ DataObjectSchema#databaseFieldsProperty in class DataObjectSchema

Cache of database fields

$ DataObjectSchema#databaseIndexesProperty in class DataObjectSchema

Cache of database indexes

$ DataObjectSchema#defaultDatabaseIndexesProperty in class DataObjectSchema

Fields that should be indexed, by class name

DataObjectSchema::databaseFields() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Return the complete map of fields to specification on this object, including fixed_fields.

DataObjectSchema::databaseField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Gets a single database field.

DataObjectSchema::databaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
DataQueryClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

An object representing a query of data from the DataObject's supporting database.

$ DataQuery#dataClassProperty in class DataQuery
$ DataQuery#dataQueryManipulatorsProperty in class DataQuery

Allows custom callback to be registered before getFinalisedQuery is called.

DataQuery::dataClass() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the DataObject class that is being queried.

DataQuery::disjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery

Create a disjunctive subgroup.

DataQuery::distinct() — Method in class DataQuery

Set whether this query should be distinct or not.

DataQueryManipulatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Allows middleware to modily finalised dataquery on a per-instance basis

DataQuery_SubGroupClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Represents a subgroup inside a WHERE clause in a DataQuery

DatabaseAdminClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

DatabaseAdmin class

DatabaseAdmin::doBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.

DBBigIntClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a signed 8 byte integer field. Do note PHP running as 32-bit might not work with Bigint properly, as it would convert the value to a float when queried from the database since the value is a 64-bit one.

DBBooleanClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a boolean field.

DBClassNameClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a classname selector, which respects obsolete clasess.

DBCompositeClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Extend this class when designing a DBField that doesn't have a 1-1 mapping with a database field.

DBComposite::dbObject() — Method in class DBComposite

Get a db object for the named field

DBCurrencyClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a decimal field containing a currency amount.

DBDateClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a date field.

DBDate::DayOfWeek() — Method in class DBDate

Returns the day of the week

DBDate::DayOfMonth() — Method in class DBDate

Returns the day of the month.

DBDatetimeClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a date-time field.

DBDatetime::Date() — Method in class DBDatetime

Returns the standard localised date

DBDecimalClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a Decimal field.

$ DBDecimal#decimalSizeProperty in class DBDecimal

Decimal scale

$ DBDecimal#defaultValueProperty in class DBDecimal

Default value

DBDoubleClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Supports double precision DB types

DBEnumClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Class Enum represents an enumeration of a set of strings.

$ DBEnum#defaultProperty in class DBEnum

Default value

$ DBEnum#default_search_filter_classProperty in class DBEnum
DBFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Single field in the database.

$ DBField#default_search_filter_classProperty in class DBField

Subclass of SearchFilter} for usage in {@link defaultSearchFilter().

$ DBField#defaultValProperty in class DBField
DBField::defaultSearchFilter() — Method in class DBField
DBField::debug() — Method in class DBField
DBFloatClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a floating point field.

DBForeignKeyClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

A special type Int field used for foreign keys in has_one relationships.

$ DBForeignKey#dropdown_field_thresholdProperty in class DBForeignKey

This represents the number of related objects to show in a dropdown before it reverts to a NumericField. If you are tweaking this value, you should also consider constructing your form field manually rather than allowing it to be scaffolded

$ DBForeignKey#default_search_filter_classProperty in class DBForeignKey
DBHTMLTextClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a large text field that contains HTML content.

DBHTMLVarcharClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a short text field that is intended to contain HTML content.

DBIndexableClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Classes that implement the DBIndexable interface will provide options to set various index types and index contents, which will be processed by \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObjectSchema

DBIntClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a signed 32 bit integer field.

DBLocaleClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Locale database field, mainly used in Translatable extension.

DBMoneyClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Provides storage of a localised money object in currency and amount components.

DBMultiEnumClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents an multi-select enumeration field.

DBPercentageClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a decimal field from 0-1 containing a percentage value.

DBPolymorphicForeignKeyClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

A special ForeignKey class that handles relations with arbitrary class types

DBPrimaryKeyClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

A special type Int field used for primary keys.

$ DBPrimaryKey#default_search_filter_classProperty in class DBPrimaryKey
DBStringClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

An abstract base class for the string field types (i.e. Varchar and Text)

DBString::defaultEllipsis() — Method in class DBString

Get the default string to indicate that a string was cut off.

DBTextClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a variable-length string of up to 16 megabytes, designed to store raw text

DBTimeClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a column in the database with the type 'Time'.

DBVarcharClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Class Varchar represents a variable-length string of up to 255 characters, designed to store raw text

DBYearClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType

Represents a single year field.

ListDecorator::debug() — Method in class ListDecorator
$ SQLDelete#deleteProperty in class SQLDelete

List of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause

$ SQLSelect#distinctProperty in class SQLSelect

If this is true DISTINCT will be added to the SQL.

Relation::dbObject() — Method in class Relation

Return the DBField object that represents the given field on the related class.

Relation::dataClass() — Method in class Relation
$ UnsavedRelationList#dataClassProperty in class UnsavedRelationList

The DataObject class name that this relation is querying

UnsavedRelationList::dataClass() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Get the dataClass name for this relation, ie the DataObject ClassName

UnsavedRelationList::dbObject() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Return the DBField object that represents the given field on the related class.

$ PostgreSQLConnector#dbConnProperty in class PostgreSQLConnector

Connection to the PG Database database

$ PostgreSQLConnector#databaseNameProperty in class PostgreSQLConnector

Name of the currently selected database

$ PostgreSQLDatabase#default_fts_cluster_methodProperty in class PostgreSQLDatabase
$ PostgreSQLDatabase#default_fts_search_methodProperty in class PostgreSQLDatabase
$ PostgreSQLDatabase#databaseOriginalProperty in class PostgreSQLDatabase

The database name specified at initial connection

PostgreSQLDatabase::default_fts_cluster_method() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Full text cluster method. (e.g. GIN or GiST)

PostgreSQLDatabase::default_fts_search_method() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Full text search method.

PostgreSQLDatabase::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with Postgres used for querying a datetime addition

PostgreSQLDatabase::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with Postgres used for querying a datetime substraction

PostgreSQLDatabase::databaseToSchemaName() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Translates a requested database name to a schema name to substitute internally.

PostgreSQLDatabase::dropSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Drop the database that this object is currently connected to.

$ PostgreSQLSchemaManager#databaseProperty in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Instance of the database controller this schema belongs to

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::dropPostgresDatabase() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Drops a postgres database, ignoring model_schema_as_database

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Drops a database with the specified name

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::dropSchema() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Drops a schema from the database. Use carefully!

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::dropTrigger() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Pass a legit trigger name and it will be dropped This assumes that the trigger has been named in a unique fashion

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::date() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a date type-formatted string

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a decimal type-formatted string

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::double() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a float type-formatted string cause double is not supported

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::datetime() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a datetime type-formatted string For PostgreSQL, we simply return the word 'timestamp', no other parameters are necessary

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager
$ Authenticator#dependenciesProperty in class Authenticator
$ LoginHandler#dependenciesProperty in class LoginHandler
$ MemberExtension#dbProperty in class MemberExtension
$ SiteTreeExtension#dependenciesProperty in class SiteTreeExtension
$ RealMeSetupTask#dependenciesProperty in class RealMeSetupTask
$ RealMeSetupTask#descriptionProperty in class RealMeSetupTask
$ RegistryImportFeedEntry#descriptionProperty in class RegistryImportFeedEntry
$ RegistryImportFeedEntry#dateProperty in class RegistryImportFeedEntry
RegistryImportFeedEntry::Description() — Method in class RegistryImportFeedEntry
RegistryImportFeedEntry::Date() — Method in class RegistryImportFeedEntry
$ RegistryPage#descriptionProperty in class RegistryPage
$ RegistryPage#dbProperty in class RegistryPage
RegistryPageController::doRegistryFilter() — Method in class RegistryPageController

Build up search filters from user's search criteria and hand off to the query() method to search against the database.

RegistryPageController::doRegistryFilterReset() — Method in class RegistryPageController
$ Report#descriptionProperty in class Report

This is a description about what this report does. Used by the ReportAdmin templates.

$ Report#dataClassProperty in class Report

The class of object being managed by this report.

Report::description() — Method in class Report

Return the description of this report.

Report::dataClass() — Method in class Report

Return the data class for this report

ReportWrapper::description() — Method in class ReportWrapper

Return the description of this report.

DataFormatterClass in namespace SilverStripe\RestfulServer

A DataFormatter object handles transformation of data from SilverStripe model objects to a particular output format, and vice versa. This is most commonly used in developing RESTful APIs.

$ RestfulServer#default_extensionProperty in class RestfulServer

If no extension is given in the request, resolve to this extension (and subsequently the self::$default_mimetype.

$ RestfulServer#default_mimetypeProperty in class RestfulServer

If no extension is given, resolve the request to this mimetype.

RestfulServer::deleteHandler() — Method in class RestfulServer

Handler for object delete

$ SQLite3Connector#databaseNameProperty in class SQLite3Connector

The name of the database.

$ SQLite3Connector#dbConnProperty in class SQLite3Connector

Connection to the DBMS.

$ SQLite3Database#database_extensionProperty in class SQLite3Database

Extension added to every database name

$ SQLite3Database#default_pragmaProperty in class SQLite3Database

List of default pragma values

SQLite3Database::database_extension() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Extension used to distinguish between sqllite database files and other files.

SQLite3Database::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class SQLite3Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition

SQLite3Database::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class SQLite3Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime subtraction

$ SQLite3Query#databaseProperty in class SQLite3Query

The SQLite3Connector object that created this result set.

$ SQLite3SchemaManager#databaseProperty in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Instance of the database controller this schema belongs to

SQLite3SchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Drops a database with the specified name

SQLite3SchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

SQLite3SchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

SQLite3SchemaManager::date() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a date type-formatted string

SQLite3SchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a decimal type-formatted string

SQLite3SchemaManager::double() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a Double type-formatted string

SQLite3SchemaManager::datetime() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a datetime type-formatted string For SQLite3, we simply return the word 'TEXT', no other parameters are necessary

SQLite3SchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager
$ SudoModeController#dependenciesProperty in class SudoModeController
$ UserSecurityReport#dataClassProperty in class UserSecurityReport
UserSecurityReport::description() — Method in class UserSecurityReport

Builds a report description which is the current hostname with the current date and time

Form::doRefuse() — Method in class Form

The form refusal handler. Cleans up the confirmation storage and returns the failure redirection (kept in the storage)

Form::doConfirm() — Method in class Form

The form confirmation handler. Checks all the items in the storage has been confirmed and marks them as such. Returns a redirect when all the storage items has been verified and marked as confirmed.

DefaultAdminServiceClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security

Provides access to the default admin

$ DefaultAdminService#default_usernameProperty in class DefaultAdminService
$ DefaultAdminService#default_passwordProperty in class DefaultAdminService
DefaultPermissionCheckerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security

Allows objects to enforce permissions for the "root" level, where permissions can not be tied to a particular database record.

$ Group#dbProperty in class Group
$ Group#DescriptionProperty in class Group

Description of the group

Group::DirectMembers() — Method in class Group

Return only the members directly added to this group

$ GroupCsvBulkLoader#duplicateChecksProperty in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
$ InheritedPermissions#defaultPermissionsProperty in class InheritedPermissions

Object for evaluating top level permissions designed as "Inherit"

$ InheritedPermissionsExtension#dbProperty in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
$ InheritedPermissionsExtension#defaultsProperty in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
$ LoginAttempt#dbProperty in class LoginAttempt
$ Member#dbProperty in class Member
$ Member#default_sortProperty in class Member
$ Member#DateFormatProperty in class Member
Member::default_admin() — Method in class Member

Get the default admin record if it exists, or creates it otherwise if enabled

Member::deletePasswordLogs() — Method in class Member

Delete the MemberPassword objects that are associated to this user

Member::disallowedGroups() — Method in class Member

List of group IDs this user is disallowed from

Member::DirectGroups() — Method in class Member
ChangePasswordHandler::doChangePassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler

Change the password

LoginHandler::doLogin() — Method in class LoginHandler

Login form handler method

LogoutHandler::doLogOut() — Method in class LogoutHandler
$ MemberCsvBulkLoader#duplicateChecksProperty in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
$ MemberPassword#dbProperty in class MemberPassword
$ PasswordExpirationMiddleware#default_redirectProperty in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware

Where users with expired passwords get redirected by default when login form didn't register a custom one with {SilverStripe\Security\AuthenticationMiddleware::setRedirect}

$ Permission#dbProperty in class Permission
$ Permission#defaultsProperty in class Permission
$ Permission#declared_permissionsProperty in class Permission

Method to globally disable "strict" checking, which means a permission will be granted if the key does not exist at all.

$ Permission#declared_permissions_listProperty in class Permission

Linear list of declared permissions in the system.

Permission::deny() — Method in class Permission

Deny the given permission code/arg to the given group

$ PermissionRole#dbProperty in class PermissionRole
$ PermissionRole#default_sortProperty in class PermissionRole
$ PermissionRoleCode#dbProperty in class PermissionRoleCode
$ RememberLoginHash#dbProperty in class RememberLoginHash
$ RememberLoginHash#device_expiry_daysProperty in class RememberLoginHash

Number of days the device ID will be valid for

$ RememberLoginHash#DeviceIDProperty in class RememberLoginHash
$ Security#default_message_setProperty in class Security

Default message set used in permission failures.

$ Security#database_is_readyProperty in class Security

When the database has once been verified as ready, it will not do the checks again.

$ Security#default_login_destProperty in class Security
$ Security#default_reset_password_destProperty in class Security
Security::delegateToMultipleHandlers() — Method in class Security

Delegate to a number of handlers and aggregate the results. This is used, for example, to build the log-in page where there are multiple authenticators active.

Security::delegateToHandler() — Method in class Security

Delegate to another RequestHandler, rendering any fragment arrays into an appropriate.

Security::default_admin_username() — Method in class Security

Get default admin username

Security::default_admin_password() — Method in class Security

Get default admin password

Security::database_is_ready() — Method in class Security

Checks the database is in a state to perform security checks.

$ SecurityToken#default_nameProperty in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::disable() — Method in class SecurityToken

Globally disable the token (override with NullSecurityToken) implementation. Note: Does not apply for

$ LoginSession#dbProperty in class LoginSession
$ LoginSession#default_sortProperty in class LoginSession
$ LoginSession#default_session_lifetimeProperty in class LoginSession

The length of time a session can be inactive for before it is discarded and the user is logged out

$ InvalidateAllSessionsTask#descriptionProperty in class InvalidateAllSessionsTask
$ ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension#dbProperty in class ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension
$ ShareToken#dbProperty in class ShareToken
$ RemoveExpiredShareTokens#descriptionProperty in class RemoveExpiredShareTokens
$ SiteConfig#dbProperty in class SiteConfig
$ SiteConfig#defaultsProperty in class SiteConfig
SitewideContentReport::description() — Method in class SitewideContentReport
$ EditableSpamProtectionField#dbProperty in class EditableSpamProtectionField
$ FormSpamProtectionExtension#default_spam_protectorProperty in class FormSpamProtectionExtension
$ SpellController#default_localeProperty in class SpellController

Optional: define the default locale for TinyMCE instances. If not defined, the first locale in the list of available locales will be used.

$ SpellController#dependenciesProperty in class SpellController

Dependencies required by this controller

$ SpellController#dataProperty in class SpellController

Parsed request data

DeleteStaticCacheJobClass in namespace SilverStripe\StaticPublishQueue\Job

Class DeleteStaticCacheJob remove pages from static cache based on list of URLs

DeleteWholeCacheClass in namespace SilverStripe\StaticPublishQueue\Job
$ Publisher#domain_based_cachingProperty in class Publisher
$ FilesystemPublisher#destFolderProperty in class FilesystemPublisher
FilesystemPublisher::deleteFromPath() — Method in class FilesystemPublisher
$ FileSubsites#default_root_folders_globalProperty in class FileSubsites

If this is set to true, all folders created will be default be considered 'global', unless set otherwise

$ GroupSubsites#dbProperty in class GroupSubsites
$ GroupSubsites#defaultsProperty in class GroupSubsites
SiteTreeSubsites::duplicateToSubsitePrep() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Does the basic duplication, but doesn't write anything this means we can subclass this easier and do more complex relation duplication.

SiteTreeSubsites::duplicateToSubsite() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Create a duplicate of this page and save it to another subsite

SiteTreeSubsites::duplicateSubsiteRelations() — Method in class SiteTreeSubsites

Duplicate relations using a static property to define which ones we want to duplicate

GridFieldSubsiteDetailFormItemRequest::doSave() — Method in class GridFieldSubsiteDetailFormItemRequest
InitStateMiddleware::detectSubsiteId() — Method in class InitStateMiddleware

Use the given request to detect the current subsite ID

$ Subsite#disable_subsite_filterProperty in class Subsite
$ Subsite#dbProperty in class Subsite
$ Subsite#defaultsProperty in class Subsite
$ Subsite#default_sortProperty in class Subsite
Subsite::disable_subsite_filter() — Method in class Subsite

Disable the sub-site filtering; queries will select from all subsites

Subsite::domain() — Method in class Subsite

Return the primary domain of this site. Tries to "normalize" the domain name, by replacing potential wildcards.

Subsite::duplicate() — Method in class Subsite

Duplicate this subsite

$ SubsiteDomain#default_sortProperty in class SubsiteDomain
$ SubsiteDomain#dbProperty in class SubsiteDomain
*
$ SubsiteDomain#DomainProperty in class SubsiteDomain

domain name of this subsite. Can include wildcards. Do not include the URL scheme here

$ SubsitesVirtualPage#descriptionProperty in class SubsitesVirtualPage
$ SubsitesVirtualPage#dbProperty in class SubsitesVirtualPage
$ SubsiteCopyPagesTask#descriptionProperty in class SubsiteCopyPagesTask
$ VerifyHandler#dependenciesProperty in class VerifyHandler
StringTagField::dataValue() — Method in class StringTagField

Ensure that arrays are imploded before being saved

$ GarbageCollectionTask#descriptionProperty in class GarbageCollectionTask
$ TaxonomyTerm#dbProperty in class TaxonomyTerm
$ TaxonomyTerm#default_sortProperty in class TaxonomyTerm
$ TaxonomyType#dbProperty in class TaxonomyType
DatabaseClass in namespace SilverStripe\TextExtraction\Cache\FileTextCache

Caches the extracted content on the record for the file.

$ FileTextExtractable#dbProperty in class FileTextExtractable
$ FileTextExtractable#dependenciesProperty in class FileTextExtractable
$ UserFormFileExtension#dbProperty in class UserFormFileExtension
$ EditableCustomRule#dbProperty in class EditableCustomRule
$ EditableCustomRule#DisplayProperty in class EditableCustomRule
$ EditableFormField#default_sortProperty in class EditableFormField

Default sort order

$ EditableFormField#dbProperty in class EditableFormField
$ EditableFormField#defaultsProperty in class EditableFormField
$ EditableFormField#DefaultProperty in class EditableFormField
$ EditableFormField#DisplayRulesConjunctionProperty in class EditableFormField
EditableFormField::doUpdateFormField() — Method in class EditableFormField

Updates a formfield with extensions

EditableFormField::DisplayRulesConjunctionNice() — Method in class EditableFormField

Replaces the set DisplayRulesConjunction with their JS logical operators

EditableFormField::DisplayRules() — Method in class EditableFormField

List of EditableCustomRule objects

$ EditableCheckbox#dbProperty in class EditableCheckbox
$ EditableCountryDropdownField#dbProperty in class EditableCountryDropdownField
$ EditableDateField#dbProperty in class EditableDateField
$ EditableDateField#DefaultToTodayProperty in class EditableDateField
$ EditableDropdown#dbProperty in class EditableDropdown
$ EditableFileField#dbProperty in class EditableFileField
$ EditableFormHeading#dbProperty in class EditableFormHeading
$ EditableFormHeading#defaultsProperty in class EditableFormHeading
$ EditableLiteralField#dbProperty in class EditableLiteralField
$ EditableLiteralField#defaultsProperty in class EditableLiteralField
EditableMultipleOptionField::duplicate() — Method in class EditableMultipleOptionField

Duplicate a pages content. We need to make sure all the fields attached to that page go with it

$ EditableNumericField#dbProperty in class EditableNumericField
$ EditableOption#default_sortProperty in class EditableOption
$ EditableOption#dbProperty in class EditableOption
$ EditableOption#DefaultProperty in class EditableOption
$ EditableTextField#dbProperty in class EditableTextField
$ EditableTextField#defaultsProperty in class EditableTextField
$ EmailRecipient#dbProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipientCondition#dbProperty in class EmailRecipientCondition
$ SubmittedFormField#dbProperty in class SubmittedFormField
$ UserDefinedForm#descriptionProperty in class UserDefinedForm
DisambiguationSegmentFieldModifierClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Modifier
$ UserFormsColumnCleanTask#descriptionProperty in class UserFormsColumnCleanTask
$ UserForm#dbProperty in class UserForm
$ UserForm#defaultsProperty in class UserForm
$ VersionFeed#dbProperty in class VersionFeed
$ VersionFeed#defaultsProperty in class VersionFeed
$ VersionFeedSiteConfig#dbProperty in class VersionFeedSiteConfig
$ VersionFeedSiteConfig#defaultsProperty in class VersionFeedSiteConfig
ArchiveRestoreAction::doRestore() — Method in class ArchiveRestoreAction

Restore the record to its original place or top level if that's not possible

DataObjectVersionFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms
DiffFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms

This form field is both a field object in it's own right, and a decorator for another field type.

DiffTransformationClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms
$ HistoryViewerField#default_page_sizeProperty in class HistoryViewerField

The default pagination page size

ProxyCacheAdapter::delete() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
ProxyCacheAdapter::deleteMultiple() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
$ ChangeSet#dbProperty in class ChangeSet
$ ChangeSet#defaultsProperty in class ChangeSet
$ ChangeSet#default_sortProperty in class ChangeSet
$ ChangeSetItem#dbProperty in class ChangeSetItem
DataDifferencerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned

Utility class to render views of the differences between two data objects (or two versions of the same data object).

DataDifferencer::diffedData() — Method in class DataDifferencer

Get a DataObject with altered values replaced with HTML diff strings, incorporating and tags.

$ VersionedTestState#defaultModeProperty in class VersionedTestState

Default reading mode

DataObjectScaffolderExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Extensions
DeleteExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Extensions

Extends the Delete CRUD scaffolder to unpublish any items first

$ CopyToStageCreator#default_pluginsProperty in class CopyToStageCreator
Publish::doMutation() — Method in class Publish
PublishOperation::doMutation() — Method in class PublishOperation
$ RollbackCreator#default_pluginsProperty in class RollbackCreator
Unpublish::doMutation() — Method in class Unpublish
RecursivePublishable::deleteFromChangeSets() — Method in class RecursivePublishable

Remove this item from any changesets

$ Versioned#draft_site_securedProperty in class Versioned

Default config for $is_draft_site_secured

$ Versioned#default_reading_modeProperty in class Versioned

Default reading mode, if none set.

$ Versioned#db_for_versions_tableProperty in class Versioned

Additional database columns for the new "_Versions" table. Used in augmentDatabase() and all Versioned calls extending or creating SELECT statements.

$ Versioned#dbProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::doPublish() — Method in class Versioned
Versioned::doArchive() — Method in class Versioned

Removes the record from both live and stage

Versioned::doUnpublish() — Method in class Versioned

Removes this record from the live site

Versioned::doRevertToLive() — Method in class Versioned

Revert the draft changes: replace the draft content with the content on live

Versioned::deleteFromStage() — Method in class Versioned

Delete this record from the given stage

Versioned::doRollbackTo() — Method in class Versioned

Roll the draft version of this record to match the published record.

VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::doArchive() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest

Archive this versioned record

VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::doPublish() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest

Publish this versioned record

VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::doUnpublish() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest

Delete this record from the live site

$ EmbedContainer#dependenciesProperty in class EmbedContainer
$ EmbedResource#dispatcherProperty in class EmbedResource
DiffClass in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers

Class representing a 'diff' between two sequences of strings.

$ HTMLCleaner#defaultConfigProperty in class HTMLCleaner
$ TidyHTMLCleaner#defaultConfigProperty in class TidyHTMLCleaner
$ URLSegmentFilter#default_use_transliteratorProperty in class URLSegmentFilter
$ URLSegmentFilter#default_replacementsProperty in class URLSegmentFilter
$ URLSegmentFilter#default_allow_multibyteProperty in class URLSegmentFilter

Doesn't try to replace or transliterate non-ASCII filters.

$ Requirements#disable_flush_combinedProperty in class Requirements

Flag whether combined files should be deleted on flush.

Requirements::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements

Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself

Requirements::debug() — Method in class Requirements

Output debugging information

$ Requirements_Backend#disabledProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Remembers the file paths or uniquenessIDs of all Requirements cleared through clear(), so that they can be restored later.

$ Requirements_Backend#default_combined_files_folderProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Configures the default prefix for combined files.

Requirements_Backend::deleteAllCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Clears all combined files

Requirements_Backend::debug() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Output debugging information.

SSTemplateParser::DollarMarkedLookup_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer::dontRewriteHashlinks() — Method in class SSViewer

Call this to disable rewriting of links. This is useful in Ajax applications.

$ ViewableData#default_castProperty in class ViewableData

The default object to cast scalar fields to if casting information is not specified, and casting to an object is required.

ViewableData::defineMethods() — Method in class ViewableData

Add methods from the ViewableData::$failover object, as well as wrapping any methods prefixed with an underscore into a ViewableData::cachedCall().

ViewableData::Debug() — Method in class ViewableData

Return debug information about this object that can be rendered into a template

$ RegisterHandler#dependenciesProperty in class RegisterHandler

Dependency injection configuration

$ VerifyHandler#dependenciesProperty in class VerifyHandler

Dependency injection configuration

$ WidgetPageExtension#dbProperty in class WidgetPageExtension
$ WidgetPageExtension#defaultsProperty in class WidgetPageExtension
$ Widget#dbProperty in class Widget
$ Widget#defaultsProperty in class Widget
$ Widget#default_sortProperty in class Widget
$ Widget#descriptionProperty in class Widget
Widget::DescriptionSegment() — Method in class Widget
$ YamlWriter#dumperProperty in class YamlWriter
YamlWriter::denormaliseMessages() — Method in class YamlWriter

Explodes [class.key1 => value1, class.key2 => value2] into [class => [ key1 => value1, key2 => value2]]

YamlWriter::denormaliseValue() — Method in class YamlWriter

Convert entities array format into yml-ready string / array

$ i18nTextCollector#defaultLocaleProperty in class i18nTextCollector

Default (master) locale

$ i18n#default_localeProperty in class i18n
$ i18n#date_formatProperty in class i18n

System-wide date format. Will be overruled for CMS UI display by the format defaults inferred from the browser as well as any user-specific locale preferences.

$ i18n#default_pluralsProperty in class i18n

Plural forms in default (en) locale

$ AssignUsersToWorkflowAction#dbProperty in class AssignUsersToWorkflowAction
$ NotifyUsersWorkflowAction#dbProperty in class NotifyUsersWorkflowAction
$ PublishItemWorkflowAction#dbProperty in class PublishItemWorkflowAction
$ PublishItemWorkflowAction#defaultsProperty in class PublishItemWorkflowAction
$ SetPropertyWorkflowAction#dbProperty in class SetPropertyWorkflowAction
$ UnpublishItemWorkflowAction#dbProperty in class UnpublishItemWorkflowAction
$ AdvancedWorkflowAdmin#dependenciesProperty in class AdvancedWorkflowAdmin
FrontEndWorkflowController::doFrontEndAction() — Method in class FrontEndWorkflowController

Save the Form Data to the defined Context Object

$ ImportedWorkflowTemplate#dbProperty in class ImportedWorkflowTemplate
$ WorkflowAction#dbProperty in class WorkflowAction
$ WorkflowAction#defaultsProperty in class WorkflowAction
$ WorkflowAction#default_sortProperty in class WorkflowAction
$ WorkflowActionInstance#dbProperty in class WorkflowActionInstance
WorkflowActionInstance::doFrontEndAction() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance
$ WorkflowDefinition#dbProperty in class WorkflowDefinition
$ WorkflowDefinition#default_sortProperty in class WorkflowDefinition
$ WorkflowDefinition#default_workflow_title_baseProperty in class WorkflowDefinition
$ WorkflowDefinition#dependenciesProperty in class WorkflowDefinition
$ WorkflowInstance#dbProperty in class WorkflowInstance
$ WorkflowInstance#default_sortProperty in class WorkflowInstance
$ WorkflowInstance#diff_ignore_fieldsProperty in class WorkflowInstance

Fields to ignore when generating a diff for data objects.

WorkflowInstance::doFrontEndAction() — Method in class WorkflowInstance
WorkflowInstance::Definition() — Method in class WorkflowInstance
$ WorkflowTransition#dbProperty in class WorkflowTransition
$ WorkflowTransition#default_sortProperty in class WorkflowTransition
$ WorkflowApplicable#dependenciesProperty in class WorkflowApplicable
$ WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension#dbProperty in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension
$ WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension#dependenciesProperty in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension
$ WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension#defaultsProperty in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension
$ WorkflowField#definitionProperty in class WorkflowField
WorkflowField::Definition() — Method in class WorkflowField
WorkflowFieldItemController::doSave() — Method in class WorkflowFieldItemController
WorkflowFieldItemController::delete() — Method in class WorkflowFieldItemController
$ AWRequiredFields#dataProperty in class AWRequiredFields
WorkflowService::defineFromTemplate() — Method in class WorkflowService

Generate a workflow definition based on a template

$ WorkflowReminderTask#descriptionProperty in class WorkflowReminderTask
$ WorkflowTemplate#descriptionProperty in class WorkflowTemplate
GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler::doSearch() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingSearchHandler
$ GridFieldConfigurablePaginator#default_page_sizesProperty in class GridFieldConfigurablePaginator

Specifies default page sizes

$ GridFieldOrderableRows#default_immediate_updateProperty in class GridFieldOrderableRows
$ MultiValueCheckboxField#disabledProperty in class MultiValueCheckboxField
$ MultiValueCheckboxField#defaultItemsProperty in class MultiValueCheckboxField
MultiValueCheckboxField::dataValue() — Method in class MultiValueCheckboxField

Return the CheckboxSetField value as a string selected item keys.

$ QueuedJobsAdmin#dependenciesProperty in class QueuedJobsAdmin
$ QueuedJobsAdmin#date_format_europeanProperty in class QueuedJobsAdmin

European date format

$ QueuedJobDescriptor#dbProperty in class QueuedJobDescriptor
$ QueuedJobDescriptor#defaultsProperty in class QueuedJobDescriptor
$ QueuedJobDescriptor#default_sortProperty in class QueuedJobDescriptor
$ QueuedJobRule#dbProperty in class QueuedJobRule
$ ScheduledExecutionExtension#dbProperty in class ScheduledExecutionExtension
$ ScheduledExecutionExtension#defaultsProperty in class ScheduledExecutionExtension
DeleteObjectJobClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Jobs

A job used to delete a data object. Typically used for deletes that need to happen on a schedule, or where the delete may have some onflow affect that takes a while to finish the deletion.

DoormanQueuedJobTaskClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Jobs
$ DoormanQueuedJobTask#descriptorProperty in class DoormanQueuedJobTask
QJUtils::dbQuote() — Method in class QJUtils

Quote up a filter of the form

DefaultQueueHandlerClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Services

Default method for handling items run via the cron

$ GearmanQueueHandler#dependenciesProperty in class GearmanQueueHandler
$ ImmediateQueueHandler#dependenciesProperty in class ImmediateQueueHandler
$ QueuedJobService#disable_health_checkProperty in class QueuedJobService

Disable health checks that usually occur when a runner first picks up a queue. Note that completely disabling health checks could result in many jobs that are always marked as running - that will never be restarted. If this option is disabled you may alternatively use the build task

$ QueuedJobService#defaultJobsProperty in class QueuedJobService

Config controlled list of default/required jobs

QueuedJobService::disableMaintenanceLock() — Method in class QueuedJobService
DeleteAllJobsTaskClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Tasks

An administrative task to delete all queued jobs records from the database.

DummyQueuedJobClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Tasks
DoormanRunnerClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Tasks\Engines

Runs all jobs through the doorman engine

$ DoormanRunner#defaultRulesProperty in class DoormanRunner
$ FluentDirectorExtension#detect_localeProperty in class FluentDirectorExtension

Determine if the site should detect the browser locale for new users. Turn this off to disable 302 redirects on the home page.

$ FluentDirectorExtension#disable_default_prefixProperty in class FluentDirectorExtension

Allow the prefix for the default Locale (IsDefault = 1) to be disabled

$ FluentExtension#db_for_localised_tableProperty in class FluentExtension

DB fields to be used added in when creating a localised version of the owner's table

$ FluentExtension#data_includeProperty in class FluentExtension

Filter whitelist of field types to localise Note: Blacklist takes priority over whitelist.

$ FluentExtension#data_excludeProperty in class FluentExtension

Filter blacklist of field types to localise.

FluentExtension::deleteTableTarget() — Method in class FluentExtension

Public accessor for getDeleteTableTarget

FluentExtension::detectLocalisedTableField() — Method in class FluentExtension

Detect a localised field within a SQL fragment.

$ FluentVersionedExtension#defaultVersionsFieldsProperty in class FluentVersionedExtension

Default version table fields. _Versions has extra Version column.

$ FluentVersionedExtension#defaultVersionsIndexesProperty in class FluentVersionedExtension

Default version table indexes, including unique index to include Version column.

DetectLocaleMiddlewareClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Middleware

DetectLocaleMiddleware will detect if a locale has been requested (or is default) and is not the current locale, and will redirect the user to that locale if needed.

CachableModel::databaseIsReady() — Method in class CachableModel

Check if the DB is able to safely query this model

DeleteFilterPolicyClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model\Delete

A policy that deletes the filtered rows.

DeleteFilterPolicy::delete() — Method in class DeleteFilterPolicy
DeleteLocalisationPolicyClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model\Delete

A policy that deletes all localisations for a record

DeleteLocalisationPolicy::delete() — Method in class DeleteLocalisationPolicy
DeletePolicyClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model\Delete
DeletePolicy::delete() — Method in class DeletePolicy
DeletePolicyFactoryClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model\Delete

Generate a delete policy for a class

DeleteRecordPolicyClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model\Delete

A policy that deletes the root record

$ DeleteRecordPolicy#dependantPoliciesProperty in class DeleteRecordPolicy

List of dependant policies

DeleteRecordPolicy::delete() — Method in class DeleteRecordPolicy
DeleteRecordPolicy::deleteBaseRecord() — Method in class DeleteRecordPolicy

Do base record deletion

DomainClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model
$ Domain#dbProperty in class Domain
$ Domain#DomainProperty in class Domain
$ Domain#DefaultLocaleIDProperty in class Domain
Domain::DefaultLocale() — Method in class Domain

Get default locale for this domain

Domain::DefaultLocaleTitle() — Method in class Domain
$ FallbackLocale#dbProperty in class FallbackLocale
$ Locale#dbProperty in class Locale
$ Locale#default_sortProperty in class Locale
$ Locale#DomainIDProperty in class Locale
Locale::Domain() — Method in class Locale
BrowserLocaleDetector::detectLocale() — Method in class BrowserLocaleDetector

Determines the locale best matching the given list of browser locales

$ FluentState#domainProperty in class FluentState

Current domain, if set

LocaleDetector::detectLocale() — Method in class LocaleDetector

Detects locale

$ ConvertTranslatableTask#descriptionProperty in class ConvertTranslatableTask
$ GridFieldSortableRows#disable_selectionProperty in class GridFieldSortableRows

E

$ CWPSiteConfigExtension#enable_theme_color_pickerProperty in class CWPSiteConfigExtension

Defines if the theme colour picker is enabled in the CMS

$ CarouselItem#extensionsProperty in class CarouselItem
$ RelatedPageLink#extensionsProperty in class RelatedPageLink
DatedUpdateHolder::ExtractMonths() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolder

Produce an ArrayList of available months out of the updates contained in the DataList.

EventHolderClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes
EventHolderControllerClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes

The parameters apply in the following preference order:

  • Highest priority: Tag & date (or date range)
  • Month (and Year)
  • Pagination
EventPageClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes
EventPageControllerClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes
$ InitialisationMiddleware#egress_proxy_default_enabledProperty in class InitialisationMiddleware

Enable egress proxy. This works on the principle of setting http(s)_proxy environment variables, which will be automatically picked up by curl. This means RestfulService and raw curl requests should work out of the box. Stream-based requests need extra manual configuration.

$ InitialisationMiddleware#egress_proxy_exclude_domainsProperty in class InitialisationMiddleware

Configure the list of domains to bypass proxy by setting the NO_PROXY environment variable.

PBKDF2::encrypt() — Method in class PBKDF2

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

$ CleanupGeneratedPdfDailyTask#enabledProperty in class CleanupGeneratedPdfDailyTask

Whether this task is enabled (default false)

EditHandlerClass in namespace Colymba\BulkManager\BulkAction

Bulk action handler for editing records.

EditHandler::escapeFieldName() — Method in class EditHandler

Escape a fieldName with a unique prefix.

ElementalSubsiteExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\ElementalSubsites\Extensions

Make elements compatible with subsites Apply this extension to BaseElement

ElementalSubsitePageExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\ElementalSubsites\Extensions
ElementFormControllerClass in namespace DNADesign\ElementalUserForms\Control
ElementFormClass in namespace DNADesign\ElementalUserForms\Model
ElementControllerClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Controllers

Optional controller for every element which has its own logic, e.g. in forms.

$ ElementController#elementProperty in class ElementController
ElementSiteTreeFilterSearchClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Controllers
ElementalAreaControllerClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Controllers

Controller for "ElementalArea" - handles loading and saving of in-line edit forms in an elemental area in admin

ElementalAreaController::elementForm() — Method in class ElementalAreaController
ElementalAreaUsedOnTableExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions
ElementalAreasExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions

This extension handles most of the relationships between pages and element area, it doesn't add an ElementArea to the page however. Because of this, developers can add multiple ElementArea areas to to a page.

ElementalAreasExtension::ensureElementalAreasExist() — Method in class ElementalAreasExtension

Set all has_one relationships to an ElementalArea to a valid ID if they're unset

ElementalCMSMainExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions
ElementalContentControllerExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions
ElementalLeftAndMainExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions
ElementalPageExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions
ElementalPageExtension::ElementalArea() — Method in class ElementalPageExtension
EditFormFactoryClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Forms
ElementalAreaConfigClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Forms
ElementalAreaFieldClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Forms
ElementsResolverClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\GraphQL
$ BaseElement#extensionsProperty in class BaseElement
$ BaseElement#ExtraClassProperty in class BaseElement
BaseElement::EvenOdd() — Method in class BaseElement
ElementContentClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Models
ElementalAreaClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Models

Class ElementalArea

$ ElementalArea#extensionsProperty in class ElementalArea
ElementalArea::Elements() — Method in class ElementalArea

A cache-aware accessor for the elements

ElementalArea::ElementControllers() — Method in class ElementalArea

Used in template instead of Elements() to wrap each element in its' controller, making it easier to access and process form logic and actions stored in ElementController.

ElementTypeReportClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Reports
ElementsInUseReportClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Reports
ElementalSolrIndexClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Search

Provides ability to index Elemental content for a page, so it can be returned in the context of the page that the elements belong to

ElementTypeRegistryClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Services
$ ElementTypeRegistry#elementTypesProperty in class ElementTypeRegistry
$ ReorderElements#elementProperty in class ReorderElements
DataExtension::enableTopPageUpdate() — Method in class DataExtension

Global flag manipulation - enable automatic top page determination Useful for unit tests as you may want to enable / disable this feature based on need

DatabaseCollector::explodeFields() — Method in class DatabaseCollector

Explode comma separated elements not within parenthesis or quotes

$ DebugBar#extraTimesProperty in class DebugBar
EditorEmailLinkFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
EditorExternalLinkFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
$ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_javascriptProperty in class LeftAndMain

Register additional requirements through the Requirements class.

$ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_cssProperty in class LeftAndMain

YAML configuration example:

LeftAndMain:
  extra_requirements_css:
    mysite/css/mystyle.css:
      media: screen
$ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_themedCssProperty in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::EditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Retrieves an edit form, either for display, or to process submitted data.

LeftAndMain::EmptyForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Returns a placeholder form, used by getEditForm() if no record is selected.

LeftAndMain::EditFormTools() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Renders a panel containing tools which apply to the currently displayed edit form.

$ LeftAndMainFormRequestHandler#extraProperty in class LeftAndMainFormRequestHandler

Extra form identifiers (e.g. ID, OtherID)

ModalController::EditorExternalLink() — Method in class ModalController

Builds and returns the external link form

ModalController::EditorEmailLink() — Method in class ModalController

Builds and returns the external link form

$ RemoteFileFormFactory#enabledProperty in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Allow oembed to be disabled

EmbedResourceClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Model
EmbeddableClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Model
$ File#extensionsProperty in class File
File::exists() — Method in class File

A file only exists if the file_exists() and is in the DB as a record

FlysystemAssetStore::exists() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Determine if a file exists with the given tuple

Folder::exists() — Method in class Folder

A file only exists if the file_exists() and is in the DB as a record

ImageManipulation::existingOnly() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Return clone of self which promises to only return existing thumbnails

ImageManipulation::exists() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Determine if this container has a valid value

$ InterventionBackend#error_cache_ttlProperty in class InterventionBackend

How long to cache each error type

AssetContainer::exists() — Method in class AssetContainer

Determine if this container has a valid value

AssetStore::exists() — Method in class AssetStore

Determine if a file exists with the given tuple

DBFile::exists() — Method in class DBFile

Composite field defaults to exists only if all fields have values

$ DefaultAssetNameGenerator#extensionProperty in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator

Extension (including leading period)

FileHashingService::enableCache() — Method in class FileHashingService

Enable caching of computed hash.

Sha1FileHashingService::enableCache() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

Enable caching of computed hash.

$ Upload#errorsProperty in class Upload

Processing errors that can be evaluated, e.g. by Form-validation.

$ Upload_Validator#errorsProperty in class Upload_Validator
EmailContextClass in namespace SilverStripe\BehatExtension\Context

Context used to define steps related to email sending.

ModuleInitialisationController::execute() — Method in class ModuleInitialisationController
{@inheritdoc}
ModuleSuiteLocator::execute() — Method in class ModuleSuiteLocator

Processes data from container and console input.

ExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\BehatExtension

SilverStripe extension for Behat class.

$ GridFieldFormAction#extraAttributesProperty in class GridFieldFormAction
$ Blog#extensionsProperty in class Blog
Blog::Editors() — Method in class Blog

List of editors

$ BlogPost#extensionsProperty in class BlogPost
BlogPost::Excerpt() — Method in class BlogPost

Returns the post excerpt.

$ ResourceLocatorField#endpointFieldNameProperty in class ResourceLocatorField

The name of the subfield to save the endpoint value of this field into

$ CMSMain#enable_dynamic_archive_warning_messageProperty in class CMSMain

Should the archive warning message be dynamic based on the specific content? This is slow on larger sites and can be disabled.

CMSMain::ExtraTreeTools() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::EditForm() — Method in class CMSMain

Retrieves an edit form, either for display, or to process submitted data.

CMSMain::EmptyForm() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns a placeholder form, used by getEditForm() if no record is selected.

CMSPageHistoryController::EditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
$ ContentController#extensionsProperty in class ContentController
$ ModelAsController#extensionsProperty in class ModelAsController
InternalLinkModalExtension::editorInternalLink() — Method in class InternalLinkModalExtension

Form for inserting internal link pages

InternalLinkModalExtension::editorAnchorLink() — Method in class InternalLinkModalExtension
$ RedirectorPage#ExternalURLProperty in class RedirectorPage

URL to redirect to if $RedirectionType is 'External'

$ SiteTree#extensionsProperty in class SiteTree
$ SiteTree#enforce_strict_hierarchyProperty in class SiteTree

Deleting this page also deletes all its children when set to true.

$ SiteTree#ExtraMetaProperty in class SiteTree
SiteTree::ElementName() — Method in class SiteTree

Return a CSS identifier generated from this page's link.

SiteTree::enableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree

Reenables extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields() after it has been disabled by disableCMSFieldsExtensions().

SiteTree::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteTree

List of groups that can edit this object.

EmptyPagesReportClass in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
CampaignAdmin::EditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Retrieves an edit form, either for display, or to process submitted data.

CommentingController::encodeClassName() — Method in class CommentingController

Encode a fully qualified class name to a URL-safe version

$ Comment#EmailProperty in class Comment
CachedConfigCollection::exists() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection

Checks to see if a config item exists, or a property on that class

ConfigCollectionInterface::exists() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface

Checks to see if a config item exists, or a property on that class

MemoryConfigCollection::exists() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection

Checks to see if a config item exists, or a property on that class

MiddlewareCommon::enabled() — Method in class MiddlewareCommon

Check if this middlware is enabled

YamlTransformer::evaluateConditions() — Method in class YamlTransformer

Evaluate condition against a set of data using the appropriate conjuction for the flag

$ ContentNegotiator#encodingProperty in class ContentNegotiator
$ ContentNegotiator#enabledProperty in class ContentNegotiator
ContentNegotiator::enabled_for() — Method in class ContentNegotiator

Returns true if negotiation is enabled for the given response. By default, negotiation is only enabled for pages that have the xml header.

$ CookieJar#existingProperty in class CookieJar

Hold the cookies that were existing at time of instantiation (ie: The ones sent to PHP by the browser)

EmailClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Email

Class to support sending emails.

$ HTTP#etagProperty in class HTTP
HTTPApplication::execute() — Method in class HTTPApplication

Safely boot the application and execute the given main action

$ HTTPRequest#extensionProperty in class HTTPRequest

The URL extension (if present)

HTTPRequestBuilder::extractRequestHeaders() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder

Takes a $_SERVER data array and extracts HTTP request headers.

$ CanonicalURLMiddleware#enabledEnvsProperty in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

Environment variables this middleware is enabled in, or a fixed boolean flag to apply to all environments. cli is disabled unless present here as cli, or set to true to force enabled.

EnvironmentBypassClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware

Allows a bypass for a list of environment types (e.g. DEV, TEST, LIVE)

ExecMetricMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware

Display execution metrics for the current request if in dev mode and execmetric is provided as a request variable.

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::enableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Simple way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.

$ RSSFeed#entriesProperty in class RSSFeed

Holds the feed entries

$ RSSFeed#etagProperty in class RSSFeed

ETag for the RSS feed (used for client-site caching)

RSSFeed::Entries() — Method in class RSSFeed

Get the RSS feed entries

Application::execute() — Method in class Application

Safely boot the application and execute the given main action

$ BaseKernel#enviromentProperty in class BaseKernel
ClassInfo::exists() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns true if a class or interface name exists.

ExtensionMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config\Middleware
$ CustomMethods#extra_methodsProperty in class CustomMethods

Custom method sources

$ CustomMethods#extra_method_registersProperty in class CustomMethods

Name of methods to invoke by defineMethods for this instance

EnvironmentClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Consolidates access and modification of PHP global variables and settings.

$ Environment#envProperty in class Environment

Local overrides for all $_ENV var protected from cross-process operations

EnvironmentLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Loads environment variables from .env files Loosely based on https://github.com/vlucas/phpdotenv/blob/master/src/Loader.php

ExtensibleClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Allows an object to have extensions applied to it.

$ Extensible#extensionsProperty in class Extensible

An array of extension names and parameters to be applied to this object upon construction.

$ Extensible#extension_instancesProperty in class Extensible
Extensible::extend() — Method in class Extensible

Run the given function on all of this object's extensions. Note that this method originally returned void, so if you wanted to return results, you're hosed

ExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Add extension that can be added to an object with Object::add_extension().

$ ClassManifest#enumsProperty in class ClassManifest

Map of lowercase enum names to paths

$ ClassManifest#enumNamesProperty in class ClassManifest

Map of lowercase enum names to proper case

ClassManifestVisitor::enterNode() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
ModuleResource::exists() — Method in class ModuleResource

Determine if this resource exists

$ RequestFlushDiscoverer#envProperty in class RequestFlushDiscoverer

Environment type (dev, test or live)

$ BuildTask#enabledProperty in class BuildTask
CLI::end_colour() — Method in class CLI

Send control codes for returning to normal colour

$ CSVParser#enclosureProperty in class CSVParser

The character for quoting columns.

SSListContains::evaluate() — Method in class SSListContains

Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other

SSListContainsOnly::evaluate() — Method in class SSListContainsOnly

Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other

SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems::evaluate() — Method in class SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems

Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other

ViewableDataContains::evaluate() — Method in class ViewableDataContains

Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other

$ CsvBulkLoader#enclosureProperty in class CsvBulkLoader

Enclosure character (Default: doublequote)

Debug::endshow() — Method in class Debug

Close out the show dumper.

$ DebugView#error_typesProperty in class DebugView
$ Deprecation#enabledProperty in class Deprecation

Override whether deprecation is enabled. If null, then fallback to SS_DEPRECATION_ENABLED, and then true if not defined.

Deprecation::enable() — Method in class Deprecation

Enable throwing deprecation warnings. By default, this excludes warnings for deprecated code which is called by core Silverstripe modules.

DevelopmentAdmin::errors() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
SapphireInfo::EnvironmentType() — Method in class SapphireInfo
$ SapphireTest#extra_dataobjectsProperty in class SapphireTest

By default, the test database won't contain any DataObjects that have the interface TestOnly.

$ SapphireTest#extra_controllersProperty in class SapphireTest

List of class names of {Controller} objects to register routes for Controllers must implement Link() method

ExtensionTestStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State

Manages illegal and required extensions for sapphiretest

$ ExtensionTestState#extensionsToReapplyProperty in class ExtensionTestState
$ ExtensionTestState#extensionsToRemoveProperty in class ExtensionTestState
$ TestMailer#emailsSentProperty in class TestMailer
$ RelationValidationService#errorsProperty in class RelationValidationService
RelationValidationService::executeValidation() — Method in class RelationValidationService
EnvTypeCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Checks

Check whether the environment setting is safe. Useful for live sites where a non "Live" setting might disclose sensitive information.

ExternalURLCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Checks

Checks that one or more URLs are reachable via HTTP.

EnvironmentCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck

Interface for environment checks

EnvironmentCheckSuiteClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck

Represents a suite of environment checks.

EnvironmentCheckSuiteResultClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck

A single set of results from running an EnvironmentCheckSuite

EnvironmentCheckerClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck

Provides an interface for checking the given EnvironmentCheckSuite.

$ EnvironmentChecker#errorCodeProperty in class EnvironmentChecker
$ EnvironmentChecker#email_resultsProperty in class EnvironmentChecker
ErrorPageClass in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage

ErrorPage holds the content for the page of an error response.

$ ErrorPage#enable_static_fileProperty in class ErrorPage

Allows control over writing directly to the configured GeneratedAssetStore.

$ ErrorPage#ErrorCodeProperty in class ErrorPage

HTTP Error code

ErrorPageControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage

Controller for ErrorPages.

ErrorPageControllerExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage

Enhances error handling for a controller with ErrorPage generated output

ErrorPageErrorFormatterClass in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage

Provides {ErrorPage}-gnostic error handling

ErrorPageFileExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage

Decorates {File} with ErrorPage support

$ CheckExternalLinksTask#enabledProperty in class CheckExternalLinksTask
CompositeField::extraClass() — Method in class CompositeField

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.

EmailFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Text input field with validation for correct email format according to RFC 2822.

FileUploadReceiver::extractUploadedFileData() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver

Given an array of post variables, extract all temporary file data into an array

$ Form#extraClassesProperty in class Form

List of additional CSS classes for the form tag.

$ Form#encTypeProperty in class Form
Form::enableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form

Enable SecurityToken protection for this form instance.

Form::extraClass() — Method in class Form

Compiles all CSS-classes.

$ FormField#extraClassProperty in class FormField
$ FormField#extraClassesProperty in class FormField

Extra CSS classes for the FormField container.

FormField::extraClass() — Method in class FormField

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.

GridFieldDataColumns::escapeValue() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Remove values from a value using FieldEscape setter

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::edit() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
$ GridFieldEditButton#extraClassProperty in class GridFieldEditButton

HTML classes to be added to GridField edit buttons

$ GridFieldExportButton#exportColumnsProperty in class GridFieldExportButton
$ HTMLEditorField#editorConfigProperty in class HTMLEditorField

ID or instance of editorconfig

$ HTMLEditorSanitiser#elementsProperty in class HTMLEditorSanitiser
$ HTMLEditorSanitiser#elementPatternsProperty in class HTMLEditorSanitiser
HTMLEditorSanitiser::elementMatchesRule() — Method in class HTMLEditorSanitiser

Given a DOMElement and an element rule, check if that element passes the rule

$ TinyMCEConfig#editor_cssProperty in class TinyMCEConfig

Extra editor.css file paths.

TinyMCEConfig::enablePlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Enable one or several plugins. Will maintain unique list if already enabled plugin is re-passed. If passed in as a map of plugin-name to path, the plugin will be loaded by tinymce.PluginManager.load() instead of through tinyMCE.init().

$ SingleSelectField#emptyStringProperty in class SingleSelectField

The title shown for an empty default selection, e.g. "Select...".

Tab::extraClass() — Method in class Tab

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.

$ TreeDropdownField#emptyStringProperty in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::extraClass() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.

$ SearchIndex#excludedVariantStatesProperty in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex::excludeVariantState() — Method in class SearchIndex
$ SearchQuery#excludeProperty in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::exclude() — Method in class SearchQuery
$ SearchQuery_Range#endProperty in class SearchQuery_Range
SearchQuery_Range::end() — Method in class SearchQuery_Range
$ SearchUpdater#enabledProperty in class SearchUpdater

Whether the updater is enabled. Set to false for local development if you don't have a Solr server.

$ SearchVariant#enabledProperty in class SearchVariant

Whether this variant is enabled

SearchVariantSubsites::extractManipulationWriteState() — Method in class SearchVariantSubsites

We need really complicated logic to find just the changed subsites (because we use versions there's no explicit deletes, just new versions with different members) so just always use all of them

SearchVariantVersioned::extractManipulationState() — Method in class SearchVariantVersioned
SearchVariantVersioned::extractStates() — Method in class SearchVariantVersioned
$ SolrIndex#extrasPathProperty in class SolrIndex
$ Solr_BuildTask#enabledProperty in class Solr_BuildTask
$ Solr_Configure#enabledProperty in class Solr_Configure
$ Solr_Reindex#enabledProperty in class Solr_Reindex
WebDAV::exists() — Method in class WebDAV
$ GraphQLSchemaInitTask#enabledProperty in class GraphQLSchemaInitTask
$ DevBuildExtension#enabledProperty in class DevBuildExtension
$ AbstractBulkLoader#excludeListProperty in class AbstractBulkLoader
AbstractBulkLoader::exclude() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
ExtensionLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader

Loads classes that have a given extension assigned to them.

ExtensionLoader::exclude() — Method in class ExtensionLoader
InheritanceLoader::exclude() — Method in class InheritanceLoader
EndsWithFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters

A query filter that filters records by the end of a field's contents

EqualToFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters

A query filter that filters records by exact match of a keyword

EmptySchemaExceptionClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Exception
EncoderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces

A class that is capable of expressing itself in generated code

Encoder::encode() — Method in class Encoder
ExtraTypeProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces

For models that provide extra types to the schema

SchemaStorageInterface::exists() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
Logger::emergency() — Method in class Logger
Logger::error() — Method in class Logger
EncodedResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver

A resolver function that can be expressed in generated PHP code

EncodedResolver::encode() — Method in class EncodedResolver
Schema::exists() — Method in class Schema
Schema::eagerLoad() — Method in class Schema

Some types must be eagerly loaded into the schema if they cannot be discovered through introspection.

StorableSchema::exists() — Method in class StorableSchema
CodeGenerationStore::exists() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
EncoderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
Encoder::encode() — Method in class Encoder
EncodedTypeClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type

A type that can be expressed as generated PHP code

EncodedType::encode() — Method in class EncodedType
EnumClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type

Abstraction for enum types

Type::exists() — Method in class Type
$ GridFieldQueuedExportButton#exportColumnsProperty in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
CryptoHandler::encrypt() — Method in class CryptoHandler
McryptCrypto::encrypt() — Method in class McryptCrypto

Encrypt and then sign some cleartext

OpenSSLCrypto::encrypt() — Method in class OpenSSLCrypto

Encrypt and then sign some cleartext

$ HybridSession#enabledProperty in class HybridSession

True if this session store has been initialised

LDAPService::enabled() — Method in class LDAPService

Checkes whether or not the service is enabled.

ErrorHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Logging

Core error handler for a SilverStripe application

EnablerExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\LoginForms

Applies to the {Security} controller in order to detect requests for actions related to the log in process or other such credential management (such as the forgot password flow).

$ EnablerExtension#excluded_actionsProperty in class EnablerExtension

Aids in preventing themes from being overridden in the case of delegating handlers e.g. if an extension adds a route that should not be styled by login-forms, this config setting can be used to prevent the otherwise blanket override applying to all actions.

$ EnablerExtension#enable_dark_modeProperty in class EnablerExtension
Lumberjack::excludeSiteTreeClassNames() — Method in class Lumberjack

Excludes any hidden owner subclasses. Note that the returned DataList will be a different instance from the original.

EncryptionAdapterExceptionClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Exception

Representing a failure during encryption or decryption with an EncryptionAdapterInterface

EnabledMembersClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Report
DefusePHPEncryptionAdapter::encrypt() — Method in class DefusePHPEncryptionAdapter

Encrypts the given plain text string with the given key, and returns the output cipher text

EncryptionAdapterInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Service

A generic encryption service implementation, responsible for encrypting and decrypting strings.

EncryptionAdapterInterface::encrypt() — Method in class EncryptionAdapterInterface

Encrypts the given plain text string with the given key, and returns the output cipher text

EnforcementManagerClass in namespace SilverStripe\MFA\Service

The EnforcementManager class is responsible for making decisions regarding multi-factor authentication app flow, e.g. "should we redirect to the MFA section", "can the user skip MFA registration" etc.

$ EnforcementManager#enabledProperty in class EnforcementManager

Whether enforcement of MFA is enabled. If this is disabled, users will not be redirected to MFA registration or verification on login flows.

$ Notification#enabledProperty in class Notification

Whether sending emails is enabled for MFA changes

ArrayList::exists() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns true if this list has items

ArrayList::each() — Method in class ArrayList

Walks the list using the specified callback

ArrayList::exclude() — Method in class ArrayList

Exclude the list to not contain items with these characteristics

ArrayList::extractValue() — Method in class ArrayList

Extracts a value from an item in the list, where the item is either an object or array.

DBConnector::escapeString() — Method in class DBConnector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

DBSchemaManager::explodeColumnString() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Splits a spec string safely, considering quoted columns, whitespace, and cleaning brackets

DBSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns the values of the given enum field

DBSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns data type for 'set' column

Database::escapeString() — Method in class Database

Returns an escaped string. This string won't be quoted, so would be suitable for appending to other quoted strings.

Database::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class Database

Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!

Database::escapeColumnKeys() — Method in class Database

Escapes unquoted columns keys in an associative array

MySQLSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Returns the values of the given enum field

MySQLSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a enum type-formatted string

MySQLiConnector::escapeString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

$ PDOConnector#emulate_prepareProperty in class PDOConnector

Should ATTR_EMULATE_PREPARES flag be used to emulate prepared statements?

PDOConnector::escapeString() — Method in class PDOConnector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

PDOConnector::exec() — Method in class PDOConnector

Executes a query that doesn't return a resultset

PDOStatementHandle::errorCode() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle

Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the statement handle (PDOStatement::errorCode)

PDOStatementHandle::errorInfo() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle

Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the statement handle (PDOStatement::errorInfo)

PDOStatementHandle::execute() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle

Executes a prepared statement (PDOStatement::execute)

DataExtension::extraStatics() — Method in class DataExtension

Define extra database fields

DataList::exclude() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of this list which does not contain any items that match all params

DataList::excludeAny() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of this list which does not contain any items with any of these params

DataList::each() — Method in class DataList

Walks the list using the specified callback

DataList::exists() — Method in class DataList

Returns true if this DataList has items

DataObject::exists() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if this object "exists", i.e., has a sensible value.

DataObject::extendedCan() — Method in class DataObject

Process tri-state responses from permission-alterting extensions. The extensions are expected to return one of three values:

DataObject::enable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::ensureSelectContainsOrderbyColumns() — Method in class DataQuery

Ensure that if a query has an order by clause, those columns are present in the select.

DataQuery::execute() — Method in class DataQuery

Execute the query and return the result as SS_Query object.

DataQuery::exists() — Method in class DataQuery

Return whether this dataquery will have records. This will use EXISTS statements in SQL which are more performant - especially when used in combination with indexed columns (that you're filtering on)

DataQuery::expressionForField() — Method in class DataQuery
DBComposite::exists() — Method in class DBComposite

Composite field defaults to exists only if all fields have values

DBDate::explodeDateString() — Method in class DBDate

Attempt to split date string into year, month, day, and timestamp components.

$ DBEnum#enumProperty in class DBEnum

List of enum values

$ DBEnum#enum_cacheProperty in class DBEnum

Internal cache for obsolete enum values. The top level keys are the table, each of which contains nested arrays with keys mapped to field names. The values of the lowest level array are the enum values

DBEnum::enumValues() — Method in class DBEnum

Returns the values of this enum as an array, suitable for insertion into a DropdownField

$ DBField#escape_typeProperty in class DBField

The escape type for this field when inserted into a template - either "xml" or "raw".

DBField::exists() — Method in class DBField

Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.

$ DBHTMLText#escape_typeProperty in class DBHTMLText
DBHTMLText::exists() — Method in class DBHTMLText
(non-PHPdoc)
$ DBHTMLVarchar#escape_typeProperty in class DBHTMLVarchar
DBHTMLVarchar::exists() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
(non-PHPdoc)
DBMoney::exists() — Method in class DBMoney
DBString::exists() — Method in class DBString
(non-PHPdoc)
Filterable::exclude() — Method in class Filterable

Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these characteristics

ComparisonFilter::excludeOne() — Method in class ComparisonFilter

Applies a exclusion(inverse) filter to the query Handles SQL escaping for both numeric and string values

EndsWithFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters

Matches textual content with a substring match on a text fragment leading to the end of the string.

ExactMatchFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters

Selects textual content with an exact match between columnname and keyword.

ExactMatchFilter::excludeOne() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter

Excludes an exact match (equals) on a field value.

ExactMatchFilter::excludeMany() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter

Excludes an exact match (equals) on a field value against multiple possible values.

FulltextFilter::excludeOne() — Method in class FulltextFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query with a single value.

PartialMatchFilter::excludeOne() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query with a single value.

PartialMatchFilter::excludeMany() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query with an array of values.

SearchFilter::exclude() — Method in class SearchFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query.

SearchFilter::excludeOne() — Method in class SearchFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query with a single value.

SearchFilter::excludeMany() — Method in class SearchFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query with an array of values.

WithinRangeFilter::excludeOne() — Method in class WithinRangeFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query with a single value.

$ MarkedSet#enableLimitingProperty in class MarkedSet

Enable limiting

$ MarkedSet#expandedProperty in class MarkedSet

Cache of DataObjects' expanded statuses: [ClassName][ID] = bool

ListDecorator::exists() — Method in class ListDecorator

Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value

ListDecorator::each() — Method in class ListDecorator

Walks the list using the specified callback

ListDecorator::exclude() — Method in class ListDecorator

Exclude the list to not contain items with these characteristics

$ ManyManyList#extraFieldsProperty in class ManyManyList
ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::extractInheritableQueryParameters() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Calculate the query parameters that should be inherited from the base many_many to the nested has_many list.

$ Map_Iterator#endItemIdxProperty in class Map_Iterator
$ Map_Iterator#excludedItemsProperty in class Map_Iterator
Map_Iterator::extractValue() — Method in class Map_Iterator

Extracts a value from an item in the list, where the item is either an object or array.

SQLExpression::execute() — Method in class SQLExpression

Execute this query.

SQLSelect::expressionForField() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return the SQL expression for the given field alias.

SS_List::each() — Method in class SS_List

Walks the list using the specified callback

FulltextSearchable::enable() — Method in class FulltextSearchable

Enable the default configuration of MySQL full-text searching on the given data classes.

$ UnsavedRelationList#extraFieldsProperty in class UnsavedRelationList

The extra fields associated with the relation

UnsavedRelationList::extractValue() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Extracts a value from an item in the list, where the item is either an object or array.

PostgreSQLConnector::escapeParameter() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Escape a parameter to be used in the connection string

PostgreSQLConnector::escapeString() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::extractTriggerColumns() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Given a trigger name attempt to determine the columns upon which it acts

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a enum type-formatted string

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Returns the values of the given enum field

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::enumValuesFromConstraint() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Get the actual enum fields from the constraint value:

ExceptionClass in namespace SilverStripe\RealMe
RealMeService::enforceLogin() — Method in class RealMeService

Enforce login via RealMe. This can be used in controllers to force users to be authenticated via RealMe (not necessarily logged in as a Member), in the form of:

Session::set('RealMeBackURL', '/path/to/the/controller/method');
if($service->enforceLogin()) {
    // User has a valid RealMe account, $service->getAuthData() will return you their details
} else {
    // Something went wrong processing their details, show an error
}
RegistryPageController::export() — Method in class RegistryPageController

Exports out all the data for the current search results.

RegistryPageController::escapeSelect() — Method in class RegistryPageController

Safely escape a list of "select" candidates for a query

$ Report#excluded_reportsProperty in class Report

Reports which should not be collected and returned in get_reports

Report::extendedCan() — Method in class Report

Helper to assist with permission extension

$ RestfulServer#endpoint_aliasesProperty in class RestfulServer

Custom endpoints that map to a specific class.

RestfulServer::exceptionThrown() — Method in class RestfulServer
SQLite3Connector::escapeString() — Method in class SQLite3Connector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

$ SQLite3SchemaManager#enum_mapProperty in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Cached list of enum values indexed by table.column

SQLite3SchemaManager::enum() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a enum type-formatted string

SQLite3SchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return enum values for the given field

$ BasicAuth#entire_site_protectedProperty in class BasicAuth
$ BasicAuth#entire_site_protected_codeProperty in class BasicAuth
$ BasicAuth#entire_site_protected_messageProperty in class BasicAuth
CMSSecurity::enabled() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Determine if CMSSecurity is enabled

$ Group#extensionsProperty in class Group
InheritedPermissionsExtension::EditorGroups() — Method in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
$ LoginAttempt#EmailProperty in class LoginAttempt

Email address used for login attempt. @deprecated 3.0.0:5.0.0

$ LoginAttempt#EmailHashedProperty in class LoginAttempt

sha1 hashed Email address used for login attempt

$ Member#EmailProperty in class Member
Member::encryptWithUserSettings() — Method in class Member

Utility for generating secure password hashes for this member.

Member::encryptPassword() — Method in class Member

Takes a plaintext password (on the Member object) and encrypts it

$ PasswordEncryptor#encryptorsProperty in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptX() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptY() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptA() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

PasswordEncryptor_None::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_None

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash

Return a string value stored in the Member->Password property.

$ RememberLoginHash#ExpiryDateProperty in class RememberLoginHash
Security::encrypt_password() — Method in class Security

Encrypt a password according to the current password encryption settings.

$ SecurityToken#enabledProperty in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::enable() — Method in class SecurityToken

Globally enable tokens that have been previously disabled through disable.

ShareDraftController::errorPage() — Method in class ShareDraftController
SiteConfig::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig

List of groups that can edit SiteConfig.

SitewideContentTaxonomy::enabled() — Method in class SitewideContentTaxonomy

Check if this field is enabled.

EditableSpamProtectionFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\SpamProtection

Editable Spam Protecter Field. Used with the User Defined Forms module (if installed) to allow the user to have captcha fields with their custom forms

FormSpamProtectionExtension::enableSpamProtection() — Method in class FormSpamProtectionExtension

Activates the spam protection module.

$ SpellCheckAdminExtension#editorProperty in class SpellCheckAdminExtension

HTMLEditorConfig name to use

$ SpellCheckMiddleware#editorProperty in class SpellCheckMiddleware

HTMLEditorConfig name to use

$ SpellController#enable_security_tokenProperty in class SpellController

Enable security token for spellchecking

SpellController::error() — Method in class SpellController

Set the error.

ErrorPageSubsiteClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Extensions
$ SubsitesTreeDropdownField#extraClassesProperty in class SubsitesTreeDropdownField

Extra HTML classes

$ TaxonomyTerm#extensionsProperty in class TaxonomyTerm
FileTextExtractable::extractFileAsText() — Method in class FileTextExtractable

Tries to parse the file contents if a FileTextExtractor class exists to handle the file type, and returns the text. The value is also cached into the File record itself.

ExceptionClass in namespace SilverStripe\TextExtraction\Extractor\FileTextExtractor
EditableCustomRuleClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model

A custom rule for showing / hiding an EditableFormField based the value of another EditableFormField.

$ EditableCustomRule#extensionsProperty in class EditableCustomRule

Built in extensions required

EditableFormFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model

Represents the base class of a editable form field object like EditableTextField.

$ EditableFormField#extensionsProperty in class EditableFormField

Built in extensions required

$ EditableFormField#ExtraClassProperty in class EditableFormField
EditableFormField::EffectiveDisplayRules() — Method in class EditableFormField

Determine effective display rules for this field.

EditableCheckboxClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableCheckbox
EditableCheckboxGroupFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableCheckboxGroup
EditableCountryDropdownFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

A dropdown field which allows the user to select a country

$ EditableCountryDropdownField#EmptyStringProperty in class EditableCountryDropdownField
EditableDateFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableDateField
EditableDropdownClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableDropdown
$ EditableDropdown#EmptyStringProperty in class EditableDropdown
EditableEmailFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableEmailField
EditableFieldGroupClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Specifies that this ends a group of fields

$ EditableFieldGroup#EditableFieldGroupEndIDProperty in class EditableFieldGroup
EditableFieldGroup::EditableFieldGroupEnd() — Method in class EditableFieldGroup
EditableFieldGroupEndClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Specifies that this ends a group of fields

EditableFileFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Allows a user to add a field that can be used to upload a file.

EditableFormHeadingClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Allows an editor to insert a generic heading into a field

EditableFormStepClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

A step in multi-page user form

EditableLiteralFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Editable Literal Field. A literal field is just a blank slate where you can add your own HTML / Images / Flash

$ EditableLiteralField#editor_configProperty in class EditableLiteralField

Get the name of the editor config to use for HTML sanitisation. Defaults to the active config.

EditableMemberListFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Creates an editable field that displays members in a given group

EditableMultipleOptionFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Base class for multiple option fields such as EditableDropdownField and radio sets.

EditableNumericFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableNumericField
EditableOptionClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField

Base Class for EditableOption Fields such as the ones used in dropdown fields and in radio check box groups

$ EditableOption#extensionsProperty in class EditableOption
EditableRadioFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableRadioField
EditableTextFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField
EditableTextField
EmailRecipientClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\Recipient

A Form can have multiply members / emails to email the submission to and custom subjects

$ EmailRecipient#EmailAddressProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipient#EmailBodyProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipient#EmailBodyHtmlProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipient#EmailFromProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipient#EmailReplyToProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipient#EmailSubjectProperty in class EmailRecipient
$ EmailRecipient#EmailTemplateProperty in class EmailRecipient
EmailRecipient::emailTemplateExists() — Method in class EmailRecipient

Make sure the email template saved against the recipient exists on the file system.

EmailRecipientConditionClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\Recipient

Declares a condition that determines whether an email can be sent to a given recipient

$ UserForm#extensionsProperty in class UserForm

Built in extensions required by this page.

$ UserForm#email_template_directoryProperty in class UserForm
$ UserForm#error_container_idProperty in class UserForm

Error container selector which matches the element for grouped messages

$ UserForm#enable_are_you_sureProperty in class UserForm

The configuration used to determine whether a confirmation message is to appear when navigating away from a partially completed form.

VersionableExtension::extendWithSuffix() — Method in class VersionableExtension

Modify table name with suffix.

Versioned::extendWithSuffix() — Method in class Versioned
EmbedContainerClass in namespace SilverStripe\View\Embed

This class acts as a wrapper around the third party requirement embed/embed v4

$ EmbedContainer#embedProperty in class EmbedContainer
EmbedResourceClass in namespace SilverStripe\View\Embed

This is a deprecated class that was compatible with embed/embed v3 This has been replaced with EmbedContainer which is embed/embed v4 compatible

$ EmbedResource#embedProperty in class EmbedResource

Embed result

EmbeddableClass in namespace SilverStripe\View\Embed

Abstract interface for an embeddable resource

$ ShortcodeParser#error_behaviorProperty in class ShortcodeParser
ShortcodeParser::extractTags() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Look through a string that contains shortcode tags and pull out the locations and details of those tags

Requirements_Backend::escapeReplacement() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Safely escape a literal string for use in preg_replace replacement

SSViewer::exists() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::execute_template() — Method in class SSViewer

Execute the given template, passing it the given data.

SSViewer::execute_string() — Method in class SSViewer

Execute the evaluated string, passing it the given data.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Even() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return true if this object is an even item in the set.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::EvenOdd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return 'even' or 'odd' if this object is in an even or odd position in the set respectively.

EmbedShortcodeProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\View\Shortcodes

Provider for the [embed] shortcode tag used by the embedding service in the HTML Editor field.

EmbedShortcodeProvider::embeddableToHtml() — Method in class EmbedShortcodeProvider
EmbedShortcodeProvider::embedForTemplate() — Method in class EmbedShortcodeProvider
ViewableData::exists() — Method in class ViewableData

Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value

ViewableData::escapeTypeForField() — Method in class ViewableData

Return the string-format type for the given field.

$ Widget#extensionsProperty in class Widget
Widget::EditableSegment() — Method in class Widget
$ WidgetArea#extensionsProperty in class WidgetArea
WidgetController::editablesegment() — Method in class WidgetController

Uses the WidgetEditor.ss template and Widget->editablesegment() to render a administrator-view of the widget. It is assumed that this view contains form elements which are submitted and saved through WidgetAreaEditor within the CMS interface.

$ Parser#entitiesProperty in class Parser

List of all entities

i18n::encode_plurals() — Method in class i18n

Convert CLDR array plural form to | pipe-delimited string.

AssignUsersToWorkflowAction::execute() — Method in class AssignUsersToWorkflowAction

Perform whatever needs to be done for this action. If this action can be considered executed, then return true - if not (ie it needs some user input first), return false and 'execute' will be triggered again at a later point in time after the user has provided more data, either directly or indirectly.

NotifyUsersWorkflowAction::execute() — Method in class NotifyUsersWorkflowAction

Perform whatever needs to be done for this action. If this action can be considered executed, then return true - if not (ie it needs some user input first), return false and 'execute' will be triggered again at a later point in time after the user has provided more data, either directly or indirectly.

PublishItemWorkflowAction::execute() — Method in class PublishItemWorkflowAction

Perform whatever needs to be done for this action. If this action can be considered executed, then return true - if not (ie it needs some user input first), return false and 'execute' will be triggered again at a later point in time after the user has provided more data, either directly or indirectly.

SetPropertyWorkflowAction::execute() — Method in class SetPropertyWorkflowAction

Perform whatever needs to be done for this action. If this action can be considered executed, then return true - if not (ie it needs some user input first), return false and 'execute' will be triggered again at a later point in time after the user has provided more data, either directly or indirectly.

SimpleApprovalWorkflowAction::execute() — Method in class SimpleApprovalWorkflowAction

Perform whatever needs to be done for this action. If this action can be considered executed, then return true - if not (ie it needs some user input first), return false and 'execute' will be triggered again at a later point in time after the user has provided more data, either directly or indirectly.

UnpublishItemWorkflowAction::execute() — Method in class UnpublishItemWorkflowAction

Perform whatever needs to be done for this action. If this action can be considered executed, then return true - if not (ie it needs some user input first), return false and 'execute' will be triggered again at a later point in time after the user has provided more data, either directly or indirectly.

AdvancedWorkflowAdmin::export() — Method in class AdvancedWorkflowAdmin

Spits out an exported version of the selected WorkflowDefinition for download.

$ WorkflowDefinitionExporter#export_filename_prefixProperty in class WorkflowDefinitionExporter

The base filename of the file to the exported

WorkflowDefinitionExporter::export() — Method in class WorkflowDefinitionExporter

Runs the export

WorkflowDefinitionExporter::ExportMetaData() — Method in class WorkflowDefinitionExporter

Generate template vars for metadata

WorkflowAction::execute() — Method in class WorkflowAction

Perform whatever needs to be done for this action. If this action can be considered executed, then return true - if not (ie it needs some user input first), return false and 'execute' will be triggered again at a later point in time after the user has provided more data, either directly or indirectly.

WorkflowInstance::execute() — Method in class WorkflowInstance

Execute this workflow. In rare cases this will actually execute all actions, but typically, it will stop and wait for the user to input something

$ WorkflowTransition#extendedMethodReturnProperty in class WorkflowTransition
WorkflowTransition::extendedRequiredFieldsNotSame() — Method in class WorkflowTransition
$ WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension#extendedMethodReturnProperty in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension

A basic extended validation routine method return format

WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension::ensurePublishJob() — Method in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension

Ensure the existence of a publish job at the specified time

WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension::ensureUnPublishJob() — Method in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension

Ensure the existence of an unpublish job at the specified time

WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension::extendedRequiredFieldsEmbargoExpiry() — Method in class WorkflowEmbargoExpiryExtension

This is called in the AWRequiredFields class, this validates whether an Embargo and Expiry are not equal and that Embargo is before Expiry, returning the appropriate message when it fails.

WorkflowFieldItemController::edit() — Method in class WorkflowFieldItemController
ExistingWorkflowExceptionClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Services
WorkflowService::executeTransition() — Method in class WorkflowService

Given a transition ID, figure out what should happen to the given $subject.

$ GridFieldOrderableRows#extraSortFieldsProperty in class GridFieldOrderableRows

Extra sort fields to apply before the sort field.

GridFieldOrderableRows::executeReorder() — Method in class GridFieldOrderableRows
MultiValueCheckboxField::ExtraOptions() — Method in class MultiValueCheckboxField
$ QueuedJobDescriptor#ExpiryProperty in class QueuedJobDescriptor
QueuedJobDescriptor::execute() — Method in class QueuedJobDescriptor
EmailServiceClass in namespace Symbiote\QueuedJobs\Services

Class EmailService

QueuedJobService::enableMaintenanceLock() — Method in class QueuedJobService
FluentVersionedExtension::existsInLocale() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension

Check if this record exists (in either state) in this locale

ExceptionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Task\ConvertTranslatableTask

F

$ GridFieldDropdownFilter#filterOptionsProperty in class GridFieldDropdownFilter
UpdateChecker::findLatestPackage() — Method in class UpdateChecker

Given a package, this finds the latest package matching it

FontPickerFieldClass in namespace CWP\AgencyExtensions\Forms
Quicklink::fieldLabels() — Method in class Quicklink

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

DatedUpdateHolderController::FilterDescription() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController

Returns a description of the current filter

DatedUpdateHolderController::FilteredUpdates() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController

Get the updates based on the current query.

DatedUpdatePage::fieldLabels() — Method in class DatedUpdatePage
EventHolderController::FilteredUpdates() — Method in class EventHolderController

Get the events based on the current query.

EventPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class EventPage
FooterHolderClass in namespace CWP\CWP\PageTypes

FooterHolder is intended as an invisible container for footer links and pages.

NewsPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class NewsPage
$ SynonymValidator#fieldNamesProperty in class SynonymValidator
$ HTTPBulkToolsResponse#failedRecordsProperty in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

List of DataObject IDs that failed to be modified by the bulk action

$ HTTPBulkToolsResponse#failedClassesProperty in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

List of css classes to add to gridfield row with errors

ElementFormController::Form() — Method in class ElementFormController
ElementFormController::finished() — Method in class ElementFormController
ElementForm::Form() — Method in class ElementForm
ElementController::forTemplate() — Method in class ElementController

Renders the managed BaseElement wrapped with the current ElementController.

ElementalAreaController::formAction() — Method in class ElementalAreaController

Provides action control for form fields that are request handlers when they're used in an in-line edit form.

ElementalAreaField::FieldHolder() — Method in class ElementalAreaField

Overloaded to skip GridField implementation - this is copied from FormField.

BaseElement::forTemplate() — Method in class BaseElement

Default way to render element in templates. Note that all blocks should be rendered through their ElementController class as this contains the holder styles.

BaseElement::First() — Method in class BaseElement
ElementalArea::forTemplate() — Method in class ElementalArea
FluentExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\TopPage

Class FluentExtension

$ ProxyDBExtension#findSourceProperty in class ProxyDBExtension

Find source toggle (set by config find_source)

ProxyDBExtension::findSource() — Method in class ProxyDBExtension
LogFormatter::format() — Method in class LogFormatter
LogFormatter::formatBatch() — Method in class LogFormatter
$ LeftAndMain#frame_optionsProperty in class LeftAndMain

Value of X-Frame-Options header

AkismetField::Field() — Method in class AkismetField

Returns the form field.

AkismetField::FieldHolder() — Method in class AkismetField

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

AssetAdmin::fileEditForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get file edit form

AssetAdmin::fileInsertForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get file insert media form

AssetAdmin::fileEditorLinkForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get the file insert link form

AssetAdmin::fileSelectForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get form for selecting a file

AssetAdmin::fileHistoryForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get file history form

AssetAdmin::folderCreateForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::fileSearchForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Scaffold a search form.

FileFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
FileHistoryFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
FileSearchFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms

Scaffolds a form for searching files

FolderCreateFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
FolderFormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms

Empty form factory, because the defaults from AssetFormFactory was enough

$ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_scheme_whitelistProperty in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Force whitelist for resource protocols to the given list.

$ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_scheme_blacklistProperty in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Blacklist of resources. Takes priority over whitelists if both are provided.

$ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_domain_whitelistProperty in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Force whitelist for resource domains to the given list

$ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_domain_blacklistProperty in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Blacklist of domains. For example, live sites should probably include 'localhost' and other protected urls.

$ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_port_whitelistProperty in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Whitelist of ports allowed.

$ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_port_blacklistProperty in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Blacklist of ports allowed.

DescendantFileCountType::fields() — Method in class DescendantFileCountType
FileFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
FileFilter::filterList() — Method in class FileFilter

Caution: Does NOT enforce canView permissions

FileFilterInputTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
FileFilterInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileFilterInputTypeCreator
FileFilterInputTypeCreator::filterList() — Method in class FileFilterInputTypeCreator

Caution: Does NOT enforce canView permissions

FileInputTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
FileInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileInputTypeCreator
FileInterfaceTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
FileInterfaceTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileInterfaceTypeCreator
FileTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
FileTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
FileUsageTypeClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL

Define the return type for ReadFileUsageQueryCreator. File usage is return as an array of object with an 'id' property and 'inUseCount' property.

FileUsageType::fields() — Method in class FileUsageType
FolderInputTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
FolderInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FolderInputTypeCreator
FolderTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
FolderTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
PublicationNoticeType::fields() — Method in class PublicationNoticeType
FieldResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL\Resolvers
FileTypeResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL\Resolvers
FolderTypeResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL\Resolvers
AssetControlExtension::findAssets() — Method in class AssetControlExtension

Return a list of all tuples attached to this dataobject Note: Variants are excluded

FileMigrationHelperClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks

Service to help migrate File dataobjects to the new APL.

FolderMigrationHelperClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks

Service to help migrate Folder dataobjects to the new database format.

NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::findBadFiles() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper

Loop through all the files and find the ones that aren't stored in the correct store.

NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::fix() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper

Make sure all versions of the povided file are stored in the correct asset store.

FileClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

This class handles the representation of a file on the filesystem within the framework.

$ File#file_typesProperty in class File

A list of file extensions and a description of what type of file they represent

$ File#FilenameProperty in class File

Full filename of this file

$ File#FileProperty in class File

asset stored behind this File record

File::find() — Method in class File

Find a File object by the given filename.

File::format_size() — Method in class File

Formats a file size (eg: (int)42 becomes string '42 bytes')

File::forTemplate() — Method in class File

Return a html5 tag of the appropriate for this file (normally img or a)

File::filterFilename() — Method in class File

Pass name through standard FileNameFilter

File::flushCache() — Method in class File

Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.

FileDefaultPermissionsClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

Permissions for root files with Can*Type = Inherit

FileFinderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

A utility class that finds any files matching a set of rules that are present within a directory tree.

FileFinder::find() — Method in class FileFinder

Finds all files matching the options within a directory. The search is performed depth first.

FileNameFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

Filter certain characters from file name, for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs as well as better filesystem compatibility.

FileNameFilter::filter() — Method in class FileNameFilter

Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string. In this case, getDefaultName() will be used to return a randomly generated file name, while retaining its extension.

FileIDHelperClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\FilenameParsing

Helps build and parse Filename Identifiers (ake: FileIDs) according to a predefined format.

FileIDHelperResolutionStrategyClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\FilenameParsing

File resolution strategy that relies on a list of FileIDHelpers to find files.

FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy::findVariants() — Method in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy

Find all the variants of the provided tuple

FileResolutionStrategyClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\FilenameParsing

Represents a strategy for resolving files on a Flysystem Adapter.

FileResolutionStrategy::findVariants() — Method in class FileResolutionStrategy

Find all the variants of the provided tuple

FilesystemClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

A collection of static methods for manipulating the filesystem.

$ Filesystem#file_create_maskProperty in class Filesystem
$ Filesystem#folder_create_maskProperty in class Filesystem
Filesystem::fixfiles() — Method in class Filesystem

Cleanup function to reset all the Filename fields. Visit File/fixfiles to call.

Filesystem::folderModTime() — Method in class Filesystem

Return the most recent modification time of anything in the folder.

$ AssetAdapter#file_permissionsProperty in class AssetAdapter

Config compatible permissions configuration

AssetAdapter::findRoot() — Method in class AssetAdapter

Determine the root folder absolute system path

AssetAdapter::flush() — Method in class AssetAdapter

Force flush and regeneration of server files

FlysystemAssetStoreClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem

Asset store based on flysystem Filesystem as a backend

$ FlysystemAssetStore#file_response_headersProperty in class FlysystemAssetStore

Custom headers to add to all custom file responses

FlysystemAssetStore::findVariants() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Returns an iterable {Generator} of all files / variants for the given $fileID in the given $filesystem This includes the empty (no) variant.

FlysystemAssetStore::fileGeneratorFor() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get an asset renamer for the given filename.

FlysystemAssetStore::flush() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Ensure each adapter re-generates its own server configuration files

ProtectedAssetAdapter::findRoot() — Method in class ProtectedAssetAdapter

Determine the root folder absolute system path

PublicAssetAdapter::findRoot() — Method in class PublicAssetAdapter

Determine the root folder absolute system path

FolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

Represents a logical folder, which may be used to organise assets stored in the configured backend.

Folder::find_or_make() — Method in class Folder

Find the given folder or create it as a database record

FolderNameFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets

Filter certain characters from file name, for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs as well as better filesystem compatibility.

$ ImageManipulation#force_resampleProperty in class ImageManipulation

Force all images to resample in all cases Off by default, as this can be resource intensive to apply to multiple images simultaneously.

ImageManipulation::Fit() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds

ImageManipulation::FitMax() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Proportionally scale down this image if it is wider or taller than the specified dimensions.

ImageManipulation::FillMax() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Crop this image to the aspect ratio defined by the specified width and height, then scale down the image to those dimensions if it exceeds them.

ImageManipulation::Fill() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.

$ InterventionBackend#flush_enabledProperty in class InterventionBackend

Is cache flushing enabled?

InterventionBackend::flush() — Method in class InterventionBackend

This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.

FileLinkClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes

Represents a link between a dataobject parent and a file shortcode in a HTML content area

FileLinkTrackingClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes

Adds tracking of links in any HTMLText fields which reference SiteTree or File items.

$ FileLinkTracking#fileParserProperty in class FileLinkTracking
FileLinkTracking::FileTracking() — Method in class FileLinkTracking

List of files linked on this dataobject

FileLinkTrackingParserClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes

A helper object for extracting information about links.

FileShortcodeProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes

Provides shortcodes for File dataobject

FileShortcodeProvider::find_shortcode_record() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider

Find the record to use for a given shortcode.

FileShortcodeProvider::find_error_record() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider

Given a HTTP Error, find an appropriate substitute File or SiteTree data object instance.

FileShortcodeProvider::flush() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
ImageShortcodeProvider::find_error_record() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider
$ DBFile#FilenameProperty in class DBFile

Name of the file, including directory

$ DefaultAssetNameGenerator#filenameProperty in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator

Original filename

$ DefaultAssetNameGenerator#firstProperty in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator

First version

FileHashingServiceClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Utility for computing and comparing unique file hash. All $fs parameters can either be:

  • an AssetStore constant VISIBILITY constant or
  • an actual Filesystem object.
Sha1FileHashingService::flush() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.

$ Upload#fileProperty in class Upload

A dataobject (typically {File}) which implements {AssetContainer}

$ BasicContext#fixtureContextProperty in class BasicContext
BasicContext::findNamedButton() — Method in class BasicContext

Find visible button with the given text.

FixtureContextClass in namespace SilverStripe\BehatExtension\Context

Context used to create fixtures in the SilverStripe ORM.

$ FixtureContext#fixtureFactoryProperty in class FixtureContext
$ FixtureContext#filesPathProperty in class FixtureContext
SilverStripeContext::fillField() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Fills in form field with specified id|name|label|value.

ModuleSuiteLocator::findModuleConfig() — Method in class ModuleSuiteLocator

Get behat.yml configured for this module

TestMailer::findEmail() — Method in class TestMailer

Search for an email that was sent.

TestMailer::findEmails() — Method in class TestMailer

Search for all emails.

$ BlogPost#featured_images_directoryProperty in class BlogPost

Sets the upload directory for featured images to help keep your files organised

$ BlogPost#FeaturedImageIDProperty in class BlogPost
BlogPost::fieldLabels() — Method in class BlogPost

Sets the label for BlogPost.Title to 'Post Title' (Rather than 'Page name').

BlogPost::FeaturedImage() — Method in class BlogPost
Resource::Fields() — Method in class Resource
Resource::Filters() — Method in class Resource
$ ResourceFilter#fieldTypeProperty in class ResourceFilter

Defines the type of FormField that will be used to render the filter in the CMS. This is defined in subclasses. Filters will render as TextFields by default.

ResourceFilter::forTemplate() — Method in class ResourceFilter
{@inheritdoc}
ResourceFilter::FilterFor() — Method in class ResourceFilter
ResourceFilter::FilterFields() — Method in class ResourceFilter
$ Dropdown#fieldTypeProperty in class Dropdown
CMSMain::flush() — Method in class CMSMain

Clear the cache on ?flush

CMSMain::flushMemberCache() — Method in class CMSMain

Flush the hints cache for a specific member

LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::flush() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension

Just broadly clears the cache on flush

OldPageRedirector::find_old_page() — Method in class OldPageRedirector

Attempt to find an old/renamed page from some given the URL as an array

SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Field() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField

Returns the form field.

$ SiteTree#field_labelsProperty in class SiteTree
SiteTree::flushCache() — Method in class SiteTree

Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.

SiteTree::flushMemberCache() — Method in class SiteTree

Flushes the member specific cache for creatable children

SiteTree::fieldLabels() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::flush() — Method in class SiteTree

Clear the creatableChildren cache on flush

RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Form() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
AddToCampaignHandler::Form() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler

Builds a Form that mirrors the parent editForm, but with an extra field to collect the ChangeSet ID

CampaignAdminList::FieldHolder() — Method in class CampaignAdminList

Placeholder for react-only custom form field

$ CommentingController#fallbackReturnURLProperty in class CommentingController

Backup url to return to

$ Comment#field_labelsProperty in class Comment
{@inheritDoc}
Comment::fieldLabels() — Method in class Comment

Translate the form field labels for the CMS administration

$ CachedConfigCollection#flushProperty in class CachedConfigCollection
$ YamlTransformer#filesProperty in class YamlTransformer

A list of files. Real, full path.

YamlTransformer::filterByOnlyAndExcept() — Method in class YamlTransformer

This filteres out any yaml documents which don't pass their only or except statement tests.

ContentReviewCMSExtension::findRecord() — Method in class ContentReviewCMSExtension

Find the page this form is updating

ReviewContentHandler::Form() — Method in class ReviewContentHandler

Bootstrap the form fields for the content review modal

$ ContentReviewNotificationJob#first_run_hourProperty in class ContentReviewNotificationJob

The hour that the first job will be created at (for the next day). All other jobs should be triggered around this time too, as the next generation is queued when this job is run.

Cookie::force_expiry() — Method in class Cookie
CookieJar::forceExpiry() — Method in class CookieJar

Force the expiry of a cookie by name

Cookie_Backend::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie_Backend

Force the expiry of a cookie by name

Director::fileExists() — Method in class Director

Returns true if the given file exists. Filename should be relative to the site root.

Director::force_redirect() — Method in class Director

Skip any further processing and immediately respond with a redirect to the passed URL.

Director::forceSSL() — Method in class Director

Force the site to run on SSL.

Director::forceWWW() — Method in class Director

Force a redirect to a domain starting with "www."

Email::findPlainPart() — Method in class Email
HTTP::filename2url() — Method in class HTTP

Turns a local system filename into a URL by comparing it to the script filename.

HTTP::findByTagAndAttribute() — Method in class HTTP

Search for all tags with a specific attribute, then return the value of that attribute in a flat array.

$ CanonicalURLMiddleware#forceWWWProperty in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

Set if we should redirect to WWW

$ CanonicalURLMiddleware#forceSSLProperty in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

Set if we should force SSL

$ CanonicalURLMiddleware#forceBasicAuthToSSLProperty in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

Set if we should automatically redirect basic auth requests to HTTPS. A null value (default) will cause this property to return the value of the forceSSL property.

$ CanonicalURLMiddleware#forceSSLPatternsProperty in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

If forceSSL is enabled, this is the list of patterns that the url must match (at least one)

$ CanonicalURLMiddleware#forceSSLDomainProperty in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

SSL Domain to use

FlushMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware

Triggers a call to flush() on all implementors of Flushable.

$ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#forcingLevelProperty in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Forcing level of previous setting; higher number wins Combination of consts below

FlushSchedulerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\URLSpecialsMiddleware

Schedule flush operation for a following request

$ PjaxResponseNegotiator#fragmentOverrideProperty in class PjaxResponseNegotiator

Overridden fragments (if any). Otherwise uses fragments from the request.

$ RSSFeed_Entry#failoverProperty in class RSSFeed_Entry

The object that represents the item, it contains all the data.

RequestHandler::findAction() — Method in class RequestHandler
Session::finalize() — Method in class Session

Set user agent key

FilesystemCacheFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
MemberCacheFlusher::flushMemberCache() — Method in class MemberCacheFlusher
Config::forClass() — Method in class Config

Get an accessor that returns results by class by default.

Config_ForClass::forClass() — Method in class Config_ForClass
CustomMethods::findMethodsFromExtension() — Method in class CustomMethods
FlushableClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core

Provides an interface for classes to implement their own flushing functionality whenever flush=1 is requested.

Flushable::flush() — Method in class Flushable

This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.

FactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector

A factory which is used for creating service instances.

FlushDiscovererClass in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup

Public interface for startup flush discoverers

Backtrace::filtered_backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace

Return debug_backtrace() results with functions filtered specific to the debugging system, and not the trace.

Backtrace::filter_backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace

Filter a backtrace so that it doesn't show the calls to the debugging system, which is useless information.

Backtrace::full_func_name() — Method in class Backtrace

Return the full function name. If showArgs is set to true, a string representation of the arguments will be shown

$ CSVParser#filenameProperty in class CSVParser
$ CSVParser#fileHandleProperty in class CSVParser
CSVParser::fetchCSVHeader() — Method in class CSVParser

Get a header row from the CSV file.

CSVParser::fetchCSVRow() — Method in class CSVParser

Get a row from the CSV file and update $this->currentRow;

CsvBulkLoader::findExistingObject() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader

Find an existing objects based on one or more uniqueness columns specified via self::$duplicateChecks.

DebugView::formatCaller() — Method in class DebugView

Formats the caller of a method

FixtureBlueprintClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

A blueprint on how to create instances of a certain DataObject subclass.

FixtureFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

Manages a set of database fixtures for DataObject records as well as raw database table rows.

$ FixtureFactory#fixturesProperty in class FixtureFactory
FunctionalTestClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev

SilverStripe-specific testing object designed to support functional testing of your web app. It simulates get/post requests, form submission, and can validate resulting HTML, looking up content by CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::findAttribute() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Find an attribute in a SimpleXMLElement object by name.

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::flush() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.

$ SapphireTest#fixture_fileProperty in class SapphireTest

Path to fixture data for this test run.

$ SapphireTest#fixtureFactoryProperty in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::findEmail() — Method in class SapphireTest

Search for an email that was sent.

FixtureTestStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
FlushableTestStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State

Clears flushable / resettable objects

$ FlushableTestState#flushedProperty in class FlushableTestState
FixFolderPermissionsHelperClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Tasks

Files imported from SS3 might end up with broken permissions if there is a case conflict.

TestMailer::findEmail() — Method in class TestMailer

Search for an email that was sent.

TestSession::followRedirection() — Method in class TestSession

If the last request was a 3xx response, then follow the redirection

$ YamlFixture#fixtureFileProperty in class YamlFixture

Absolute path to the .yml fixture file

$ YamlFixture#fixtureStringProperty in class YamlFixture

String containing fixture

$ ServiceConnector#fileDescriptorProperty in class ServiceConnector

Associative array of:

  • name: the full name of the file including the extension.
BlockLinkField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class BlockLinkField_Readonly

Returns the form field.

BlockLinkField_Readonly::FieldHolder() — Method in class BlockLinkField_Readonly

Do not render a form field holder for this, just display the toggled composite field

FileBlockClass in namespace SilverStripe\ElementalFileBlock\Block
FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Checks

Checks for the accessibility and file type validation of one or more files or folders.

$ FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck#fileTypeValidateFuncProperty in class FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck

Constant, check for a single file to match age criteria, or all of them.

FileAgeCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Checks

Checks for the maximum age of one or more files or folders.

FileWriteableCheckClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Checks

Check that the given file is writable.

$ HasFunctionCheck#functionNameProperty in class HasFunctionCheck
$ EnvironmentChecker#from_email_addressProperty in class EnvironmentChecker
FetcherClass in namespace SilverStripe\EnvironmentCheck\Traits

Simple helper for env checks which require HTTP clients.

ErrorPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class ErrorPage
$ CurlLinkChecker#follow_locationProperty in class CurlLinkChecker

If we want to follow redirects a 301 http code for example Set via YAML file

CheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
CompositeField::FieldList() — Method in class CompositeField

Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>

CompositeField::fieldByName() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::fieldPosition() — Method in class CompositeField

Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.

CompositeValidator::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class CompositeValidator

Returns whether the field in question is required. This will usually display '*' next to the field.

ConfirmedPasswordField::Field() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
CurrencyField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Disabled

Overloaded to display the correctly formatted value for this data type

CurrencyField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly

Overloaded to display the correctly formatted value for this data type

DatalessField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField

Returns the field's representation in the form.

DateField::frontendToInternal() — Method in class DateField

Convert frontend date to the internal representation (ISO 8601).

DateField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class DateField_Disabled

Returns the form field.

DatetimeField::frontendToInternal() — Method in class DatetimeField

Convert frontend date to the internal representation (ISO 8601).

DropdownField::Field() — Method in class DropdownField
FieldGroupClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Lets you include a nested group of fields inside a template.

FieldListClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

A list designed to hold form field instances.

FieldList::flattenFields() — Method in class FieldList

Return a flattened list of all fields

FieldList::fieldNameError() — Method in class FieldList

Trigger an error for duplicate field names

FieldList::flushFieldsCache() — Method in class FieldList
FieldList::findTab() — Method in class FieldList

Returns the specified tab object, if it exists

FieldList::findOrMakeTab() — Method in class FieldList

Returns the specified tab object, creating it if necessary.

FieldList::fieldByName() — Method in class FieldList

Returns a named field.

FieldList::fieldPosition() — Method in class FieldList

Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.

FieldList::forTemplate() — Method in class FieldList

Default template rendering of a FieldList will concatenate all FieldHolder values.

FieldsValidatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Validates the internal state of all fields in the form.

FileFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Represents a file type which can be added to a form.

FileField::Field() — Method in class FileField
FileHandleFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
FileUploadReceiverClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Provides operations for reading and writing uploaded files to/from {File} dataobject instances.

FilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Filter::filter() — Method in class Filter

Filters a value.

SlugFilter::filter() — Method in class SlugFilter
FormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Base class for all forms.

$ Form#fieldsProperty in class Form
$ Form#formMethodProperty in class Form
$ Form#formActionPathProperty in class Form

Custom form action path, if not linking to itself.

Form::Fields() — Method in class Form

Return the form's fields - used by the templates

Form::FormAttributes() — Method in class Form
Form::FormHttpMethod() — Method in class Form

Returns the real HTTP method for the form: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE or HEAD.

Form::FormMethod() — Method in class Form

Returns the form method to be used in the

tag.

Form::FormAction() — Method in class Form

Return the form's action attribute.

Form::FormName() — Method in class Form

Returns the name of the form.

Form::FieldMap() — Method in class Form

Returns an object where there is a method with the same name as each data field on the form.

Form::forTemplate() — Method in class Form

Return a rendered version of this form.

Form::forAjaxTemplate() — Method in class Form

Return a rendered version of this form, suitable for ajax post-back.

Form::formHtmlContent() — Method in class Form

Returns an HTML rendition of this form, without the tag itself.

FormActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

The action buttons are <input type="submit"> as well as

FormAction::Field() — Method in class FormAction
FormAction::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormAction
FormFactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

A service which can generate a form

FormFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Represents a field in a form.

$ FormField#formProperty in class FormField
$ FormField#fieldHolderTemplateProperty in class FormField

Name of the template used to render this form field. If not set, then will look up the class ancestry for the first matching template where the template name equals the class name.

FormField::Field() — Method in class FormField

Returns the form field.

FormField::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormField

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

FormField::forTemplate() — Method in class FormField

This function is used by the template processor. If you refer to a field as a $ variable, it will return the $Field value.

FormMessageClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Form component which contains a castable message

FormMessageBootstrapExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Will convert a SilverStripe message type into a Bootstrap alert type

FormRequestHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
$ FormRequestHandler#formProperty in class FormRequestHandler

Form model being handled

FormRequestHandler::forTemplate() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
FormScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
$ FormScaffolder#fieldClassesProperty in class FormScaffolder
FormTemplateHelperClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

A helper class for managing Form} and {@link FormField HTML template output.

FormTransformationClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

This class represents "transformations" of a form - such as making it printable or making it readonly.

Form_FieldMapClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
$ Form_FieldMap#formProperty in class Form_FieldMap
GridField::FieldHolder() — Method in class GridField

Returns the whole gridfield rendered with all the attached components.

GridField::Field() — Method in class GridField
$ GridFieldDataColumns#fieldCastingProperty in class GridFieldDataColumns
$ GridFieldDataColumns#fieldFormattingProperty in class GridFieldDataColumns
GridFieldDataColumns::formatValue() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
$ GridFieldDetailForm#fieldsProperty in class GridFieldDetailForm
$ GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest#formActionsProperty in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

The default form actions available to this item request

$ GridFieldFilterHeader#force_legacyProperty in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Forces all filter components to revert to displaying the legacy table header style rather than the react driven search box

$ GridFieldSortableHeader#fieldSortingProperty in class GridFieldSortableHeader
$ HTMLEditorField#fixed_row_heightProperty in class HTMLEditorField

Extra height per row

HTMLEditorField::Field() — Method in class HTMLEditorField

Returns the form field.

$ TinyMCECombinedGenerator#filename_baseProperty in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

Named config

TinyMCECombinedGenerator::flush() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.

HTMLReadonlyField::Field() — Method in class HTMLReadonlyField

Returns the form field.

HiddenField::FieldHolder() — Method in class HiddenField
ListboxField::Field() — Method in class ListboxField

Returns a select tag containing all the appropriate option tags

LiteralField::FieldHolder() — Method in class LiteralField
LiteralField::Field() — Method in class LiteralField
LookupField::Field() — Method in class LookupField

Returns a readonly span containing the correct value.

$ MoneyField#fieldAmountProperty in class MoneyField
$ MoneyField#fieldCurrencyProperty in class MoneyField
NullableField::Field() — Method in class NullableField
OptionsetField::Field() — Method in class OptionsetField

Returns the form field.

PrintableTransformation_TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class PrintableTransformation_TabSet

Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.

RequiredFields::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields

Returns true if the named field is "required".

FormSchemaClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\Schema

Represents a Form as structured data which allows a frontend library to render it.

SegmentField::Field() — Method in class SegmentField
$ AbstractSegmentFieldModifier#formProperty in class AbstractSegmentFieldModifier
$ AbstractSegmentFieldModifier#fieldProperty in class AbstractSegmentFieldModifier
SelectionGroup::FieldSet() — Method in class SelectionGroup
SelectionGroup::FieldList() — Method in class SelectionGroup

Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>

SelectionGroup::FieldHolder() — Method in class SelectionGroup

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

SingleLookupField::Field() — Method in class SingleLookupField

Returns a readonly span containing the correct value.

Tab::Fields() — Method in class Tab

Get child fields

TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class TabSet

Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.

TimeField::frontendToInternal() — Method in class TimeField

Convert frontend time to the internal representation (ISO 8601).

ToggleCompositeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
$ TreeDropdownField#filterCallbackProperty in class TreeDropdownField

Callback for filtering records

TreeDropdownField::filterMarking() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Marking public function for the tree, which combines different filters sensibly.

TreeDropdownField::flattenChildrenArray() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Flattens a given list of children array items, so the data is no longer structured in a hierarchy

TreeDropdownField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField_Readonly

Returns the form field.

TreeMultiselectField::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField

We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.

TreeMultiselectField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField_Readonly

We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.

$ UploadReceiver#folderNameProperty in class UploadReceiver

Partial filesystem path relative to /assets directory.

$ Validator#formProperty in class Validator
Validator::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class Validator

Returns whether the field in question is required. This will usually display '*' next to the field. The base implementation always returns false.

FullTextSearchClass in namespace SilverStripe\FullTextSearch\Search

Base class to manage active search indexes.

FullTextSearch::force_index_list() — Method in class FullTextSearch

Sometimes, like when in tests, you want to restrain the actual indexes to a subset

$ SearchIndex#fulltextFieldsProperty in class SearchIndex
$ SearchIndex#filterFieldsProperty in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex::fieldData() — Method in class SearchIndex

Examines the classes this index is built on to try and find defined fields in the class hierarchy for those classes.

SearchQuery::filterBy() — Method in class SearchQuery

You can pass through a string value, Criteria object, or Criterion object for $target.

SearchQuery::fuzzysearch() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::filter() — Method in class SearchQuery
$ SearchUpdater#flush_on_shutdownProperty in class SearchUpdater

Whether to register the shutdown function to flush. Can be disabled for example in unit testing.

SearchUpdater::flush_dirty_indexes() — Method in class SearchUpdater

Do something with the recorded dirty IDs, where that "something" depends on the value of self::$update_method, either immediately update the indexes, queue a messsage to update the indexes at some point in the future, or just throw the dirty IDs away.

$ SolrIndex#fulltextTypeMapProperty in class SolrIndex
$ SolrIndex#filterTypeMapProperty in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::fieldData() — Method in class SolrIndex

Examines the classes this index is built on to try and find defined fields in the class hierarchy for those classes.

FullTextSearchTestStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\FullTextSearch\State
Controller::findAvailableRoutes() — Method in class Controller

Find all available graphql routes

FileProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery

Class FileProvider

QueryHandler::formatError() — Method in class QueryHandler

More verbose error display defaults.

FilepathLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader

Loads classes by fuzzy match (glob), relative to the root e.g. src/*.model.php

FieldAccessorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject

A utility class that handles an assortment of issues related to field access on DataObjects, particularly with case insensitivity.

$ FieldAccessor#field_formatterProperty in class FieldAccessor

A function that makes an object property a field name

FieldAccessor::formatField() — Method in class FieldAccessor
FieldReconcilerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
InheritanceBuilder::fillAncestry() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
InheritanceBuilder::fillDescendants() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
FirstResultClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
FirstResult::firstResult() — Method in class FirstResult
FieldFilterInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter

Defines the interface used by all read filters for operations

FieldFilterRegistryClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter
$ FieldFilterRegistry#filtersProperty in class FieldFilterRegistry
FilterRegistryInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter

Filters for queries are registered as services and retrieved by identifiers.

QueryFilter::filter() — Method in class QueryFilter
FieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field

An abstraction of a field that appears on a Type abstraction

FieldPluginClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces

A plugin that applies to a Field abstraction

$ AbstractQueryFilterPlugin#field_nameProperty in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
$ AbstractQuerySortPlugin#field_nameProperty in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
$ SortPlugin#field_nameProperty in class SortPlugin
Schema::findOrMakeType() — Method in class Schema
Schema::findOrMakeModel() — Method in class Schema
SchemaTranscribeHandler::fire() — Method in class SchemaTranscribeHandler
AbstractTypeRegistry::fromCache() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
AbstractTypeRegistry::Float() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
$ Type#fieldsProperty in class Type
$ LDAPAuthenticator#fallback_authenticatorProperty in class LDAPAuthenticator

Set to 'yes' to fallback login attempts to $fallback_authenticator.

$ LDAPAuthenticator#fallback_authenticator_classProperty in class LDAPAuthenticator

The class of Authenticator to use as the fallback authenticator.

LDAPAuthenticator::fallbackAuthenticate() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator

Try to authenticate using the fallback authenticator.

LDAPService::flush() — Method in class LDAPService

Flushes out the LDAP results cache when flush=1 is called.

LDAPMemberSyncTask::findOrCreateMember() — Method in class LDAPMemberSyncTask

Finds or creates a new Member object if the GUID provided by LDAP doesn't exist in the DB

$ DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter#friendlyErrorMessageProperty in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter

Default friendly error

$ DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter#friendlyErrorDetailProperty in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter

Default error body

DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::format() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::formatBatch() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
DetailedErrorFormatter::format() — Method in class DetailedErrorFormatter
DetailedErrorFormatter::formatBatch() — Method in class DetailedErrorFormatter
DetailedErrorFormatter::findInTrace() — Method in class DetailedErrorFormatter

Find a call on the given file & line in the trace

LoginHandler::finishRegistration() — Method in class LoginHandler

Handles the request to verify and process a new registration

LoginHandler::finishVerification() — Method in class LoginHandler

Handles requests to authenticate from any MFA method, directing verification to the Method supplied.

AdminRegistrationController::finishRegistration() — Method in class AdminRegistrationController

Complete a registration for a method for the currently logged in user

RegisteredMFAMethodListField::Field() — Method in class RegisteredMFAMethodListField

Returns the form field.

EnabledMembers::formatMethodsColumn() — Method in class EnabledMembers

Produce a string that indicates the names of registered methods for a given member

EnabledMembers::formatDefaultMethodColumn() — Method in class EnabledMembers

Produce a string that indicates the name of the default registered method for a member

$ MimeUploadValidator#filterPatternProperty in class MimeUploadValidator

The preg_replace() pattern to use against MIME types. Used to strip out useless characters so matching of MIME types can be fuzzy.

ArrayLib::filter_keys() — Method in class ArrayLib

Filter an array by keys (useful for only allowing certain form-input to be saved).

ArrayLib::flatten() — Method in class ArrayLib

Takes an multi dimension array and returns the flattened version.

ArrayList::first() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns the first item in the list

ArrayList::find() — Method in class ArrayList

Find the first item of this list where the given key = value

ArrayList::filter() — Method in class ArrayList

Filter the list to include items with these characteristics

ArrayList::filterAny() — Method in class ArrayList

Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these characteristics.

ArrayList::filterByCallback() — Method in class ArrayList
$ DBSchemaManager#fix_table_case_on_buildProperty in class DBSchemaManager

Check if tables should be renamed in a case-sensitive fashion.

DBSchemaManager::fixTableCase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Ensure the given table has the correct case

DBSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

DBSchemaManager::float() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns data type for 'float' column

Database::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format

MySQLDatabase::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format

MySQLSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

MySQLSchemaManager::float() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a float type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary

PDOConnector::flushStatements() — Method in class PDOConnector

Flush all prepared statements

Query::first() — Method in class Query

Iterator function implementation. Return the first item of this iterator.

DB::field_list() — Method in class DB

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

DataList::filter() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of this list which only includes items with these characteristics

DataList::filterAny() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these characteristics.

DataList::filterByCallback() — Method in class DataList

Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.

DataList::first() — Method in class DataList

Returns the first item in this DataList (instanceof DataObject)

DataList::find() — Method in class DataList

Find the first DataObject of this DataList where the given key = value

$ DataObject#fixed_fieldsProperty in class DataObject

Base fields which are not defined in static $db

$ DataObject#field_labelsProperty in class DataObject

User defined labels for searchable_fields, used to override default display in the search form.

DataObject::forceChange() — Method in class DataObject

Forces the record to think that all its data has changed.

DataObject::findCascadeDeletes() — Method in class DataObject

Find all objects that will be cascade deleted if this object is deleted

DataObject::flushCache() — Method in class DataObject

Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.

DataObject::flush_and_destroy_cache() — Method in class DataObject

Flush the get_one global cache and destroy associated objects.

DataObject::fieldLabels() — Method in class DataObject

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

DataObject::fieldLabel() — Method in class DataObject

Get a human-readable label for a single field, see fieldLabels() for more details.

DataObject::findRelatedObjects() — Method in class DataObject

Find objects in the given relationships, merging them into the given list

DataObjectSchema::fieldSpecs() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Get all DB field specifications for a class, including ancestors and composite fields.

DataObjectSchema::fieldSpec() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Get specifications for a single class field

$ DataQuery#filterByClassNameProperty in class DataQuery
DataQuery::firstRow() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the first row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT ... LIMIT 1 query.

DBDate::Full() — Method in class DBDate

Returns the date in the localised full format

DBDate::Format() — Method in class DBDate

Return the date using a particular formatting string. Use {o} to include an ordinal representation for the day of the month ("1st", "2nd", "3rd" etc)

DBDate::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class DBDate

Return a date formatted as per a CMS user's settings.

DBDate::fixInputDate() — Method in class DBDate

Fix non-iso dates

DBDatetime::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class DBDatetime

Return a date and time formatted as per a CMS user's settings.

DBEnum::flushCache() — Method in class DBEnum

Clear all cached enum values.

DBEnum::formField() — Method in class DBEnum

Return a dropdown field suitable for editing this field.

DBField::forTemplate() — Method in class DBField

Determine 'default' casting for this field.

$ DBForeignKey#foreignListCacheProperty in class DBForeignKey

Cache for multiple subsequent calls to scaffold form fields with the same foreign key object

DBHTMLText::forTemplate() — Method in class DBHTMLText
DBHTMLVarchar::forTemplate() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
DBInt::Formatted() — Method in class DBInt

Returns the number, with commas added as appropriate, eg “1,000”.

DBMultiEnum::formField() — Method in class DBMultiEnum

Return a CheckboxSetField suitable for editing this field

DBString::forTemplate() — Method in class DBString
DBText::FirstSentence() — Method in class DBText

Return the first string that finishes with a period (.) in this text.

DBText::FirstParagraph() — Method in class DBText

Get first paragraph

DBTime::Format() — Method in class DBTime

Return the time using a particular formatting string.

DBTime::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class DBTime

Return a time formatted as per a CMS user's settings.

FilterableClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

Additional interface for SS_List classes that are filterable.

Filterable::filter() — Method in class Filterable

Return a new instance of this list that only includes items with these characteristics

Filterable::filterAny() — Method in class Filterable

Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these characteristics.

Filterable::filterByCallback() — Method in class Filterable

Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these characteristics Filter this List by a callback function. The function will be passed each record of the List in turn, and must return true for the record to be included. Returns the filtered list.

FulltextFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters

Filters by full-text matching on the given field.

$ SearchFilter#fullNameProperty in class SearchFilter
$ HasManyList#foreignKeyProperty in class HasManyList
HasManyList::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class HasManyList
Hierarchy::flushCache() — Method in class Hierarchy

Flush all Hierarchy caches:

  • Children (instance)
  • NumChildren (instance)
ListDecorator::first() — Method in class ListDecorator

Returns the first item in the list.

ListDecorator::forTemplate() — Method in class ListDecorator
ListDecorator::find() — Method in class ListDecorator

Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.

ListDecorator::filter() — Method in class ListDecorator

Filter the list to include items with these characteristics

ListDecorator::filterAny() — Method in class ListDecorator

Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these characteristics.

ListDecorator::filterByCallback() — Method in class ListDecorator

Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.

$ ManyManyList#foreignKeyProperty in class ManyManyList
ManyManyList::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class ManyManyList

Return a filter expression for when getting the contents of the relationship for some foreign ID

ManyManyList::foreignIDWriteFilter() — Method in class ManyManyList

Return a filter expression for the join table when writing to the join table

ManyManyThroughList::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList

Don't apply foreign ID filter until getFinalisedQuery()

$ ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator#foreignKeyProperty in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Key that joins to the parent class

$ ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator#foreignClassProperty in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Foreign class 'from' property. Normally not needed unless polymorphic.

$ Map#firstItemsProperty in class Map
$ Map_Iterator#firstItemIdxProperty in class Map_Iterator
$ Map_Iterator#firstItemsProperty in class Map_Iterator
PaginatedList::FirstPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::FirstItem() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the number of the first item being displayed on the current page. This is useful for things like "displaying 10-20".

PaginatedList::FirstLink() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns a link to the first page.

$ SQLConditionalExpression#fromProperty in class SQLConditionalExpression

An array of tables. The first one is just the table name.

SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnID() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Checks whether this query is for a specific ID in a table

SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnFK() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Checks whether this query is filtering on a foreign key, ie finding a has_many relationship

SQLSelect::firstRow() — Method in class SQLSelect

Returns a query that returns only the first row of this query

Relation::forForeignID() — Method in class Relation
RelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class RelationList

Returns a copy of this list with the ManyMany relationship linked to the given foreign ID.

RelationList::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class RelationList

Returns a where clause that filters the members of this relationship to just the related items.

SS_List::first() — Method in class SS_List

Returns the first item in the list.

SS_List::find() — Method in class SS_List

Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.

FulltextSearchableClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Search

Provides a simple search engine for your site based on the MySQL FULLTEXT index.

$ SearchContext#fieldsProperty in class SearchContext

FormFields mapping to DataObject::$db properties which are supposed to be searchable.

$ SearchContext#filtersProperty in class SearchContext

Array of SearchFilter subclasses.

UnsavedRelationList::first() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns the first item in the list

UnsavedRelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns a copy of this list with the relationship linked to the given foreign ID.

PostgreSQLDatabase::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with Postgres used for querying a datetime in a certain format

PostgreSQLQueryBuilder::findRewrites() — Method in class PostgreSQLQueryBuilder

Find and generate table aliases necessary in the given query

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::float() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Return a float type-formatted string

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::fulltext() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager

Create a fulltext search datatype for PostgreSQL This will also return a trigger to be applied to this table

FederatedIdentityClass in namespace SilverStripe\RealMe\Model

Class RealMeFederatedIdentity

$ FederatedIdentity#FirstNameProperty in class FederatedIdentity
RegistryPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class RegistryPage
SideReportView::forTemplate() — Method in class SideReportView
SideReportView::formatValue() — Method in class SideReportView
DataFormatter::for_extension() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given file extension.

DataFormatter::for_extensions() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get formatter for the first matching extension.

DataFormatter::for_mimetype() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given mimetype.

DataFormatter::for_mimetypes() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get formatter for the first matching mimetype.

FormEncodedDataFormatterClass in namespace SilverStripe\RestfulServer\DataFormatter

Accepts form encoded strings and converts them to a valid PHP array via parse_str().

SQLite3Database::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class SQLite3Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format

SQLite3SchemaManager::flushCache() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Empties any cached enum values

SQLite3SchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

SQLite3SchemaManager::float() — Method in class SQLite3SchemaManager

Return a float type-formatted string

FormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security\Confirmation

Basic confirmation form implementation.

Handler::Form() — Method in class Handler

Returns an instance of Confirmation\Form initialized with the proper storage id taken from URL

DefaultAdminService::findOrCreateDefaultAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
DefaultAdminService::findOrCreateAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService

Find or create a Member with admin permissions

DefaultAdminService::findOrCreateAdminGroup() — Method in class DefaultAdminService

Ensure a Group exists with admin permission

Group::fieldLabels() — Method in class Group
InheritedPermissionFlusher::flush() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher

Flush all MemberCacheFlusher services

InheritedPermissionFlusher::flushCache() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher

Flushes all registered MemberCacheFlusher services

InheritedPermissions::flushMemberCache() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Clear the cache for this instance only

LoginAttempt::fieldLabels() — Method in class LoginAttempt
$ Member#FirstNameProperty in class Member
$ Member#FailedLoginCountProperty in class Member
Member::fieldLabels() — Method in class Member
LostPasswordHandler::forgotPassword() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler

Forgot password form handler method.

Member_GroupSet::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet

Link this group set to a specific member.

Member_GroupSet::foreignIDWriteFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet

Return a filter expression for the join table when writing to the join table

$ Member_Validator#forMemberProperty in class Member_Validator

Determine what member this validator is meant for

PermissionCheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionRole::fieldLabels() — Method in class PermissionRole

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

$ RememberLoginHash#force_single_tokenProperty in class RememberLoginHash

If true, user can only use auto login on one device. A user can still login from multiple devices, but previous tokens from other devices will become invalid.

$ Security#frame_optionsProperty in class Security

Value of X-Frame-Options header

$ Security#force_database_is_readyProperty in class Security
Security::findAnAdministrator() — Method in class Security

Return an existing member with administrator privileges, or create one of necessary.

Security::force_database_is_ready() — Method in class Security

For the database_is_ready call to return a certain value - used for testing

SessionManagerField::Field() — Method in class SessionManagerField

Returns the form field.

LoginSession::find() — Method in class LoginSession
$ EditableSpamProtectionField#formFieldProperty in class EditableSpamProtectionField
FormSpamProtectionExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\SpamProtection\Extension

An extension to the Form class which provides the method enableSpamProtection() helper.

$ FormSpamProtectionExtension#field_nameProperty in class FormSpamProtectionExtension
SiteTreePublishingEngine::flushChanges() — Method in class SiteTreePublishingEngine

Execute URL deletions, enqueue URL updates.

FilesystemPublisherClass in namespace SilverStripe\StaticPublishQueue\Publisher
$ FilesystemPublisher#fileExtensionProperty in class FilesystemPublisher
UrlBundleService::formatUrl() — Method in class UrlBundleService

Extensibility function which allows to handle custom formatting / encoding needs for URLs Returning "falsy" value will make the URL to be skipped

FileSubsitesClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Extensions

Extension for the File object to add subsites support

FolderFormFactoryExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Extensions
SubsitesTreeDropdownField::Field() — Method in class SubsitesTreeDropdownField

Returns the form field.

$ Subsite#force_subsiteProperty in class Subsite

Allows you to force a specific subsite ID, or comma separated list of IDs.

Subsite::fieldLabels() — Method in class Subsite
$ SubsiteDomain#FullProtocolProperty in class SubsiteDomain

Full protocol including ://

SubsiteDomain::fieldLabels() — Method in class SubsiteDomain
SubsitesVirtualPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class SubsitesVirtualPage
ReadonlyTagField::Field() — Method in class ReadonlyTagField

Render the readonly field as HTML.

StringTagField::Field() — Method in class StringTagField
StringTagField::formatOptions() — Method in class StringTagField
TagField::Field() — Method in class TagField

Returns the form field.

FileTextCacheClass in namespace SilverStripe\TextExtraction\Cache
Cache::flush() — Method in class Cache
FileTextExtractableClass in namespace SilverStripe\TextExtraction\Extension

Decorate File or a File derivative to enable text extraction from the file content. Uses a set of subclasses of FileTextExtractor to do the extraction based on the content type of the file.

$ FileTextExtractable#fileTextCacheProperty in class FileTextExtractable
FileTextExtractorClass in namespace SilverStripe\TextExtraction\Extractor

A decorator for File or a subclass that provides a method for extracting full-text from the file's external contents.

FileTextExtractor::for_file() — Method in class FileTextExtractor

Given a File object, decide which extractor instance to use to handle it

$ UserDefinedFormAdmin#form_submissions_folderProperty in class UserDefinedFormAdmin
$ UserDefinedFormController#finished_anchorProperty in class UserDefinedFormController
$ UserDefinedFormController#form_submissions_folderProperty in class UserDefinedFormController
$ UserDefinedFormController#file_upload_stageProperty in class UserDefinedFormController
UserDefinedFormController::Form() — Method in class UserDefinedFormController

Get the form for the page. Form can be modified by calling updateForm() on a UserDefinedForm extension.

UserDefinedFormController::finished() — Method in class UserDefinedFormController

This action handles rendering the "finished" message, which is customizable by editing the ReceivedFormSubmission template.

UserFormFieldEditorExtension::Fields() — Method in class UserFormFieldEditorExtension
UserFormsStepField::FieldHolder() — Method in class UserFormsStepField

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

$ EditableCustomRule#FieldValueProperty in class EditableCustomRule
EditableFormField::formatDisplayRules() — Method in class EditableFormField

Extracts info from DisplayRules into array so UserDefinedForm->buildWatchJS can run through it.

FormFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\UserForms\Model\EditableFormField\EditableDateField
$ EditableFileField#FolderConfirmedProperty in class EditableFileField
$ EditableFileField#FolderIDProperty in class EditableFileField
EditableFileField::Folder() — Method in class EditableFileField
$ EmailRecipient#FormIDProperty in class EmailRecipient
EmailRecipient::Form() — Method in class EmailRecipient
$ UserForm#fieldsFromToProperty in class UserForm

Temporary storage of field ids when the form is duplicated.

UserForm::FilteredEmailRecipients() — Method in class UserForm

Allow overriding the EmailRecipients on a DataExtension so you can customise who receives an email.

VersionFeedController::filterContent() — Method in class VersionFeedController

Evaluates the result of the given callback

$ HistoryViewerController#formNamesProperty in class HistoryViewerController

An array of supported form names that can be requested through the schema

FileArchiveExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions

Adds a archive view for Files

ChangeSet::fieldLabels() — Method in class ChangeSet
ChangeSetItem::findReferenced() — Method in class ChangeSetItem

Get all implicit objects for this change

$ DataDifferencer#fromRecordProperty in class DataDifferencer
CopyToStageInputType::fields() — Method in class CopyToStageInputType
VersionSortType::fields() — Method in class VersionSortType
VersionedInputType::fields() — Method in class VersionedInputType
ReadingMode::fromDataQueryParams() — Method in class ReadingMode

Converts dataquery params to original reading mode.

ReadingMode::fromQueryString() — Method in class ReadingMode

Convert querystring arguments to reading mode.

RecursivePublishable::findOwned() — Method in class RecursivePublishable

Find all objects owned by the current object.

RecursivePublishable::findOwners() — Method in class RecursivePublishable

Find objects which own this object.

RecursivePublishable::findOwnersRecursive() — Method in class RecursivePublishable

Find objects which own this object.

Versioned::flushCache() — Method in class Versioned
FilterInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers

A FilterInterface is given an input string and returns a filtered string. Replacements will be provided and performed (typically in regex format), and transliteration may be used as a separate service to replace characters rather than remove them.

FilterInterface::filter() — Method in class FilterInterface

Performs a set of replacement rules against the input string, applying transliteration if a service is provided, and returns the filtered result.

HTMLValue::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLValue
SQLFormatter::formatPlain() — Method in class SQLFormatter
SQLFormatter::formatHTML() — Method in class SQLFormatter
ShortcodeParser::findParentsForMarkers() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
URLSegmentFilter::filter() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter

Note: Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string.

Requirements::flush() — Method in class Requirements

Triggered early in the request when a flush is requested

$ Requirements_Backend#forceJSToBottomProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Force the JavaScript to the bottom of the page, even if there's a script tag in the body already

SSViewer::flush() — Method in class SSViewer

Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.

SSViewer::fromString() — Method in class SSViewer

Create a template from a string instead of a .ss file

SSViewer::flush_template_cache() — Method in class SSViewer

Clears all parsed template files in the cache folder.

SSViewer::flush_cacheblock_cache() — Method in class SSViewer

Clears all partial cache blocks.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::First() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FirstLast() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Returns 'first' or 'last' if this is the first or last object in the set.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FromEnd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return the position of this item from the last item in the list. The position of the final item is $endIndex, which defaults to 1.

EmbedShortcodeProvider::flushCachedShortcodes() — Method in class EmbedShortcodeProvider
ThemeResourceLoader::findTemplate() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader

Attempts to find possible candidate templates from a set of template names from modules, current theme directory and finally the application folder.

ThemeResourceLoader::findThemedCSS() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader

Resolve themed CSS path

ThemeResourceLoader::findThemedJavascript() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader

Resolve themed javascript path

ThemeResourceLoader::findThemedResource() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader

Resolve a themed resource

ThemeResourceLoader::flush() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader

Flush any cached data

$ ViewableData#failoverProperty in class ViewableData

A failover object to attempt to get data from if it is not present on this object.

ViewableData_Debugger::forTemplate() — Method in class ViewableData_Debugger

Return debugging information, as XHTML. If a field name is passed, it will show debugging information on that field, otherwise it will show information on all methods and fields.

CredentialRepository::findOneByCredentialId() — Method in class CredentialRepository
CredentialRepository::findAllForUserEntity() — Method in class CredentialRepository
CredentialRepository::fromArray() — Method in class CredentialRepository

Create an instance of a repository from the given credentials

WidgetAreaEditor::FieldHolder() — Method in class WidgetAreaEditor
Widget::forTemplate() — Method in class Widget

Default way to render widget in templates.

WidgetArea::forTemplate() — Method in class WidgetArea
FlushInvalidatedResourceClass in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages\Symfony

Some arbitrary resource which expires when flush is invoked.

FlushInvalidatedResource::flush() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource

This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.

$ i18nTextCollector#fileExtensionsProperty in class i18nTextCollector

List of file extensions to parse

i18nTextCollector::findModuleForClass() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Given a partial class name, attempt to determine the best module to assign strings to.

AssignUsersToWorkflowAction::fieldLabels() — Method in class AssignUsersToWorkflowAction

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

NotifyUsersWorkflowAction::fieldLabels() — Method in class NotifyUsersWorkflowAction

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

$ AdvancedWorkflowAdmin#fileEditActionsProperty in class AdvancedWorkflowAdmin
$ AdvancedWorkflowAdmin#fieldOverridesProperty in class AdvancedWorkflowAdmin

Defaults are set in getEditForm().

WorkflowDefinitionExporter::format() — Method in class WorkflowDefinitionExporter

Format the exported data as YAML.

FrontEndWorkflowControllerClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Controllers

Provides a front end Form view of the defined Workflow Actions and Transitions

FrontEndWorkflowController::Form() — Method in class FrontEndWorkflowController

Create the Form containing:

  • fields from the Context Object
  • required fields from the Context Object
  • Actions from the connected WorkflowTransitions
WorkflowAction::fieldLabels() — Method in class WorkflowAction

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

WorkflowActionInstance::fieldLabels() — Method in class WorkflowActionInstance

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

WorkflowDefinition::fieldLabels() — Method in class WorkflowDefinition

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

WorkflowInstance::fieldLabels() — Method in class WorkflowInstance

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

WorkflowTransition::fieldLabels() — Method in class WorkflowTransition

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

FileWorkflowApplicableClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Extensions

WorkflowApplicable extension specifically for File objects, which don't have the same CMS UI structure so need to be handled a little differently. Additionally, it doesn't really work without custom code to handle the triggering of workflow, and in general is not ready for production use just yet.

WorkflowField::FieldHolder() — Method in class WorkflowField

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

WorkflowFieldItemController::Form() — Method in class WorkflowFieldItemController
FrontendWorkflowFormClass in namespace Symbiote\AdvancedWorkflow\Forms
$ GridFieldAddExistingSearchButton#fragmentProperty in class GridFieldAddExistingSearchButton
$ GridFieldEditableColumns#formsProperty in class GridFieldEditableColumns
GridFieldRequestHandler::Form() — Method in class GridFieldRequestHandler

This method should be overloaded to build out the detail form.

KeyValueField::Field() — Method in class KeyValueField

Returns the form field.

MultiValueCheckboxField::Field() — Method in class MultiValueCheckboxField
MultiValueDropdownField::Field() — Method in class MultiValueDropdownField

Returns the form field.

MultiValueListField::Field() — Method in class MultiValueListField

Returns the form field.

MultiValueTextField::Field() — Method in class MultiValueTextField

Returns the form field.

MultiValueField::forTemplate() — Method in class MultiValueField

Determine 'default' casting for this field.

QueuedJobService::finaliseLogging() — Method in class QueuedJobService
FluentTestStateClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Dev
FluentBadgeExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension
FluentChangesExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension

Adds locale-specific extensions to ChangeSet

FluentDirectorExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension

Fluent extension for \SilverStripe\Control\Director to apply routing rules for locales

$ FluentDirectorExtension#force_domainProperty in class FluentDirectorExtension

Whether to force "domain mode"

FluentExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension

Basic fluent extension

$ FluentExtension#field_includeProperty in class FluentExtension

Filter whitelist of fields to localise.

$ FluentExtension#field_excludeProperty in class FluentExtension

Filter blacklist of fields to localise.

FluentFilteredExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension
FluentFilteredExtension::FilteredLocales() — Method in class FluentFilteredExtension
FluentLeftAndMainExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension
FluentReadVersionsExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension

Available since SilverStripe 4.3.x

FluentSiteTreeExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension

Fluent extension for SiteTree

FluentVersionedExtensionClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Extension

Extension for versioned localised objects

FluentVersionedExtension::findRecordInLocale() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension

Checks whether the given record ID exists in the given locale, in the given table. Skips using the ORM because we don't need it for this call.

FluentVersionedExtension::flushCache() — Method in class FluentVersionedExtension

Clear internal static property caches

FallbackLocaleClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Model

Class FallbackLocale

Locale::FallbackLocales() — Method in class Locale
Locale::Fallbacks() — Method in class Locale
FluentSearchFormClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Search

Simple extension to enable SS Core search to work with SS Fluent

FluentSearchVariantClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\Search

Allow FulltextSearch to index content from all configured locales, and support users searching to be restricted to their active locale. Works in a very similar way to SearchVariantVersioned from the FulltextSearch module (where that variant restricts searches to live pages, etc.)

FluentStateClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\State

Stores the current fluent state

ConvertTranslatableTask::fluentClasses() — Method in class ConvertTranslatableTask

Gets all classes with FluentExtension

FluentTemplateGlobalProviderClass in namespace TractorCow\Fluent\View
GridFieldSortableRows::fixSortColumn() — Method in class GridFieldSortableRows

Detects and corrects items with a sort column value of 0, by appending them to the bottom of the list

G

GridFieldDropdownFilterClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\Maintenance\Forms

GridFieldDropdownFilter provides a dropdown that can be used to filter a GridField arbitrarily

GridFieldDropdownFilter::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldDropdownFilter

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

GridFieldDropdownFilter::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldDropdownFilter

Manipulate the SS_List as needed by this grid modifier.

GridFieldDropdownFilter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldDropdownFilter

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldHtmlFragmentClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\Maintenance\Forms

Facilitates adding arbitrary HTML to grid fields

GridFieldHtmlFragment::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldHtmlFragment
GridFieldLinkButtonClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\Maintenance\Forms

A button that contains a link to an URL.

GridFieldLinkButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLinkButton

Place the link button in a

tag above the field

GridFieldRefreshButtonClass in namespace BringYourOwnIdeas\Maintenance\Forms

Adds a "Refresh" button to the bottom or top of a GridField.

GridFieldRefreshButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldRefreshButton
GridFieldRefreshButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldRefreshButton

Refresh is an action button.

GridFieldRefreshButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldRefreshButton

Refresh is accessible via the url

GridFieldRefreshButton::getQueuedJobService() — Method in class GridFieldRefreshButton
CheckForUpdatesJob::getTitle() — Method in class CheckForUpdatesJob

Define the title

CheckForUpdatesJob::getJobType() — Method in class CheckForUpdatesJob

Define the type.

Package::getTitle() — Method in class Package

Strips vendor and 'silverstripe-' prefix from Name property

Package::getSummary() — Method in class Package

Returns HTML formatted summary of this object, uses a template to do this.

Package::getBadges() — Method in class Package

Gives the summary template {getSummary()} a list of badges to show against a package

Package::getDataSchema() — Method in class Package

Returns a JSON data schema for the frontend React components to use

SiteSummary::getReportField() — Method in class SiteSummary

Add a button row, including link out to the SilverStripe addons repository, and export button

SiteSummary::getDropdownFilter() — Method in class SiteSummary

Returns a dropdown filter with user configurable options in it

SiteSummary::getInfoLink() — Method in class SiteSummary

Returns a link to more information on this module on the addons site

SiteSummary::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteSummary

Returns a FieldList with which to create the CMS editing form.

SiteSummary::getAlerts() — Method in class SiteSummary

Return a list of alerts to display in a message box above the report A combination of free text fields - combined alerts as opposed to a message box per alert.

SiteSummary::getLastUpdated() — Method in class SiteSummary

Get the "last updated" date for the report. This is based on the modified date of any of the records, since they are regenerated when the report is generated.

UpdatePackageInfoTask::getComposerLoader() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask

Fetch the composer loader

UpdatePackageInfoTask::getSupportedAddonsLoader() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask
UpdatePackageInfoTask::getModuleHealthLoader() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask
UpdatePackageInfoTask::getTitle() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask
UpdatePackageInfoTask::getDescription() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask
UpdatePackageInfoTask::getPackageInfo() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask

Fetch information about the installed packages.

UpdatePackageInfoTask::getSupportedPackages() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask

Return an array of supported modules as fetched from addons.silverstripe.org. Outputs a message and returns null if an error occurs

UpdatePackageInfoTask::getHealthIndicator() — Method in class UpdatePackageInfoTask

Return an array of module health information as fetched from addons.silverstripe.org. Outputs a message and returns null if an error occurs

$ ApiLoader#guzzleClientProperty in class ApiLoader
ApiLoader::getCacheKey() — Method in class ApiLoader

Define a unique cache key for results to be saved for each request (subclass)

ApiLoader::getGuzzleClient() — Method in class ApiLoader
ApiLoader::getClientOptions() — Method in class ApiLoader

Get Guzzle client options

ApiLoader::getFromCache() — Method in class ApiLoader

Attempts to load something from the cache and deserializes from JSON if successful

ApiLoader::getCache() — Method in class ApiLoader
ComposerLoader::getJson() — Method in class ComposerLoader
ComposerLoader::getLock() — Method in class ComposerLoader
ComposerLoader::getBasePath() — Method in class ComposerLoader
ModuleHealthLoader::getModuleHealthInfo() — Method in class ModuleHealthLoader

Return the list of supported addons as provided by addons.silverstripe.org

ModuleHealthLoader::getModuleNames() — Method in class ModuleHealthLoader
ModuleHealthLoader::getCacheKey() — Method in class ModuleHealthLoader

Define a unique cache key for results to be saved for each request (subclass)

SupportedAddonsLoader::getAddonNames() — Method in class SupportedAddonsLoader

Return the list of supported addons as provided by addons.silverstripe.org

SupportedAddonsLoader::getCacheKey() — Method in class SupportedAddonsLoader

Define a unique cache key for results to be saved for each request (subclass)

SecurityAlertCheckJob::getCheckTask() — Method in class SecurityAlertCheckJob
SecurityAlertCheckJob::getTitle() — Method in class SecurityAlertCheckJob
SecurityAlertCheckJob::getJobType() — Method in class SecurityAlertCheckJob

By default jobs should just go into the default processing queue

SecurityAlertCheckTask::getSecurityChecker() — Method in class SecurityAlertCheckTask
CheckComposerUpdatesExtension::getUpdateChecker() — Method in class CheckComposerUpdatesExtension
ComposerLoaderExtension::getComposer() — Method in class ComposerLoaderExtension
ComposerLoaderExtension::getPackages() — Method in class ComposerLoaderExtension

Retrieve an array of primary composer dependencies from composer.json.

ComposerLoaderExtension::getRepository() — Method in class ComposerLoaderExtension

Provides access to the Composer repository

ComposerLoaderExtension::getInstalledConstraint() — Method in class ComposerLoaderExtension

Find all dependency constraints for the given package in the current repository and return the strictest one

ComposerUpdateExtension::getAvailableVersion() — Method in class ComposerUpdateExtension

If the available version is the same as the current version then return nothing, otherwise show the latest available version

UpdateChecker::getVersionSelector() — Method in class UpdateChecker
CWPSiteConfigExtension::getThemeOptionsExcluding() — Method in class CWPSiteConfigExtension

Returns theme_colors used for ColorPickerField.

CarouselPageExtension::getCarouselItems() — Method in class CarouselPageExtension
ColorPickerField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class ColorPickerField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

ColorPickerField::getSourceValues() — Method in class ColorPickerField

Retrieve all values in the source array

FontPickerField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class FontPickerField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

CarouselItem::getCMSFields() — Method in class CarouselItem

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

MaintenanceProxyExtension::getCwpProxy() — Method in class MaintenanceProxyExtension

Returns a formatted CWP proxy string, e.g. tcp://proxy.cwp.govt.nz:1234

Quicklink::getLink() — Method in class Quicklink
Quicklink::getCMSFields() — Method in class Quicklink

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

BaseHomePage::getCMSFields() — Method in class BaseHomePage
BaseHomePageController::getNewsPage() — Method in class BaseHomePageController
BaseHomePageController::getNewsItems() — Method in class BaseHomePageController
BasePage::getFooter() — Method in class BasePage

Get the footer holder.

BasePage::getCMSFields() — Method in class BasePage

Returns a FieldList with which to create the main editing form.

BasePage::getSelectedLanguage() — Method in class BasePage

Returns the native language name for the selected locale/language, empty string if Fluent is not available

BasePageController::getRSSLink() — Method in class BasePageController
DatedUpdateHolder::getDefaultRSSLink() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolder
DatedUpdateHolder::getDefaultAtomLink() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolder
DatedUpdateHolder::getSubscriptionTitle() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolder
DatedUpdateHolderController::getMetaTitle() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController

Get the meta title for the current action

DatedUpdateHolderController::getUpdateName() — Method in class DatedUpdateHolderController
DatedUpdatePage::getCMSFields() — Method in class DatedUpdatePage
EventHolderController::getUpdateName() — Method in class EventHolderController
EventPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class EventPage
FooterHolder::getCMSFields() — Method in class FooterHolder
NewsPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class NewsPage
NewsPage::getNewsPageAuthor() — Method in class NewsPage

Returns the Author DB field for this page type.

CwpStatsReport::getReportField() — Method in class CwpStatsReport
PopulateThemeSampleDataTask::getContactFormExists() — Method in class PopulateThemeSampleDataTask

Determine whether a "contact us" userform exists yet

CwpBasicAuthMiddleware::getWhitelistedIps() — Method in class CwpBasicAuthMiddleware
CWPVersionExtension::getCWPVersionNumber() — Method in class CWPVersionExtension
CwpHtmlEditorConfig::getHtmlEditorConfig() — Method in class CwpHtmlEditorConfig
PBKDF2::getIterations() — Method in class PBKDF2
PdfExportControllerExtension::getPDFBaseURL() — Method in class PdfExportControllerExtension

This will return either pdf_base_url from YML, CWP_SECURE_DOMAIN from _ss_environment, or blank. In that order of importance.

PdfExportControllerExtension::getPDFProxy() — Method in class PdfExportControllerExtension

Don't use the proxy if the pdf domain is the CWP secure domain or if we aren't on a CWP server

PdfExportControllerExtension::generatePDF() — Method in class PdfExportControllerExtension

Render the page as PDF using wkhtmltopdf.

$ PdfExportExtension#generated_pdf_pathProperty in class PdfExportExtension

Where to store generated PDF files

PdfExportExtension::getPdfFilename() — Method in class PdfExportExtension

Return the full filename of the pdf file, including path & extension

CleanupGeneratedPdfDailyTask::getSchedule() — Method in class CleanupGeneratedPdfDailyTask

Return a string for a CRON expression. If a "falsy" value is returned, the CronTaskController will assume the CronTask is disabled.

CwpSearchEngine::getSearchQuery() — Method in class CwpSearchEngine

Build a SearchQuery for a new search

CwpSearchEngine::getSearchOptions() — Method in class CwpSearchEngine

Get solr search options for this query

CwpSearchEngine::getResult() — Method in class CwpSearchEngine

Get results for a search term

CwpSearchIndex::getFieldDefinitions() — Method in class CwpSearchIndex
CwpSearchPageController::generateSearchRecord() — Method in class CwpSearchPageController

Create the dummy search record for this page

CwpSearchResult::getResults() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get search results

CwpSearchResult::getQuery() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get search keywords matching these results

CwpSearchResult::getSuggestion() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get suggested search keywords

CwpSearchResult::getOriginal() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get original search keywords superceded by these results

CwpSearchResult::getSuggestionLink() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get the link to the suggested search

CwpSearchResult::getSearchLink() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Gets the link to the given search

CwpSearchResult::getOriginalLink() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Gets the link to the original search, with suggestions disabled

CwpSearchResult::getRSSLink() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get link to these results in RSS format

CwpSearchResult::getAtomLink() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get link to these results in atom format

CwpSearchResult::getLink() — Method in class CwpSearchResult

Get a search link for given terms

SearchControllerExtension::getResultsTemplate() — Method in class SearchControllerExtension

Select the template to render search results with

ArchiveHandler::getI18nLabel() — Method in class ArchiveHandler

Return i18n localized front-end label

DeleteHandler::getI18nLabel() — Method in class DeleteHandler

Return i18n localized front-end label

EditHandler::getI18nLabel() — Method in class EditHandler

Return i18n localized front-end label

EditHandler::getToplevelController() — Method in class EditHandler

Traverse up nested requests until we reach the first that's not a GridFieldDetailForm or GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest.

$ Handler#gridFieldProperty in class Handler

Related GridField instance.

Handler::getConfig() — Method in class Handler

Return front-end configuration

Handler::getDestructive() — Method in class Handler

True if the hanlder performs destructive actions

Handler::getXhr() — Method in class Handler

True if handler is called via XHR

Handler::getButtonClasses() — Method in class Handler

Return front-end buttonClasses

Handler::getIcon() — Method in class Handler

Return front-end icon

Handler::getLabel() — Method in class Handler

Return front-end label

Handler::getI18nLabel() — Method in class Handler

Return i18n localized front-end label

Handler::getRecordIDList() — Method in class Handler

Returns the list of record IDs selected in the front-end.

Handler::getRecords() — Method in class Handler

Returns a DataList of the records selected in the front-end.

PublishHandler::getI18nLabel() — Method in class PublishHandler

Return i18n localized front-end label

UnPublishHandler::getI18nLabel() — Method in class UnPublishHandler

Return i18n localized front-end label

UnlinkHandler::getI18nLabel() — Method in class UnlinkHandler

Return i18n localized front-end label

BulkManager::getConfig() — Method in class BulkManager

Returns one $config parameter of the full $config.

BulkManager::getBulkActions() — Method in class BulkManager

Return the list of bulk actions already provided

BulkManager::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class BulkManager

Which columns are handled by the component.

BulkManager::getColumnContent() — Method in class BulkManager

Sets the column's content.

BulkManager::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class BulkManager

Set the column's HTML attributes.

BulkManager::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class BulkManager

Set the column's meta data.

BulkManager::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class BulkManager
BulkManager::getURLHandlers() — Method in class BulkManager

Returns an action => handler list.

$ HTTPBulkToolsResponse#gridFieldProperty in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

GridField instance.

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::getBody() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Makes sure body is created before being returned

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::getSuccessRecords() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Return the list of successful records

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::getFailedRecords() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Return the list of failed records

HTTPBulkToolsResponse::getRecordGridfieldRow() — Method in class HTTPBulkToolsResponse

Creates a gridfield table row for a given record

$ BulkUploadField#gridfieldProperty in class BulkUploadField
$ BulkUploadHandler#gridFieldProperty in class BulkUploadHandler

Gridfield instance.

BulkUploadHandler::getRecordRow() — Method in class BulkUploadHandler
BulkUploader::getAutoPublishDataObject() — Method in class BulkUploader

Get Versioned DataObject auto publish config

BulkUploader::getConfig() — Method in class BulkUploader

Returns one $config reference or the full $config.

BulkUploader::getUfSetup() — Method in class BulkUploader

Returns one $ufSetup reference or the full config.

BulkUploader::getRecordClassName() — Method in class BulkUploader

Returns the class name of container DataObject record.

BulkUploader::getDefaultFileRelationName() — Method in class BulkUploader

Get the first has_one Image/File relation from the GridField managed DataObject i.e. 'MyImage' => 'Image' will return 'MyImage'.

BulkUploader::getFileRelationName() — Method in class BulkUploader

Returns the name of the Image/File field name from the managed record Either as set in the component config or the default one.

BulkUploader::getFileRelationClassName() — Method in class BulkUploader

Return the ClassName of the fileRelation i.e. 'MyImage' => 'Image' will return 'Image' i.e. 'MyImage' => 'File' will return 'File'.

BulkUploader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class BulkUploader

HTML to be embedded into the GridField.

BulkUploader::getURLHandlers() — Method in class BulkUploader

Component URL handlers.

ElementFormController::getUserFormController() — Method in class ElementFormController

Return the associated UserDefinedFormController

ElementForm::getType() — Method in class ElementForm

Get the type of the current block, for use in GridField summaries, block type dropdowns etc. Examples are "Content", "File", "Media", etc.

ElementController::getElement() — Method in class ElementController
ElementalAreaController::getClientConfig() — Method in class ElementalAreaController

Returns configuration required by the client app.

ElementalAreaController::getElementForm() — Method in class ElementalAreaController
ElementalAreasExtension::getElementalTypes() — Method in class ElementalAreasExtension

Get the available element types for this page type,

ElementalAreasExtension::getElementalRelations() — Method in class ElementalAreasExtension

Returns an array of the relation names to ElementAreas. Ignores any has_one fields named Parent as that would indicate that this is child of an existing area

ElementalPageExtension::getElementsForSearch() — Method in class ElementalPageExtension

Returns the contents of each ElementalArea has_one's markup for use in Solr or Elastic search indexing

GridFieldAddNewMultiClassHandlerExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions

Class GridFieldAddNewMultiClassHandlerExtension

GridFieldDetailFormItemRequestExtensionClass in namespace DNADesign\Elemental\Extensions
EditFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class EditFormFactory
EditFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class EditFormFactory
ElementalAreaField::getTypes() — Method in class ElementalAreaField
ElementalAreaField::getArea() — Method in class ElementalAreaField
ElementalAreaField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class ElementalAreaField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

ElementalAreaField::getReadOnlyBlockReducer() — Method in class ElementalAreaField

A getter method that seems redundant in that it is a function that returns a function, however the returned closure is used in an array map function to return a complete FieldList representing a read only view of the element passed in (to the closure).

DeleteBlocksMutation::getResolver() — Method in class DeleteBlocksMutation
BaseElement::getCMSFields() — Method in class BaseElement

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

BaseElement::getType() — Method in class BaseElement

Get the type of the current block, for use in GridField summaries, block type dropdowns etc. Examples are "Content", "File", "Media", etc.

BaseElement::getController() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getSearchIndexable() — Method in class BaseElement

Determines whether this elemental block is indexable in search.

BaseElement::getContentForSearchIndex() — Method in class BaseElement

Provides content to be indexed in search.

BaseElement::getRenderTemplates() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getSimpleClassName() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getPage() — Method in class BaseElement

Despite the name of the method, getPage can return any type of DataObject

BaseElement::getAnchor() — Method in class BaseElement

Get a unique anchor name

BaseElement::getAnchorsInContent() — Method in class BaseElement

Get anchors in this block's content.

BaseElement::getAreaRelationName() — Method in class BaseElement

Retrieve a elemental area relation for creating cms links

BaseElement::getEditLink() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getMimeType() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getSummary() — Method in class BaseElement

This can be overridden on child elements to create a summary for display in GridFields.

BaseElement::getBlockConfig() — Method in class BaseElement

The block config defines a set of data (usually set through config on the element) that will be made available in client side config. Individual element types may choose to add config variable for use in React code

BaseElement::getIcon() — Method in class BaseElement

Generate markup for element type icons suitable for use in GridFields.

BaseElement::getDescription() — Method in class BaseElement

Get a description for this content element, if available

BaseElement::getTypeNice() — Method in class BaseElement

Generate markup for element type, with description suitable for use in GridFields.

BaseElement::getEditorPreview() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getAuthor() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getStyleVariant() — Method in class BaseElement

Get a user defined style variant for this element, if available

BaseElement::getPageTitle() — Method in class BaseElement
BaseElement::getGraphQLTypeName() — Method in class BaseElement
ElementContent::getCMSFields() — Method in class ElementContent

Re-title the HTML field to Content

ElementContent::getSummary() — Method in class ElementContent

This can be overridden on child elements to create a summary for display in GridFields.

ElementContent::getType() — Method in class ElementContent

Get the type of the current block, for use in GridField summaries, block type dropdowns etc. Examples are "Content", "File", "Media", etc.

ElementalArea::getOwnerPage() — Method in class ElementalArea
DBObjectType::getGraphQLType() — Method in class DBObjectType
ElementTypeReport::getElementTypes() — Method in class ElementTypeReport

Return an array of all valid classes that extend BaseElement

ElementTypeReport::getReportField() — Method in class ElementTypeReport

Add elemental CSS and a unique class name to the GridField

ElementsInUseReport::getEditLink() — Method in class ElementsInUseReport

Helper method to return the link to edit an element

ElementsInUseReport::getReportField() — Method in class ElementsInUseReport

Add elemental CSS and a unique class name to the GridField

ElementsInUseReport::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class ElementsInUseReport

When used with silverstripe/reports >= 4.4, this method will automatically be added as breadcrumbs leading up to this report.

ElementTypeRegistry::getDefinitions() — Method in class ElementTypeRegistry

Get the schema of the element types that are registered

ElementTypeRegistry::getDefinition() — Method in class ElementTypeRegistry

Get the element type data for the given instance or class name of an element.

ElementTypeRegistry::generate() — Method in class ElementTypeRegistry

Create a registry and attempt to fill it by resolving element types by introspecting class hierarchy

ReorderElements::getElement() — Method in class ReorderElements

Get the Element reordering will be performed on

MigrateContentToElement::getAreaRelationFromPage() — Method in class MigrateContentToElement

Extracts the relevant ElementalArea from the given page. This can be overloaded for custom page types that might prefer an alternate area to hold the migrated content

DataExtension::getTopPage() — Method in class DataExtension

Finds the top-level Page object for a Block / ElementalArea, using the cached TopPageID reference when possible.

DataExtension::getTopPageUpdate() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::getFixedTopPageID() — Method in class DataExtension

Get the ID of a page which is currently set as the fixed top page

DataExtension::getTopPageFromCachedData() — Method in class DataExtension

Perform a page lookup based on cached data This function allows more extensibility as it can be fully overridden unlike an extension point Various projects may decide to alter this by injecting features like tracking, feature flags and even completely different data lookups This is a performance driven functionality so extension points are not great as they only allow adding features on top of existing ones not replacing them

DataExtension::getTopPageTable() — Method in class DataExtension

Find table name which has the top page fields

SiteTreeExtension::getDuplicationKey() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Generates a unique key for the page

SiteTreeExtension::getDuplicatedPageKey() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Find currently duplicated page note: this doesn't change any stored data

ConfigCollector::getName() — Method in class ConfigCollector
ConfigCollector::getConfigManifest() — Method in class ConfigCollector
ConfigCollector::getWidgets() — Method in class ConfigCollector
ConfigCollector::getAssets() — Method in class ConfigCollector
DatabaseCollector::getName() — Method in class DatabaseCollector
DatabaseCollector::getWidgets() — Method in class DatabaseCollector
DatabaseCollector::getAssets() — Method in class DatabaseCollector
HeaderCollector::getWidgets() — Method in class HeaderCollector
HeaderCollector::getName() — Method in class HeaderCollector
HeaderCollector::getAssets() — Method in class HeaderCollector
PartialCacheCollector::getName() — Method in class PartialCacheCollector
PartialCacheCollector::getAssets() — Method in class PartialCacheCollector
PartialCacheCollector::getWidgets() — Method in class PartialCacheCollector
PartialCacheCollector::getTemplateCache() — Method in class PartialCacheCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getMiddlewares() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector

Get all middlewares executed on this request

SilverStripeCollector::getTemplateData() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector

Returns the names of all the templates rendered.

SilverStripeCollector::getRequirementsData() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getRequestParameters() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getCookieData() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getSessionData() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getConfigData() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getController() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getName() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getWidgets() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
SilverStripeCollector::getAssets() — Method in class SilverStripeCollector
TimeDataCollector::getWidgets() — Method in class TimeDataCollector

Add in a warning or danger notification if the request time is greater than the configured thresholds

DebugBar::getDebugBar() — Method in class DebugBar

Get the Debug Bar instance

DebugBar::getProtectedValue() — Method in class DebugBar

Access a protected property when the api does not allow access

DebugBar::getShowQueries() — Method in class DebugBar
DebugBar::getRequestUrl() — Method in class DebugBar

Get request url

DebugBar::getRequest() — Method in class DebugBar

Get the current request

DebugBar::getTimeCollector() — Method in class DebugBar
DebugBar::getMessageCollector() — Method in class DebugBar
ProxyDBExtension::getQueries() — Method in class ProxyDBExtension
ConfigManifestProxy::get() — Method in class ConfigManifestProxy

Monitor calls made to get configuration during a request

ConfigManifestProxy::getConfigCalls() — Method in class ConfigManifestProxy

Return a list of all config calls made during the request, including how many times they were called and the result

ConfigManifestProxy::getTrackEmpty() — Method in class ConfigManifestProxy

Get the value of trackEmpty

DeltaConfigManifestProxy::get() — Method in class DeltaConfigManifestProxy

Monitor calls made to get configuration during a request

DeltaConfigManifestProxy::getConfigCalls() — Method in class DeltaConfigManifestProxy

Return a list of all config calls made during the request, including how many times they were called and the result

DeltaConfigManifestProxy::getTrackEmpty() — Method in class DeltaConfigManifestProxy

Get the value of trackEmpty

ProxyConfigCollectionInterface::getConfigCalls() — Method in class ProxyConfigCollectionInterface

Return a list of all config calls made during the request, including how many times they were called and the result

ProxyConfigCollectionInterface::getTrackEmpty() — Method in class ProxyConfigCollectionInterface
SSViewerProxy::getCacheFile() — Method in class SSViewerProxy

Get the cache file for a given template

SSViewerProxy::getTemplatesUsed() — Method in class SSViewerProxy

Get the templates used in the current request and the number of times they were called

AdminRootController::get_admin_route() — Method in class AdminRootController

Convenience function to return the admin route config.

AdminRootController::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class AdminRootController
CMSBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction::getParameterFields() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
CMSBatchActionHandler::getPages() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Safely query and return all pages queried

CMSEditLinkExtension::getCMSEditOwner() — Method in class CMSEditLinkExtension

Get the ModelAdmin, LeftAndMain, or DataObject which owns this object for CMS editing purposes.

CMSEditLinkExtension::getCMSEditLinkForManagedDataObject() — Method in class CMSEditLinkExtension

Get the link for editing an object from the CMS edit form of this object.

CMSMenu::get_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu

Get a single menu item by its code value.

CMSMenu::get_menu_code() — Method in class CMSMenu

Get menu code for class

CMSMenu::get_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu

Get all menu entries.

CMSMenu::get_viewable_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu

Get all menu items that the passed member can view.

CMSMenu::get_cms_classes() — Method in class CMSMenu

A utility funciton to retrieve subclasses of a given class that are instantiable (ie, not abstract) and have a valid menu title.

CMSMenu::getIterator() — Method in class CMSMenu

IteratorAggregate Interface Method. Iterates over the menu items.

CMSMenuItem::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
CMSProfileController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSProfileController

Calls SiteTree->getCMSFields() by default to determine the form fields to display.

EditorEmailLinkFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class EditorEmailLinkFormFactory
EditorEmailLinkFormFactory::getValidator() — Method in class EditorEmailLinkFormFactory
EditorExternalLinkFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class EditorExternalLinkFormFactory
EditorExternalLinkFormFactory::getValidator() — Method in class EditorExternalLinkFormFactory
GridFieldDetailFormPreviewExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
GridFieldPrintButtonExtensionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
LinkFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class LinkFormFactory
LinkFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class LinkFormFactory
LinkFormFactory::getFormActions() — Method in class LinkFormFactory
LinkFormFactory::getValidator() — Method in class LinkFormFactory
LinkFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class LinkFormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

UsedOnTable::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class UsedOnTable
UsedOnTable::getState() — Method in class UsedOnTable
UsedOnTable::getRecord() — Method in class UsedOnTable
UsedOnTable::getAttributes() — Method in class UsedOnTable

Attributes to be given for this field type

GroupImportFormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Admin

Imports Group records by CSV upload, as defined in GroupCsvBulkLoader.

$ GroupImportForm#groupProperty in class GroupImportForm
LeftAndMain::getCombinedClientConfig() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Gets the combined configuration of all LeftAndMain subclasses required by the client app.

LeftAndMain::getClientConfig() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Returns configuration required by the client app.

LeftAndMain::getFormSchema() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get form schema helper

LeftAndMain::getSchemaRequested() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Check if the current request has a X-Formschema-Request header set.

LeftAndMain::getSchemaResponse() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Generate schema for the given form based on the X-Formschema-Request header value

LeftAndMain::getRequiredPermissions() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get list of required permissions

LeftAndMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Caution: Volatile API.

LeftAndMain::getTemplatesWithSuffix() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return appropriate template(s) for this class, with the given suffix using SSViewer::get_templates_by_class()

LeftAndMain::getRecord() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get dataobject from the current ID

LeftAndMain::getSearchFilter() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Gets the current search filter for this request, if available

LeftAndMain::getNewItem() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Create new item.

LeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Calls SiteTree->getCMSFields() by default to determine the form fields to display.

LeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.

LeftAndMain::getHelpLinks() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Returns help_links in a format readable by a template

LeftAndMain::getApplicationName() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get the application name.

LeftAndMain::getVersionProvider() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get the SilverStripe version provider

LeftAndMain::getHttpErrorMessage() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get the HTTP error message if one has occurred during HandleRequest.

LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter

Method on Hierarchy objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.

LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter

Method on Hierarchy objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page

LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter

Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node

$ MemberImportForm#groupProperty in class MemberImportForm
MemberImportForm::getGroup() — Method in class MemberImportForm
ModalController::getRequest() — Method in class ModalController

Returns the HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.

ModalController::getController() — Method in class ModalController
ModalController::getName() — Method in class ModalController

Get urlsegment

ModelAdmin::getLinkForModelClass() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Get the link for the tab of a DataObject subclass managed by this ModelAdmin.

ModelAdmin::getLinkForModelTab() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Get the link for a specific tab on this ModelAdmin.

ModelAdmin::getCMSEditLinkForManagedDataObject() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Get the link for editing an object inside this ModelAdmin.

ModelAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Produces an edit form that includes a default \SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\GridField for the currently active \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObject. The GridField will show data from the currently active modelClass only (see self::init()).

ModelAdmin::getGridField() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Generate the GridField field that will be used for this ModelAdmin.

ModelAdmin::getGridFieldConfig() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Generate the GridField Configuration that will use for the ModelAdmin Gridfield.

ModelAdmin::getExportFields() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Define which fields are used in the getEditForm GridField export.

ModelAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getList() — Method in class ModelAdmin

You can override how ModelAdmin returns DataObjects by either overloading this method, or defining an extension to ModelAdmin that implements the updateList method (and takes a \SilverStripe\ORM\DataList as the first argument).

ModelAdmin::getModelClass() — Method in class ModelAdmin

The model managed by this instance.

ModelAdmin::getManagedModelTabs() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getManagedModels() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getModelTabForModelClass() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Get the model tab name for a given model class

ModelAdmin::getModelImporters() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Returns all importers defined in self::$model_importers.

SecurityAdmin::groups() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.

SecurityAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

Calls SiteTree->getCMSFields() by default to determine the form fields to display.

SecurityAdmin::groupimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityAdmin::GroupImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
AkismetField::getSpamMappedData() — Method in class AkismetField
AkismetField::getIsSpam() — Method in class AkismetField

Determine if this field is spam or not

AkismetField::getFieldMapping() — Method in class AkismetField

Get the fields to map spam protection too

AkismetSpamProtector::getApiKey() — Method in class AkismetSpamProtector

Get the API key. Priority is given first to explicitly set values on a singleton, then to configuration values and finally to environment values.

AkismetSpamProtector::getService() — Method in class AkismetSpamProtector

Retrieves Akismet API object, or null if not configured

AkismetSpamProtector::getFormField() — Method in class AkismetSpamProtector

Return the FormField associated with this protector.

DeleteAssets::getActionTitle() — Method in class DeleteAssets

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

AssetAdmin::getClientConfig() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Returns configuration required by the client app.

AssetAdmin::getFileEditLink() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Given a file return the CMS link to edit it

AssetAdmin::getNameGenerator() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get an asset renamer for the given filename.

AssetAdmin::getFormFactory() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Build a form scaffolder for this model

AssetAdmin::getFileEditForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

The form is used to generate a form schema, as well as an intermediary object to process data through API endpoints.

AssetAdmin::getFileInsertForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

The form is used to generate a form schema, as well as an intermediary object to process data through API endpoints.

AssetAdmin::getFileEditorLinkForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

The form used to generate a form schema, since it's used directly on API endpoints, it does not have any form actions.

AssetAdmin::getAbstractFileForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Abstract method for generating a form for a file

AssetAdmin::getMoveForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get form for moving files/folders to a new location

AssetAdmin::getFileSelectForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get form for selecting a file

AssetAdmin::getFileHistoryForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::getObjectFromData() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Build the array containing the all attributes the AssetAdmin client interact with.

AssetAdmin::getMinimalistObjectFromData() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Build the array containing the minimal attributes needed to render an UploadFieldItem.

AssetAdmin::generateThumbnails() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Generate thumbnails and provide links for a given file

AssetAdmin::getAddToCampaignForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::getUpload() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::getRecordUpdatedResponse() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get response for successfully updated record

AssetAdmin::getFolderCreateForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Returns the form to be used for creating a new folder

AssetAdmin::getFileSearchform() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Allow search form to be accessible to schema

AssetAdmin::getThumbnailGenerator() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdminFile::getInsertWidth() — Method in class AssetAdminFile

Calculate width to insert into html area

AssetAdminFile::getInsertHeight() — Method in class AssetAdminFile

Calculate width to insert into html area

AssetAdminFile::getInsertDimensions() — Method in class AssetAdminFile

Get dimensions of this image sized within insert_width x insert_height

AssetAdminFile::getFilesInUse() — Method in class AssetAdminFile

Get the list of all nested files in use

AssetAdminFile::getDescendantFileCount() — Method in class AssetAdminFile
RemoteFileModalExtension::getOwner() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension
RemoteFileModalExtension::getRequest() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension
RemoteFileModalExtension::getFormSchema() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension
RemoteFileModalExtension::getSchemaResponse() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension

Generate schema for the given form based on the X-Formschema-Request header value

AssetFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class AssetFormFactory
AssetFormFactory::getValidator() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Get the validator for the form to be built

AssetFormFactory::getFormType() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Get form type from 'type' context

AssetFormFactory::getFormFieldTabs() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Gets the main tabs for the file edit form

AssetFormFactory::getSaveAction() — Method in class AssetFormFactory
AssetFormFactory::getDeleteAction() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Get delete action, if this record is deletable

AssetFormFactory::getFormActions() — Method in class AssetFormFactory
AssetFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Get fields for this form

AssetFormFactory::getPopoverMenu() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Build popup menu

AssetFormFactory::getPopoverActions() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Get actions that go into the Popover menu

AssetFormFactory::getFormFieldDetailsTab() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Build "details" formfield tab

AssetFormFactory::getPath() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Get user-visible "Path" for this record

AssetFormFactory::getFormFieldSecurityTab() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Build security tab

AssetFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class AssetFormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

FileFormFactory::getFormFieldTabs() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getFormFieldDetailsTab() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getFormFieldUsageTab() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getFormFieldLinkOptionsTab() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getFormFieldAttributesTab() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Create tab for file attributes

FileFormFactory::getFormFieldHistoryTab() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get fields for this form

FileFormFactory::getPublishAction() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get publish action

FileFormFactory::getFormActions() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getSpecsMarkup() — Method in class FileFormFactory

get HTML for status icon

FileFormFactory::getStatusFlagMarkup() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get published status flag

FileFormFactory::getUnpublishAction() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get action for publishing

FileFormFactory::getReplaceFileAction() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get Replace file action

FileFormFactory::getDownloadFileAction() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get Download file action

FileFormFactory::getPopoverActions() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get actions that go into the Popover menu

FileFormFactory::getInsertAction() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getInsertLinkAction() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FileFormFactory
FileFormFactory::getValidator() — Method in class FileFormFactory

Get the validator for the form to be built

FileHistoryFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class FileHistoryFormFactory
FileHistoryFormFactory::getSpecsMarkup() — Method in class FileHistoryFormFactory

get HTML for status icon

FileHistoryFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class FileHistoryFormFactory

Get fields for this form

FileHistoryFormFactory::getFormActions() — Method in class FileHistoryFormFactory
FileHistoryFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FileHistoryFormFactory
FileSearchFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class FileSearchFormFactory

Generates the form

FileSearchFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class FileSearchFormFactory
FileSearchFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FileSearchFormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

FolderCreateFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FolderCreateFormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

FolderCreateFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class FolderCreateFormFactory

Get fields for this form

FolderCreateFormFactory::getSaveAction() — Method in class FolderCreateFormFactory
FolderCreateFormFactory::getDeleteAction() — Method in class FolderCreateFormFactory
FolderFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class FolderFormFactory

Get fields for this form

HistoryListField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class HistoryListField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

HistoryListField::getRecord() — Method in class HistoryListField
ImageFormFactory::getSpecsMarkup() — Method in class ImageFormFactory

get HTML for status icon

ImageFormFactory::getFormFieldAttributesTab() — Method in class ImageFormFactory

Create tab for file attributes

ImageFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class ImageFormFactory
MoveFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class MoveFormFactory

Generates the form

MoveFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class MoveFormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

PreviewImageField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class PreviewImageField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

PreviewImageField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class PreviewImageField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

PreviewImageField::getRecord() — Method in class PreviewImageField
RemoteFileFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory
RemoteFileFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

RemoteFileFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory
RemoteFileFormFactory::getFormActions() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory
RemoteFileFormFactory::getCreateFormFields() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Get form fields for create new embed

RemoteFileFormFactory::getEditFormFields() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory

Get form fields for edit form

UploadField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class UploadField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

UploadField::getFolderID() — Method in class UploadField

Get ID of target parent folder

UploadField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class UploadField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

UploadField::getEncodedItems() — Method in class UploadField

Encode selected values for react

UploadField::getIsMultiUpload() — Method in class UploadField

Check if allowed to upload more than one file

UploadField::getAllowedMaxFileNumber() — Method in class UploadField

Gets the number of files allowed for this field

UploadField::getAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class UploadField

Returns the max allowed filesize

UploadField::getAttributes() — Method in class UploadField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

UploadField::getUploadEnabled() — Method in class UploadField

Check if uploading files is enabled

UploadField::getAttachEnabled() — Method in class UploadField

Check if attaching files is enabled

FileTypeCreator::getThumbnailGenerator() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
FolderTypeCreator::getChildrenConnection() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
Notice::getNoticeType() — Method in class Notice
Notice::getIDs() — Method in class Notice
Notice::getMessage() — Method in class Notice
FileTypeResolver::getThumbnailGenerator() — Method in class FileTypeResolver
ImageThumbnailHelper::getMaxImageFileSize() — Method in class ImageThumbnailHelper

Get the maximum file size for which thumbnails will be generated. Set to 0 to disable the limit.

ImageThumbnailHelper::generateThumbnails() — Method in class ImageThumbnailHelper

Similar to AssetAdmin->generateThumbnails(), but with the ability to tell if a file actually required to be generated.

$ ThumbnailGenerator#generatesProperty in class ThumbnailGenerator

Set to false to not generate

ThumbnailGenerator::generateThumbnailLink() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator

Generate thumbnail and return the "src" property for this thumbnail

ThumbnailGenerator::generateThumbnail() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator

Generate thumbnail object

ThumbnailGenerator::generateLink() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator

Generate "src" property for this thumbnail.

ThumbnailGenerator::getGenerates() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator
AssetControlExtension::getRecordState() — Method in class AssetControlExtension

Check default state of this record

AssetControlExtension::getAssetStore() — Method in class AssetControlExtension
AssetManipulationList::getAssetKey() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Get an identifying key for a given filename and hash

AssetManipulationList::getPublicAssets() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Get all public assets

AssetManipulationList::getProtectedAssets() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Get protected assets

AssetManipulationList::getDeletedAssets() — Method in class AssetManipulationList

Get deleted assets

FileMigrationHelper::getFileQuery() — Method in class FileMigrationHelper

Get list of File dataobjects to import

FileMigrationHelper::getLegacyFileQuery() — Method in class FileMigrationHelper
FileMigrationHelper::getFilenameArray() — Method in class FileMigrationHelper

Get map of File IDs to legacy filenames

FolderMigrationHelper::getQuery() — Method in class FolderMigrationHelper

Get list of File dataobjects to import

LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper::getFolderQuery() — Method in class LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper

Get list of Folder dataobjects to inspect for

TagsToShortcodeHelper::getNewContent() — Method in class TagsToShortcodeHelper
TestAssetStore::getLocalPath() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Helper method to get local filesystem path for this file

TestAssetStore::getFileID() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Map file tuple (hash, name, variant) to a filename to be used by flysystem

TestAssetStore::getOriginalFilename() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Given a FileID, map this back to the original filename, trimming variant and hash

TestAssetStore::getFilesystemFor() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Return the store that contains the given fileID

TestAssetStore::getDefaultConflictResolution() — Method in class TestAssetStore

Choose a default conflict resolution

VersionedFilesMigrator::getFinder() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrator
VersionedFilesMigrator::getLog() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrator
File::get_shortcodes() — Method in class File
File::getTreeTitle() — Method in class File
File::getCMSFields() — Method in class File

List of basic content editable file fields.

File::getStatusTitle() — Method in class File

Get title for current file status

File::get_app_category() — Method in class File

Returns a category based on the file extension.

File::get_category_extensions() — Method in class File

For a category or list of categories, get the list of file extensions

File::getNameGenerator() — Method in class File

Get an asset renamer for the given filename.

File::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class File

Gets the URL of this file

File::getURL() — Method in class File

Gets the URL of this file

File::getSourceURL() — Method in class File

Get URL, but without resampling.

File::generateFilename() — Method in class File

Get expected value of Filename tuple value. Will be used to trigger a file move on draft stage.

File::getExtension() — Method in class File

Returns the file extension

File::get_file_extension() — Method in class File

Gets the extension of a filepath or filename, by stripping away everything before the last "dot".

File::get_icon_for_extension() — Method in class File

Given an extension, determine the icon that should be used

File::getFileType() — Method in class File

Return the type of file for the given extension on the current file name.

File::get_file_type() — Method in class File

Get descriptive type of file based on filename

File::getSize() — Method in class File

Returns the size of the file type in an appropriate format.

File::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class File

Return file size in bytes.

File::get_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File

Maps a File subclass to a specific extension.

File::getMetaData() — Method in class File

Get metadata for this file

File::getMimeType() — Method in class File

Get mime type

File::getStream() — Method in class File
File::getString() — Method in class File
File::getIsImage() — Method in class File

Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset

File::getFilename() — Method in class File

Get value of filename

File::getHash() — Method in class File

Get value of hash

File::getVariant() — Method in class File

Get value of variant

File::getTag() — Method in class File

Return a html5 tag of the appropriate for this file (normally img or a)

File::getVisibility() — Method in class File

Determine visibility of the given file

File::grantFile() — Method in class File

Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.

File::getPermissionChecker() — Method in class File
File::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class File

Get the list of globally allowed file extensions for file uploads.

File::getFilter() — Method in class File
FileFinder::getOption() — Method in class FileFinder

Returns an option value set on this instance.

FileNameFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FileNameFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FileNameFilter::getDefaultName() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy::generateVariantFileID() — Method in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy

Build a file ID for a variant so it follows the pattern of its original file. The variant may not exist on the Filesystem yet, but the original file has to. This is to make sure that variant files always follow the same pattern as the original file they are attached to.

FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy::getDefaultFileIDHelper() — Method in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy
FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy::getResolutionFileIDHelpers() — Method in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy
FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy::getVersionedStage() — Method in class FileIDHelperResolutionStrategy
FileResolutionStrategy::generateVariantFileID() — Method in class FileResolutionStrategy

Build a file ID for a variant so it follows the pattern of its original file. The variant may not exist on the Filesystem yet, but the original file has to. This is to make sure that variant files always follow the same pattern as the original file they are attached to.

ParsedFileID::getFileID() — Method in class ParsedFileID

The File ID associated with this ParsedFileID if known, or blank if unknown.

ParsedFileID::getFilename() — Method in class ParsedFileID

Filename component.

ParsedFileID::getVariant() — Method in class ParsedFileID

Variant component. Usually a string representing some resized version of an image.

ParsedFileID::getHash() — Method in class ParsedFileID

Hash build from the content of the file. Usually the first 10 characters of sha1 hash.

ParsedFileID::getTuple() — Method in class ParsedFileID

Convert this parsed file ID to an array representation.

FlysystemAssetStore::getPublicFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get the currently assigned flysystem backend

FlysystemAssetStore::getProtectedFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get filesystem to use for non-public files

FlysystemAssetStore::getPublicResolutionStrategy() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
FlysystemAssetStore::getProtectedResolutionStrategy() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
FlysystemAssetStore::getFilesystemFor() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Return the store that contains the given fileID

FlysystemAssetStore::getCapabilities() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Return list of feature capabilities of this backend as an array.

FlysystemAssetStore::getVisibility() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Determine visibility of the given file

FlysystemAssetStore::getAsStream() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get a stream for this file

FlysystemAssetStore::getAsString() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get contents of a given file

FlysystemAssetStore::getAsURL() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get the url for the file

FlysystemAssetStore::grant() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.

FlysystemAssetStore::getStreamSHA1() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

get sha1 hash from stream

FlysystemAssetStore::getStreamAsFile() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get stream as a file

FlysystemAssetStore::getDefaultConflictResolution() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Choose a default conflict resolution

FlysystemAssetStore::getMetadata() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get metadata for this file, if available

FlysystemAssetStore::getMimeType() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get mime type of this file

FlysystemAssetStore::getOriginalFilename() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Given a FileID, map this back to the original filename, trimming variant and hash

FlysystemAssetStore::getVariant() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Get variant from this file

FlysystemAssetStore::getFileID() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Map file tuple (hash, name, variant) to a filename to be used by flysystem

FlysystemAssetStore::getResponseFor() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore

Generate a custom HTTP response for a request to a given asset, identified by a path.

GeneratedAssetsClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem

Simple Flysystem implementation of GeneratedAssetHandler for storing generated content

GeneratedAssets::getFilesystem() — Method in class GeneratedAssets

Get the asset backend

GeneratedAssets::getContentURL() — Method in class GeneratedAssets

Returns a URL to a generated asset, if one is available.

GeneratedAssets::getContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssets

Returns the content for a generated asset, if one is available.

ProtectedAdapter::getProtectedUrl() — Method in class ProtectedAdapter

Provide downloadable url that is restricted to granted users

ProtectedAssetAdapter::getProtectedUrl() — Method in class ProtectedAssetAdapter

Provide secure downloadable

PublicAdapter::getPublicUrl() — Method in class PublicAdapter

Provide downloadable url that is open to the public

PublicAssetAdapter::getPublicUrl() — Method in class PublicAssetAdapter

Provide downloadable url

Folder::getIcon() — Method in class Folder

Return the relative URL of an icon for this file type

Folder::getTitle() — Method in class Folder

Get the folder title

Folder::getSize() — Method in class Folder

A folder doesn't have a (meaningful) file size.

Folder::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Folder
Folder::getFilename() — Method in class Folder

Get value of filename

Folder::getURL() — Method in class Folder

Folders do not have public URLs

Folder::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class Folder

Folders do not have public URLs

Folder::getFilter() — Method in class Folder
Image::getIsImage() — Method in class Image

Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset

Image::getLazyLoadingEnabled() — Method in class Image
ImageManipulation::getAllowGeneration() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Check if resizes are allowed

ImageManipulation::getString() — Method in class ImageManipulation
ImageManipulation::getStream() — Method in class ImageManipulation
ImageManipulation::getURL() — Method in class ImageManipulation
ImageManipulation::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class ImageManipulation
ImageManipulation::getMetaData() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get metadata for this file

ImageManipulation::getMimeType() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get mime type

ImageManipulation::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Return file size in bytes.

ImageManipulation::getFilename() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get value of filename

ImageManipulation::getHash() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get value of hash

ImageManipulation::getVariant() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get value of variant

ImageManipulation::getIsImage() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset

ImageManipulation::getIcon() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Return the relative URL of an icon for the file type, based on the appCategory() value.

ImageManipulation::getImageBackend() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get Image_Backend instance for this image

ImageManipulation::getWidth() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get the width of this image.

ImageManipulation::getHeight() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get the height of this image.

ImageManipulation::getOrientation() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Get the orientation of this image.

ImageManipulation::getDefaultAttributes() — Method in class ImageManipulation
ImageManipulation::getAttributes() — Method in class ImageManipulation

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

Image_Backend::getWidth() — Method in class Image_Backend
Image_Backend::getHeight() — Method in class Image_Backend
Image_Backend::getImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend

Get the currently assigned image resource

InterventionBackend::getTempPath() — Method in class InterventionBackend
InterventionBackend::getCache() — Method in class InterventionBackend
InterventionBackend::getAssetContainer() — Method in class InterventionBackend
InterventionBackend::getImageManager() — Method in class InterventionBackend
InterventionBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Get the currently assigned image resource, or generates one if not yet assigned.

InterventionBackend::getQuality() — Method in class InterventionBackend
InterventionBackend::getDimensions() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Return dimensions as array with cache enabled

InterventionBackend::getResourceDimensions() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Get dimensions from the given resource

InterventionBackend::getErrorCacheKey() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Cache key for recording errors

InterventionBackend::getDimensionCacheKey() — Method in class InterventionBackend

Cache key for dimensions for given container

InterventionBackend::getWidth() — Method in class InterventionBackend
InterventionBackend::getHeight() — Method in class InterventionBackend
FileLinkTracking::getFileParser() — Method in class FileLinkTracking

FileParser for link tracking

FileShortcodeProvider::get_shortcodes() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider

Gets the list of shortcodes provided by this handler

FileShortcodeProvider::getCachedMarkup() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
FileShortcodeProvider::getGrant() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
FileShortcodeProvider::getCacheKey() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider

Generates a cachekey with the given parameters

FileShortcodeProvider::getCache() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider

Gets the cache used by this provider

ImageShortcodeProvider::get_shortcodes() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider

Gets the list of shortcodes provided by this handler

ImageShortcodeProvider::getCache() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider

Gets the cache used by this provider

AssetContainer::getString() — Method in class AssetContainer
AssetContainer::getStream() — Method in class AssetContainer
AssetContainer::getURL() — Method in class AssetContainer
AssetContainer::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class AssetContainer
AssetContainer::getMetaData() — Method in class AssetContainer

Get metadata for this file

AssetContainer::getMimeType() — Method in class AssetContainer

Get mime type

AssetContainer::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class AssetContainer

Return file size in bytes.

AssetContainer::getIsImage() — Method in class AssetContainer

Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset

AssetContainer::getVisibility() — Method in class AssetContainer

Determine visibility of the given file

AssetContainer::getFilename() — Method in class AssetContainer

Get value of filename

AssetContainer::getHash() — Method in class AssetContainer

Get value of hash

AssetContainer::getVariant() — Method in class AssetContainer

Get value of variant

AssetContainer::grantFile() — Method in class AssetContainer

Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.

AssetNameGenerator::getMaxTries() — Method in class AssetNameGenerator

Number of attempts allowed

AssetStore::getCapabilities() — Method in class AssetStore

Return list of feature capabilities of this backend as an array.

AssetStore::getAsString() — Method in class AssetStore

Get contents of a given file

AssetStore::getAsStream() — Method in class AssetStore

Get a stream for this file

AssetStore::getAsURL() — Method in class AssetStore

Get the url for the file

AssetStore::getMetadata() — Method in class AssetStore

Get metadata for this file, if available

AssetStore::getMimeType() — Method in class AssetStore

Get mime type of this file

AssetStore::getVisibility() — Method in class AssetStore

Determine visibility of the given file

AssetStore::grant() — Method in class AssetStore

Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.

AssetStoreRouter::getResponseFor() — Method in class AssetStoreRouter

Generate a custom HTTP response for a request to a given asset, identified by a path.

DBFile::getIsImage() — Method in class DBFile

Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset, which is a format compatible with image manipulations

DBFile::getStore() — Method in class DBFile
DBFile::getTag() — Method in class DBFile

Return a html5 tag of the appropriate for this file (normally img or a)

DBFile::getFrontendTemplate() — Method in class DBFile

Determine the template to render as on the frontend

DBFile::getBasename() — Method in class DBFile

Get trailing part of filename

DBFile::getExtension() — Method in class DBFile

Get file extension

DBFile::getTitle() — Method in class DBFile

Alt title for this

DBFile::getStream() — Method in class DBFile
DBFile::getString() — Method in class DBFile
DBFile::getURL() — Method in class DBFile
DBFile::getSourceURL() — Method in class DBFile

Get URL, but without resampling.

DBFile::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class DBFile

Get the absolute URL to this resource

DBFile::getMetaData() — Method in class DBFile

Get metadata for this file

DBFile::getMimeType() — Method in class DBFile

Get mime type

DBFile::getValue() — Method in class DBFile

Returns the value of this field.

DBFile::getVisibility() — Method in class DBFile

Determine visibility of the given file

DBFile::getFilename() — Method in class DBFile

Get value of filename

DBFile::getHash() — Method in class DBFile

Get value of hash

DBFile::getVariant() — Method in class DBFile

Get value of variant

DBFile::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class DBFile

Return file size in bytes.

DBFile::getAllowedCategories() — Method in class DBFile

Get list of allowed file categories

DBFile::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class DBFile

Gets the list of extensions (if limited) for this field. Empty list means there is no restriction on allowed types.

DBFile::getSize() — Method in class DBFile

Returns the size of the file type in an appropriate format.

DBFile::grantFile() — Method in class DBFile

Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.

DefaultAssetNameGenerator::getPrefix() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator

Get numeric prefix

DefaultAssetNameGenerator::getMaxTries() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator

Number of attempts allowed

FileHashingService::get() — Method in class FileHashingService

Determined if we have an hash for the provided key and return the hash if present

GeneratedAssetHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage

Interface to define a handler for persistent generated files

GeneratedAssetHandler::getContentURL() — Method in class GeneratedAssetHandler

Returns a URL to a generated asset, if one is available.

GeneratedAssetHandler::getContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssetHandler

Returns the content for a generated asset, if one is available.

ProtectedFileController::getRouteHandler() — Method in class ProtectedFileController
Sha1FileHashingService::get() — Method in class Sha1FileHashingService

Determined if we have an hash for the provided key and return the hash if present

Upload::getValidator() — Method in class Upload

Get current validator

Upload::getNameGenerator() — Method in class Upload

Get an asset renamer for the given filename.

Upload::getAssetStore() — Method in class Upload
Upload::getValidFilename() — Method in class Upload

Given a temporary file and upload path, validate the file and determine the value of the 'Filename' tuple that should be used to store this asset.

Upload::getReplaceFile() — Method in class Upload
Upload::getFile() — Method in class Upload

Get file-object, either generated from {load()}, or manually set.

Upload::getErrors() — Method in class Upload

Return all errors that occurred while processing so far (mostly set by {loadUploaded()})

Upload::getDefaultVisibility() — Method in class Upload

Get default visibility for uploaded files. {AssetStore} One of the values of AssetStore::VISIBILITY_* constants

Upload_Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Return all errors that occurred while validating the temporary file.

Upload_Validator::getLargestAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Returns the largest maximum filesize allowed across all extensions

Upload_Validator::getAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Get maximum file size for all or specified file extension.

Upload_Validator::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Upload_Validator::getFileExtension() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Return the extension of the uploaded file, in lowercase Returns an empty string for files without an extension

AuditHook::getAuditLogger() — Method in class AuditHook
AuditHookMFA::getAuditLogger() — Method in class AuditHookMFA
AuditHookManyManyList::getAuditLogger() — Method in class AuditHookManyManyList
AuditHookMemberGroupSet::getAuditLogger() — Method in class AuditHookMemberGroupSet
AuditHookSessionManager::getAuditLogger() — Method in class AuditHookSessionManager
BasicContext::gatherContexts() — Method in class BasicContext

Get the fixture context of the current module

BasicContext::getSession() — Method in class BasicContext

Get Mink session from MinkContext

BasicContext::getExpectedAlert() — Method in class BasicContext

Wait for alert to appear, and return handle

BasicContext::getWebDriverSession() — Method in class BasicContext

Get Selenium webdriver session.

BasicContext::getDateFormat() — Method in class BasicContext
BasicContext::getTimeFormat() — Method in class BasicContext
BasicContext::getDatetimeFormat() — Method in class BasicContext
BasicContext::getTable() — Method in class BasicContext

Finds the first visible table by various factors:

  • table[id]
  • table[title]
  • table *[class=title]
  • fieldset[data-name] table
  • table caption
EmailContext::getSession() — Method in class EmailContext

Get Mink session from MinkContext

FixtureContext::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::getFilesPath() — Method in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::getTempDatabase() — Method in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::getDestinationConfigFolder() — Method in class FixtureContext

Get the destination folder for config and assert the given file name doesn't exist within in.

FixtureContext::getAssetStore() — Method in class FixtureContext
FixtureContext::getHtmlField() — Method in class FixtureContext

Locate an HTML editor field

SilverStripeAwareInitializer::getAjaxSteps() — Method in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
SilverStripeAwareInitializer::getAjaxTimeout() — Method in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
SilverStripeAwareInitializer::getAdminUrl() — Method in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
SilverStripeAwareInitializer::getLoginUrl() — Method in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
SilverStripeAwareInitializer::getScreenshotPath() — Method in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
SilverStripeAwareInitializer::getRegionMap() — Method in class SilverStripeAwareInitializer
LoginContext::generateMemberWithPermission() — Method in class LoginContext

Get or generate a member with the given permission code

LoginContext::generateGroupWithPermission() — Method in class LoginContext

Get or generate a group with the given permission code

LoginContext::generateMember() — Method in class LoginContext

Get or generate a member with the given permission code and permission group

MainContextAwareTrait::getMainContext() — Method in class MainContextAwareTrait

Get the main context

SilverStripeContext::getXpathEscaper() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Get xpath escaper

SilverStripeContext::getAjaxSteps() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
SilverStripeContext::getAjaxTimeout() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
SilverStripeContext::getAdminUrl() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
SilverStripeContext::getLoginUrl() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
SilverStripeContext::getScreenshotPath() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
SilverStripeContext::getRegionMap() — Method in class SilverStripeContext
SilverStripeContext::getRegionObj() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Returns NodeElement based off region defined in .yml file.

SilverStripeContext::getTestSessionState() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Returns a parameter map of state to set within the test session.

SilverStripeContext::getBaseUrl() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Returns base URL parameter set in MinkExtension.

SilverStripeContext::givenTheCurrentDateIs() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Sets the current date. Relies on the underlying functionality using SS_Datetime::now() rather than PHP's system time methods like date().

SilverStripeContext::givenTheCurrentTimeIs() — Method in class SilverStripeContext

Sets the current time. Relies on the underlying functionality using \SS_Datetime::now() rather than PHP's system time methods like date().

ModuleCommandTrait::getModule() — Method in class ModuleCommandTrait

Find target module being tested

ModuleInitialisationController::getFixtureClass() — Method in class ModuleInitialisationController

Get fixture class name

ModuleInitialisationController::getFixtureNamespace() — Method in class ModuleInitialisationController
Extension::getConfigKey() — Method in class Extension
{@inheritDoc}
RerunTotalStatistics::getTimer() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns timer object.

RerunTotalStatistics::getMemory() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns memory usage object.

RerunTotalStatistics::getScenarioStatCounts() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns counters for different scenario result codes.

RerunTotalStatistics::getSkippedScenarios() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns skipped scenario stats.

RerunTotalStatistics::getFailedScenarios() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns failed scenario stats.

RerunTotalStatistics::getStepStatCounts() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns counters for different step result codes.

RerunTotalStatistics::getFailedSteps() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns failed step stats.

RerunTotalStatistics::getPendingSteps() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns pending step stats.

RerunTotalStatistics::getFailedHookStats() — Method in class RerunTotalStatistics

Returns failed hook stats.

StepHelper::getStepScenario() — Method in class StepHelper

Get scenario from step in a feature node See https://github.com/Behat/Behat/issues/653

GridFieldCategorisationConfigClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Admin
GridFieldFormActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Admin
GridFieldFormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldFormAction
GridFieldMergeActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Admin
GridFieldMergeAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldMergeAction

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridFieldMergeAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldMergeAction

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridFieldMergeAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldMergeAction

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

GridFieldMergeAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldMergeAction

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridFieldMergeAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldMergeAction

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

GridFieldAddByDBFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Forms\GridField
GridFieldAddByDBField::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldAddByDBField

Provide actions to this component.

GridFieldAddByDBField::getDataObjectField() — Method in class GridFieldAddByDBField

Returns the database field for which we'll add the new data object.

GridFieldAddByDBField::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddByDBField

Renders the TextField and add button to the GridField.

GridFieldBlogPostStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Forms\GridField

Provides a component to the GridField which tells the user whether or not a blog post has been published and when.

GridFieldBlogPostState::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldBlogPostState

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridFieldBlogPostState::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldBlogPostState

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

GridFieldConfigBlogPostClass in namespace SilverStripe\Blog\Forms\GridField

GridField config necessary for managing a SiteTree object.

$ Blog#grant_user_accessProperty in class Blog

If true, users assigned as editor, writer, or contributor will be automatically granted CMS_ACCESS_CMSMain permission. If false, only users with this permission already may be assigned.

$ Blog#grant_user_permissionProperty in class Blog

Permission to either require, or grant to users assigned to work on this blog.

$ Blog#grant_user_groupProperty in class Blog

Group code to assign newly granted users to.

Blog::getCMSFields() — Method in class Blog
{@inheritdoc}
Blog::getMember() — Method in class Blog
Blog::getSettingsFields() — Method in class Blog
{@inheritdoc}
Blog::getCandidateUsers() — Method in class Blog

Gets the list of user candidates to be assigned to assist with this blog.

Blog::getArchivedBlogPosts() — Method in class Blog

Returns BlogPosts for a given date period.

Blog::getBlogPosts() — Method in class Blog

Return blog posts.

Blog::getLumberjackTitle() — Method in class Blog

This sets the title for our gridfield.

Blog::getLumberjackGridFieldConfig() — Method in class Blog

This overwrites lumberjacks default gridfield config.

Blog::getUserGroup() — Method in class Blog

Gets or creates the group used to assign CMS access.

BlogCategory::getListUrlSegment() — Method in class BlogCategory
{@inheritdoc}
BlogCategory::getDuplicateError() — Method in class BlogCategory
{@inheritdoc}
BlogCommentExtension::getExtraClass() — Method in class BlogCommentExtension

Extra CSS classes for styling different comment types.

BlogController::getCurrentProfile() — Method in class BlogController

Get the Member associated with the current URL segment.

BlogController::getCurrentProfilePosts() — Method in class BlogController

Get posts related to the current Member profile.

BlogController::getArchiveYear() — Method in class BlogController

Fetches the archive year from the url.

BlogController::getArchiveMonth() — Method in class BlogController

Fetches the archive money from the url.

BlogController::getArchiveDay() — Method in class BlogController

Fetches the archive day from the url.

BlogController::getCurrentTag() — Method in class BlogController

Tag Getter for use in templates.

BlogController::getCurrentCategory() — Method in class BlogController

Category Getter for use in templates.

BlogController::getMetaTitle() — Method in class BlogController

Get the meta title for the current action.

BlogController::getFilterDescription() — Method in class BlogController

Returns a description of the current filter.

BlogController::getArchiveDate() — Method in class BlogController

Returns the current archive date.

BlogController::getRSSLink() — Method in class BlogController

Returns a link to the RSS feed.

BlogMemberExtension::generateURLSegment() — Method in class BlogMemberExtension

Generate a unique URL segment based on the Member's name.

BlogObject::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogObject
{@inheritdoc}
BlogObject::getLink() — Method in class BlogObject

Returns a relative link to this category.

BlogObject::generateURLSegment() — Method in class BlogObject

Generates a unique URLSegment from the title.

BlogObject::getDuplicatesByField() — Method in class BlogObject

Looks for objects o the same type and the same value by the given Field

BlogObject::getListUrlSegment() — Method in class BlogObject

This returns the url segment for the listing page.

BlogObject::getDuplicateError() — Method in class BlogObject

Returns an error message for this object when it tries to write a duplicate.

BlogPost::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogPost
{@inheritdoc}
BlogPost::getCandidateAuthors() — Method in class BlogPost

Gets the list of author candidates to be assigned as authors of this blog post.

BlogPost::getMember() — Method in class BlogPost
BlogPost::getMonthlyArchiveLink() — Method in class BlogPost

Returns a monthly archive link for the current blog post.

BlogPost::getYearlyArchiveLink() — Method in class BlogPost

Returns a yearly archive link for the current blog post.

BlogPost::getCredits() — Method in class BlogPost

Resolves static and dynamic authors linked to this post.

BlogPost::getDynamicCredits() — Method in class BlogPost

Resolves dynamic authors linked to this post.

BlogPost::getStaticCredits() — Method in class BlogPost

Resolves static authors linked to this post.

BlogPost::getProfilesDisabled() — Method in class BlogPost

Checks to see if User Profiles has been disabled via config

BlogPost::getDate() — Method in class BlogPost

Proxy method for displaying the publish date in rss feeds.

BlogTag::getListUrlSegment() — Method in class BlogTag
{@inheritdoc}
BlogTag::getDuplicateError() — Method in class BlogTag
{@inheritdoc}
BlogArchiveWidget::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogArchiveWidget
BlogArchiveWidget::getArchive() — Method in class BlogArchiveWidget

Returns a list of months where blog posts are present.

BlogCategoriesWidget::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogCategoriesWidget
BlogCategoriesWidget::getCategories() — Method in class BlogCategoriesWidget
BlogFeaturedPostsWidget::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogFeaturedPostsWidget
BlogFeaturedPostsWidget::getPosts() — Method in class BlogFeaturedPostsWidget
BlogRecentPostsWidget::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogRecentPostsWidget
BlogRecentPostsWidget::getPosts() — Method in class BlogRecentPostsWidget
BlogTagsCloudWidget::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogTagsCloudWidget
BlogTagsCloudWidget::getTags() — Method in class BlogTagsCloudWidget
BlogTagsWidget::getCMSFields() — Method in class BlogTagsWidget
BlogTagsWidget::getTags() — Method in class BlogTagsWidget
GridFieldResourceTitleClass in namespace SilverStripe\CKANRegistry\Forms

Presents a title for the Resource data set and selected resource, as well as a toggle to hide or show the resource locator field in the CMS.

GridFieldResourceTitle::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldResourceTitle

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

PresentedOptionsField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class PresentedOptionsField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

PresentedOptionsField::getSelectTypes() — Method in class PresentedOptionsField

Get a list of options for filtering with a human readable (translated) label

PresentedOptionsField::getResource() — Method in class PresentedOptionsField
ResourceLocatorField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class ResourceLocatorField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

ResourceLocatorField::getDefaultEndpoint() — Method in class ResourceLocatorField
ResourceLocatorField::getSiteName() — Method in class ResourceLocatorField
ResourceLocatorField::getEndpointFieldName() — Method in class ResourceLocatorField
ResourceLocatorField::getDatasetFieldName() — Method in class ResourceLocatorField
ResourceLocatorField::getResourceFieldName() — Method in class ResourceLocatorField
ResultConditionsField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class ResultConditionsField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

ResultConditionsField::getMatchOptions() — Method in class ResultConditionsField

Get a list of options for filtering with a human readable (translated) label

ResourceField::getCMSFields() — Method in class ResourceField

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

ResourceField::getTitle() — Method in class ResourceField

Use the readable label for GridField CRUD operation result messages

ResourceFilter::getCMSFields() — Method in class ResourceFilter

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

ResourceFilter::getType() — Method in class ResourceFilter

Returns the type of the filter, used for summary fields

ResourceFilter::getClientConfig() — Method in class ResourceFilter

Return a "schema" that can be provided to client side JavaScript components for client side rendering

ResourceFilter::getColumns() — Method in class ResourceFilter

Returns either the selected column's readable label value, or a fixed string representing multiple columns having been selected.

ResourceFilter::getTitle() — Method in class ResourceFilter

Use the filter label for GridField CRUD operation result messages

Dropdown::getCMSFields() — Method in class Dropdown

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

Dropdown::getClientConfig() — Method in class Dropdown

Return a "schema" that can be provided to client side JavaScript components for client side rendering

Dropdown::getConfiguredOptions() — Method in class Dropdown

Get the options that have been configured for this dropdown by the CMS author. ie. parse the "Options" value

CKANRegistryPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class CKANRegistryPage
CKANRegistryPage::getSettingsFields() — Method in class CKANRegistryPage
CKANRegistryPageController::getCKANClientConfig() — Method in class CKANRegistryPageController

Loads model data encapsulated as JSON in order to power front end technologies used to render that data. Includes critical info such as the CKAN site to query (e.g. which domain, datastore, etc.) but also can be extended to be used for configuring the component used to show this (e.g. React.js or Vue.js component configuration).

CKANRegistryPageController::getBasePath() — Method in class CKANRegistryPageController

Returns the base path for the resource's page with a leading slash

$ APIClient#guzzleClientProperty in class APIClient
APIClient::getPackage() — Method in class APIClient

Performs a request to the CKAN API for the given Resource and returns the result. Uses the endpoint for "package_show".

APIClient::getSearchData() — Method in class APIClient

Performs a request to the CKAN API for the given Resource and returns the raw data result. Uses the endpoint for "datastore_search".

APIClient::getData() — Method in class APIClient

Performs a request to the CKAN API for the given Resource and returns the raw data result

APIClient::getGuzzleClient() — Method in class APIClient
APIClient::getClientOptions() — Method in class APIClient

Get Guzzle client options

APIClientInterface::getData() — Method in class APIClientInterface

Performs a request to the CKAN API for the given Resource and returns the raw data result

APIClientInterface::getPackage() — Method in class APIClientInterface

Performs a request to the CKAN API for the given Resource and returns the result. Uses the endpoint for "package_show".

APIClientInterface::getSearchData() — Method in class APIClientInterface

Performs a request to the CKAN API for the given Resource and returns the raw data result. Uses the endpoint for "datastore_search".

ResourcePopulator::getAPIClient() — Method in class ResourcePopulator
CMSBatchAction_Archive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_Publish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_Restore::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSMain

Caution: Volatile API.

CMSMain::getCMSEditLinkForManagedDataObject() — Method in class CMSMain

Get the link for editing a page.

CMSMain::getTabIdentifier() — Method in class CMSMain

Return the active tab identifier for the CMS. Used by templates to decide which tab to give the active state.

CMSMain::getHintsCache() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class CMSMain

Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.

CMSMain::getTreeNodeCustomisations() — Method in class CMSMain

Get callback to determine template customisations for nodes

CMSMain::getTreeNodeClasses() — Method in class CMSMain

Get extra CSS classes for a page's tree node

CMSMain::getsubtree() — Method in class CMSMain

Get a subtree underneath the request param 'ID'.

CMSMain::getSearchContext() — Method in class CMSMain

This provides information required to generate the search form and can be modified on extensions through updateSearchContext

CMSMain::getSearchFieldSchema() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns the search form schema for the current model

CMSMain::getSearchForm() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns a Form for page searching for use in templates.

CMSMain::getPageTypes() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns a sorted array suitable for a dropdown with pagetypes and their translated name

CMSMain::getBreadcrumbsBackLink() — Method in class CMSMain

Get "back" url for breadcrumbs

CMSMain::getRecord() — Method in class CMSMain

Get a database record to be managed by the CMS.

CMSMain::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::getArchiveWarningMessage() — Method in class CMSMain

Build an archive warning message based on the page's children

CMSMain::getQueryFilter() — Method in class CMSMain

Safely reconstruct a selected filter from a given set of query parameters

CMSMain::getList() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns the pages meet a certain criteria as {CMSSiteTreeFilter} or the subpages of a parent page defaulting to no filter and show all pages in first level.

CMSMain::getNewItem() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::getCMSTreeTitle() — Method in class CMSMain

Get title for root CMS node

CMSMain::generateHintsCacheKey() — Method in class CMSMain

Cache key for SiteTreeHints() method

CMSPageEditController::getClientConfig() — Method in class CMSPageEditController

Returns configuration required by the client app.

CMSPageEditController::getAddToCampaignForm() — Method in class CMSPageEditController
CMSPageHistoryController::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Caution: Volatile API.

CMSPageHistoryController::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.

CMSPageHistoryController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Returns the read only version of the edit form. Detaches all FormAction instances attached since only action relates to revert.

CMSPageHistoryController::getVersionID() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Get current version ID

CMSPageHistoryController::getTabIdentifier() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Return the active tab identifier for the CMS. Used by templates to decide which tab to give the active state.

CMSPageSettingsController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
CMSPageSettingsController::getTabIdentifier() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController

Return the active tab identifier for the CMS. Used by templates to decide which tab to give the active state.

CMSSiteTreeFilter::get_all_filters() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Returns a sorted array of all implementators of CMSSiteTreeFilter, suitable for use in a dropdown.

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Method on Hierarchy objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Method on Hierarchy objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Gets the list of filtered pages

CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages

Gets the list of filtered pages

CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages

Gets the list of filtered pages

CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages

Filters out all pages who's status who's status that doesn't exist on live

CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search

Retun an array of maps containing the keys, 'ID' and 'ParentID' for each page to be displayed in the search.

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages

Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Deleted".

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages

Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Draft".

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages

Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Removed from draft".

ContentController::getMenu() — Method in class ContentController

Returns a fixed navigation menu of the given level.

ContentController::getViewer() — Method in class ContentController

Return an SSViewer object to render the template for the current page.

LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::generatePageIconsCss() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension

Include CSS for page icons. We're not using the JSTree 'types' option because it causes too much performance overhead just to add some icons.

ModelAsController::getNestedController() — Method in class ModelAsController
RootURLController::get_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController

Get the full form (e.g. /home/) relative link to the home page for the current HTTP_HOST value. Note that the link is trimmed of leading and trailing slashes before returning to ensure consistency.

SilverStripeNavigator::getItems() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigator::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigator::get_for_record() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getName() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

Machine-friendly name.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getPriority() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getLivePage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getDraftPage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_Unversioned
AnchorLinkFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class AnchorLinkFormFactory
AnchorLinkFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class AnchorLinkFormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

AnchorSelectorField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class AnchorSelectorField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

AnchorSelectorField::getAnchorsInPage() — Method in class AnchorSelectorField

Get anchors in the given page ID.

InternalLinkFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class InternalLinkFormFactory
InternalLinkFormFactory::getValidator() — Method in class InternalLinkFormFactory
InternalLinkModalExtension::getOwner() — Method in class InternalLinkModalExtension
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getAttributes() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getPage() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getHelpText() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLPrefix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLSuffix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getDefaultURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
LinkablePlugin::getIdentifier() — Method in class LinkablePlugin
RedirectorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class RedirectorPage
RedirectorPageController::getContent() — Method in class RedirectorPageController

If we ever get this far, it means that the redirection failed.

SiteTree::get_by_link() — Method in class SiteTree

Fetches the SiteTree object that maps to a link.

SiteTree::getMimeType() — Method in class SiteTree

To determine preview mechanism (e.g. embedded / iframe)

SiteTree::getAbsoluteLiveLink() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the absolute URL for this page on the Live site.

SiteTree::getBreadcrumbItems() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns a list of breadcrumbs for the current page.

SiteTree::getParent() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the parent of this page.

SiteTree::getCreatableChildrenCache() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::getSiteConfig() — Method in class SiteTree

Stub method to get the site config, unless the current class can provide an alternate.

SiteTree::getPermissionChecker() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::getVersionProvider() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::generateURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree

Generate a URL segment based on the title provided.

SiteTree::getStageURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree

Gets the URL segment for the latest draft version of this page.

SiteTree::getLiveURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree

Gets the URL segment for the currently published version of this page.

SiteTree::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns a FieldList with which to create the main editing form.

SiteTree::getSettingsFields() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns fields related to configuration aspects on this record, e.g. access control. See getCMSFields() for content-related fields.

SiteTree::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the actions available in the CMS for this page - eg Save, Publish.

SiteTree::getClassDropdown() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the class dropdown used in the CMS to change the class of a page. This returns the list of options in the dropdown as a Map from class name to singular name. Filters by SiteTree->canCreate(), as well as SiteTree::$needs_permission.

SiteTree::getMenuTitle() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the title for use in menus for this page. If the MenuTitle field is set it returns that, else it returns the Title field.

SiteTree::getStatusFlags() — Method in class SiteTree

A flag provides the user with additional data about the current page status, for example a "removed from draft" status. Each page can have more than one status flag. Returns a map of a unique key to a (localized) title for the flag. The unique key can be reused as a CSS class. Use the 'updateStatusFlags' extension point to customize the flags.

SiteTree::getIconClass() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the CSS class used for the page icon in the site tree.

SiteTree::getTreeTitle() — Method in class SiteTree

getTreeTitle will return three html DOM elements, an empty with the class 'jstree-pageicon' in front, following by a wrapping around its MenuTitle, then following by a indicating its publication status.

SiteTree::getPageLevel() — Method in class SiteTree

Gets the depth of this page in the sitetree, where 1 is the root level

SiteTree::getControllerName() — Method in class SiteTree

Find the controller name by our convention of {$ModelClass}Controller Can be overriden by config variable

SiteTree::getPageIconURL() — Method in class SiteTree

Generate link to this page's icon

SiteTree::getParentType() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns 'root' if the current page has no parent, or 'subpage' otherwise

SiteTree::generateChildrenCacheKey() — Method in class SiteTree

Cache key for creatableChildren() method

SiteTree::getExcludedURLSegments() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the list of excluded root URL segments

SiteTree::getAnchorsOnPage() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTreeFolderExtension::getUnusedFilesListFilter() — Method in class SiteTreeFolderExtension

Looks for files used in system and create where clause which contains all ID's of files.

SiteTreeLinkTracking::getParser() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking

Parser for link tracking

VirtualPage::getVirtualFields() — Method in class VirtualPage

Generates the array of fields required for the page type.

VirtualPage::getNonVirtualisedFields() — Method in class VirtualPage

List of fields or properties to never virtualise

VirtualPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class VirtualPage

Generate the CMS fields from the fields from the original page.

VirtualPage::getSettingsFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::getViewerTemplates() — Method in class VirtualPage

Use the target page's class name for fetching templates - as we need to take on its appearance

VirtualPage::getField() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::getControllerName() — Method in class VirtualPage
{@inheritdoc}
BrokenFilesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenFilesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
EmptyPagesReport::group() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
RecentlyEditedReport::group() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
SearchForm::getClassesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm

Get the classes to search

SearchForm::getResults() — Method in class SearchForm

Return dataObjectSet of the results using current request to get info from form.

SearchForm::getSearchQuery() — Method in class SearchForm

Get the search query for display in a "You searched for ..." sentence.

SearchForm::getPageLength() — Method in class SearchForm
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::getOrphanedPages() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask

Gets all orphans from "Stage" and "Live" stages.

AddToCampaignHandler::getAvailableChangeSets() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler

Get what ChangeSets are available for an item to be added to by this user

AddToCampaignHandler::getInChangeSets() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler

Get changesets that a given object is already in

AddToCampaignHandler::getObject() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler

Safely get a DataObject from a client-supplied ID and ClassName, checking: argument validity; existence; and canView permissions.

AddToCampaignHandler::getFormAlert() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler

Get descriptive alert to display at the top of the form

AddToCampaignHandler::getOrCreateCampaign() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler

Find or build campaign from posted data

CampaignAdmin::getClientConfig() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Returns configuration required by the client app.

CampaignAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Calls SiteTree->getCMSFields() by default to determine the form fields to display.

CampaignAdmin::getPlaceholderGroups() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
CampaignAdmin::getListResource() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Get list contained as a hal wrapper

CampaignAdmin::getChangeSetResource() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Build item resource from a changeset

CampaignAdmin::getChangeSetItemResource() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Build item resource from a changesetitem

CampaignAdmin::getListItems() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Gets viewable list of campaigns

CampaignAdmin::getCampaignEditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
CampaignAdmin::getCampaignCreateForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin

Build create form

CampaignAdminList::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class CampaignAdminList

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

CommentAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class CommentAdmin
CommentsGridFieldAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldAction

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

CommentsGridFieldAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldAction

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

CommentsGridFieldAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldAction

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

CommentsGridFieldAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldAction

HTML for the column, content of the element.

CommentsGridFieldAction::getActions() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldAction

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getTitle() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Gets the title for this menu item

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getExtraData() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Gets any extra data that could go in to the schema that the menu generates

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getGroup() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Gets the group this menu item will belong to. A null value should indicate the button should not display.

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

HTML for the column, content of the element.

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getApproveAction() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Returns the FormAction object, used by other methods to get properties

CommentsGridFieldApproveAction::getActions() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldApproveAction

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getTitle() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Gets the title for this menu item

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getExtraData() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Gets any extra data that could go in to the schema that the menu generates

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getGroup() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Gets the group this menu item will belong to. A null value should indicate the button should not display.

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

HTML for the column, content of the element.

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getSpamAction() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Returns the FormAction object, used by other methods to get properties

CommentsGridFieldSpamAction::getActions() — Method in class CommentsGridFieldSpamAction

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

CommentingController::getParentClass() — Method in class CommentingController

Get the parent class name used

CommentingController::getOwnerRecord() — Method in class CommentingController

Get the record

CommentingController::getOwnerController() — Method in class CommentingController

Get the parent controller

CommentingController::getOption() — Method in class CommentingController

Get the commenting option for the current state

CommentingController::getOptions() — Method in class CommentingController

Returns all the commenting options for the current instance.

CommentingController::getFeed() — Method in class CommentingController

Return an RSSFeed of comments for a given set of comments or all comments on the website.

CommentingController::getComment() — Method in class CommentingController

Returns the comment referenced in the URL (by ID). Permission checking should be done in the callee.

CommentsExtension::getModerationRequired() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Get comment moderation rules for this parent

CommentsExtension::getCommentsRequireLogin() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Determine if users must be logged in to post comments

CommentsExtension::getCommentsEnabled() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Determine if comments are enabled for this instance

CommentsExtension::getCommentHolderID() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Get the HTML ID for the comment holder in the template

CommentsExtension::getPostingRequiredPermission() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Permission codes required in order to post (or empty if none required)

CommentsExtension::getCommentRSSLink() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Gets the RSS link to all comments

CommentsExtension::getCommentRSSLinkPage() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Get the RSS link to all comments on this page

CommentsExtension::getCommentsOption() — Method in class CommentsExtension

Get the commenting option for this object.

CommentsExtension::getCommentsOptions() — Method in class CommentsExtension
Comment::getSecurityToken() — Method in class Comment
Comment::getOption() — Method in class Comment

Get the commenting option

Comment::getParent() — Method in class Comment

Returns the parent DataObject this comment is attached too

Comment::getParentTitle() — Method in class Comment

Returns a string to help identify the parent of the comment

Comment::getParentClassName() — Method in class Comment

Comment-parent classnames obviously vary, return the parent classname

Comment::getEscapedComment() — Method in class Comment

Content to be safely escaped on the frontend

Comment::getMember() — Method in class Comment

Resolves Member object.

Comment::getAuthorName() — Method in class Comment

Return the authors name for the comment

Comment::getAuthorEmail() — Method in class Comment

Return the comment authors email address

Comment::getTitle() — Method in class Comment
Comment::getCMSFields() — Method in class Comment

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

Comment::getHtmlPurifierService() — Method in class Comment
Comment::Gravatar() — Method in class Comment

Calculate the Gravatar link from the email address

Comment::getRepliesEnabled() — Method in class Comment

Determine if replies are enabled for this instance

Comment::getDate() — Method in class Comment
SecurityToken::getToken() — Method in class SecurityToken

Generate the token for the given salt and current secret

SecurityToken::generate() — Method in class SecurityToken

Generates new random key

CachedConfigCollection::getNestFactory() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection

Get callback for nesting the inner collection

CachedConfigCollection::get() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection

Fetches value for a class, or a property on that class

CachedConfigCollection::getAll() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection

Get complete config (excludes middleware)

CachedConfigCollection::getMetadata() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection

Returns the entire metadata

CachedConfigCollection::getHistory() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
CachedConfigCollection::getCollection() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection

Get or build collection

CachedConfigCollection::getCollectionCreator() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
CachedConfigCollection::getCache() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
CachedConfigCollection::getFlush() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
ConfigCollectionInterface::get() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface

Fetches value for a class, or a property on that class

ConfigCollectionInterface::getMetadata() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface

Returns the entire metadata

ConfigCollectionInterface::getHistory() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
ConfigCollectionInterface::getMiddlewares() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
ConfigCollectionInterface::getAll() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface

Get complete config (excludes middleware)

DeltaConfigCollection::getDeltaMiddleware() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection

Get middleware for handling deltas

DeltaConfigCollection::getMiddlewares() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
DeltaConfigCollection::getDeltas() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection

Get deltas for the given class

MemoryConfigCollection::get() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection

Fetches value for a class, or a property on that class

MemoryConfigCollection::getClassConfig() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection

Retrieve config for an entire class

MemoryConfigCollection::getAll() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection

Get complete config (excludes middleware-applied config)

MemoryConfigCollection::getMetadata() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection

Returns the entire metadata

MemoryConfigCollection::getHistory() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
MemoryConfigCollection::getSerializedMembers() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection

Get list of serialized properties

DeltaMiddleware::getCollection() — Method in class DeltaMiddleware
DeltaMiddleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class DeltaMiddleware

Get config for a class

Middleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class Middleware

Get config for a class

MiddlewareAware::getMiddlewares() — Method in class MiddlewareAware
MiddlewareCommon::getDisableFlag() — Method in class MiddlewareCommon

Get flag to use to disable this middleware

PrivateStaticTransformer::getClassConfig() — Method in class PrivateStaticTransformer

This is responsible for introspecting a given class and returning an array continaing all of its private statics

PrivateStaticTransformer::getClasses() — Method in class PrivateStaticTransformer
YamlTransformer::getNamedYamlDocuments() — Method in class YamlTransformer

Returns an array of YAML documents keyed by name.

YamlTransformer::getMatchingDocuments() — Method in class YamlTransformer

This returns an array of documents which match the given pattern. The pattern is expected to come from before/after blocks of yaml (eg. framwork/*).

YamlTransformer::getSortedYamlDocuments() — Method in class YamlTransformer

This method gets all headers and all yaml documents and stores them respectively.

ContentReviewCMSExtension::getReviewContentForm() — Method in class ContentReviewCMSExtension

Return a handler for "content due for review" forms, according to the given object ID

ContentReviewCMSExtension::getReviewContentHandler() — Method in class ContentReviewCMSExtension

Return a handler or reviewing content

ContentReviewCMSExtension::getSchemaRequested() — Method in class ContentReviewCMSExtension

Check if the current request has a X-Formschema-Request header set.

ContentReviewCMSExtension::getSchemaResponse() — Method in class ContentReviewCMSExtension

Generate schema for the given form based on the X-Formschema-Request header value

ContentReviewDefaultSettings::getOwnerNames() — Method in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings
ContentReviewDefaultSettings::getReviewBody() — Method in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings

Get the review body, falling back to the default if left blank.

ContentReviewDefaultSettings::getReviewSubject() — Method in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings

Get the review subject line, falling back to the default if left blank.

ContentReviewDefaultSettings::getReviewFrom() — Method in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings

Get the "from" field for review emails.

ContentReviewDefaultSettings::getWithDefault() — Method in class ContentReviewDefaultSettings

Get the value of a user-configured field, falling back to the default if left blank.

SiteTreeContentReview::get_schedule() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview
SiteTreeContentReview::getReviewDate() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview

Returns false if the content review have disabled.

SiteTreeContentReview::getOptions() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview

Get the object that have the information about the content review settings. Either:

SiteTreeContentReview::getOwnerNames() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview
SiteTreeContentReview::getEditorName() — Method in class SiteTreeContentReview
ContentReviewNotificationJob::getTitle() — Method in class ContentReviewNotificationJob
ContentReviewNotificationJob::getJobType() — Method in class ContentReviewNotificationJob
ContentReviewEmails::getOverduePagesForOwners() — Method in class ContentReviewEmails
ContentReviewEmails::getEmailBody() — Method in class ContentReviewEmails

Get string value of HTML body with all variable evaluated.

ContentReviewEmails::getTemplateVariables() — Method in class ContentReviewEmails

Gets list of safe template variables and their values which can be used in both the static and editable templates.

ContentWidget::getCMSFields() — Method in class ContentWidget
ContentNegotiator::getEnabled() — Method in class ContentNegotiator

Gets the current enabled status, if it is not set this will fallback to config

Controller::getURLParams() — Method in class Controller

Returns the parameters extracted from the URL by the Director.

Controller::getResponse() — Method in class Controller

Returns the HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up. Can be used to set the status code and headers.

Controller::getAction() — Method in class Controller

Returns the action that is being executed on this controller.

Controller::getViewer() — Method in class Controller

Return the viewer identified being the default handler for this Controller/Action combination.

Controller::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Controller
Cookie::get_inst() — Method in class Cookie

Fetch the current instance of the cookie backend.

Cookie::get() — Method in class Cookie

Get the cookie value by name. Returns null if not set.

Cookie::get_all() — Method in class Cookie

Get all the cookies.

CookieJar::get() — Method in class CookieJar

Get the cookie value by name

CookieJar::getAll() — Method in class CookieJar

Get all the cookies

Cookie_Backend::get() — Method in class Cookie_Backend

Get the cookie value by name

Cookie_Backend::getAll() — Method in class Cookie_Backend

Get all the cookies

Director::get_current_page() — Method in class Director

Return the SiteTree object that is currently being viewed. If there is no SiteTree object to return, then this will return the current controller.

Director::getAbsFile() — Method in class Director

Given a filesystem reference relative to the site root, return the full file-system path.

Director::get_environment_type() — Method in class Director

Can also be checked with Director::isDev()}, {@link Director::isTest(), and Director::isLive().

Director::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Director

Returns an array of strings of the method names of methods on the call that should be exposed as global variables in the templates.

Email::getSendAllEmailsTo() — Method in class Email

Get send_all_emails_to

Email::getCCAllEmailsTo() — Method in class Email

Get cc_all_emails_to

Email::getBCCAllEmailsTo() — Method in class Email

Get bcc_all_emails_to

Email::getSendAllEmailsFrom() — Method in class Email

Get send_all_emails_from

Email::getSwiftMessage() — Method in class Email
Email::getFrom() — Method in class Email
Email::getSender() — Method in class Email
Email::getReturnPath() — Method in class Email
Email::getTo() — Method in class Email
Email::getCC() — Method in class Email
Email::getBCC() — Method in class Email
Email::getReplyTo() — Method in class Email
Email::getSubject() — Method in class Email
Email::getPriority() — Method in class Email
Email::getData() — Method in class Email
Email::getBody() — Method in class Email
Email::getHTMLTemplate() — Method in class Email
Email::getPlainTemplate() — Method in class Email

Get the template to render the plain part with

Email::getFailedRecipients() — Method in class Email
Email::generatePlainPartFromBody() — Method in class Email
SwiftMailer::getSwiftMailer() — Method in class SwiftMailer
HTTP::getLinksIn() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::getImagesIn() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::get_mime_type() — Method in class HTTP

Get the MIME type based on a file's extension. If the finfo class exists in PHP, and the file exists relative to the project root, then use that extension, otherwise fallback to a list of commonly known MIME types.

HTTP::gmt_date() — Method in class HTTP

Return an http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2822 RFC 2822 date in the GMT timezone (a timestamp is always in GMT: the number of seconds since January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT)

HTTP::get_cache_age() — Method in class HTTP

Return static variable cache_age in second

HTTPApplication::getFlushDiscoverer() — Method in class HTTPApplication

Returns the current flush discoverer

HTTPApplication::getEnvironmentType() — Method in class HTTPApplication

Return the current environment type (dev, test or live) Only checks Kernel and Server ENV as we don't have sessions initialized yet

HTTPApplication::getKernel() — Method in class HTTPApplication

Get the kernel for this application

$ HTTPRequest#getVarsProperty in class HTTPRequest

Contains all HTTP GET parameters passed into this request.

HTTPRequest::getBody() — Method in class HTTPRequest
HTTPRequest::getVars() — Method in class HTTPRequest
HTTPRequest::getVar() — Method in class HTTPRequest
HTTPRequest::getExtension() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Returns a possible file extension found in parsing the URL as denoted by a "."-character near the end of the URL.

HTTPRequest::getHeaders() — Method in class HTTPRequest
HTTPRequest::getHeader() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Returns a HTTP Header by name if found in the request

HTTPRequest::getURL() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Returns the URL used to generate the page

HTTPRequest::getHost() — Method in class HTTPRequest
HTTPRequest::getIP() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Returns the client IP address which originated this request.

HTTPRequest::getAcceptMimetypes() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Returns all mimetypes from the HTTP "Accept" header as an array.

HTTPRequest::getScheme() — Method in class HTTPRequest

Return the URL scheme (e.g. "http" or "https").

HTTPRequest::getSession() — Method in class HTTPRequest
HTTPResponse::getProtocolVersion() — Method in class HTTPResponse
HTTPResponse::getStatusCode() — Method in class HTTPResponse
HTTPResponse::getStatusDescription() — Method in class HTTPResponse
HTTPResponse::getBody() — Method in class HTTPResponse
HTTPResponse::getHeader() — Method in class HTTPResponse

Return the HTTP header of the given name.

HTTPResponse::getHeaders() — Method in class HTTPResponse
HTTPResponse_Exception::getResponse() — Method in class HTTPResponse_Exception
HTTPStreamResponse::getStream() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse
HTTPStreamResponse::getSavedBody() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse

Get body prior to stream traversal

HTTPStreamResponse::getBody() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse
HasRequestHandler::getRequestHandler() — Method in class HasRequestHandler
AllowedHostsMiddleware::getAllowedHosts() — Method in class AllowedHostsMiddleware
CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceSSLPatterns() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceSSLDomain() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceWWW() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceSSL() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceBasicAuthToSSL() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
CanonicalURLMiddleware::getRedirect() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

Given request object determine if we should redirect.

CanonicalURLMiddleware::getOrValidateRequest() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

Return a valid request, if one is available, or null if none is available

CanonicalURLMiddleware::getRedirectType() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
CanonicalURLMiddleware::getEnabledEnvs() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware

Get enabled flag, or list of environments to enable in.

ChangeDetectionMiddleware::generateETag() — Method in class ChangeDetectionMiddleware
ConfirmationMiddleware::getConfirmationUrl() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware

The URL of the confirmation form ("Security/confirm/middleware" by default)

ConfirmationMiddleware::generateDeclineUrlForRequest() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware

Returns the URL where the user to be redirected when declining the action (on the confirmation form)

ConfirmationMiddleware::getConfirmationItems() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware

Extract the confirmation items from the request and return

EnvironmentBypass::getEnvironments() — Method in class EnvironmentBypass

Returns the list of environments

GetParameterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware

A rule to match a GET parameter within HTTPRequest

GetParameter::getName() — Method in class GetParameter

Return the parameter name

GetParameter::generateToken() — Method in class GetParameter

Generates the unique token depending on the path and the parameter

GetParameter::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class GetParameter

Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item

HttpMethodBypass::getMethods() — Method in class HttpMethodBypass

Returns the list of methods

PathAware::getPath() — Method in class PathAware

Returns the path

Rule::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class Rule

Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item

Url::getHttpMethods() — Method in class Url

Returns HTTP methods to be checked

Url::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class Url

Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item

Url::generateToken() — Method in class Url

Generates the unique token depending on the path

UrlPathStartswith::generateToken() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith

Generates the unique token depending on the path

UrlPathStartswith::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith

Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getVary() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Get current vary keys

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getState() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Get current state

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getStateDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Low level method to get the value of a directive for a state.

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Get the value of the given directive for the current state

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getStateDirectives() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Get directives for the given state

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getDirectives() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Get all directives for the currently active state

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::generateCacheHeader() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Generate the cache header

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::generateHeadersFor() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Generate all headers to output

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getForcingLevel() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::generateVaryHeader() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Generate vary http header

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::generateLastModifiedHeader() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Generate Last-Modified header

HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::generateExpiresHeader() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware

Generate Expires http header

HTTPMiddlewareAware::getMiddlewares() — Method in class HTTPMiddlewareAware
PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::getAffectedPermissions() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware

Returns the list of permissions that are affected

PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::getEnforceAuthentication() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware

Returns flag whether we want to enforce authentication or not

PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::getAuthenticationRedirect() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware

Returns HTTPResponse with a redirect to a login page

RateLimitMiddleware::getKeyFromRequest() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
RateLimitMiddleware::getErrorHTTPResponse() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
RateLimitMiddleware::getExtraKey() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
RateLimitMiddleware::getMaxAttempts() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
RateLimitMiddleware::getDecay() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
RateLimitMiddleware::getRateLimiter() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter::getRequestHandler() — Method in class RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter
TrustedProxyMiddleware::getTrustedProxyIPs() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware

Return the comma-separated list of IP ranges that are trusted to provide proxy headers Can also be 'none' or '*' (all)

TrustedProxyMiddleware::getProxyHostHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware

Return the array of headers from which to lookup the hostname

TrustedProxyMiddleware::getProxyIPHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware

Return the array of headers from which to lookup the client IP

TrustedProxyMiddleware::getProxySchemeHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware

Return the array of headers from which to lookup the client scheme (http/https)

TrustedProxyMiddleware::getIPFromHeaderValue() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware

Extract an IP address from a header value that has been obtained.

NestedController::getNestedController() — Method in class NestedController

Get overriding controller

PjaxResponseNegotiator::getResponse() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
PjaxResponseNegotiator::getFragmentOverride() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
RSSFeed::getTemplate() — Method in class RSSFeed

Returns the name of the template to use.

RSSFeed::getTemplates() — Method in class RSSFeed

Returns the ordered list of preferred templates for rendering this object.

RequestHandler::getRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler

Returns the HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.

RequestHandler::getBackURL() — Method in class RequestHandler

Safely get the value of the BackURL param, if provided via querystring / posted var

RequestHandler::getReferer() — Method in class RequestHandler

Get referer

Session::get() — Method in class Session

Get session value

Session::getAll() — Method in class Session

Get all values

SimpleResourceURLGenerator::getNonceStyle() — Method in class SimpleResourceURLGenerator
Application::getKernel() — Method in class Application

Get the kernel for this application

BaseKernel::getEnvironment() — Method in class BaseKernel

Get the environment type

BaseKernel::getIgnoredCIConfigs() — Method in class BaseKernel

When manifests are discovering files, tests files in modules using the following CI library type will be ignored.

BaseKernel::getIncludeTests() — Method in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::getNestedFrom() — Method in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::getContainer() — Method in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::getInjectorLoader() — Method in class BaseKernel

Get loader for injector instance

BaseKernel::getClassLoader() — Method in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::getModuleLoader() — Method in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::getConfigLoader() — Method in class BaseKernel
BaseKernel::getThemeResourceLoader() — Method in class BaseKernel
RateLimiter::getCache() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter::getIdentifier() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter::getMaxAttempts() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter::getDecay() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter::getNumAttempts() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter::getNumAttemptsRemaining() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter::getTimeToReset() — Method in class RateLimiter
ClassInfo::getValidSubClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns the manifest of all classes which are present in the database.

ConfigLoader::getManifest() — Method in class ConfigLoader

Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.

Config_ForClass::get() — Method in class Config_ForClass
ExtensionMiddleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class ExtensionMiddleware

Get config for a class

ExtensionMiddleware::getExtraConfig() — Method in class ExtensionMiddleware

Applied config to a class from its extensions

InheritanceMiddleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class InheritanceMiddleware

Get config for a class

CoreKernel::getDatabaseConfig() — Method in class CoreKernel

Load database config from environment

CoreKernel::getDatabasePrefix() — Method in class CoreKernel
CoreKernel::getDatabaseSuffix() — Method in class CoreKernel
CoreKernel::getDatabaseName() — Method in class CoreKernel

Get name of database

CustomMethods::getExtraMethodConfig() — Method in class CustomMethods

Get meta-data details on a named method

Environment::getVariables() — Method in class Environment

Extract env vars prior to modification

Environment::getMemoryLimitMax() — Method in class Environment
Environment::getTimeLimitMax() — Method in class Environment
Environment::getEnv() — Method in class Environment

Get value of environment variable.

Extensible::get_extensions() — Method in class Extensible
Extensible::get_extra_config_sources() — Method in class Extensible

Get extra config sources for this class

Extensible::getExtensionInstance() — Method in class Extensible

Get an extension instance attached to this object by name.

Extensible::getExtensionInstances() — Method in class Extensible

Get all extension instances for this specific object instance.

Extension::getOwner() — Method in class Extension

Returns the owner of this extension.

Extension::get_classname_without_arguments() — Method in class Extension

Helper method to strip eval'ed arguments from a string that's passed to DataObject::$extensions or Object::add_extension().

Injector::getObjectCreator() — Method in class Injector
Injector::getConfigLocator() — Method in class Injector

Retrieve the configuration locator

Injector::getServiceName() — Method in class Injector

Does the given service exist, and if so, what's the stored name for it?

Injector::get() — Method in class Injector

Get a named managed object

Injector::getNamedService() — Method in class Injector

Returns the service, or null if it doesnt' exist. See get() for main usage.

Injector::getServiceNamedSpec() — Method in class Injector

Get or build a named service and specification

Injector::getServiceSpec() — Method in class Injector

Search for spec, lazy-loading in from config locator.

InjectorLoader::getManifest() — Method in class InjectorLoader

Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.

Kernel::getContainer() — Method in class Kernel
Kernel::getClassLoader() — Method in class Kernel
Kernel::getInjectorLoader() — Method in class Kernel

Get loader for injector instance

Kernel::getModuleLoader() — Method in class Kernel
Kernel::getConfigLoader() — Method in class Kernel
Kernel::getThemeResourceLoader() — Method in class Kernel
Kernel::getEnvironment() — Method in class Kernel

One of dev, live, or test

ClassLoader::getManifest() — Method in class ClassLoader

Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.

ClassLoader::getItemPath() — Method in class ClassLoader

Returns the path for a class or interface in the currently active manifest, or any previous ones if later manifests aren't set to "exclusive".

ClassManifest::getParser() — Method in class ClassManifest

Get or create active parser

ClassManifest::getTraverser() — Method in class ClassManifest

Get node traverser for parsing class files

ClassManifest::getVisitor() — Method in class ClassManifest

Get visitor for parsing class files

ClassManifest::getItemPath() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns the file path to a class or interface if it exists in the manifest.

ClassManifest::getItemName() — Method in class ClassManifest

Return correct case name

ClassManifest::getClasses() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased class names to file paths.

ClassManifest::getClassNames() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercase class names to proper class names in the manifest

ClassManifest::getTraits() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased trait names to file paths.

ClassManifest::getTraitNames() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercase trait names to proper trait names in the manifest

ClassManifest::getEnums() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased enum names to file paths.

ClassManifest::getEnumNames() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercase enum names to proper enum names in the manifest

ClassManifest::getDescendants() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns an array of all the descendant data.

ClassManifest::getDescendantsOf() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns an array containing all the descendants (direct and indirect) of a class.

ClassManifest::getInterfaces() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased interface names to file locations.

ClassManifest::getInterfaceNames() — Method in class ClassManifest

Return map of lowercase interface names to proper case names in the manifest

ClassManifest::getImplementors() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased interface names to the classes the implement them.

ClassManifest::getImplementorsOf() — Method in class ClassManifest

Returns an array containing the class names that implement a certain interface.

ClassManifest::getOwnerModule() — Method in class ClassManifest

Get module that owns this class

ClassManifest::getState() — Method in class ClassManifest

Load current state into an array of data

ClassManifestVisitor::getClasses() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
ClassManifestVisitor::getTraits() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
ClassManifestVisitor::getEnums() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
ClassManifestVisitor::getInterfaces() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
ManifestFileFinder::getIgnoredDirs() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder

Get all ignored directories

Module::getName() — Method in class Module

Gets name of this module. Used as unique key and identifier for this module.

Module::getComposerName() — Method in class Module

Get full composer name. Will be null if no composer.json is available

Module::getExposedFolders() — Method in class Module

Get list of folders that need to be made available

Module::getShortName() — Method in class Module

Gets "short" name of this module. This is the base directory this module is installed in.

Module::getResourcesDir() — Method in class Module

Name of the resource directory where vendor resources should be exposed as defined by the extra.resources-dir key in the composer file. A blank string will be returned if the key is undefined.

Module::getPath() — Method in class Module

Get base path for this module

Module::getRelativePath() — Method in class Module

Get path relative to base dir.

Module::getResource() — Method in class Module

Get resource for this module

Module::getRelativeResourcePath() — Method in class Module
Module::getResourcePath() — Method in class Module
Module::getResourceURL() — Method in class Module
ModuleLoader::getModule() — Method in class ModuleLoader

Get module by name from the current manifest.

ModuleLoader::getManifest() — Method in class ModuleLoader

Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.

ModuleManifest::getModule() — Method in class ModuleManifest

Get module by name

ModuleManifest::getModules() — Method in class ModuleManifest

Get modules found

ModuleManifest::getModuleByPath() — Method in class ModuleManifest

Get module that contains the given path

ModuleResource::getPath() — Method in class ModuleResource

Return the full filesystem path to this resource.

ModuleResource::getRelativePath() — Method in class ModuleResource

Get the path of this resource relative to the base path.

ModuleResource::getURL() — Method in class ModuleResource

Public URL to this resource.

ModuleResource::getModule() — Method in class ModuleResource
ModuleResource::getRelativeResource() — Method in class ModuleResource

Get nested resource relative to this.

ModuleResourceLoader::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class ModuleResourceLoader

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

PrioritySorter::getSortedList() — Method in class PrioritySorter

Sorts the items and returns a new version of $this->items

VersionProvider::getVersion() — Method in class VersionProvider

Gets a comma delimited string of package titles and versions

VersionProvider::getModuleVersion() — Method in class VersionProvider

Get the version of a specific module

VersionProvider::getModules() — Method in class VersionProvider

Gets the configured core modules to use for the SilverStripe application version

VersionProvider::getModuleVersionFromComposer() — Method in class VersionProvider

Tries to obtain version number from composer.lock if it exists

VersionProvider::getComposerLock() — Method in class VersionProvider

Load composer.lock's contents and return it

VersionProvider::getComposerLockPath() — Method in class VersionProvider
DeployFlushDiscoverer::getCacheTimestamp() — Method in class DeployFlushDiscoverer

Returns the timestamp of the manifest generation or null if no cache has been found (or couldn't read the cache)

DeployFlushDiscoverer::getDeployResource() — Method in class DeployFlushDiscoverer

Returns the resource to be checked for deployment

DeployFlushDiscoverer::getDeployTimestamp() — Method in class DeployFlushDiscoverer

Returns the resource modification timestamp

ScheduledFlushDiscoverer::getFlush() — Method in class ScheduledFlushDiscoverer

Returns the flag whether the manifest flush has been scheduled in previous requests

TempFolder::getTempFolder() — Method in class TempFolder

Returns the temporary folder path that silverstripe should use for its cache files.

TempFolder::getTempFolderUsername() — Method in class TempFolder

Returns as best a representation of the current username as we can glean.

TempFolder::getTempParentFolder() — Method in class TempFolder

Return the parent folder of the temp folder.

CronTaskStatus::get_status() — Method in class CronTaskStatus

Get the status

CronTask::getSchedule() — Method in class CronTask

Return a string for a CRON expression. If a "falsy" value is returned, the CronTaskController will assume the CronTask is disabled.

Backtrace::get_rendered_backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace

Render a backtrace array into an appropriate plain-text or HTML string.

BuildTask::getTitle() — Method in class BuildTask
BuildTask::getDescription() — Method in class BuildTask
BulkLoader::getCheckPermissions() — Method in class BulkLoader

If true, this bulk loader will respect create/edit/delete permissions.

BulkLoader::getOptionFields() — Method in class BulkLoader

Return a FieldList containing all the options for this form; this doesn't include the actual upload field itself

BulkLoader::getImportSpec() — Method in class BulkLoader

Get a specification of all available columns and relations on the used model.

CSSContentParser::getBySelector() — Method in class CSSContentParser

Returns a number of SimpleXML elements that match the given CSS selector.

CSSContentParser::getByXpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser

Allows querying the content through XPATH selectors.

SSListContains::getStubForToString() — Method in class SSListContains
SSListContainsOnly::getStubForToString() — Method in class SSListContainsOnly
CsvBulkLoader::getNormalisedColumnMap() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
CsvBulkLoader::getNewSplitFileName() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
Deprecation::get_calling_module_from_trace() — Method in class Deprecation

This method is no longer used

Deprecation::get_called_method_from_trace() — Method in class Deprecation

Given a backtrace, get the method name from the immediate parent caller (the caller of #notice)

Deprecation::get_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation

This method is no longer used

DevelopmentAdmin::get_links() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
DevelopmentAdmin::getRegisteredController() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
DevelopmentAdmin::generatesecuretoken() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin

Generate a secure token which can be used as a crypto key.

FixtureBlueprint::getDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureBlueprint::getClass() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::getId() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Get the ID of an object from the fixture.

FixtureFactory::getIds() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.

FixtureFactory::get() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Get an object from the fixture.

FixtureFactory::getFixtures() — Method in class FixtureFactory
FixtureFactory::getBlueprints() — Method in class FixtureFactory
FixtureFactory::getBlueprint() — Method in class FixtureFactory
FunctionalTest::get() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Submit a get request

FunctionalTest::get_disable_themes() — Method in class FunctionalTest
FunctionalTest::get_use_draft_site() — Method in class FunctionalTest
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::getConfigureDatabasePaths() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Including _configure_database.php is a legacy method of configuring a database It's still used by https://github.com/silverstripe/silverstripe-sqlite3

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::getCache() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapters() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Return all registered adapters

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapter() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Returns registry data for a class

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_default_fields() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Retrieves default field configuration

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::getDatabaseConfigurationHelper() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Build configuration helper for a given class

DatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines the version of the database server

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines the version of the database server

SapphireTest::getIllegalExtensions() — Method in class SapphireTest

Gets illegal extensions for this class

SapphireTest::getRequiredExtensions() — Method in class SapphireTest

Gets required extensions for this class

SapphireTest::get_fixture_file() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getUsesDatabase() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getUsesTransactions() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getRequireDefaultRecordsFrom() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getCurrentAbsolutePath() — Method in class SapphireTest

Useful for writing unit tests without hardcoding folder structures.

SapphireTest::getCurrentRelativePath() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getFixturePaths() — Method in class SapphireTest

Get fixture paths for this test

SapphireTest::getExtraDataObjects() — Method in class SapphireTest

Return all extra objects to scaffold for this test

SapphireTest::getExtraControllers() — Method in class SapphireTest

Get additional controller classes to register routes for

SapphireTest::getExtraRoutes() — Method in class SapphireTest

Get extra routes to merge into Director.rules

FixtureTestState::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class FixtureTestState
FixtureTestState::getFixturePaths() — Method in class FixtureTestState
FixtureTestState::getTestAbsolutePath() — Method in class FixtureTestState

Useful for writing unit tests without hardcoding folder structures.

FixtureTestState::getIsLoaded() — Method in class FixtureTestState

Check if fixtures need to be loaded for this class

GlobalsTestStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State

Cleans up and reset global env vars between tests

SapphireTestState::getStates() — Method in class SapphireTestState
SapphireTestState::getStateByName() — Method in class SapphireTestState
SapphireTestState::getStateByClass() — Method in class SapphireTestState
TaskRunner::getTasks() — Method in class TaskRunner
MigrateFileTask::getDescription() — Method in class MigrateFileTask
MigrateFileTask::getStore() — Method in class MigrateFileTask
i18nTextCollectorTask::getIsMerge() — Method in class i18nTextCollectorTask

Check if we should merge

TestKernel::getIncludeTests() — Method in class TestKernel
TestKernel::getIgnoredCIConfigs() — Method in class TestKernel
TestSession::get() — Method in class TestSession

Submit a get request

TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getContent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getError() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getSent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getHeaders() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getMethod() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getUrl() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getRequestData() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
DatabaseAdminExtension::getOwner() — Method in class DatabaseAdminExtension
YamlFixture::getFixtureFile() — Method in class YamlFixture
YamlFixture::getFixtureString() — Method in class YamlFixture
ImportField::getBodyText() — Method in class ImportField
ServiceConnector::getDetail() — Method in class ServiceConnector

Retrieves detail in priority order from

  1. local instance field
  2. Config
  3. Environment
ServiceConnector::getUsername() — Method in class ServiceConnector
ServiceConnector::getPassword() — Method in class ServiceConnector
ServiceConnector::getUrl() — Method in class ServiceConnector
SettingsField::getInnerField() — Method in class SettingsField
DynamoDbSession::getHandler() — Method in class DynamoDbSession

Getter for SessionHandler

DynamoDbSession::get() — Method in class DynamoDbSession

Get an instance of DynamoDbSession configured from the environment if available.

DynamoDbSession::getSessionLifetime() — Method in class DynamoDbSession

check the AWS constant or refer to the Session class to find the session timeout value (if it exists) in terms of DynamoDB, session_lifetime is the time to mark the inactive session to be garbage collected if GarbageCollectSessionCronTask is running periodically on your server (via the silverstripe-crontask module), then the inactive session will get removed from the DynamoDB session table.

BannerBlock::getType() — Method in class BannerBlock

Get the type of the current block, for use in GridField summaries, block type dropdowns etc. Examples are "Content", "File", "Media", etc.

BannerBlock::getCMSFields() — Method in class BannerBlock

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

BannerBlock::getCallToActionLink() — Method in class BannerBlock

Accessor for CallToActionLink i.e. $block->CallToActionLink

BannerBlock::getSummary() — Method in class BannerBlock

Add the banner content instead of the image title

BlockLinkField::getParsedValue() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Return a parsed ArrayData object from the contents of the JSON value. Will be cached for future use, and the cache will be reset via setValue each time.

BlockLinkField::getLinkPage() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Get the linked SiteTree object, if available

BlockLinkField::getLinkText() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Get the link text/title

BlockLinkField::getLinkDescription() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Get the link "description", used for titles or alt text

BlockLinkField::getLinkTargetBlank() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Get whether to open the link in a new window

BlockLinkField::getLinkRelativeUrl() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Get the relative URL for the linked SiteTree object, with a leading slash

BlockLinkField::getShowLinkText() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Get whether to display the link text field

BlockLinkField::getAttributes() — Method in class BlockLinkField

When not used in a React form factory context, this adds the schema and state data to SilverStripe template rendered attributes lists

BlockLinkField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class BlockLinkField

Add some extra props for the React component to work with

FileBlock::getCMSFields() — Method in class FileBlock

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

FileBlock::getType() — Method in class FileBlock

Get the type of the current block, for use in GridField summaries, block type dropdowns etc. Examples are "Content", "File", "Media", etc.

FileBlock::getSummary() — Method in class FileBlock

This can be overridden on child elements to create a summary for display in GridFields.

FileBlock::getSummaryThumbnail() — Method in class FileBlock

Return a thumbnail of the file, if it's an image. Used in GridField preview summaries.

ExternalURLCheck::getCurlOpts() — Method in class ExternalURLCheck
ExternalURLCheck::getURLs() — Method in class ExternalURLCheck
FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck::getFiles() — Method in class FileAccessibilityAndValidationCheck

Gets a list of absolute file paths.

FileAgeCheck::getFiles() — Method in class FileAgeCheck

Gets a list of absolute file paths.

SessionCheck::getCookie() — Method in class SessionCheck

Get PHPSESSID or SECSESSID cookie set from the response if it exists.

EnvironmentChecker::get_from_email_address() — Method in class EnvironmentChecker
EnvironmentChecker::get_to_email_address() — Method in class EnvironmentChecker
EnvironmentChecker::get_email_results() — Method in class EnvironmentChecker
ClientFactory::getConfig() — Method in class ClientFactory

Merge config provided from yaml with default config

Fetcher::getURL() — Method in class Fetcher

Getter for URL

ErrorPage::getDefaultRecords() — Method in class ErrorPage

Returns an array of arrays, each of which defines properties for a new ErrorPage record.

ErrorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class ErrorPage
ErrorPage::get_content_for_errorcode() — Method in class ErrorPage

Returns statically cached content for a given error code

ErrorPage::getCodes() — Method in class ErrorPage
ErrorPage::get_error_filename() — Method in class ErrorPage

Gets the filename identifier for the given error code.

ErrorPage::getErrorFilename() — Method in class ErrorPage

Get filename identifier for this record.

ErrorPage::get_asset_handler() — Method in class ErrorPage
ErrorPageFileExtension::getErrorRecordFor() — Method in class ErrorPageFileExtension

Used by {File::handle_shortcode}

CMSExternalLinksController::getJobStatus() — Method in class CMSExternalLinksController

Respond to Ajax requests for info on a running job

CheckExternalLinksJob::getTitle() — Method in class CheckExternalLinksJob
CheckExternalLinksJob::getJobType() — Method in class CheckExternalLinksJob

By default jobs should just go into the default processing queue

CheckExternalLinksJob::getSignature() — Method in class CheckExternalLinksJob

Return a signature for this queued job

BrokenExternalLink::getHTTPCodeDescription() — Method in class BrokenExternalLink

Retrieve a human readable description of a response code

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::get_latest() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Get the latest track status

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::getIncompletePageList() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Gets the list of Pages yet to be checked

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::getIncompleteTracks() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Get the list of incomplete BrokenExternalPageTrack

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::getTotalPages() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Get total pages count

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::getCompletedPages() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Get completed pages count

BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus::get_or_create() — Method in class BrokenExternalPageTrackStatus

Returns the latest run, or otherwise creates a new one

BrokenExternalLinksReport::getColumns() — Method in class BrokenExternalLinksReport

Alias of columns(), to support the export to csv action in GridFieldExportButton generateExportFileData method.

BrokenExternalLinksReport::getCMSFields() — Method in class BrokenExternalLinksReport

Returns a FieldList with which to create the CMS editing form.

CheckExternalLinksTask::getLinkChecker() — Method in class CheckExternalLinksTask
CurlLinkChecker::getCache() — Method in class CurlLinkChecker

Return cache

CheckboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class CheckboxField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

CheckboxField_Readonly::getValueCast() — Method in class CheckboxField_Readonly

Get custom cating helper for Value() field

CheckboxSetField::getOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField

Gets the list of options to render in this formfield

CheckboxSetField::getAttributes() — Method in class CheckboxSetField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

CompositeField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class CompositeField

Merge child field data into this form

CompositeField::getChildren() — Method in class CompositeField

Accessor method for $this->children

CompositeField::getName() — Method in class CompositeField

Returns the name (ID) for the element.

CompositeField::getTag() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::getLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class CompositeField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

CompositeField::getColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeValidator::getValidators() — Method in class CompositeValidator
CompositeValidator::getValidatorsByType() — Method in class CompositeValidator

Return all Validators that match a certain class name. EG: RequiredFields::class

ConfirmedPasswordField::getChildren() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Returns the children of this field for use in templating.

ConfirmedPasswordField::getShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::getRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Check if existing password is required

ConfirmedPasswordField::getPasswordField() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::getConfirmPasswordField() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::getMinLength() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::getMaxLength() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::getRequireStrongPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
CurrencyField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class CurrencyField

Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.

DatalessField::getAttributes() — Method in class DatalessField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

DatalessField::getAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
DateField::getHTML5() — Method in class DateField
DateField::getDateLength() — Method in class DateField

Get length of the date format to use. One of:

DateField::getDateFormat() — Method in class DateField

Get date format in CLDR standard format

DateField::getFrontendFormatter() — Method in class DateField

Get date formatter with the standard locale / date format

DateField::getInternalFormatter() — Method in class DateField

Get a date formatter for the ISO 8601 format

DateField::getAttributes() — Method in class DateField
DateField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class DateField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

DateField::getLocale() — Method in class DateField

Get locale to use for this field

DateField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class DateField

Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.

DateField::getMinDate() — Method in class DateField
DateField::getMaxDate() — Method in class DateField
DateField_Disabled::getHTML5() — Method in class DateField_Disabled
DatetimeField::getAttributes() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getHTML5() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getFrontendFormatter() — Method in class DatetimeField

Get date formatter with the standard locale / date format

DatetimeField::getDatetimeFormat() — Method in class DatetimeField

Get date format in CLDR standard format

DatetimeField::getInternalFormatter() — Method in class DatetimeField

Get a date formatter for the ISO 8601 format

DatetimeField::getDateLength() — Method in class DatetimeField

Get length of the date format to use. One of:

DatetimeField::getTimeLength() — Method in class DatetimeField

Get length of the date format to use. One of:

DatetimeField::getLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField

Get locale for this field

DatetimeField::getMinDatetime() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getMaxDatetime() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getTimezone() — Method in class DatetimeField
DropdownField::getFieldOption() — Method in class DropdownField

Build a field option for template rendering

DropdownField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class DropdownField

A required DropdownField must have a user selected attribute, so require an empty default for a required field

EmailField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class EmailField

Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.

FieldGroup::getName() — Method in class FieldGroup

Returns the name (ID) for the element.

FieldGroup::getZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldGroup::getMessage() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldGroup::getMessageType() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldGroup::getMessageCast() — Method in class FieldGroup

Casting type for this message. Will be 'text' or 'html'

FieldList::getContainerField() — Method in class FieldList
FieldList::getIterator() — Method in class FieldList
FileField::getAttributes() — Method in class FileField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

FileField::getAcceptFileTypes() — Method in class FileField

Returns a list of file extensions (and corresponding mime types) that will be accepted

FileField::getRelationAutoSetting() — Method in class FileField

Check if relation can be automatically assigned to the underlying dataobject

FileHandleField::getAttributes() — Method in class FileHandleField
FileHandleField::getFolderName() — Method in class FileHandleField
FileHandleField::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileHandleField
FileUploadReceiver::getRecord() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver

Get the record to use as "Parent" for uploaded Files (eg a Page with a has_one to File) If none is set, it will use Form->getRecord() or Form->Controller()->data()

FileUploadReceiver::getItems() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver

Retrieves the current list of files

FileUploadReceiver::getItemIDs() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver

Retrieves the list of selected file IDs

FileUploadReceiver::getRelationAutosetClass() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver

Gets the foreign class that needs to be created, or 'File' as default if there is no relationship, or it cannot be determined.

FileUploadReceiver::getRelationAutoSetting() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver

Check if relation can be automatically assigned to the underlying dataobject

Form::getNotifyUnsavedChanges() — Method in class Form
Form::getRequest() — Method in class Form

Helper to get current request for this form

Form::getSession() — Method in class Form

Get session for this form

Form::getSessionData() — Method in class Form

Return any form data stored in the session

Form::getSessionValidationResult() — Method in class Form

Return any ValidationResult instance stored for this object

Form::getValidationResponseCallback() — Method in class Form
Form::getRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form

Get whether the user should be redirected back down to the form on the page upon validation errors

Form::getValidator() — Method in class Form

Get the Validator attached to this form.

Form::getValidationExemptActions() — Method in class Form

Get a list of actions that are exempt from validation

Form::getExtraFields() — Method in class Form

Generate extra special fields - namely the security token field (if required).

Form::getDefaultAttributes() — Method in class Form
Form::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form

Return a FormTemplateHelper for this form. If one has not been set, return the default helper.

Form::getTemplate() — Method in class Form

Return the template to render this form with.

Form::getTemplates() — Method in class Form

Returns the ordered list of preferred templates for rendering this form If the template isn't set, then default to the form class name e.g "Form".

Form::getEncType() — Method in class Form

Returns the encoding type for the form.

Form::getStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
Form::getHTMLID() — Method in class Form
Form::getController() — Method in class Form

Get the controller or parent request handler.

Form::getName() — Method in class Form

Get the name of the form.

Form::getRecord() — Method in class Form

Returns the DataObject that has given this form its data through loadDataFrom().

Form::getLegend() — Method in class Form

Get the legend value to be inserted into the

element in Form.ss
Form::getData() — Method in class Form

Get the submitted data from this form through FieldList->dataFields(), which filters out any form-specific data like form-actions.

Form::getSecurityToken() — Method in class Form

Returns the security token for this form (if any exists).

Form::getRequestHandler() — Method in class Form

Get request handler for this form

FormAction::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class FormAction

Add extra options to data

FormAction::getIcon() — Method in class FormAction

Get button icon, if supported

FormAction::getInputType() — Method in class FormAction

Returns the field input name.

FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class FormAction

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

FormAction::getButtonContent() — Method in class FormAction

Gets the content inside the button field. This is raw HTML, and should be used sparingly.

FormAction::getUseButtonTag() — Method in class FormAction

Determine if this action is rendered as a

FormAction::getValidationExempt() — Method in class FormAction

Get whether this action can be performed without validating the data

FormFactory::getForm() — Method in class FormFactory

Generates the form

FormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FormFactory

Return list of mandatory context keys

FormField::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class FormField

Returns the current FormTemplateHelper on either the parent Form or the global helper set through the Injector layout.

FormField::getName() — Method in class FormField

Returns the field name.

FormField::getInputType() — Method in class FormField

Returns the field input name.

FormField::getDefaultAttributes() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getForm() — Method in class FormField

Get the currently used form.

FormField::getCustomValidationMessage() — Method in class FormField

Get the custom error message for this form field. If a custom message has not been defined then just return blank. The default error is defined on Validator.

FormField::getTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getTemplates() — Method in class FormField

Returns an array of templates to use for rendering FieldHolder.

FormField::getFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField

Returns an array of templates to use for rendering FieldHolder.

FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField

Returns an array of templates to use for rendering SmallFieldHolder.

FormField::getDescription() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getContainerFieldList() — Method in class FormField

Get the FieldList that contains this field.

FormField::getSchemaComponent() — Method in class FormField

Gets the type of front-end component the FormField will be rendered as.

FormField::getSchemaData() — Method in class FormField

Gets the schema data used to render the FormField on the front-end.

FormField::getSchemaDataType() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class FormField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

FormField::getSchemaState() — Method in class FormField

Gets the schema state used to render the FormField on the front-end.

FormField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class FormField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

FormField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class FormField

Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.

FormField::getTitleTip() — Method in class FormField
FormMessage::getMessage() — Method in class FormMessage

Returns the field message, used by form validation.

FormMessage::getMessageType() — Method in class FormMessage

Returns the field message type.

FormMessage::getMessageCast() — Method in class FormMessage

Casting type for this message. Will be 'text' or 'html'

FormMessage::getMessageCastingHelper() — Method in class FormMessage

Get casting helper for message cast, or null if not known

FormMessage::getSchemaMessage() — Method in class FormMessage

Get form schema encoded message

FormMessageBootstrapExtension::getAlertType() — Method in class FormMessageBootstrapExtension

Maps a SilverStripe message type to a Bootstrap alert type

FormRequestHandler::getValidationErrorResponse() — Method in class FormRequestHandler

Returns the appropriate response up the controller chain if validate() fails (which is checked prior to executing any form actions).

FormRequestHandler::getAllActions() — Method in class FormRequestHandler

Get a list of all actions, including those in the main "fields" FieldList

FormScaffolder::getFieldList() — Method in class FormScaffolder

Gets the form fields as defined through the metadata on $obj and the custom parameters passed to FormScaffolder.

FormScaffolder::getParamsArray() — Method in class FormScaffolder

Return an array suitable for passing on to DBField->scaffoldFormField() without tying this call to a FormScaffolder interface.

FormTemplateHelper::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper

Generate the field ID value

AbstractRequestAwareStore::getRequest() — Method in class AbstractRequestAwareStore
GridFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Displays a SS_List in a grid format.

GridField::getModelClass() — Method in class GridField

Returns a data class that is a DataObject type that this GridField should look like.

GridField::getReadonlyComponents() — Method in class GridField

Return the readonly components

GridField::getConfig() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getComponents() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getCastedValue() — Method in class GridField

Cast an arbitrary value with the help of a $castingDefinition.

GridField::getList() — Method in class GridField

Get the data source.

GridField::getManipulatedList() — Method in class GridField

Get the data source after applying every GridField_DataManipulator to it.

GridField::getState() — Method in class GridField

Get the current GridState_Data or the GridState.

GridField::getRowAttributes() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

GridField::getColumns() — Method in class GridField

Get the columns of this GridField, they are provided by attached GridField_ColumnProvider.

GridField::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField

Get the value from a column.

GridField::getDataFieldValue() — Method in class GridField

Get the value of a named field on the given record.

GridField::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField

Get extra columns attributes used as HTML attributes.

GridField::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField

Get metadata for a column.

GridField::getColumnCount() — Method in class GridField

Return how many columns the grid will have.

GridField::gridFieldAlterAction() — Method in class GridField

This is the action that gets executed when a GridField_AlterAction gets clicked.

GridField::getOptionalTableHeader() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getOptionalTableBody() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getOptionalTableFooter() — Method in class GridField
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

This class is is responsible for adding objects to another object's has_many and many_many relation, as defined by the RelationList passed to the GridField constructor.

GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter

If an object ID is set, add the object to the list

GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsFormat() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getPlaceholderText() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsLimit() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter

Gets the maximum number of autocomplete results to display.

GridFieldAddNewButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

This component provides a button for opening the add new form provided by GridFieldDetailForm.

GridFieldAddNewButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldButtonRowClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Adding this class to a GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField adds a button row to that field.

GridFieldButtonRow::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldButtonRow

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldComponentClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Base interface for all components that can be added to GridField.

GridFieldConfigClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Encapsulates a collection of components following the GridFieldComponent} interface. While the {@link GridField itself has some configuration in the form of setters, most of the details are dealt with through components.

GridFieldConfig::getComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldConfig::getComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig

Returns all components extending a certain class, or implementing a certain interface.

GridFieldConfig::getComponentByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig

Returns the first available component with the given class or interface.

GridFieldConfig_BaseClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

A simple readonly, paginated view of records, with sortable and searchable headers.

GridFieldConfig_RecordEditorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Allows editing of records contained within the GridField, instead of only allowing the ability to view records in the GridField.

GridFieldConfig_RecordViewerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Allows viewing readonly details of individual records.

GridFieldConfig_RelationEditorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Similar to GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor, but adds features to work on has-many or many-many relationships.

GridFieldDataColumnsClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridFieldDataColumns::getDisplayFields() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Get the DisplayFields

GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldCasting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldFormatting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridFieldDataColumns::getValueFromRelation() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Translate a Object.RelationName.ColumnName $columnName into the value that ColumnName returns

GridFieldDeleteActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

This class is a GridField component that adds a delete action for objects.

GridFieldDeleteAction::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
GridFieldDeleteAction::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
GridFieldDeleteAction::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()

GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Add the title

GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Which columns are handled by this component

GridFieldDeleteAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Which GridField actions are this component handling

GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
GridFieldDeleteAction::getRemoveRelation() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Get whether to remove or delete the relation

GridFieldDetailFormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Provides view and edit forms at GridField-specific URLs.

GridFieldDetailForm::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm

Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.

GridFieldDetailForm::getRecordFromRequest() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getLostRecordRedirection() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm

Try and find another URL at which the given record can be edited.

GridFieldDetailForm::getItemRequestHandler() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm

Build a request handler for the given record

GridFieldDetailForm::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getName() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getRedirectMissingRecords() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm

Return the status of redirection to missing records.

GridFieldDetailForm::getDefaultShowPagination() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getShowPagination() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getDefaultShowAdd() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getShowAdd() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getValidator() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getFields() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getItemRequestClass() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getItemEditFormCallback() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequestClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
$ GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest#gridFieldProperty in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getCreateContext() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Build context for verifying canCreate

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getRightGroupField() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getFormActions() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Build the set of form field actions for this DataObject

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getToplevelController() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Traverse the nested RequestHandlers until we reach something that's not GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest.

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getBackLink() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getExtraSavedData() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Get the list of extra data from the $record as saved into it by {Form::saveInto()}

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getEditLink() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Gets the edit link for a record

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getPreviousRecordID() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Gets the ID of the previous record in the list.

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getNextRecordID() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Gets the ID of the next record in the list.

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getTemplates() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Get list of templates to use

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getController() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getGridField() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getRecord() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldEditButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Provides the entry point to editing a single record presented by the GridField.

GridFieldEditButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
GridFieldEditButton::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
GridFieldEditButton::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
GridFieldEditButton::getUrl() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
GridFieldEditButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()

GridFieldEditButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Add the title

GridFieldEditButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Which columns are handled by this component

GridFieldEditButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Which GridField actions are this component handling.

GridFieldEditButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
GridFieldEditButton::getExtraClass() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Get the extra HTML classes to add for edit buttons

GridFieldExportButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Adds an "Export list" button to the bottom of a GridField.

GridFieldExportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

Place the export button in a

tag below the field

GridFieldExportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

export is an action button

GridFieldExportButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

it is also a URL

GridFieldExportButton::getExportColumnsForGridField() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

Return the columns to export

GridFieldExportButton::generateExportFileData() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

Generate export fields for CSV.

GridFieldExportButton::getExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldExportButton::getCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldExportButton::getCsvEnclosure() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldExportButton::getCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldFilterHeaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

GridFieldFilterHeader alters the GridField with some filtering fields in the header of each column.

GridFieldFilterHeader::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFilterHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

See setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()

GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchField() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFilterHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

If the GridField has a filterable datalist, return an array of actions

GridFieldFilterHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchContext() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Generate a search context based on the model class of the of the GridField

GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchFieldSchema() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Returns the search field schema for the component

GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchForm() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Returns the search form for the component

GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchFormSchema() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Returns the search form schema for the component

GridFieldFilterHeader::getLegacyFilterHeader() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Generate fields for the legacy filter header row

GridFieldFilterHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Either returns the legacy filter header or the search button and field

GridFieldFooterClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Adding this class to a GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField adds a footer bar to that field.

GridFieldFooter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFooter

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldGroupDeleteActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Adds a delete action for the gridfield to remove a relationship from group.

$ GridFieldGroupDeleteAction#groupIDProperty in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction
GridFieldGroupDeleteAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction
GridFieldGroupDeleteAction::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction

Get the ActionMenu group (not related to Member group)

GridFieldImportButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldImportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton

Place the export button in a

tag below the field

GridFieldImportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton

export is an action button

GridFieldImportButton::getModalTitle() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
GridFieldImportButton::getImportForm() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
GridFieldImportButton::getImportIframe() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
GridFieldLazyLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

GridFieldLazyLoader alters the GridField behavior to delay rendering of rows until the tab containing the GridField is selected by the user.

GridFieldLazyLoader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldLazyLoader

Empty $datalist if the current request should be lazy loadable.

GridFieldLazyLoader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLazyLoader

Apply an appropriate CSS class to $gridField based on whatever the current request is lazy loadable or not.

GridFieldLevelupClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Adds a "level up" link to a GridField table, which is useful when viewing hierarchical data. Requires the managed record to have a "getParent()" method or has_one relationship called "Parent".

GridFieldLevelup::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldLevelup::getAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldLevelup::getLinkSpec() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldPageCountClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

GridFieldPage displays a simple current page count summary.

GridFieldPageCount::getPaginator() — Method in class GridFieldPageCount

Retrieves an instance of a GridFieldPaginator attached to the same control

GridFieldPageCount::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPageCount
GridFieldPaginatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

GridFieldPaginator paginates the GridField list and adds controls to the bottom of the GridField.

GridFieldPaginator::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator

See setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()

GridFieldPaginator::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getGridPagerState() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator

Retrieves/Sets up the state object used to store and retrieve information about the current paging details of this GridField

GridFieldPaginator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getTemplateParameters() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator

Determines arguments to be passed to the template for building this field

GridFieldPaginator::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getItemsPerPage() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPrintButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Adds an "Print" button to the bottom or top of a GridField.

GridFieldPrintButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Place the print button in a

tag below the field

GridFieldPrintButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Print is an action button.

GridFieldPrintButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Print is accessible via the url

GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintColumnsForGridField() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Return the columns to print

GridFieldPrintButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Return the title of the printed page

GridFieldPrintButton::generatePrintData() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Export core.

GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintColumns() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
GridFieldSortableHeaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

GridFieldSortableHeader adds column headers to a GridField that can also sort the columns.

GridFieldSortableHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

See setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()

GridFieldSortableHeader::getFieldSorting() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
GridFieldSortableHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

Returns the header row providing titles with sort buttons

GridFieldSortableHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
GridFieldSortableHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

Returns the manipulated (sorted) DataList. Field names will simply add an 'ORDER BY' clause, relation names will add appropriate joins to the DataQuery first.

GridFieldStateAwareClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

A trait that makes a class able to consume and use a GridFieldStateManagerInterface implementation

GridFieldStateAware::getStateManager() — Method in class GridFieldStateAware

Fallback on the direct Injector access, but allow a custom implementation to be applied

GridFieldStateManagerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Creates a unique key for the gridfield, and uses that to write to and retrieve its state from the request

GridFieldStateManager::getStateKey() — Method in class GridFieldStateManager
GridFieldStateManager::getStateFromRequest() — Method in class GridFieldStateManager
GridFieldStateManagerInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Defines a class that can create a key for a gridfield and apply its state to a request, and consume state from the request

GridFieldStateManagerInterface::getStateKey() — Method in class GridFieldStateManagerInterface
GridFieldStateManagerInterface::getStateFromRequest() — Method in class GridFieldStateManagerInterface
GridFieldToolbarHeaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Adding this class to a GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField adds a header title to that field.

GridFieldToolbarHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldToolbarHeader
GridFieldVersionedStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldViewButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

A button that allows a user to view readonly details of a record. This is disabled by default and intended for use in readonly GridField instances.

GridFieldViewButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
GridFieldViewButton::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
GridFieldViewButton::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
GridFieldViewButton::getUrl() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
GridFieldViewButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridFieldViewButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridFieldViewButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

GridFieldViewButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridField_ActionMenuClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Groups exiting actions in the Actions column in to a menu

GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridField_ActionMenu::getActions() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

GridField_ActionMenu::getItems() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu

Gets the list of items setup

GridField_ActionMenuItemClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

GridField action menu item interface, this provides data so the action will be included if there is a {GridField_ActionMenu}

GridField_ActionMenuItem::getTitle() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuItem

Gets the title for this menu item

GridField_ActionMenuItem::getExtraData() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuItem

Gets any extra data that could go in to the schema that the menu generates

GridField_ActionMenuItem::getGroup() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuItem

Gets the group this menu item will belong to. A null value should indicate the button should not display.

GridField_ActionMenuLinkClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Allows GridField_ActionMenuItem to act as a link

GridField_ActionMenuLink::getUrl() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuLink

Gets the action url for this menu item

GridField_ActionProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

An action is defined by two things: an action name, and zero or more named arguments.

GridField_ActionProvider::getActions() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

GridField_ColumnProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Add a new column to the table display body, or modify existing columns.

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridField_DataManipulatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Can modify the data list.

GridField_DataManipulator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridField_DataManipulator

Manipulate the SS_List as needed by this grid modifier.

GridField_FormActionClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

This class is the base class when you want to have an action that alters the state of the GridField, rendered as a button element.

$ GridField_FormAction#gridFieldProperty in class GridField_FormAction
GridField_FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
GridField_FormAction::getNameFromParent() — Method in class GridField_FormAction

Calculate the name of the gridfield relative to the form.

GridField_HTMLProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

A GridField manipulator that provides HTML for the header/footer rows, or f or before/after the template.

GridField_HTMLProvider::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridField_HTMLProvider

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridField_SaveHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

A component which is used to handle when a GridField is saved into a record.

GridField_StateProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

A GridField component that provides state, notably default state.

GridField_URLHandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Sometimes an action isn't enough: you need to provide additional support URLs for the GridField.

GridField_URLHandler::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridField_URLHandler

Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.

GridStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

This class is a snapshot of the current status of a GridField.

$ GridState#gridProperty in class GridState
GridState::getData() — Method in class GridState
GridState::getList() — Method in class GridState
GridState_ComponentClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridState_Component::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridState_Component

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridState_DataClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField

Simple set of data, similar to stdClass, but without the notice-level errors.

GridState_Data::getData() — Method in class GridState_Data

Retrieve the value for the given key

GridState_Data::getChangesArray() — Method in class GridState_Data

Convert the state to an array including only value that differ from the default state defined by initDefaults()

GroupedDropdownFieldClass in namespace SilverStripe\Forms

Grouped dropdown, using optgroup tags.

GroupedDropdownField::getFieldOption() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField

Build a potentially nested fieldgroup

GroupedDropdownField::getSourceValues() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField

Retrieve all values in the source array

HTMLEditorConfig::get() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Get the HTMLEditorConfig object for the given identifier. This is a correct way to get an HTMLEditorConfig instance - do not call 'new'

HTMLEditorConfig::getThemes() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Gets the current themes, if it is not set this will fallback to config

HTMLEditorConfig::get_active_identifier() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Get the currently active configuration identifier. Will fall back to default_config if unassigned.

HTMLEditorConfig::get_active() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Get the currently active configuration object

HTMLEditorConfig::get_available_configs_map() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Get the available configurations as a map of friendly_name to configuration name.

HTMLEditorConfig::getOption() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Get the current value of an option

HTMLEditorConfig::getAttributes() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Associative array of data-attributes to apply to the underlying text-area

HTMLEditorConfig::getConfigSchemaData() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig

Provide additional schema data for the field this object configures

HTMLEditorField::getEditorConfig() — Method in class HTMLEditorField

Gets the HTMLEditorConfig instance

HTMLEditorField::getAttributes() — Method in class HTMLEditorField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

HTMLEditorField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class HTMLEditorField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

$ HTMLEditorSanitiser#globalAttributesProperty in class HTMLEditorSanitiser
HTMLEditorSanitiser::getRuleForElement() — Method in class HTMLEditorSanitiser

Given an element tag, return the rule structure for that element

HTMLEditorSanitiser::getRuleForAttribute() — Method in class HTMLEditorSanitiser

Given an attribute name, return the rule structure for that attribute

TinyMCECombinedGenerator::getAssetHandler() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

Get backend for assets

TinyMCECombinedGenerator::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

Generate a script URL for the given config

TinyMCECombinedGenerator::generateContent() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

Build raw config for tinymce

TinyMCECombinedGenerator::getFileContents() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

Returns the contents of the script file if it exists and removes the UTF-8 BOM header if it exists.

TinyMCECombinedGenerator::generateFilename() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator

Get filename to use for this config

TinyMCEConfig::getTheme() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get the theme

TinyMCEConfig::getOption() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get the current value of an option

TinyMCEConfig::getSettings() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get all settings

TinyMCEConfig::getAttributes() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Associative array of data-attributes to apply to the underlying text-area

TinyMCEConfig::getPlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Gets the list of all enabled plugins as an associative array.

TinyMCEConfig::getInternalPlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get list of plugins without custom locations, which is the set of plugins which can be loaded via the standard plugin path, and could potentially be minified

TinyMCEConfig::getButtons() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get all button rows, skipping empty rows

TinyMCEConfig::getConfig() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Generate the JavaScript that will set TinyMCE's configuration:

  • Parse all configurations into JSON objects to be used in JavaScript
  • Includes TinyMCE and configurations using the Requirements system
TinyMCEConfig::getEditorCSS() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get location of all editor.css files.

TinyMCEConfig::getContentCSS() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get list of resource paths to css files.

TinyMCEConfig::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Generate gzipped TinyMCE configuration including plugins and languages.

TinyMCEConfig::getConfigSchemaData() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Provide additional schema data for the field this object configures

TinyMCEConfig::get_tinymce_lang() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get the current tinyMCE language

TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEResourcePath() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Returns the full filesystem path to TinyMCE resources (which could be different from the original tinymce location in the module).

TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEResourceURL() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get front-end url to tinymce resources

TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEResource() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig

Get resource root for TinyMCE, either as a string or ModuleResource instance Path will be relative to BASE_PATH if string.

TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEPath() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
TinyMCEConfig::getAdminModule() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
TinyMCEGZIPGenerator::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCEGZIPGenerator

Generate a script URL for the given config

TinyMCEScriptGenerator::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCEScriptGenerator

Generate a script URL for the given config

HeaderField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class HeaderField
HeaderField::getAttributes() — Method in class HeaderField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

HeaderField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class HeaderField

Header fields support dynamic titles via schema state

HeaderField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class HeaderField

Header fields heading level to be set

ListboxField::getOptions() — Method in class ListboxField

Gets the list of options to render in this formfield

ListboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class ListboxField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

ListboxField::getSize() — Method in class ListboxField

Get the size of this dropdown in rows.

ListboxField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class ListboxField
LiteralField::getContent() — Method in class LiteralField
LiteralField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class LiteralField

Header fields support dynamic titles via schema state

LookupField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class LookupField
MoneyField::getCurrencyField() — Method in class MoneyField

Gets field for the currency selector

MoneyField::getAmountField() — Method in class MoneyField

Gets field for the amount input

MoneyField::getDBMoney() — Method in class MoneyField

Get value as DBMoney object useful for formatting the number

MoneyField::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class MoneyField
MoneyField::getLocale() — Method in class MoneyField

Get locale to format this currency in.

MultiSelectField::getValueArray() — Method in class MultiSelectField

Extracts the value of this field, normalised as an array.

MultiSelectField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class MultiSelectField

Default selections, regardless of the setValue() settings.

NullableField::getIsNullLabel() — Method in class NullableField

Get the label used for the Is Null checkbox.

NullableField::getIsNullId() — Method in class NullableField

Get the id used for the Is Null check box.

NumericField::getFormatter() — Method in class NumericField

Get number formatter for localising this field

NumericField::getNumberType() — Method in class NumericField

Get type argument for parse / format calls. one of TYPE_INT32, TYPE_INT64 or TYPE_DOUBLE

NumericField::getAttributes() — Method in class NumericField
NumericField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class NumericField

Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.

NumericField::getLocale() — Method in class NumericField

Gets the current locale this field is set to.

NumericField::getHTML5() — Method in class NumericField

Determine if we should use html5 number input

NumericField::getStep() — Method in class NumericField

Step attribute for html5. E.g. '0.01' to enable two decimal places.

NumericField::getScale() — Method in class NumericField

Get number of digits to show to the right of the decimal point.

OptionsetField::getFieldOption() — Method in class OptionsetField

Build a field option for template rendering

OptionsetField::getOptionID() — Method in class OptionsetField

Generate an ID property for a single option

OptionsetField::getOptionName() — Method in class OptionsetField

Get the "name" property for each item in the list

OptionsetField::getOptionClass() — Method in class OptionsetField

Get extra classes for each item in the list

OptionsetField::getAttributes() — Method in class OptionsetField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

PasswordField::getAllowValuePostback() — Method in class PasswordField
PasswordField::getAttributes() — Method in class PasswordField
PopoverField::getPopoverTitle() — Method in class PopoverField

Get popup title

PopoverField::getButtonTooltip() — Method in class PopoverField
PopoverField::getPlacement() — Method in class PopoverField

Get popup placement

PopoverField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class PopoverField

Merge child field data into this form

ReadonlyField::getIncludeHiddenField() — Method in class ReadonlyField
ReadonlyField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class ReadonlyField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

ReadonlyField::getValueCast() — Method in class ReadonlyField

Get custom cating helper for Value() field

RequiredFields::getRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields

Return the required fields

FormSchema::getMultipartSchema() — Method in class FormSchema

Returns a representation of the provided Form as structured data, based on the request data.

FormSchema::getSchema() — Method in class FormSchema

Gets the schema for this form as a nested array.

FormSchema::getState() — Method in class FormSchema

Gets the current state of this form as a nested array.

FormSchema::getErrors() — Method in class FormSchema
FormSchema::getSchemaForMessage() — Method in class FormSchema

Return form schema for encoded validation message

FormSchema::getFieldStates() — Method in class FormSchema
SegmentField::getModifiers() — Method in class SegmentField
SegmentField::getHelpText() — Method in class SegmentField
SegmentFieldModifier::getForm() — Method in class SegmentFieldModifier
SegmentFieldModifier::getField() — Method in class SegmentFieldModifier
SegmentFieldModifier::getRequest() — Method in class SegmentFieldModifier
SegmentFieldModifier::getSuggestion() — Method in class SegmentFieldModifier

Modifies the previous suggestion value.

SegmentFieldModifier::getPreview() — Method in class SegmentFieldModifier

Modifies the previous preview value.

AbstractSegmentFieldModifier::getForm() — Method in class AbstractSegmentFieldModifier
AbstractSegmentFieldModifier::getField() — Method in class AbstractSegmentFieldModifier
AbstractSegmentFieldModifier::getRequest() — Method in class AbstractSegmentFieldModifier
IDSegmentFieldModifier::getPreview() — Method in class IDSegmentFieldModifier
IDSegmentFieldModifier::getSuggestion() — Method in class IDSegmentFieldModifier
SlugSegmentFieldModifier::getPreview() — Method in class SlugSegmentFieldModifier
SlugSegmentFieldModifier::getSuggestion() — Method in class SlugSegmentFieldModifier
SlugSegmentFieldModifier::getValue() — Method in class SlugSegmentFieldModifier
SelectField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class SelectField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

SelectField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class SelectField

Non-associative list of disabled item values

SelectField::getAttributes() — Method in class SelectField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

SelectField::getSourceValues() — Method in class SelectField

Retrieve all values in the source array

SelectField::getValidValues() — Method in class SelectField

Gets all valid values for this field.

SelectField::getSource() — Method in class SelectField

Gets the source array not including any empty default values.

SelectField::getListMap() — Method in class SelectField

Given a list of values, extract the associative map of id => title

SelectField::getListValues() — Method in class SelectField

Given a non-array collection, extract the non-associative list of ids If passing as array, treat the array values (not the keys) as the ids

SelectionGroup_Item::getTitle() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
SelectionGroup_Item::getValue() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
SingleLookupField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class SingleLookupField
SingleLookupField::getTemplate() — Method in class SingleLookupField
SingleSelectField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class SingleSelectField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

SingleSelectField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class SingleSelectField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

SingleSelectField::getDefaultValue() — Method in class SingleSelectField
SingleSelectField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class SingleSelectField
SingleSelectField::getEmptyString() — Method in class SingleSelectField
SingleSelectField::getSourceEmpty() — Method in class SingleSelectField

Gets the source array, including the empty string, if present

Tab::getTabSet() — Method in class Tab

Get parent tabset

Tab::getAttributes() — Method in class Tab

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

TabSet::getTabSet() — Method in class TabSet

Get parent tabset

TabSet::getAttributes() — Method in class TabSet

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

TabSet::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class TabSet

Sets an additional default for $schemaData.

TextField::getMaxLength() — Method in class TextField
TextField::getTip() — Method in class TextField
TextField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextField
TextField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TextField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

TextField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class TextField

Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.

TextareaField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TextareaField

Set textarea specific schema data

TextareaField::getRows() — Method in class TextareaField

Gets number of rows

TextareaField::getColumns() — Method in class TextareaField

Gets the number of columns in this textarea

TextareaField::getMaxLength() — Method in class TextareaField
TextareaField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextareaField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

TextareaField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class TextareaField

Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.

TimeField::getHTML5() — Method in class TimeField
TimeField::getTimeFormat() — Method in class TimeField

Get time format in CLDR standard format

TimeField::getTimeLength() — Method in class TimeField

Get length of the time format to use. One of:

TimeField::getFrontendFormatter() — Method in class TimeField

Get time formatter with the standard locale / date format

TimeField::getInternalFormatter() — Method in class TimeField

Get a time formatter for the ISO 8601 format

TimeField::getAttributes() — Method in class TimeField
TimeField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TimeField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

TimeField::getMidnight() — Method in class TimeField

Show midnight in current format (adjusts for timezone)

TimeField::getLocale() — Method in class TimeField
TimeField::getTimezone() — Method in class TimeField
Tip::getTipSchema() — Method in class Tip

Outputs props to be passed to the front-end Tip component.

Tip::getImportanceLevel() — Method in class Tip
Tip::getIcon() — Method in class Tip
Tip::getMessage() — Method in class Tip
TippableFieldInterface::getTip() — Method in class TippableFieldInterface
ToggleCompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleCompositeField::getStartClosed() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleCompositeField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
TreeDropdownField::getTreeBaseID() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Set the ID of the root node of the tree. This defaults to 0 - i.e.

TreeDropdownField::getFilterFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Get a callback used to filter the values of the tree before displaying to the user.

TreeDropdownField::getDisableFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Get the callback used to disable checkboxes for some items in the tree

TreeDropdownField::getSearchFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Set a callback used to search the hierarchy globally, even before applying the filter.

TreeDropdownField::getShowSearch() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Check if search is shown

TreeDropdownField::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Get method to invoke on each node to get the child collection

TreeDropdownField::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Get method to invoke on nodes to count children

TreeDropdownField::getAttributes() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Attributes to be given for this field type

TreeDropdownField::getLabelField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

HTML-encoded label for this node, including css classes and other markup.

TreeDropdownField::getTitleField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Field to use for plain text item titles.

TreeDropdownField::getKeyField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getSourceObject() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Get class of source object

TreeDropdownField::getSearchResults() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Get the DataObjects that matches the searched parameter.

TreeDropdownField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

TreeDropdownField::getCacheKey() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Ensure cache is keyed by last modified datetime of the underlying list.

TreeDropdownField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

TreeDropdownField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getEmptyString() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getShowSelectedPath() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeMultiselectField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField

Gets the defaults for $schemaData.

TreeMultiselectField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

TreeMultiselectField::getItems() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField

Return this field's linked items

UploadReceiver::getUpload() — Method in class UploadReceiver

Retrieves the Upload handler

UploadReceiver::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class UploadReceiver

Returns list of extensions allowed by this field, or an empty array if there is no restriction

UploadReceiver::getValidator() — Method in class UploadReceiver

Get custom validator for this field

UploadReceiver::getFolderName() — Method in class UploadReceiver

Gets the upload folder name

Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Validator

Returns all errors found by a previous call to validate(). The returned array has a structure resembling:

Validator::getResult() — Method in class Validator

Get last validation result

Validator::getEnabled() — Method in class Validator
SearchAdapterInterface::getConjunctionFor() — Method in class SearchAdapterInterface

Parameter $conjunction should be CONJUNCTION_AND or CONJUNCTION_OR, and your Adapter should return the appropriate string representation of that conjunction.

SearchAdapterInterface::getPrependToCriteriaComponent() — Method in class SearchAdapterInterface

Due to the fact that we have filter criteria coming from legacy methods (as well as our Criteria), you may find that you need to prepend (or append) something to your group of Criteria statements.

SearchAdapterInterface::getAppendToCriteriaComponent() — Method in class SearchAdapterInterface
SearchAdapterInterface::getOpenComparisonContainer() — Method in class SearchAdapterInterface

Define how each of your comparisons should be contained.

SearchAdapterInterface::getCloseComparisonContainer() — Method in class SearchAdapterInterface
SearchAdapterInterface::generateQueryString() — Method in class SearchAdapterInterface
SolrSearchAdapter::generateQueryString() — Method in class SolrSearchAdapter
SolrSearchAdapter::getConjunctionFor() — Method in class SolrSearchAdapter
SolrSearchAdapter::getPrependToCriteriaComponent() — Method in class SolrSearchAdapter
SolrSearchAdapter::getAppendToCriteriaComponent() — Method in class SolrSearchAdapter
SolrSearchAdapter::getOpenComparisonContainer() — Method in class SolrSearchAdapter
SolrSearchAdapter::getCloseComparisonContainer() — Method in class SolrSearchAdapter
SolrSearchAdapter::getSearchQueryWriter() — Method in class SolrSearchAdapter
SearchCriteria::getAdapter() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::getCriterionForCondition() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::getClauses() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::getConjunctions() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteria::getConjunction() — Method in class SearchCriteria
SearchCriteriaInterface::getAdapter() — Method in class SearchCriteriaInterface
SearchCriterion::getAdapter() — Method in class SearchCriterion
SearchCriterion::getQuoteValue() — Method in class SearchCriterion

String values should be passed into our filter string with quotation marks and escaping.

SearchCriterion::getSearchQueryWriter() — Method in class SearchCriterion
SearchCriterion::getComparison() — Method in class SearchCriterion
SearchCriterion::getTarget() — Method in class SearchCriterion
SearchCriterion::getValue() — Method in class SearchCriterion
FullTextSearch::get_indexes() — Method in class FullTextSearch

Get all the instantiable search indexes (so all the user created indexes, but not the connector or library level abstract indexes). Can optionally be filtered to only return indexes that are subclasses of some class

SearchIndex::getSourceName() — Method in class SearchIndex

This is used to clean the source name from suffix suffixes are needed to support multiple relations with the same name on different page types

SearchIndex::getClasses() — Method in class SearchIndex

Get the classes added by addClass

SearchIndex::getFulltextFields() — Method in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex::getFilterFields() — Method in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex::getSortFields() — Method in class SearchIndex
SearchIndex::getFieldsIterator() — Method in class SearchIndex

Returns an interator that will let you interate through all added fields, regardless of whether they were added as fulltext, filter or sort fields.

SearchIndex::getDerivedFields() — Method in class SearchIndex

Returns an array where each member is all the fields and the classes that are at the end of some specific lookup chain from one of the base classes

SearchIndex::getDocumentIDForState() — Method in class SearchIndex

Get the "document ID" (a database & variant unique id) given some "Base" class, DataObject ID and state array

SearchIndex::getDocumentID() — Method in class SearchIndex

Get the "document ID" (a database & variant unique id) given some "Base" class and DataObject

SearchIndex::getDirtyIDs() — Method in class SearchIndex

Given a class, object id, set of stateful ids and a list of changed fields (in a special format), return what statefulids need updating in this index

SearchIndex_Recording::getAdded() — Method in class SearchIndex_Recording
SearchIndex_Recording::getIndexName() — Method in class SearchIndex_Recording
SearchIndex_Recording::getIsCommitted() — Method in class SearchIndex_Recording
SearchIndex_Recording::getService() — Method in class SearchIndex_Recording
SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor::getSource() — Method in class SearchUpdateBatchedProcessor

Gets the record data source to process

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::getJobType() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

What type of job is this? Options are

  • QueuedJob::IMMEDIATE
  • QueuedJob::QUEUED
  • QueuedJob::LARGE
SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::getSignature() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

Gets a unique signature for this job and its current parameters.

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::getTitle() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

Gets a title for the job that can be used in listings

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::getAllIndexes() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

Get the list of index names we should process

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::getJobData() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor

Return the current job state as an object containing data

SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor::getMessages() — Method in class SearchUpdateCommitJobProcessor
SearchUpdateProcessor::getSource() — Method in class SearchUpdateProcessor

Gets the record data source to process

SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor::getTitle() — Method in class SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor

Gets a title for the job that can be used in listings

SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor::getSignature() — Method in class SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor

Gets a unique signature for this job and its current parameters.

SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor::getJobType() — Method in class SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor

What type of job is this? Options are

  • QueuedJob::IMMEDIATE
  • QueuedJob::QUEUED
  • QueuedJob::LARGE
SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor::getJobData() — Method in class SearchUpdateQueuedJobProcessor

Return the current job state as an object containing data

AbstractSearchQueryWriter::generateQueryString() — Method in class AbstractSearchQueryWriter
SearchQuery::getSearchTerms() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getClassFilters() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getFilters() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getExcludes() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getStart() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getLimit() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getPageSize() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getAdapter() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchQuery::getCriteria() — Method in class SearchQuery
SearchForm::getResults() — Method in class SearchForm

Return dataObjectSet of the results using current request to get info from form.

SearchForm::getSearchQuery() — Method in class SearchForm

Get the search query for display in a "You searched for ..." sentence.

SolrReindexBase::getClassesForIndex() — Method in class SolrReindexBase

Get valid classes and options for an index with an optional filter

SolrReindexBase::getRecordsInGroup() — Method in class SolrReindexBase

Gets the datalist of records in the given group in the current state

SolrReindexQueuedHandler::getQueuedJobService() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedHandler
$ SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob#groupsProperty in class SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob

Total number of groups

$ SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob#groupProperty in class SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob

Group index

SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob::getJobData() — Method in class SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob

Return the current job state as an object containing data

SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob::getTitle() — Method in class SolrReindexGroupQueuedJob

Gets a title for the job that can be used in listings

SolrReindexQueuedJob::getJobData() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJob

Return the current job state as an object containing data

SolrReindexQueuedJob::getTitle() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJob

Gets a title for the job that can be used in listings

SolrReindexQueuedJob::getBatchSize() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJob

Get size of batch

SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::getLoggerFactory() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase
SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::getLogger() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase

Gets a logger for this job

SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::getJobData() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase

Return the current job state as an object containing data

SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::getHandler() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase

Get the reindex handler

SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::getJobType() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase

What type of job is this? Options are

  • QueuedJob::IMMEDIATE
  • QueuedJob::QUEUED
  • QueuedJob::LARGE
SolrReindexQueuedJobBase::getSignature() — Method in class SolrReindexQueuedJobBase

Gets a unique signature for this job and its current parameters.

Solr::get_indexes() — Method in class Solr
SolrIndex::getTemplatesPath() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::getExtrasPath() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::generateSchema() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::getIndexName() — Method in class SolrIndex

Helper for returning the correct index name. Supports prefixing and suffixing

SolrIndex::getTypes() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::getDefaultField() — Method in class SolrIndex

Get the default text field, normally '_text'

SolrIndex::getCopyDestinations() — Method in class SolrIndex

Get list of fields each text field should be copied into.

SolrIndex::getFieldDefinitions() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::getCollatedSuggestion() — Method in class SolrIndex

Extract first suggestion text from collated values

SolrIndex::getNiceSuggestion() — Method in class SolrIndex

Extract a human friendly spelling suggestion from a Solr spellcheck collation string.

SolrIndex::getSuggestionQueryString() — Method in class SolrIndex

Extract a query string from a Solr spellcheck collation string.

SolrIndex::getBoostedFields() — Method in class SolrIndex

Get all boosted fields

SolrIndex::getQueryFields() — Method in class SolrIndex

Determine the best default value for the 'qf' parameter

SolrIndex::getStoredDefault() — Method in class SolrIndex

Gets the default 'stored' value for fields in this index

SolrIndex::getFieldDefinition() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::getCopyFieldDefinitions() — Method in class SolrIndex

Generate XML for copy field definitions

SolrIndex::getQueryComponent() — Method in class SolrIndex

Get the query (q) component for this search

SolrIndex::getRequireFiltersComponent() — Method in class SolrIndex

Parse all require constraints for inclusion in a filter query

SolrIndex::getExcludeFiltersComponent() — Method in class SolrIndex

Parse all exclude constraints for inclusion in a filter query

SolrIndex::getCriteriaComponent() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrIndex::getFiltersComponent() — Method in class SolrIndex

Get all filter conditions for this search

SolrIndex::getService() — Method in class SolrIndex
SolrConfigStore_File::getTargetDir() — Method in class SolrConfigStore_File
SolrConfigStore_WebDAV::getTargetDir() — Method in class SolrConfigStore_WebDAV
Solr_BuildTask::getLogger() — Method in class Solr_BuildTask

Get the monolog logger

Solr_BuildTask::getLoggerFactory() — Method in class Solr_BuildTask
Solr_Configure::getSolrConfigStore() — Method in class Solr_Configure

Get config store

Solr_Reindex::getHandler() — Method in class Solr_Reindex

Get the reindex handler

SolrSearchQueryWriterBasic::generateQueryString() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterBasic
SolrSearchQueryWriterBasic::getComparisonPolarity() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterBasic

Is this a positive (+) or negative (-) Solr comparison.

SolrSearchQueryWriterBasic::getComparisonConjunction() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterBasic

Decide how we are comparing our left and right values.

SolrSearchQueryWriterIn::generateQueryString() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterIn
SolrSearchQueryWriterIn::getComparisonPolarity() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterIn

Is this a positive (+) or negative (-) Solr comparison.

SolrSearchQueryWriterIn::getInComparisonString() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterIn
SolrSearchQueryWriterIn::getComparisonConjunction() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterIn

Decide how we are comparing our left and right values.

SolrSearchQueryWriterRange::generateQueryString() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterRange
SolrSearchQueryWriterRange::getComparisonPolarity() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterRange

Is this a positive (+) or negative (-) Solr comparison.

SolrSearchQueryWriterRange::getLeftComparison() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterRange

Select the value that we want as our left comparison value.

SolrSearchQueryWriterRange::getRightComparison() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterRange

Select the value that we want as our right comparison value.

SolrSearchQueryWriterRange::getComparisonConjunction() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterRange

Decide how we are comparing our left and right values.

SolrSearchQueryWriterRange::getOpenComparisonContainer() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterRange

Does our comparison need a container? EG: "[ TO ]"? If so, return the opening container brace.

SolrSearchQueryWriterRange::getCloseComparisonContainer() — Method in class SolrSearchQueryWriterRange

Does our comparison need a container? EG: "[ TO ]"? If so, return the closing container brace.

MonologFactory::getOutputLogger() — Method in class MonologFactory

Get an output logger with the given verbosity

MonologFactory::getQueuedJobLogger() — Method in class MonologFactory

Make a logger for a queuedjob

MonologFactory::getStreamHandler() — Method in class MonologFactory

Generate a handler for the given stream

MonologFactory::getFormatter() — Method in class MonologFactory

Gets a formatter for standard output

MonologFactory::getLoggerFor() — Method in class MonologFactory

Get a logger for a named class

MonologFactory::getJobHandler() — Method in class MonologFactory

Generate handler for a job object

QueuedJobLogHandler::getQueuedJob() — Method in class QueuedJobLogHandler

Get queuedjob

SearchLogFactory::getQueuedJobLogger() — Method in class SearchLogFactory

Make a logger for a queuedjob

SearchLogFactory::getOutputLogger() — Method in class SearchLogFactory

Get an output logger with the given verbosity

GraphQLSchemaInitTaskClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQLDevTools

A task that initialises a GraphQL 4+ schema with boilerplate config and files.

Handler::getAuthenticator() — Method in class Handler

Returns the first configured authenticator by highest priority, or null if none are configured

Configuration::get() — Method in class Configuration

Return a setting by dot.separated.syntax

ModelConfiguration::getTypeFormatter() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
ModelConfiguration::getTypePrefix() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
ModelConfiguration::getNestedQueryPlugins() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
ModelConfiguration::getOperationConfig() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
ModelConfiguration::getTypeName() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
ModelConfiguration::getDefaultFields() — Method in class ModelConfiguration

Fields that are added to the model by default. Can be opted out per type

ModelConfiguration::getBaseFields() — Method in class ModelConfiguration

Fields that will appear on all models. Cannot be opted out on any type.

Controller::getAuthHandler() — Method in class Controller

Get an instance of the authorization Handler to manage any authentication requirements

Controller::getToken() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getCorsConfig() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getMergedCorsConfig() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getRequestOrigin() — Method in class Controller

Get (or infer) value of Origin header

Controller::getRequestQueryVariables() — Method in class Controller

Parse query and variables from the given request

Controller::getRequestUser() — Method in class Controller

Get user and validate for this request

Controller::getSchemaKey() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getQueryHandler() — Method in class Controller
DevelopmentAdmin::get_links() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
MemberAware::getMemberContext() — Method in class MemberAware

Get the Member for the current context either from a previously set value or the current user

FileProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class FileProvider

return a map from to

FileProvider::getByID() — Method in class FileProvider

return a query given an ID

FileProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
GuzzleHTTPClientClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
GuzzleHTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class GuzzleHTTPClient
HTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class HTTPClient
HTTPProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider

return a map from to

HTTPProvider::getByID() — Method in class HTTPProvider

return a query given an ID

HTTPProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
HTTPProvider::getClient() — Method in class HTTPProvider
JSONStringProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider

return a map from to

JSONStringProvider::getByID() — Method in class JSONStringProvider

return a query given an ID

JSONStringProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider

return a map from to

PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getByID() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider

return a query given an ID

PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
PersistedQueryProvider::getQueryFromPersistedID() — Method in class PersistedQueryProvider
RequestIDProcessor::getRequestQueryVariables() — Method in class RequestIDProcessor

Parse query and variables from the given request

RequestProcessor::getRequestQueryVariables() — Method in class RequestProcessor

Parse query and variables from the given request

QueryHandler::getQueryFromPersistedID() — Method in class QueryHandler

get query from persisted id, return null if not found

QueryHandler::getContext() — Method in class QueryHandler

Get global context to pass to $context for all queries

QueryHandler::getMiddlewares() — Method in class QueryHandler
QueryHandler::getOperationName() — Method in class QueryHandler
QueryStateProvider::get() — Method in class QueryStateProvider

Get the value out of the graphql context array

RequestContextProvider::get() — Method in class RequestContextProvider
SchemaConfigProvider::get() — Method in class SchemaConfigProvider
TokenContextProvider::get() — Method in class TokenContextProvider
UserContextProvider::get() — Method in class UserContextProvider

Get the value out of the graphql context array

AbstractBulkLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
BulkLoaderSet::getLoaders() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
Collection::getClasses() — Method in class Collection
Collection::getFiles() — Method in class Collection
Collection::getManifest() — Method in class Collection
ExtensionLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class ExtensionLoader
FilepathLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class FilepathLoader
InheritanceLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class InheritanceLoader
NamespaceLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class NamespaceLoader
RegistryBackend::getByID() — Method in class RegistryBackend
CreateCreator::getFieldAccessor() — Method in class CreateCreator
DataObjectModel::getIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getField() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getDefaultFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getBaseFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getBlacklistedFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getAllFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getUninheritedFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getDefaultResolver() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getSourceClass() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getFieldAccessor() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getOperationCreatorByIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getAllOperationIdentifiers() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getModelTypeForField() — Method in class DataObjectModel

Gets a field that resolves to another model, (e.g. an ObjectType from a has_one).

DataObjectModel::getPropertyForField() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getDataObject() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getTypeName() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getSchemaConfig() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel::getModelConfiguration() — Method in class DataObjectModel
FieldAccessor::getAllFields() — Method in class FieldAccessor
InheritanceBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
InheritanceChain::getAncestralModels() — Method in class InheritanceChain
InheritanceChain::getDescendantModels() — Method in class InheritanceChain
InheritanceChain::getDirectDescendants() — Method in class InheritanceChain
InheritanceChain::getInheritance() — Method in class InheritanceChain
InheritanceChain::getBaseClass() — Method in class InheritanceChain
InheritanceUnionBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
InterfaceBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
AbstractCanViewPermission::getPermissionResolver() — Method in class AbstractCanViewPermission
CanViewPermission::getIdentifier() — Method in class CanViewPermission
CanViewPermission::getPermissionResolver() — Method in class CanViewPermission
DBDateArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBDateArgs
DBDateArgs::getResolver() — Method in class DBDateArgs
DBDateArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBDateArgs
DBDatetimeArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBDatetimeArgs
DBDatetimeArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBDatetimeArgs
DBDecimalArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBDecimalArgs
DBDecimalArgs::getResolver() — Method in class DBDecimalArgs
DBDecimalArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBDecimalArgs
DBFieldArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBFieldArgs
DBFieldArgsPlugin::getIdentifier() — Method in class DBFieldArgsPlugin
DBFloatArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBFloatArgs
DBFloatArgs::getResolver() — Method in class DBFloatArgs
DBFloatArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBFloatArgs
DBTextArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBTextArgs
DBTextArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBTextArgs
DBTextArgs::getResolver() — Method in class DBTextArgs
DBTimeArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
DBTimeArgs::getResolver() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
DBTimeArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
DBFieldTypes::getIdentifier() — Method in class DBFieldTypes
FirstResult::getIdentifier() — Method in class FirstResult
Inheritance::getIdentifier() — Method in class Inheritance
InheritedPlugins::getIdentifier() — Method in class InheritedPlugins
Paginator::getIdentifier() — Method in class Paginator
FieldFilterInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
FieldFilterRegistry::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
FieldFilterRegistry::getAll() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
FilterRegistryInterface::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
FilterRegistryInterface::getAll() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
ContainsFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class ContainsFilter
EndsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
EqualToFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EqualToFilter
GreaterThanFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters

A query filter that filters records by greater than comparison

GreaterThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
GreaterThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters

A query filter that filters records by greater than or equal comparison

GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
InFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class InFilter
LessThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanFilter
LessThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
NotEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class NotEqualFilter
StartsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
QueryFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class QueryFilter
QueryFilter::getResolver() — Method in class QueryFilter
QuerySort::getIdentifier() — Method in class QuerySort
QuerySort::getResolver() — Method in class QuerySort
ScalarDBField::getIdentifier() — Method in class ScalarDBField
Resolver::getResolvedField() — Method in class Resolver
UpdateCreator::getFieldAccessor() — Method in class UpdateCreator
Argument::getType() — Method in class Argument
Argument::getName() — Method in class Argument
Argument::getEncodedType() — Method in class Argument
Argument::getDefaultValue() — Method in class Argument
Argument::getDescription() — Method in class Argument
Argument::getSignature() — Method in class Argument
Field::getTypeAsModel() — Method in class Field
Field::getName() — Method in class Field
Field::getType() — Method in class Field
Field::getArgs() — Method in class Field
Field::getEncodedType() — Method in class Field
Field::getNamedType() — Method in class Field

Gets the name of the type, ignoring any nonNull/listOf wrappers

Field::getEncodedResolver() — Method in class Field
Field::getDescription() — Method in class Field
Field::getResolver() — Method in class Field
Field::getResolverContext() — Method in class Field
Field::getResolverMiddlewares() — Method in class Field
Field::getResolverAfterwares() — Method in class Field
Field::getSignature() — Method in class Field
ModelAware::getModel() — Method in class ModelAware
ModelField::getModelType() — Method in class ModelField

For nested field definitions Blog: fields: Comments: fields: Author: fields: Name: String

ModelField::getProperty() — Method in class ModelField
ModelField::getPropertyName() — Method in class ModelField
ModelField::getMetadata() — Method in class ModelField
ModelField::getSignature() — Method in class ModelField
BaseFieldsProvider::getBaseFields() — Method in class BaseFieldsProvider

Fields that must appear on all implementations

ContextProvider::get() — Method in class ContextProvider

Get the value out of the graphql context array

DefaultFieldsProvider::getDefaultFields() — Method in class DefaultFieldsProvider
ExtraTypeProvider::getExtraTypes() — Method in class ExtraTypeProvider
Identifiable::getIdentifier() — Method in class Identifiable
ModelBlacklist::getBlacklistedFields() — Method in class ModelBlacklist
ModelOperation::getModel() — Method in class ModelOperation
OperationProvider::getOperationCreatorByIdentifier() — Method in class OperationProvider
OperationProvider::getAllOperationIdentifiers() — Method in class OperationProvider
PluginInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class PluginInterface
SchemaComponent::getName() — Method in class SchemaComponent
SchemaModelInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getField() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getTypeName() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getDefaultResolver() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getSourceClass() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getAllFields() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getModelTypeForField() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getSchemaConfig() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getModelConfiguration() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaModelInterface::getPropertyForField() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
SchemaStorageInterface::getSchema() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
SchemaStorageInterface::getConfig() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
SignatureProvider::getSignature() — Method in class SignatureProvider
AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::getFieldName() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::getTypeName() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::getLeafNodeType() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::getResolver() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
AbstractQuerySortPlugin::getFieldName() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
AbstractQuerySortPlugin::getTypeName() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
AbstractQuerySortPlugin::getLeafNodeType() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
AbstractQuerySortPlugin::getResolver() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
PaginationPlugin::getIdentifier() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
PaginationPlugin::getPaginationResolver() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
PluginConsumer::getPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
PluginConsumer::getDefaultPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
PluginConsumer::getPluginRegistry() — Method in class PluginConsumer
PluginConsumer::getSortedPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer

Sorts the before/after of plugins using topological sort

SortPlugin::getIdentifier() — Method in class SortPlugin
SortPlugin::getResolver() — Method in class SortPlugin
PluginRegistry::getPluginByID() — Method in class PluginRegistry
DefaultResolverStrategy::getResolverMethod() — Method in class DefaultResolverStrategy
EncodedResolver::getStack() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::getExpression() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::getInnerExpression() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::getContextArgs() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::getContext() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::getRef() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::getResolverMiddlewares() — Method in class EncodedResolver
EncodedResolver::getResolverAfterwares() — Method in class EncodedResolver
ResolverReference::getClass() — Method in class ResolverReference
ResolverReference::getMethod() — Method in class ResolverReference
Schema::getSchemaKey() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getConfig() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getState() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getType() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getCanonicalType() — Method in class Schema

Given a type name, try to resolve it to any model-implementing component

Schema::getModelTypesFromClass() — Method in class Schema

Gets all the models that were generated from a given ancestor, e.g. DataObject

Schema::getTypes() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getQueryType() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getMutationType() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getTypeOrModel() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getEnums() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getEnum() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getScalars() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getScalar() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getModel() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getModelByClassName() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getModels() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getInterface() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getInterfaces() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getImplementorsOf() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getUnion() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getUnions() — Method in class Schema
Schema::getInternalTypes() — Method in class Schema
SchemaBuilder::getConfig() — Method in class SchemaBuilder

Retrieves the context for an already stored schema which does not require booting. Useful for getting data from a saved schema at request time.

SchemaBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class SchemaBuilder

Gets a graphql-php Schema instance that can be queried

SchemaBuilder::getStoreCreator() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
SchemaConfig::getModelConfiguration() — Method in class SchemaConfig
SchemaConfig::getResolvers() — Method in class SchemaConfig
SchemaConfig::getDefaultResolver() — Method in class SchemaConfig
SchemaConfig::getPluraliser() — Method in class SchemaConfig
SchemaConfig::getTypeMapping() — Method in class SchemaConfig
SchemaConfig::getTypeNameForClass() — Method in class SchemaConfig
NestedInputBuilder::getRootType() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
NestedInputBuilder::getResolveConfig() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
NestedInputBuilder::getResolver() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
NestedInputBuilder::getResolveType() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
NestedInputBuilder::getResolvers() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
SchemaTranscriber::getRootDir() — Method in class SchemaTranscriber
StorableSchema::getTypes() — Method in class StorableSchema
StorableSchema::getEnums() — Method in class StorableSchema
StorableSchema::getInterfaces() — Method in class StorableSchema
StorableSchema::getUnions() — Method in class StorableSchema
StorableSchema::getScalars() — Method in class StorableSchema
StorableSchema::getConfig() — Method in class StorableSchema
AbstractTypeRegistry::get() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
AbstractTypeRegistry::getSourceDirectory() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
AbstractTypeRegistry::getSourceNamespace() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
CodeGenerationStore::getSchema() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
CodeGenerationStore::getConfig() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
CodeGenerationStore::getCache() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
CodeGenerationStore::getRootDir() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
CodeGenerationStore::getObfuscator() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
CodeGenerationStore::getTemplateDir() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
CanonicalModelAware::getCanonicalModel() — Method in class CanonicalModelAware
Enum::getValueList() — Method in class Enum
Enum::getValues() — Method in class Enum
Enum::getSignature() — Method in class Enum

A deterministic representation of everything that gets encoded into the template.

InputType::getIsInput() — Method in class InputType
InterfaceType::getEncodedTypeResolver() — Method in class InterfaceType
InterfaceType::getSignature() — Method in class InterfaceType
ModelType::getFieldByName() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::getOperations() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::getOperationCreators() — Method in class ModelType
ModelType::getExtraTypes() — Method in class ModelType
Scalar::getName() — Method in class Scalar
Scalar::getSerialiser() — Method in class Scalar
Scalar::getEncodedSerialiser() — Method in class Scalar
Scalar::getValueParser() — Method in class Scalar
Scalar::getEncodedValueParser() — Method in class Scalar
Scalar::getLiteralParser() — Method in class Scalar
Scalar::getEncodedLiteralParser() — Method in class Scalar
Scalar::getSignature() — Method in class Scalar
Type::getName() — Method in class Type
Type::getFields() — Method in class Type
Type::getFieldByName() — Method in class Type
Type::getDescription() — Method in class Type
Type::getInterfaces() — Method in class Type
Type::getEncodedInterfaces() — Method in class Type
Type::getIsInput() — Method in class Type
Type::getFieldResolver() — Method in class Type
Type::getSignature() — Method in class Type

A deterministic representation of everything that gets encoded into the template.

TypeReference::getDefaultValue() — Method in class TypeReference
TypeReference::getTypeName() — Method in class TypeReference
TypeReference::getNamedType() — Method in class TypeReference
TypeReference::getRawType() — Method in class TypeReference
UnionType::getName() — Method in class UnionType
UnionType::getTypes() — Method in class UnionType
UnionType::getEncodedTypes() — Method in class UnionType
UnionType::getTypeResolver() — Method in class UnionType
UnionType::getEncodedTypeResolver() — Method in class UnionType
UnionType::getDescription() — Method in class UnionType
UnionType::getSignature() — Method in class UnionType
GridFieldQueuedExportButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\GridfieldQueuedExport\Forms

A button you can add to a GridField to export that GridField as a CSV. Should work with any sized GridField, as the export is done using a queuedjob in the background.

GridFieldQueuedExportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton

Place the export button in a

tag below the field

GridFieldQueuedExportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton

This class is an action button

GridFieldQueuedExportButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton

This class is also a URL handler

GridFieldQueuedExportButton::getExportPath() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
GridFieldQueuedExportButton::getExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
GridFieldQueuedExportButton::getCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
GridFieldQueuedExportButton::getCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButton
GridFieldQueuedExportButtonResponseClass in namespace SilverStripe\GridfieldQueuedExport\Forms

A special type of SS_HTTPResponse that GridFieldQueuedExportButton returns in response to the "findgridfield" action, which includes a reference to the gridfield

$ GridFieldQueuedExportButtonResponse#gridFieldProperty in class GridFieldQueuedExportButtonResponse
GridFieldQueuedExportButtonResponse::getGridField() — Method in class GridFieldQueuedExportButtonResponse
GenerateCSVJobClass in namespace SilverStripe\GridfieldQueuedExport\Jobs

Iteratively exports GridField data to a CSV file on disk, in order to support large exports.

GenerateCSVJob::getJobType() — Method in class GenerateCSVJob
GenerateCSVJob::getTitle() — Method in class GenerateCSVJob
GenerateCSVJob::getSignature() — Method in class GenerateCSVJob
GenerateCSVJob::getOutputPath() — Method in class GenerateCSVJob
GenerateCSVJob::getCSVWriter() — Method in class GenerateCSVJob
GenerateCSVJob::getGridField() — Method in class GenerateCSVJob
CryptoHandler::getKey() — Method in class CryptoHandler
CryptoHandler::getSalt() — Method in class CryptoHandler
McryptCrypto::getKey() — Method in class McryptCrypto
McryptCrypto::getSalt() — Method in class McryptCrypto
OpenSSLCrypto::getKey() — Method in class OpenSSLCrypto
OpenSSLCrypto::getSalt() — Method in class OpenSSLCrypto
HybridSession::getHandlers() — Method in class HybridSession
HybridSession::gc() — Method in class HybridSession
BaseStore::getKey() — Method in class BaseStore

Get the session secret key

BaseStore::getLifetime() — Method in class BaseStore

Get lifetime in number of seconds

BaseStore::getNow() — Method in class BaseStore

Gets the current unix timestamp

CookieStore::getCrypto() — Method in class CookieStore

Get the cryptography store for the specified session

CookieStore::gc() — Method in class CookieStore
DatabaseStore::gc() — Method in class DatabaseStore
IFramePage::getCMSFields() — Method in class IFramePage
IFramePage::getClass() — Method in class IFramePage

Compute class from the size parameters.

IFramePage::getStyle() — Method in class IFramePage

Compute style from the size parameters.

LDAPAuthenticator::get_name() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator
LDAPAuthenticator::get_login_form() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator
LDAPAuthenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator
LDAPAuthenticator::getLostPasswordHandler() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator
LDAPAuthenticator::getChangePasswordHandler() — Method in class LDAPAuthenticator
LDAPLostPasswordHandler::getMemberFromData() — Method in class LDAPLostPasswordHandler

Load an existing Member from the provided data

LDAPLostPasswordHandler::getService() — Method in class LDAPLostPasswordHandler

Get the LDAP service

LDAPDebugController::GroupsSearchLocations() — Method in class LDAPDebugController
LDAPDebugController::Groups() — Method in class LDAPDebugController
LDAPLoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class LDAPLoginForm

The name of this login form, to display in the frontend Replaces Authenticator::get_name()

LDAPAllSyncJob::getJobType() — Method in class LDAPAllSyncJob
LDAPAllSyncJob::getTitle() — Method in class LDAPAllSyncJob
LDAPAllSyncJob::getSignature() — Method in class LDAPAllSyncJob
LDAPMemberSyncJob::getJobType() — Method in class LDAPMemberSyncJob
LDAPMemberSyncJob::getTitle() — Method in class LDAPMemberSyncJob
LDAPMemberSyncJob::getSignature() — Method in class LDAPMemberSyncJob
LDAPGateway::getLdap() — Method in class LDAPGateway
LDAPGateway::getNodes() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Query for LDAP nodes (organizational units, containers, and domains).

LDAPGateway::getGroups() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Query for LDAP groups.

LDAPGateway::getNestedGroups() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Return all nested AD groups underneath a specific DN

LDAPGateway::getGroupByGUID() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Return a particular LDAP group by objectGUID value.

LDAPGateway::getGroupByDN() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Return a particular LDAP group by DN value.

LDAPGateway::getUsers() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Query for LDAP users, but don't include built-in user accounts.

LDAPGateway::getUsersWithIterator() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Query for LDAP users, but don't include built-in user accounts. Iterate over all users, regardless of the paging size control built into the LDAP server.

LDAPGateway::getUserByGUID() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Return a particular LDAP user by objectGUID value.

LDAPGateway::getUserByDN() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Return a particular LDAP user by DN value.

LDAPGateway::getUserByEmail() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Return a particular LDAP user by mail value.

LDAPGateway::getUserByUsername() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Get a specific user's data from LDAP

LDAPGateway::getCanonicalUsername() — Method in class LDAPGateway

Get a canonical username from the record based on the connection settings.

LDAPGroupMapping::getCMSFields() — Method in class LDAPGroupMapping

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

$ LDAPService#groups_search_locationsProperty in class LDAPService

If configured, only group objects within these locations will be exposed to this service.

$ LDAPService#gatewayProperty in class LDAPService
LDAPService::get_cache() — Method in class LDAPService

Get the cache object used for LDAP results. Note that the default lifetime set here is 8 hours, but you can change that by adding configuration:

LDAPService::getGateway() — Method in class LDAPService

Return the LDAP gateway currently in use. Can be strung together to access the underlying Zend\Ldap instance, or the PHP ldap resource itself. For example:

  • Get the Zend\Ldap object: $service->getGateway()->getLdap() // Zend\Ldap\Ldap object
  • Get the underlying PHP ldap resource: $service->getGateway()->getLdap()->getResource() // php resource
LDAPService::getNodes() — Method in class LDAPService

Return all nodes (organizational units, containers, and domains) within the current base DN.

LDAPService::getGroups() — Method in class LDAPService

Return all AD groups in configured search locations, including all nested groups.

LDAPService::getNestedGroups() — Method in class LDAPService

Return all member groups (and members of those, recursively) underneath a specific group DN.

LDAPService::getGroupByGUID() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a particular AD group's data given a GUID.

LDAPService::getGroupByDN() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a particular AD group's data given a DN.

LDAPService::getUsers() — Method in class LDAPService

Return all AD users in configured search locations, including all users in nested groups.

LDAPService::getUserByGUID() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a specific AD user's data given a GUID.

LDAPService::getUserByDN() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a specific AD user's data given a DN.

LDAPService::getUserByEmail() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a specific user's data given an email.

LDAPService::getUserByUsername() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a specific user's data given a username.

LDAPService::getUsernameByEmail() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a username for an email.

LDAPService::getLDAPGroupMembers() — Method in class LDAPService

Given a group DN, get the group membership data in LDAP.

LDAPService::getLogger() — Method in class LDAPService

Get a logger

LDAPGroupSyncTask::getTitle() — Method in class LDAPGroupSyncTask
LDAPMemberSyncOneTask::getTitle() — Method in class LDAPMemberSyncOneTask
LDAPMemberSyncTask::getTitle() — Method in class LDAPMemberSyncTask
LDAPMigrateExistingMembersTask::getTitle() — Method in class LDAPMigrateExistingMembersTask
DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::getStatusCode() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter

Get default status code

DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::getTitle() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter

Get friendly title

DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::getBody() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter

Get default error body

HTTPOutputHandler::getContentType() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler

Get the mime type to use when displaying this error.

HTTPOutputHandler::getStatusCode() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler

Get the HTTP status code to use when displaying this error.

HTTPOutputHandler::getCLIFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler

Return the formatter use if Director::is_cli() is true If none has been set, null is returned, and the getFormatter() result will be used instead

HTTPOutputHandler::getFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler

Return the formatter to use in this case.

HTTPOutputHandler::getDefaultFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler

Check default formatter to use

MonologErrorHandler::getLogger() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler

Get the first registered PSR-3 logger to send errors & exceptions to

MonologErrorHandler::getLoggers() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler

Returns the stack of PSR-3 loggers

GridFieldConfig_LumberjackClass in namespace SilverStripe\Lumberjack\Forms

GridField config necessary for managing a SiteTree object.

GridFieldSiteTreeAddNewButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Lumberjack\Forms

This component creates a dropdown of possible page types and a button to create a new page.

GridFieldSiteTreeAddNewButton::getAllowedChildren() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeAddNewButton

Determine the list of classnames and titles allowed for a given parent object

GridFieldSiteTreeAddNewButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeAddNewButton

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldSiteTreeAddNewButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeAddNewButton

Provide actions to this component.

GridFieldSiteTreeEditButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\Lumberjack\Forms

Swaps the GridField Link out for the SiteTree edit link using SiteTree::CMSEditLink().

GridFieldSiteTreeEditButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeEditButton
GridFieldSiteTreeStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\Lumberjack\Forms

Provides a component to the GridField which shows the publish status of a page.

GridFieldSiteTreeState::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeState

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridFieldSiteTreeState::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeState

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridFieldSiteTreeState::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeState

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by getColumnContent().

GridFieldSiteTreeState::getColumnMetaData() — Method in class GridFieldSiteTreeState
Lumberjack::getExcludedSiteTreeClassNames() — Method in class Lumberjack

Loops through subclasses of the owner (intended to be SiteTree) and checks if they've been hidden.

Lumberjack::getLumberjackTitle() — Method in class Lumberjack

This returns the title for the tab and GridField. This can be overwritten in the owner class.

Lumberjack::getLumberjackGridFieldConfig() — Method in class Lumberjack

This returns the gird field config for the lumberjack gridfield.

Lumberjack::getLumberjackPagesForGridfield() — Method in class Lumberjack

Returns list of pages for the CMS gridfield

ChangePasswordHandler::getSchema() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler

Supply JavaScript application configuration details, required for an MFA check

LoginHandler::getSchema() — Method in class LoginHandler

Provides information about the current Member's MFA state

LoginHandler::getMember() — Method in class LoginHandler
LoginHandler::getLogger() — Method in class LoginHandler
LoginHandler::getBackURL() — Method in class LoginHandler

Adds more options for the back URL - to be returned from a current MFA session store

LoginHandler::getMethodRegistry() — Method in class LoginHandler
MemberAuthenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
MemberAuthenticator::getChangePasswordHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
Method::getName() — Method in class Method

Provide a localised name for this MFA Method.

Method::getURLSegment() — Method in class Method

Get a URL segment for this method. This will be used in URL paths for performing authentication by this method

Method::getVerifyHandler() — Method in class Method

Return the VerifyHandler that is used to start and check verification attempts with this method

Method::getRegisterHandler() — Method in class Method

Return the RegisterHandler that is used to perform registrations with this method

Method::getThumbnail() — Method in class Method

Return a URL to an image to be used as a thumbnail in the MFA login/registration grid for all MFA methods

Method::getUnavailableMessage() — Method in class Method

If not available to be used, provide a message to display on the frontend to explain why.

RegisterHandler::getDescription() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Provide a localised description of this MFA Method.

RegisterHandler::getSupportLink() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Provide a localised URL to a support article about the registration process for this MFA Method.

RegisterHandler::getSupportText() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Provide a localised string to describe the support link {getSupportLink} about this MFA Method.

RegisterHandler::getComponent() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Get the key that a React UI component is registered under (with @silverstripe/react-injector on the front-end)

VerifyHandler::getComponent() — Method in class VerifyHandler

Get the key that a React UI component is registered under (with @silverstripe/react-injector on the front-end)

MemberExtension::generateAccountResetTokenAndStoreHash() — Method in class MemberExtension

Mirrors the implementation in Member::generateAutologinTokenAndStoreHash(), but against the AccountReset fields.

SecurityAdminExtension::getAccountResetLink() — Method in class SecurityAdminExtension

Generates a link to the Account Reset Handler endpoint to be sent to a Member.

MemberExtension::getDefaultRegisteredMethod() — Method in class MemberExtension

Accessor for the DefaultRegisteredMethod property.

MemberExtension::getDefaultRegisteredMethodName() — Method in class MemberExtension
MemberExtension::getRegisteredMethodNames() — Method in class MemberExtension
SiteConfigExtension::getHelpLink() — Method in class SiteConfigExtension

Gets an anchor tag for CMS users to click to find out more about MFA in the SilverStripe CMS

RegisteredMFAMethodListField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class RegisteredMFAMethodListField
RegisteredMFAMethodListField::getBackupMethod() — Method in class RegisteredMFAMethodListField

Get the registered backup method (if any) from the currently logged in user.

RegisterHandlerInterface::getDescription() — Method in class RegisterHandlerInterface

Provide a localised description of this MFA Method.

RegisterHandlerInterface::getSupportLink() — Method in class RegisterHandlerInterface

Provide a localised URL to a support article about the registration process for this MFA Method.

RegisterHandlerInterface::getSupportText() — Method in class RegisterHandlerInterface

Provide a localised string to describe the support link {getSupportLink} about this MFA Method.

RegisterHandlerInterface::getComponent() — Method in class RegisterHandlerInterface

Get the key that a React UI component is registered under (with @silverstripe/react-injector on the front-end)

VerifyHandlerInterface::getComponent() — Method in class VerifyHandlerInterface

Get the key that a React UI component is registered under (with @silverstripe/react-injector on the front-end)

MethodInterface::getName() — Method in class MethodInterface

Provide a localised name for this MFA Method.

MethodInterface::getURLSegment() — Method in class MethodInterface

Get a URL segment for this method. This will be used in URL paths for performing authentication by this method

MethodInterface::getVerifyHandler() — Method in class MethodInterface

Return the VerifyHandler that is used to start and check verification attempts with this method

MethodInterface::getRegisterHandler() — Method in class MethodInterface

Return the RegisterHandler that is used to perform registrations with this method

MethodInterface::getThumbnail() — Method in class MethodInterface

Return a URL to an image to be used as a thumbnail in the MFA login/registration grid for all MFA methods

MethodInterface::getUnavailableMessage() — Method in class MethodInterface

If not available to be used, provide a message to display on the frontend to explain why.

RegisteredMethod::getMethod() — Method in class RegisteredMethod
RegisteredMethod::getVerifyHandler() — Method in class RegisteredMethod
RegisteredMethod::getRegisterHandler() — Method in class RegisteredMethod
EnabledMembers::getMethodClassToTitleMapping() — Method in class EnabledMembers

Create an array mapping authentication method Class Names to Readable Names

EnabledMembers::getRegisteredMethodsForRecords() — Method in class EnabledMembers
BaseHandlerTrait::getStore() — Method in class BaseHandlerTrait
BaseHandlerTrait::getSudoModeService() — Method in class BaseHandlerTrait

Returns a sudo mode service instance

BackupCodeGenerator::generate() — Method in class BackupCodeGenerator

Generates a list of backup codes

BackupCodeGenerator::getCharacterSet() — Method in class BackupCodeGenerator

Returns a list of possible characters to use in backup codes.

BackupCodeGenerator::generateCode() — Method in class BackupCodeGenerator

Generates a backup code at the specified string length, using a mixture of digits and mixed case letters

BackupCodeGeneratorInterface::generate() — Method in class BackupCodeGeneratorInterface

Generate a list of backup codes and return them in an array of state objects.

BackupCodeGeneratorInterface::getCharacterSet() — Method in class BackupCodeGeneratorInterface

Returns a list of possible characters to use in backup codes.

MethodRegistry::getMethods() — Method in class MethodRegistry

Get implementations of all configured methods

MethodRegistry::getBackupMethod() — Method in class MethodRegistry

Get the configured backup method

MethodRegistry::getMethodByURLSegment() — Method in class MethodRegistry

Fetches a Method by its URL Segment

RegisteredMethodManager::getFromMember() — Method in class RegisteredMethodManager

Get an authentication method object matching the given method from the given member. Returns null if the given method could not be found attached to the Member

SchemaGenerator::getSchema() — Method in class SchemaGenerator

Provides the full schema for the multi-factor authentication app, using the current Member as context

SchemaGenerator::getAvailableMethods() — Method in class SchemaGenerator

Get details in a list for all available methods, optionally excluding those with urlSegments provided in $exclude

SchemaGenerator::getRegisteredMethods() — Method in class SchemaGenerator

Get a list of methods registered to the user

SchemaGenerator::getDefaultMethod() — Method in class SchemaGenerator

Get the URL Segment for the configured default method on the current member, or null if none is configured

SchemaGenerator::getBackupMethod() — Method in class SchemaGenerator

Get the "details" of the configured back-up method (if set)

SchemaGenerator::getResources() — Method in class SchemaGenerator

Provide URLs for resources such as images and help articles

BackupCode::getCode() — Method in class BackupCode
BackupCode::getHash() — Method in class BackupCode
BackupCode::getAlgorithm() — Method in class BackupCode
BackupCode::getSalt() — Method in class BackupCode
Result::getMessage() — Method in class Result
Result::getContext() — Method in class Result
SessionStore::getMember() — Method in class SessionStore
SessionStore::getMethod() — Method in class SessionStore
SessionStore::getState() — Method in class SessionStore

Get the state from the store

SessionStore::getVerifiedMethods() — Method in class SessionStore

Get the list of methods that have been verified

StoreInterface::getState() — Method in class StoreInterface

Get the state from the store

StoreInterface::getMember() — Method in class StoreInterface
StoreInterface::getMethod() — Method in class StoreInterface
StoreInterface::getVerifiedMethods() — Method in class StoreInterface

Get the list of methods that have been verified

MimeUploadValidator::getFilterPattern() — Method in class MimeUploadValidator
MimeUploadValidator::getExpectedMimeTypes() — Method in class MimeUploadValidator

Fetches an array of valid mimetypes.

ArrayList::getIterator() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns an Iterator for this ArrayList.

CMSPreviewable::getMimeType() — Method in class CMSPreviewable

To determine preview mechanism (e.g. embedded / iframe)

DBConnector::getVersion() — Method in class DBConnector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

DBConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

DBConnector::getLastError() — Method in class DBConnector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

DBConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DBConnector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

DBQueryBuilder::getSeparator() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Determines the line separator to use.

Database::getConnector() — Method in class Database

Get the current connector

Database::getSchemaManager() — Method in class Database

Returns the current schema manager

Database::getQueryBuilder() — Method in class Database

Returns the current query builder

Database::getWhitelistQueryArray() — Method in class Database

Get the sql queries that need to be partially or fully matched

Database::getGeneratedID() — Method in class Database

Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.

Database::getVersion() — Method in class Database

Query for the version of the currently connected database

Database::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class Database

Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).

Database::getLock() — Method in class Database

Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".

Database::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class Database

Returns the name of the currently selected database

DatabaseException::getSQL() — Method in class DatabaseException

Returns the SQL that generated this error

DatabaseException::getParameters() — Method in class DatabaseException

The parameters given for this query, if any

MySQLDatabase::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).

MySQLDatabase::getTransactionManager() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Returns the TransactionManager to handle transactions for this database.

MySQLDatabase::getLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".

MySQLDatabase::getLockIdentifier() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
MySQLSchemaManager::getIndexSqlDefinition() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Generate SQL suitable for creating this index

MySQLiConnector::getVersion() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

MySQLiConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

MySQLiConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

MySQLiConnector::getLastError() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

PDOConnector::getOrPrepareStatement() — Method in class PDOConnector

Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string, or return an already prepared version if one exists for the given query

PDOConnector::getDriver() — Method in class PDOConnector

Return the driver for this connector E.g. 'mysql', 'sqlsrv', 'pgsql'

PDOConnector::getVersion() — Method in class PDOConnector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

PDOConnector::getPDOParamType() — Method in class PDOConnector

Determines the PDO::PARAM_* type for a given PHP type string

PDOConnector::getLastError() — Method in class PDOConnector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

PDOConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class PDOConnector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

PDOConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

PDOStatementHandle::getPDOStatement() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle

Return the PDOStatement that this object provides a handle to

TempDatabase::getConn() — Method in class TempDatabase
DB::get_conn() — Method in class DB

Get the global database connection.

DB::getConn() — Method in class DB
DB::get_schema() — Method in class DB

Retrieves the schema manager for the current database

DB::get_connector() — Method in class DB

Retrieves the connector object for the current database

DB::get_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB

Get the name of the database in use

DB::getConfig() — Method in class DB

Get the named connection config

DB::get_generated_id() — Method in class DB

Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.

DataList::getGenerator() — Method in class DataList

Returns a generator for this DataList

DataList::getQueryParams() — Method in class DataList

Get query parameters for this list.

DataList::getIterator() — Method in class DataList

Returns an Iterator for this DataList.

DataList::getIDList() — Method in class DataList

Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.

$ DataObject#general_search_field_nameProperty in class DataObject

Name of the field which is used as a stand-in for searching across all searchable fields.

$ DataObject#general_search_field_filterProperty in class DataObject

The search filter to use when searching with the general search field.

$ DataObject#general_search_split_termsProperty in class DataObject

If true, the search phrase is split into individual terms, and checks all searchable fields for each search term.

DataObject::getSchema() — Method in class DataObject

Get schema object

DataObject::getObsoleteClassName() — Method in class DataObject

Return obsolete class name, if this is no longer a valid class

DataObject::getClassName() — Method in class DataObject

Gets name of this class

DataObject::getTitle() — Method in class DataObject

Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.

DataObject::getQueriedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject

Return all currently fetched database fields.

DataObject::getClassAncestry() — Method in class DataObject

Get the class ancestry, including the current class name.

DataObject::getComponent() — Method in class DataObject

Return a unary component object from a one to one relationship, as a DataObject.

DataObject::getComponents() — Method in class DataObject

Returns a one-to-many relation as a HasManyList

DataObject::getRelationClass() — Method in class DataObject

Find the foreign class of a relation on this DataObject, regardless of the relation type.

DataObject::getRelationType() — Method in class DataObject

Given a relation name, determine the relation type

DataObject::getManyManyComponents() — Method in class DataObject

Returns a many-to-many component, as a ManyManyList.

DataObject::getDefaultSearchContext() — Method in class DataObject

Generates a SearchContext to be used for building and processing a generic search form for properties on this object.

DataObject::getGeneralSearchFieldName() — Method in class DataObject

Name of the field which is used as a stand-in for searching across all searchable fields.

DataObject::getCMSFields() — Method in class DataObject

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

DataObject::getCMSActions() — Method in class DataObject

need to be overload by solid dataobject, so that the customised actions of that dataobject, including that dataobject's extensions customised actions could be added to the EditForm.

DataObject::getCMSCompositeValidator() — Method in class DataObject

When extending this class and overriding this method, you will need to instantiate the CompositeValidator by calling parent::getCMSCompositeValidator(). This will ensure that the appropriate extension point is also invoked.

DataObject::getFrontEndFields() — Method in class DataObject

Used for simple frontend forms without relation editing or TabSet} behaviour. Uses {@link scaffoldFormFields() by default. To customize, either overload this method in your subclass, or extend it by DataExtension->updateFrontEndFields().

DataObject::getViewerTemplates() — Method in class DataObject

Find appropriate templates for SSViewer to use to render this object

DataObject::getField() — Method in class DataObject

Gets the value of a field.

DataObject::getChangedFields() — Method in class DataObject

Return the fields that have changed since the last write.

DataObject::getReverseAssociation() — Method in class DataObject

Temporary hack to return an association name, based on class, to get around the mangle of having to deal with reverse lookup of relationships to determine autogenerated foreign keys.

DataObject::get() — Method in class DataObject

Return all objects matching the filter sub-classes are automatically selected and included

DataObject::get_one() — Method in class DataObject

Return the first item matching the given query.

DataObject::get_by_id() — Method in class DataObject

Return the given element, searching by ID.

DataObject::getSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getInheritableQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject

Get list of parameters that should be inherited to relations on this object

DataObject::getSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getJoin() — Method in class DataObject

If selected through a many_many through relation, this is the instance of the joined record

DataObject::getUniqueKey() — Method in class DataObject

Generate a unique key for data object the unique key uses the DataObject::getUniqueKeyComponents() extension point so unique key modifiers such as versioned or fluent are covered i.e. same data object in different stages or different locales will produce different unique key

DataObjectSchema::getTableNames() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Get all table names

DataObjectSchema::getManyManyInverseRelationship() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Find a many_many on the child class that points back to this many_many

DataObjectSchema::getRemoteJoinField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema

Tries to find the database key on another object that is used to store a relationship to this class. If no join field can be found it defaults to 'ParentID'.

DataQuery::getFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQuery

Ensure that the query is ready to execute.

DataQuery::groupby() — Method in class DataQuery

Append a GROUP BY clause to this query.

DataQuery::getQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery

Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.

DataQuery::getQueryParams() — Method in class DataQuery

Returns all query parameters

DataQuery::getDataQueryManipulators() — Method in class DataQuery

Get query manipulators

DatabaseAdmin::groupedDataClasses() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Get the data classes, grouped by their root class

DatabaseAdmin::getReturnURL() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Gets the url to return to after build

DatabaseAdmin::getClassTables() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Get tables to update for this class

DatabaseAdmin::getClassNameRemappingFields() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Find all DBClassName fields on valid subclasses of DataObject that should be remapped. This includes ClassName fields as well as polymorphic class name fields.

DBClassName::getBaseClass() — Method in class DBClassName

Get the base dataclass for the list of subclasses

DBClassName::getShortName() — Method in class DBClassName

Get the base name of the current class Useful as a non-fully qualified CSS Class name in templates.

DBClassName::getEnum() — Method in class DBClassName

Get list of classnames that should be selectable

DBClassName::getDefault() — Method in class DBClassName

Get default vwalue

DBComposite::getField() — Method in class DBComposite

get value of a single composite field

DBComposite::getIndexSpecs() — Method in class DBComposite

Returns the index specifications for the field instance, for example:

DBDate::getFormatter() — Method in class DBDate

Get date formatter

DBDate::getCustomFormatter() — Method in class DBDate

Return formatter in a given locale. Useful if localising in a format other than the current locale.

DBDate::getISOFormat() — Method in class DBDate

Get standard ISO date format string

DBDate::getTimestamp() — Method in class DBDate

Get unix timestamp for this date

DBDatetime::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class DBDatetime

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

DBDatetime::getFormatter() — Method in class DBDatetime

Get date / time formatter for the current locale

DBDatetime::getCustomFormatter() — Method in class DBDatetime

Return formatter in a given locale. Useful if localising in a format other than the current locale.

DBDatetime::getISOFormat() — Method in class DBDatetime

Get standard ISO date format string

DBEnum::getEnum() — Method in class DBEnum

Get list of enum values

DBEnum::getEnumObsolete() — Method in class DBEnum

Get the list of enum values, including obsolete values still present in the database

DBEnum::getDefault() — Method in class DBEnum

Get default vwalue

DBField::getName() — Method in class DBField

Returns the name of this field.

DBField::getValue() — Method in class DBField

Returns the value of this field.

DBField::getDefaultValue() — Method in class DBField

Get default value assigned at the DB level

DBField::getOptions() — Method in class DBField

Get optional parameters for this field

DBField::getIndexType() — Method in class DBField

Return the desired index type to use. Will return false if the field instance should not be indexed.

DBField::getTable() — Method in class DBField

Get the table this field belongs to, if assigned

DBField::getArrayValue() — Method in class DBField
DBField::getSchemaValue() — Method in class DBField

Get formfield schema value

DBField::getIndexSpecs() — Method in class DBField

Returns the index specifications for the field instance, for example:

DBHTMLText::getProcessShortcodes() — Method in class DBHTMLText

Check if shortcodes are enabled

DBHTMLText::getWhitelist() — Method in class DBHTMLText

List of html properties to whitelist

DBHTMLText::getSchemaValue() — Method in class DBHTMLText

Get formfield schema value

DBHTMLVarchar::getProcessShortcodes() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar

Check if shortcodes are enabled

DBHTMLVarchar::getSchemaValue() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar

Get formfield schema value

DBIndexable::getIndexType() — Method in class DBIndexable

Return the desired index type to use. Will return false if the field instance should not be indexed.

DBIndexable::getIndexSpecs() — Method in class DBIndexable

Returns the index specifications for the field instance, for example:

DBInt::getValue() — Method in class DBInt

Ensure int values are always returned.

DBLocale::getShortName() — Method in class DBLocale

Resolves the locale to a common english-language name through i18n::get_common_locales().

DBLocale::getLongName() — Method in class DBLocale
DBLocale::getNativeName() — Method in class DBLocale

Returns the localized name based on the field's value.

DBMoney::getFormatter() — Method in class DBMoney

Get currency formatter

DBMoney::getValue() — Method in class DBMoney

Standard '0.00 CUR' format (non-localised)

DBMoney::getCurrency() — Method in class DBMoney
DBMoney::getAmount() — Method in class DBMoney
DBMoney::getLocale() — Method in class DBMoney
DBMoney::getSymbol() — Method in class DBMoney

Get currency symbol

DBPolymorphicForeignKey::getClassValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey

Get the value of the "Class" this key points to

DBPolymorphicForeignKey::getIDValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey

Gets the value of the "ID" this key points to

DBPolymorphicForeignKey::getValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey

Returns the value of this field.

DBPrimaryKey::getAutoIncrement() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
DBString::getNullifyEmpty() — Method in class DBString

Get whether this field stores empty strings rather than converting them to null

DBTime::getFormatter() — Method in class DBTime

Get date / time formatter for the current locale

DBTime::getISOFormat() — Method in class DBTime

Get standard ISO time format string

DBTime::getTimestamp() — Method in class DBTime

Get unix timestamp for this time

DBVarchar::getSize() — Method in class DBVarchar

Allow the ability to access the size of the field programmatically. This can be useful if you want to have text fields with a length limit that is dictated by the DB field.

ComparisonFilter::getOperator() — Method in class ComparisonFilter

Should return an operator to be used for comparisons

ComparisonFilter::getInverseOperator() — Method in class ComparisonFilter

Should return an inverse operator to be used for comparisons

EndsWithFilter::getMatchPattern() — Method in class EndsWithFilter

Apply the match filter to the given variable value

ExactMatchFilter::getSupportedModifiers() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter

Gets supported modifiers for this filter

FulltextFilter::getDbName() — Method in class FulltextFilter

This implementation allows for a list of columns to be passed into MATCH() instead of just one.

GreaterThanFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters

Selects numerical/date content greater than the input

GreaterThanFilter::getOperator() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter

Should return an operator to be used for comparisons

GreaterThanFilter::getInverseOperator() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter

Should return an inverse operator to be used for comparisons

GreaterThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters

Selects numerical/date content greater than or equal to the input

GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::getOperator() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter

Should return an operator to be used for comparisons

GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::getInverseOperator() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter

Should return an inverse operator to be used for comparisons

LessThanFilter::getOperator() — Method in class LessThanFilter

Should return an operator to be used for comparisons

LessThanFilter::getInverseOperator() — Method in class LessThanFilter

Should return an inverse operator to be used for comparisons

LessThanOrEqualFilter::getOperator() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter

Should return an operator to be used for comparisons

LessThanOrEqualFilter::getInverseOperator() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter

Should return an inverse operator to be used for comparisons

PartialMatchFilter::getSupportedModifiers() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Gets supported modifiers for this filter

PartialMatchFilter::getMatchPattern() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Apply the match filter to the given variable value

SearchFilter::getValue() — Method in class SearchFilter

Accessor for the current value to be filtered on.

SearchFilter::getSupportedModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter

Gets supported modifiers for this filter

SearchFilter::getModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter

Accessor for the current modifiers to apply to the filter.

SearchFilter::getName() — Method in class SearchFilter

The original name of the field.

SearchFilter::getFullName() — Method in class SearchFilter

The full name passed to the constructor, including any (optional) relations in dot notation.

SearchFilter::getDbName() — Method in class SearchFilter

Normalizes the field name to table mapping.

SearchFilter::getDbFormattedValue() — Method in class SearchFilter

Return the value of the field as processed by the DBField class

SearchFilter::getCaseSensitive() — Method in class SearchFilter

Determines case sensitivity based on getModifiers().

StartsWithFilter::getMatchPattern() — Method in class StartsWithFilter

Apply the match filter to the given variable value

GroupedListClass in namespace SilverStripe\ORM

A list decorator that allows a list to be grouped into sub-lists by common values of a field.

GroupedList::groupBy() — Method in class GroupedList
GroupedList::GroupedBy() — Method in class GroupedList

Similar to groupBy(), but returns the data in a format which is suitable for usage in templates.

HasManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class HasManyList

Gets the field name which holds the related object ID.

Hierarchy::get_extra_config() — Method in class Hierarchy
Hierarchy::getDescendantIDList() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants IDs.

Hierarchy::getParent() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get this object's parent, optionally filtered by an SQL clause. If the clause doesn't match the parent, nothing is returned.

Hierarchy::getAncestors() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all the parents of this class in a set ordered from the closest to furtherest parent.

Hierarchy::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class Hierarchy

Returns a human-readable, flattened representation of the path to the object, using its Title attribute.

MarkedSet::getNodeCountThreshold() — Method in class MarkedSet

Get total number of nodes to get. This acts as a soft lower-bounds for number of nodes to search until found.

MarkedSet::getMaxChildNodes() — Method in class MarkedSet

Max number of nodes that can be physically rendered at any level.

MarkedSet::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class MarkedSet

Get method to use for getting children

MarkedSet::getChildren() — Method in class MarkedSet

Get children from this node

MarkedSet::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class MarkedSet

Get method name for num children

MarkedSet::getNumChildren() — Method in class MarkedSet

Count children

MarkedSet::getChildrenAsArray() — Method in class MarkedSet

Get child data formatted as JSON

MarkedSet::getSubtreeAsArray() — Method in class MarkedSet

Return sub-tree as json array

MarkedSet::getSubtree() — Method in class MarkedSet

Get tree data for node

MarkedSet::getLimitingEnabled() — Method in class MarkedSet

Check if limiting is enabled

ListDecorator::getList() — Method in class ListDecorator

Returns the list this decorator wraps around.

ListDecorator::getIterator() — Method in class ListDecorator

Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.

ManyManyList::getExtraData() — Method in class ManyManyList

Find the extra field data for a single row of the relationship join table, given the known child ID.

ManyManyList::getJoinTable() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the join table used for the relationship.

ManyManyList::getLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the key used to store the ID of the local/parent object.

ManyManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the key used to store the ID of the foreign/child object.

ManyManyList::getExtraFields() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the extra fields included in the relationship.

ManyManyThroughList::getExtraFields() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList

Get extra fields used by this list

ManyManyThroughList::getJoinTable() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getJoinClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignIDKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Gets ID key name for foreign key component

ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignClassKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Gets Class key name for foreign key component (or null if none)

ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getParentRelationship() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Get has_many relationship between parent and join table (for a given DataQuery)

ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getJoinAlias() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator

Get name of join table alias for use in queries.

ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getParentClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Map::getIterator() — Method in class Map

Returns an Map_Iterator instance for iterating over the complete set of items in the map.

$ PaginatedList#getVarProperty in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::getPaginationGetVar() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the GET var that is used to set the page start. This defaults to "start".

PaginatedList::getPageLength() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the number of items displayed per page. This defaults to 10.

PaginatedList::getPageStart() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the offset of the item the current page starts at.

PaginatedList::getTotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the total number of items in the unpaginated list.

PaginatedList::getLimitItems() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns whether or not the underlying list is limited to the current pagination range when iterating.

PaginatedList::getIterator() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::getRequest() — Method in class PaginatedList

Get the request object for this list

PolymorphicHasManyList::getForeignClass() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList

Retrieve the name of the class this relation is filtered by

PolymorphicHasManyList::getForeignClassKey() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList

Gets the field name which holds the related object class.

SQLAssignmentRow::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

SQLAssignmentRow::getColumns() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Retrieves the list of columns updated

SQLConditionalExpression::getConnective() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Get the connective property.

SQLConditionalExpression::getFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Return a list of tables queried

SQLConditionalExpression::getJoins() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Retrieves the finalized list of joins

SQLConditionalExpression::getOrderedJoins() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Ensure that framework "auto-generated" table JOINs are first in the finalised SQL query.

SQLConditionalExpression::getWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.

SQLConditionalExpression::getWhereParameterised() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.

SQLDelete::getDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete

List of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause

SQLInsert::getInto() — Method in class SQLInsert

Gets the table name to insert into

SQLInsert::getRows() — Method in class SQLInsert

Returns the current list of rows

SQLInsert::getColumns() — Method in class SQLInsert

Returns the list of distinct column names used in this insert

SQLInsert::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

$ SQLSelect#groupbyProperty in class SQLSelect

An array of GROUP BY clauses.

SQLSelect::getDistinct() — Method in class SQLSelect

Get the distinct property.

SQLSelect::getLimit() — Method in class SQLSelect

Get the limit property.

SQLSelect::getOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Returns the current order by as array if not already. To handle legacy statements which are stored as strings. Without clauses and directions, convert the orderby clause to something readable.

SQLSelect::getHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.

SQLSelect::getHavingParameterised() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.

SQLSelect::getGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a list of GROUP BY clauses used internally.

SQLSelect::getSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return an itemised select list as a map, where keys are the aliases, and values are the column sources.

SQLUpdate::getTable() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Gets the table name to update

SQLUpdate::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

SQLWriteExpression::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

Relation::getIDList() — Method in class Relation

Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.

RelationList::getForeignID() — Method in class RelationList

Any number of foreign keys to apply to this list

RelationList::getQueryParams() — Method in class RelationList

Get query parameters for this list.

FulltextSearchable::get_extra_config() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
FulltextSearchable::get_searchable_classes() — Method in class FulltextSearchable

Shows all classes that had the FulltextSearchable} extension applied through {@link enable().

SearchContext::getSearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext

Returns scaffolded search fields for UI.

SearchContext::getQuery() — Method in class SearchContext

Returns a SQL object representing the search context for the given list of query parameters.

SearchContext::getResults() — Method in class SearchContext

Returns a result set from the given search parameters.

SearchContext::getFilter() — Method in class SearchContext

Accessor for the filter attached to a named field.

SearchContext::getFilters() — Method in class SearchContext

Get the map of filters in the current search context.

SearchContext::getFields() — Method in class SearchContext

Get the list of searchable fields in the current search context.

SearchContext::getSearchParams() — Method in class SearchContext
SearchContext::getSummary() — Method in class SearchContext

Gets a list of what fields were searched and the values provided for each field. Returns an ArrayList of ArrayData, suitable for rendering on a template.

UniqueKeyInterface::generateKey() — Method in class UniqueKeyInterface

Generate a unique key for data object

UniqueKeyService::generateKey() — Method in class UniqueKeyService
UnsavedRelationList::getIterator() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns an Iterator for this relation.

UnsavedRelationList::getIDList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.

ValidationException::getResult() — Method in class ValidationException

Retrieves the ValidationResult related to this error

ValidationResult::getMessages() — Method in class ValidationResult

Return the full error meta-data, suitable for combining with another ValidationResult.

PostgreSQLConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

PostgreSQLConnector::getLastError() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

PostgreSQLConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

PostgreSQLConnector::getVersion() — Method in class PostgreSQLConnector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

PostgreSQLDatabase::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).

PostgreSQLDatabase::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabase

Returns the name of the currently selected database

PostgreSQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class PostgreSQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines the version of the database server

PostgreSQLSchemaManager::getIndexSqlDefinition() — Method in class PostgreSQLSchemaManager
Authenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class Authenticator

Return RequestHandler to manage the log-in process.

Authenticator::getLogOutHandler() — Method in class Authenticator

Return the RequestHandler to manage the log-out process.

Authenticator::getChangePasswordHandler() — Method in class Authenticator

Return RequestHandler to manage the change-password process.

Authenticator::getLostPasswordHandler() — Method in class Authenticator
Authenticator::getService() — Method in class Authenticator
LoginForm::getRealMeWidgetTheme() — Method in class LoginForm

Example function exposing a RealMe config option to the login form template

LoginForm::getServiceName1() — Method in class LoginForm
LoginForm::getServiceName2() — Method in class LoginForm
LoginForm::getServiceName3() — Method in class LoginForm
LoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class LoginForm

Return the title of the form for use in the frontend For tabs with multiple login methods, for example.

LoginForm::getFormFields() — Method in class LoginForm

Required FieldList creation on a LoginForm

LoginForm::getFormActions() — Method in class LoginForm

Required FieldList creation for the login actions on this LoginForm

MiniLoginForm::getRealMeMiniLoginLink() — Method in class MiniLoginForm
MiniLoginForm::getMiniLoginFormPopupPosition() — Method in class MiniLoginForm
$ FederatedIdentity#GenderProperty in class FederatedIdentity
FederatedIdentity::getDateOfBirth() — Method in class FederatedIdentity
User::getMember() — Method in class User
User::getFederatedIdentity() — Method in class User
RealMeService::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getRequest() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getUserData() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getAuthData() — Method in class RealMeService

Returns a RealMeUser object if one can be built from the RealMe session data.

RealMeService::getLastError() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getBackURL() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getErrorBackURL() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getCertDir() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getAuthnContextForEnvironment() — Method in class RealMeService

Returns the appropriate AuthN Context, given the environment passed in. The AuthNContext may be different per environment, and should be one of the strings as defined in the static self::$authn_contexts at the top of this class.

RealMeService::getSigningCertPath() — Method in class RealMeService

Returns the full path to the SAML signing certificate file, used by SimpleSAMLphp to sign all messages sent to RealMe.

RealMeService::getIdPCertPath() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getSPCertContent() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getIdPCertContent() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getCertificateContents() — Method in class RealMeService

Returns the content of the SAML signing certificate. This is used by getAuth() and by RealMeSetupTask to produce metadata XML files.

RealMeService::getAssertionConsumerServiceUrlForEnvironment() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getMetadataOrganisationName() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getMetadataOrganisationDisplayName() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getMetadataOrganisationUrl() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getMetadataContactSupport() — Method in class RealMeService
RealMeService::getAllowedRealMeEnvironments() — Method in class RealMeService

The list of RealMe environments that can be used. By default, we allow mts, ite and production.

RealMeService::getAllowedAuthNContextList() — Method in class RealMeService

The list of valid realme AuthNContexts

RealMeService::getSPEntityID() — Method in class RealMeService

Returns the appropriate entity ID for RealMe, given the environment passed in. The entity ID may be different per environment, and should be a full URL, including privacy realm and application name. For example, this may be: https://www.agency.govt.nz/privacy-realm-name/application-name

RealMeService::getAuth() — Method in class RealMeService

Returns the internal Auth object against which visitors are authenticated.

RealMeService::getNameIdFormat() — Method in class RealMeService
RegistryAdmin::getManagedModels() — Method in class RegistryAdmin
RegistryAdmin::getExportFields() — Method in class RegistryAdmin

Define which fields are used in the getEditForm GridField export.

RegistryAdmin::getCsvImportFilename() — Method in class RegistryAdmin

Gets a unique filename to use for importing the uploaded CSV data

RegistryDataInterface::getSearchFields() — Method in class RegistryDataInterface

A FieldList containing FormField objects that represent the fields in the data search form.

RegistryImportFeed::getLatest() — Method in class RegistryImportFeed
RegistryImportFeed::getAssetHandler() — Method in class RegistryImportFeed

Get the handler used to manipulate the filesystem

RegistryImportFeed::getStoragePath() — Method in class RegistryImportFeed

Get the path that import files will be stored for this model

RegistryImportFeed::getImportFiles() — Method in class RegistryImportFeed

Loop import files in the storage path and push them into an ArrayList

RegistryImportFeed::getImportFilename() — Method in class RegistryImportFeed

Returns a relatively unique filename to storage imported data feeds as

RegistryImportFeed::getAssetsDir() — Method in class RegistryImportFeed

Get the assets directory name

RegistryPage::getDataClasses() — Method in class RegistryPage
RegistryPage::getDataClass() — Method in class RegistryPage
RegistryPage::getDataSingleton() — Method in class RegistryPage
RegistryPage::getPageLength() — Method in class RegistryPage
RegistryPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class RegistryPage
RegistryPageController::getTemplateList() — Method in class RegistryPageController
RegistryPageController::getClassNameForUrl() — Method in class RegistryPageController

Sanitise a PHP class name for display in URLs etc

Report::getTitle() — Method in class Report

Allows access to title as a property

Report::getLink() — Method in class Report
Report::getCount() — Method in class Report

counts the number of objects returned

Report::getCountForOverview() — Method in class Report

Counts the number of objects returned up to a configurable limit.

Report::get_excluded_reports() — Method in class Report

Return an array of excluded reports. That is, reports that will not be included in the list of reports in report admin in the CMS.

Report::get_reports() — Method in class Report

Return the SS_Report objects making up the given list.

Report::getCMSFields() — Method in class Report

Returns a FieldList with which to create the CMS editing form.

Report::getCMSActions() — Method in class Report
Report::getReportField() — Method in class Report

Return a field, such as a GridField that is used to show and manipulate data relating to this report.

Report::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class Report

Return additional breadcrumbs for this report. Useful when this report is a child of another.

Report::getSourceParams() — Method in class Report

Get source params for the report to filter by

ReportAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Calls SiteTree->getCMSFields() by default to determine the form fields to display.

ReportWrapper::group() — Method in class ReportWrapper
SideReportView::group() — Method in class SideReportView
DataFormatter::getCustomFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getCustomRelations() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getCustomAddFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getRemoveFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getOutputContentType() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getTotalSize() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getFieldsForObj() — Method in class DataFormatter

Returns all fields on the object which should be shown in the output. Can be customised through self::setCustomFields().

DataFormatter::getRealFields() — Method in class DataFormatter

Convert an array of aliased field names to their Dataobject field name

DataFormatter::getRealFieldName() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get the DataObject field name from its alias

DataFormatter::getFieldAlias() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get a DataObject Field's Alias defaults to the fieldname

DataFormatter::getApiMapping() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get the 'api_field_mapping' config value for a class or return an empty array

DataFormatter::getMappedKey() — Method in class DataFormatter

Helper function to get mapped field names

RestfulServer::getHandler() — Method in class RestfulServer

Handler for object read.

RestfulServer::getSearchQuery() — Method in class RestfulServer

Uses the default SearchContext specified through DataObject::getDefaultSearchContext() to augument an existing query object (mostly a component query from DataObject) with search clauses.

RestfulServer::getDataFormatter() — Method in class RestfulServer

Returns a dataformatter instance based on the request extension or mimetype. Falls back to self::$default_extension.

RestfulServer::getRequestDataFormatter() — Method in class RestfulServer
RestfulServer::getResponseDataFormatter() — Method in class RestfulServer
RestfulServer::getObjectQuery() — Method in class RestfulServer

Gets a single DataObject by ID, through a request like /api/v1//

RestfulServer::getObjectsQuery() — Method in class RestfulServer
RestfulServer::getObjectRelationQuery() — Method in class RestfulServer
RestfulServer::getAllowedRelations() — Method in class RestfulServer

Return only relations which have $api_access enabled.

RestfulServer::getMember() — Method in class RestfulServer

Get the current Member, if available

SQLite3Connector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class SQLite3Connector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

SQLite3Connector::getLastError() — Method in class SQLite3Connector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

SQLite3Connector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class SQLite3Connector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

SQLite3Connector::getVersion() — Method in class SQLite3Connector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

SQLite3Database::getParameters() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Retrieve parameters used to connect to this SQLLite database

SQLite3Database::getLivesInMemory() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Determine if this Db is in memory

SQLite3Database::getPath() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Get file path. If in memory this is null

SQLite3Database::getPragma() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Gets pragma value.

SQLite3Database::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).

SQLite3Database::getTransactionSavepointName() — Method in class SQLite3Database

Fetch the name of the most recent savepoint

SQLiteDatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class SQLiteDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines the version of the database server

SudoModeController::getClientConfig() — Method in class SudoModeController

Returns configuration required by the client app.

SudoModeController::getSudoModeService() — Method in class SudoModeController
MemberExtension::getRequiresPasswordChangeOnNextLogin() — Method in class MemberExtension
SudoModeService::getLifetime() — Method in class SudoModeService

How long the sudo mode activation lasts for in minutes.

SudoModeServiceInterface::getLifetime() — Method in class SudoModeServiceInterface

How long the sudo mode activation lasts for in minutes.

GridFieldExportReportButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\SecurityReport\Forms

An extension to GridFieldExportButton to support downloading a custom Report as a CSV file

GridFieldExportReportButton::generateExportFileData() — Method in class GridFieldExportReportButton

Generate export fields for CSV.

GridFieldPrintReportButtonClass in namespace SilverStripe\SecurityReport\Forms

An extension to GridFieldPrintButton to support printing custom Reports

GridFieldPrintReportButton::generatePrintData() — Method in class GridFieldPrintReportButton

Export core

MemberReportExtension::getLastLoggedIn() — Method in class MemberReportExtension

Retrieves the most recent successful LoginAttempt

MemberReportExtension::getGroupsDescription() — Method in class MemberReportExtension

Builds a comma separated list of member group names for a given Member.

MemberReportExtension::getPermissionsDescription() — Method in class MemberReportExtension

Builds a comma separated list of human-readbale permissions for a given Member.

SubsiteMemberReportExtension::getSubsiteDescription() — Method in class SubsiteMemberReportExtension

Describes the subsites this user has SITETREE_EDIT_ALL access to

UserSecurityReport::getColumns() — Method in class UserSecurityReport

Alias of columns(), to support the export to csv action in GridFieldExportButton generateExportFileData method.

UserSecurityReport::getReportField() — Method in class UserSecurityReport

Return a field, such as a GridField that is used to show and manipulate data relating to this report.

AuthenticationMiddleware::getAuthenticationHandler() — Method in class AuthenticationMiddleware
Authenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class Authenticator

Return RequestHandler to manage the log-in process.

Authenticator::getLogOutHandler() — Method in class Authenticator

Return the RequestHandler to manage the log-out process.

Authenticator::getChangePasswordHandler() — Method in class Authenticator

Return RequestHandler to manage the change-password process.

Authenticator::getLostPasswordHandler() — Method in class Authenticator
BasicAuthMiddleware::getURLPatterns() — Method in class BasicAuthMiddleware

Get list of url patterns

CMSSecurity::getAuthenticator() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get the selected authenticator for this request

CMSSecurity::getApplicableAuthenticators() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get all registered authenticators

CMSSecurity::getTargetMember() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get known logged out member

CMSSecurity::getResponseController() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Prepare the controller for handling the response to this request

CMSSecurity::getSessionMessage() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get the HTML Content for the $Content area during login

CMSSecurity::getIsloggedIn() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Check if there is a logged in member

Item::getToken() — Method in class Item

Returns the token of the item

Item::getName() — Method in class Item

Returns the item name (human readable)

Item::getDescription() — Method in class Item

Returns the human readable description of the item

Storage::getHashedItems() — Method in class Storage

Returns the dictionary with the item hashes

Storage::getTokenHash() — Method in class Storage

Returns salted and hashed version of the item token

Storage::getCookieKey() — Method in class Storage

Returns the unique cookie key generated from the session salt

Storage::getCsrfToken() — Method in class Storage

Returns a unique token to use as a CSRF token

Storage::getSessionSalt() — Method in class Storage

Returns the salt generated for the current session

Storage::generateSalt() — Method in class Storage

Returns randomly generated salt

Storage::getItems() — Method in class Storage

Returns the list of registered confirmation items

Storage::getItem() — Method in class Storage

Look up an item by its token key

Storage::getHttpMethod() — Method in class Storage

Returns HTTP method of the success request

Storage::getSuccessPostVars() — Method in class Storage

Returns the list of success request post parameters

Storage::getSuccessUrl() — Method in class Storage

Returns the URL registered by {self::setSuccessUrl} as a success redirect target

Storage::getFailureUrl() — Method in class Storage

Returns the URL registered by {self::setFailureUrl} as a success redirect target

Storage::getNamespace() — Method in class Storage

Returns the namespace of the storage in the session

DefaultAdminService::getDefaultAdminUsername() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
DefaultAdminService::getDefaultAdminPassword() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
GroupClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security

A security group.

Group::getAllChildren() — Method in class Group
Group::getCMSFields() — Method in class Group

Caution: Only call on instances, not through a singleton.

Group::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Group
Group::getCMSCompositeValidator() — Method in class Group

When extending this class and overriding this method, you will need to instantiate the CompositeValidator by calling parent::getCMSCompositeValidator(). This will ensure that the appropriate extension point is also invoked.

Group::Groups() — Method in class Group

List of child groups

GroupCsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace SilverStripe\Security
InheritedPermissionFlusher::getServices() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher
InheritedPermissionFlusher::getMemberIDList() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher

Get a list of member IDs that need their permissions flushed

$ InheritedPermissions#globalEditPermissionsProperty in class InheritedPermissions

Global permissions required to edit.

InheritedPermissions::getGlobalEditPermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
InheritedPermissions::getDefaultPermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Get root permissions handler, or null if no handler

InheritedPermissions::getBaseClass() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Get base class

InheritedPermissions::getPermissionField() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Get field to check for permission type for the given check.

InheritedPermissions::getJoinTable() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Get join table for type Defaults to those provided by {InheritedPermissionsExtension)

InheritedPermissions::getEditorGroupsTable() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Get table to use for editor groups relation

InheritedPermissions::getViewerGroupsTable() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Get table to use for viewer groups relation

InheritedPermissions::getCachePermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Gets the permission from cache

InheritedPermissions::generateCacheKey() — Method in class InheritedPermissions

Creates a cache key for a member and type

LoginAttempt::getByEmail() — Method in class LoginAttempt

Get all login attempts for the given email address

LoginForm::getAuthenticatorClass() — Method in class LoginForm

Returns the authenticator class name to use

LoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class LoginForm

Return the title of the form for use in the frontend For tabs with multiple login methods, for example.

LoginForm::getFormFields() — Method in class LoginForm

Required FieldList creation on a LoginForm

LoginForm::getFormActions() — Method in class LoginForm

Required FieldList creation for the login actions on this LoginForm

LogoutForm::getFormFields() — Method in class LogoutForm

Build the FieldList for the logout form

LogoutForm::getFormActions() — Method in class LogoutForm

Build default logout form action FieldList

Member::generateAutologinTokenAndStoreHash() — Method in class Member

Generate an auto login token which can be used to reset the password, at the same time hashing it and storing in the database.

Member::getMemberFormFields() — Method in class Member

Returns the fields for the member form - used in the registration/profile module.

Member::getMemberPasswordField() — Method in class Member

Builds "Change / Create Password" field for this member

Member::getValidator() — Method in class Member

Returns the RequiredFields instance for the Member object. This Validator is used when saving a CMSProfileController or added to any form responsible for saving a users data.

Member::getLastName() — Method in class Member

Simple proxy method to get the Surname property of the member

Member::getTitle() — Method in class Member

Get the complete name of the member, by default in the format ", ".

Member::get_title_sql() — Method in class Member

Return a SQL CONCAT() fragment suitable for a SELECT statement.

Member::getName() — Method in class Member

Get the complete name of the member

Member::getDateFormat() — Method in class Member

Return the date format based on the user's chosen locale, falling back to the default format defined by the i18n::config()->get('default_locale') config setting.

Member::getLocale() — Method in class Member

Get user locale, falling back to the configured default locale

Member::getTimeFormat() — Method in class Member

Return the time format based on the user's chosen locale, falling back to the default format defined by the i18n::config()->get('default_locale') config setting.

Member::Groups() — Method in class Member

Get a "many-to-many" map that holds for all members their group memberships, including any parent groups where membership is implied.

Member::getCMSFields() — Method in class Member

Return a FieldList of fields that would appropriate for editing this member.

Member::getHtmlEditorConfigForCMS() — Method in class Member

Get the HtmlEditorConfig for this user to be used in the CMS.

CMSLoginHandler::getReturnReferer() — Method in class CMSLoginHandler
CMSMemberAuthenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class CMSMemberAuthenticator
CMSMemberLoginForm::getFormFields() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
CMSMemberLoginForm::getFormActions() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
CMSMemberLoginForm::getExternalLink() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm

Get link to use for external security actions

CMSMemberLoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
ChangePasswordForm::getFormFields() — Method in class ChangePasswordForm
ChangePasswordForm::getFormActions() — Method in class ChangePasswordForm
CookieAuthenticationHandler::getDeviceCookieName() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler

Get the name of the cookie used to track this device

CookieAuthenticationHandler::getTokenCookieName() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler

Get the name of the cookie used to store an login token

CookieAuthenticationHandler::getTokenCookieSecure() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler

Get the name of the cookie used to store an login token

CookieAuthenticationHandler::getCascadeInTo() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler

Once a member is found by authenticateRequest() pass it to this identity store

LoginHandler::getReturnReferer() — Method in class LoginHandler
LostPasswordForm::getFormFields() — Method in class LostPasswordForm

Create a single EmailField form that has the capability of using the MemberLoginForm Authenticator

LostPasswordForm::getFormActions() — Method in class LostPasswordForm

Give the member a friendly button to push

LostPasswordHandler::getMemberFromData() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler

Load an existing Member from the provided data

MemberAuthenticator::getLostPasswordHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
MemberAuthenticator::getChangePasswordHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
MemberAuthenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
MemberAuthenticator::getLogoutHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
MemberLoginForm::getFormFields() — Method in class MemberLoginForm

Build the FieldList for the login form

MemberLoginForm::getFormActions() — Method in class MemberLoginForm

Build default login form action FieldList

MemberLoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class MemberLoginForm

The name of this login form, to display in the frontend Replaces Authenticator::get_name()

SessionAuthenticationHandler::getSessionVariable() — Method in class SessionAuthenticationHandler

Get the session variable name used to track member ID

$ MemberCsvBulkLoader#groupsProperty in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
MemberCsvBulkLoader::getGroups() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
Member_GroupSet::getMember() — Method in class Member_GroupSet

Get foreign member record for this relation

Member_Validator::getForMember() — Method in class Member_Validator

Get the member this validator applies to.

NullSecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullSecurityToken::generate() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
PasswordEncryptor::get_encryptors() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::get_cost() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

Gets the cost that is set for the blowfish algorithm

PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::getAlgorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
PasswordValidator::getMinLength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
PasswordValidator::getMinTestScore() — Method in class PasswordValidator
PasswordValidator::getTestNames() — Method in class PasswordValidator

Gets the list of tests to use for this validator

PasswordValidator::getHistoricCount() — Method in class PasswordValidator
PasswordValidator::getTests() — Method in class PasswordValidator

Gets all possible tests

Permission::groupList() — Method in class Permission

Get the list of groups that the given member belongs to.

Permission::grant() — Method in class Permission

Grant the given permission code/arg to the given group

Permission::get_members_by_permission() — Method in class Permission

Returns all members for a specific permission.

Permission::get_groups_by_permission() — Method in class Permission

Return all of the groups that have one of the given permission codes

Permission::get_codes() — Method in class Permission

Get a list of all available permission codes, both defined through the PermissionProvider interface, and all not explicitly defined codes existing as a Permission database record. By default, the results are grouped as denoted by Permission_Group.

Permission::get_declared_permissions_list() — Method in class Permission

Get a linear list of the permissions in the system.

Permission::get_label_for_permission() — Method in class Permission

Look up the human-readable title for the permission as defined by Permission::declare_permissions

Permission::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Permission

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

Permission::Group() — Method in class Permission
PermissionCheckboxSetField::getHiddenPermissions() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionRole::getCMSFields() — Method in class PermissionRole

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

PermissionRole::Groups() — Method in class PermissionRole

List of Group objects

Permission_Group::getName() — Method in class Permission_Group

Get the name of the permission group

Permission_Group::getPermissions() — Method in class Permission_Group

Get permissions

RandomGenerator::generateEntropy() — Method in class RandomGenerator
RememberLoginHash::getToken() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
RememberLoginHash::getNewDeviceID() — Method in class RememberLoginHash

Randomly generates a new ID used for the device

RememberLoginHash::getNewHash() — Method in class RememberLoginHash

Creates a new random token and hashes it using the member information

RememberLoginHash::generate() — Method in class RememberLoginHash

Generates a new login hash associated with a device The device is assigned a globally unique device ID The returned login hash stores the hashed token in the database, for this device and this member

RequestAuthenticationHandler::getHandlers() — Method in class RequestAuthenticationHandler

This method currently uses a fallback as loading the handlers via YML has proven unstable

Security::getAuthenticators() — Method in class Security
Security::getAuthenticator() — Method in class Security

Get the selected authenticator for this request

Security::getApplicableAuthenticators() — Method in class Security

Get all registered authenticators

Security::getCurrentUser() — Method in class Security
Security::getLoginForms() — Method in class Security

Get the login forms for all available authentication methods

Security::getRequest() — Method in class Security

Returns the HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.

Security::getResponseController() — Method in class Security

Prepare the controller for handling the response to this request

Security::generateTabbedFormSet() — Method in class Security

Combine the given forms into a formset with a tabbed interface

Security::getSessionMessage() — Method in class Security

Get the HTML Content for the $Content area during login

Security::getServiceAuthenticatorsFromRequest() — Method in class Security

Get authenticators for the given service, optionally filtered by the ID parameter of the current request

Security::getPasswordResetLink() — Method in class Security

Create a link to the password reset form.

Security::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class Security

Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action.

Security::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Security

Defines global accessible templates variables.

SecurityToken::get_default_name() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::getSecurityID() — Method in class SecurityToken

Returns the value of an the global SecurityToken in the current session

SecurityToken::getName() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::getSession() — Method in class SecurityToken

Returns the current session instance from the injector

SecurityToken::getRequestToken() — Method in class SecurityToken

Get security token from request

SecurityToken::generate() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SecurityToken

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

MemberExtension::getOwner() — Method in class MemberExtension
SessionManagerField::getTitleLinkText() — Method in class SessionManagerField

Returns the field titleLinkText.

SessionManagerField::getTitleLinkHref() — Method in class SessionManagerField

Returns the field titleLinkHref.

SessionManagerField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class SessionManagerField
SessionManagerField::getLoginSessions() — Method in class SessionManagerField
GarbageCollectionJobClass in namespace SilverStripe\SessionManager\Jobs
GarbageCollectionJob::getTitle() — Method in class GarbageCollectionJob
LoginSession::generate() — Method in class LoginSession
LoginSession::getFriendlyUserAgent() — Method in class LoginSession
LoginSession::getCurrentLoginSession() — Method in class LoginSession

Retrieve the Login session for the current request.

LoginSession::getCurrentSessions() — Method in class LoginSession
LoginSession::getSessionLifetime() — Method in class LoginSession
LogInAuthenticationHandler::getSessionVariable() — Method in class LogInAuthenticationHandler
LogInAuthenticationHandler::getRememberLoginHash() — Method in class LogInAuthenticationHandler
GarbageCollectionServiceClass in namespace SilverStripe\SessionManager\Services
ShareDraftController::getIsViewingPreview() — Method in class ShareDraftController
ShareDraftController::getRenderedPageByURLSegment() — Method in class ShareDraftController
ShareDraftController::getIsDraftSecured() — Method in class ShareDraftController

Check if the draft site is secured

ShareDraftContentControllerExtension::getShareDraftLinkAction() — Method in class ShareDraftContentControllerExtension
ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension::getNewShareToken() — Method in class ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension
ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension::getNewToken() — Method in class ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension
ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension::generateKey() — Method in class ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension
ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension::getShareDraftLinkAction() — Method in class ShareDraftContentSiteTreeExtension
SiteConfig::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteConfig

Get the fields that are sent to the CMS.

SiteConfig::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteConfig

Get the actions that are sent to the CMS.

SiteConfig::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SiteConfig

Add $SiteConfig to all SSViewers

SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
GridFieldBasicContentReportClass in namespace SilverStripe\SiteWideContentReport\Form

Class GridFieldBasicContentReport

GridFieldBasicContentReport::getRowAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldBasicContentReport
SitewideContentReport::getCount() — Method in class SitewideContentReport

counts the number of objects returned

SitewideContentReport::getCMSFields() — Method in class SitewideContentReport
SitewideContentReport::getReportField() — Method in class SitewideContentReport

Creates a GridField for pages and another one for files with different columns.

SitewideContentReport::getPrintExportColumns() — Method in class SitewideContentReport

Returns the columns for the export and print functionality.

SitewideContentReport::getExportButton() — Method in class SitewideContentReport
EditableSpamProtectionField::getFormField() — Method in class EditableSpamProtectionField

Return a FormField to appear on the front end. Implement on your subclass.

EditableSpamProtectionField::getCandidateFields() — Method in class EditableSpamProtectionField

Gets the list of all candidate spam detectable fields on this field's form

EditableSpamProtectionField::getCMSFields() — Method in class EditableSpamProtectionField

Used in userforms 3.x and above

EditableSpamProtectionField::getFieldValidationOptions() — Method in class EditableSpamProtectionField

Append custom validation fields to the default 'Validation' section in the editable options view

EditableSpamProtectionField::getRequired() — Method in class EditableSpamProtectionField
EditableSpamProtectionField::getIcon() — Method in class EditableSpamProtectionField

Get the path to the icon for this field type, relative to the site root.

FormSpamProtectionExtension::get_protector() — Method in class FormSpamProtectionExtension

Instantiate a SpamProtector instance

SpamProtector::getFormField() — Method in class SpamProtector

Return the FormField associated with this protector.

SpellProvider::getSuggestions() — Method in class SpellProvider

Returns suggestions of for a specific word.

SpellCheckAdminExtension::getLanguages() — Method in class SpellCheckAdminExtension

Check languages to set

SpellCheckAdminExtension::getDefaultLocale() — Method in class SpellCheckAdminExtension

Returns the default locale for TinyMCE. Either via configuration or the first in the list of locales.

SpellCheckMiddleware::getLanguages() — Method in class SpellCheckMiddleware

Check languages to set

SpellCheckMiddleware::getDefaultLocale() — Method in class SpellCheckMiddleware

Returns the default locale for TinyMCE. Either via configuration or the first in the list of locales.

SpellController::getProvider() — Method in class SpellController

Get the current provider

SpellController::get_locales() — Method in class SpellController

Gets locales to spellcheck for

SpellController::getRequestData() — Method in class SpellController

Get request data

SpellController::getLocale() — Method in class SpellController

Get the locale from the provided "lang" argument, which could be either a language code or locale

HunSpellProvider::getResults() — Method in class HunSpellProvider

Get results from hunspell

HunSpellProvider::getSuggestions() — Method in class HunSpellProvider

Returns suggestions of for a specific word.

StaticPublisher::getPublishedURLs() — Method in class StaticPublisher
SiteTreePublishingEngine::getToUpdate() — Method in class SiteTreePublishingEngine
SiteTreePublishingEngine::getToDelete() — Method in class SiteTreePublishingEngine
PublishableSiteTree::getMyVirtualPages() — Method in class PublishableSiteTree
Job::getRunAsMemberID() — Method in class Job

Static cache manipulation jobs need to run without a user this is because we don't want any session related data to become part of URLs For example stage GET param is injected into URLs when user is logged in This is problematic as stage param must not be present in statically published URLs as they always refer to live content Including stage param in visiting URL is meant to bypass static cache and redirect to admin login this is something we definitely don't want for statically cached pages

Job::getSignature() — Method in class Job

Return a signature for this queued job

Job::getUrlsPerJob() — Method in class Job
Job::getChunkSize() — Method in class Job
DeleteStaticCacheJob::getTitle() — Method in class DeleteStaticCacheJob
DeleteWholeCache::getTitle() — Method in class DeleteWholeCache
GenerateStaticCacheJobClass in namespace SilverStripe\StaticPublishQueue\Job

Class GenerateStaticCacheJob add pages to static cache based on list of URLs

GenerateStaticCacheJob::getTitle() — Method in class GenerateStaticCacheJob
StaticCacheFullBuildJob::getTitle() — Method in class StaticCacheFullBuildJob
StaticCacheFullBuildJob::getSignature() — Method in class StaticCacheFullBuildJob
StaticCacheFullBuildJob::getAllLivePageURLs() — Method in class StaticCacheFullBuildJob
Publisher::generatePageResponse() — Method in class Publisher
Publisher::getHTTPApplication() — Method in class Publisher
Publisher::generatePHPCacheFile() — Method in class Publisher

Generate the templated content for a PHP script that can serve up the given piece of content with the given age and expiry.

Publisher::generateHTMLCacheRedirection() — Method in class Publisher
FilesystemPublisher::getDestPath() — Method in class FilesystemPublisher
FilesystemPublisher::getDestFolder() — Method in class FilesystemPublisher
FilesystemPublisher::getFileExtension() — Method in class FilesystemPublisher
FilesystemPublisher::getPublishedURLs() — Method in class FilesystemPublisher
UrlBundleInterface::getJobsForUrls() — Method in class UrlBundleInterface

Package URLs into jobs

UrlBundleService::getJobsForUrls() — Method in class UrlBundleService
UrlBundleService::getUrls() — Method in class UrlBundleService

Get URLs for further processing

SubsiteAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class SubsiteAdmin

Produces an edit form that includes a default \SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\GridField for the currently active \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObject. The GridField will show data from the currently active modelClass only (see self::init()).

SubsiteXHRController::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class SubsiteXHRController

Caution: Volatile API.

GroupSubsitesClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Extensions

Extension for the Group object to add subsites support

LeftAndMainSubsites::getCMSTreeTitle() — Method in class LeftAndMainSubsites

Set the title of the CMS tree

GridFieldSubsiteDetailFormClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Forms
GridFieldSubsiteDetailFormItemRequestClass in namespace SilverStripe\Subsites\Forms
SubsitesTreeDropdownField::getSubsiteId() — Method in class SubsitesTreeDropdownField

Get the subsite ID to use when generating the tree

InitStateMiddleware::getIsAdmin() — Method in class InitStateMiddleware

Determine whether the website is being viewed from an admin protected area or not

Subsite::getSubsiteIDForDomain() — Method in class Subsite

Get a matching subsite for the given host, or for the current HTTP_HOST.

Subsite::get_from_all_subsites() — Method in class Subsite
Subsite::getCMSFields() — Method in class Subsite

Show the configuration fields for each subsite

Subsite::getPageTypeMap() — Method in class Subsite

Return a list of the different page types available to the CMS

Subsite::getLanguage() — Method in class Subsite
Subsite::getPrimarySubsiteDomain() — Method in class Subsite

Finds the primary {SubsiteDomain} object for this subsite

Subsite::getPrimaryDomain() — Method in class Subsite
Subsite::getMembersByPermission() — Method in class Subsite
SubsiteDomain::getTitle() — Method in class SubsiteDomain

Get the descriptive title for this domain

SubsiteDomain::getCMSFields() — Method in class SubsiteDomain
SubsiteDomain::getFullProtocol() — Method in class SubsiteDomain

Gets the full protocol (including ://) for this domain

SubsiteDomain::getSubstitutedDomain() — Method in class SubsiteDomain

Retrieves domain name with wildcards substituted with actual values

SubsiteDomain::getAbsoluteLink() — Method in class SubsiteDomain

Get absolute link for this domain

SubsitesVirtualPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class SubsitesVirtualPage

Generate the CMS fields from the fields from the original page.

SubsitesVirtualPage::getCopyContentFromID_SubsiteID() — Method in class SubsitesVirtualPage
SubsitesVirtualPage::getVirtualFields() — Method in class SubsitesVirtualPage

Generates the array of fields required for the page type.

ThemeResolver::getThemeList() — Method in class ThemeResolver

Get the list of themes for the given sub site that can be given to SSViewer::set_themes

ThemeResolver::getCustomThemeOptions() — Method in class ThemeResolver

Get a list of custom cascading theme definitions if available

SubsiteState::getSubsiteId() — Method in class SubsiteState

Get the current subsite ID

SubsiteState::getUseSessions() — Method in class SubsiteState

Get whether to use sessions for storing the subsite ID

SubsiteState::getSubsiteIdWasChanged() — Method in class SubsiteState

Get whether the subsite ID has been changed during a request, based on the original and current IDs

Method::getName() — Method in class Method

Provide a localised name for this MFA Method.

Method::getURLSegment() — Method in class Method

Get a URL segment for this method. This will be used in URL paths for performing authentication by this method

Method::getVerifyHandler() — Method in class Method

Return the VerifyHandler that is used to start and check verification attempts with this method

Method::getRegisterHandler() — Method in class Method

Return the RegisterHandler that is used to perform registrations with this method

Method::getThumbnail() — Method in class Method

Return a URL to an image to be used as a thumbnail in the MFA login/registration grid for all MFA methods

Method::getUnavailableMessage() — Method in class Method

If not available to be used, provide a message to display on the frontend to explain why.

Method::getCodeLength() — Method in class Method

Get the length of the TOTP code

RegisterHandler::generateSecret() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Generates a TOTP secret to the configured maximum length

RegisterHandler::getDescription() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Provide a localised description of this MFA Method.

RegisterHandler::getSupportLink() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Provide a localised URL to a support article about the registration process for this MFA Method.

RegisterHandler::getSupportText() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Provide a localised string to describe the support link {getSupportLink} about this MFA Method.

RegisterHandler::getComponent() — Method in class RegisterHandler

Get the key that a React UI component is registered under (with @silverstripe/react-injector on the front-end)

TOTPAware::getEncryptionKey() — Method in class TOTPAware

Gets the encryption key to use from environment variables. This is generated by default on the Common Web Platform, but can be defined as a custom value if required.

TOTPAware::getTotp() — Method in class TOTPAware

Get an instance of the TOTP handler service. The secret must already be defined and set to the StoreInterface.

VerifyHandler::getComponent() — Method in class VerifyHandler

Get the key that a React UI component is registered under (with @silverstripe/react-injector on the front-end)

VerifyHandler::getLogger() — Method in class VerifyHandler
StringTagField::getShouldLazyLoad() — Method in class StringTagField
StringTagField::getLazyLoadItemLimit() — Method in class StringTagField
StringTagField::getIsMultiple() — Method in class StringTagField
StringTagField::getRecord() — Method in class StringTagField
StringTagField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class StringTagField

Provide TagField data to the JSON schema for the frontend component

StringTagField::getAttributes() — Method in class StringTagField

When not used in a React form factory context, this adds the schema data to SilverStripe template rendered attributes lists

StringTagField::getSuggestURL() — Method in class StringTagField
StringTagField::getOptions() — Method in class StringTagField
StringTagField::getOrCreateTag() — Method in class StringTagField

Get or create tag with the given value

StringTagField::getTags() — Method in class StringTagField

Returns array of arrays representing tags that partially match the given search term

StringTagField::getCanCreate() — Method in class StringTagField
TagField::getShouldLazyLoad() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getLazyLoadItemLimit() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getIsMultiple() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getCanCreate() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getTitleField() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getSourceList() — Method in class TagField

Get the DataList source. The 4.x upgrade for SelectField::setSource starts to convert this to an array.

TagField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TagField

Provide TagField data to the JSON schema for the frontend component

TagField::getSuggestURL() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getOptions() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getSource() — Method in class TagField

Gets the source array if required

TagField::getAttributes() — Method in class TagField
TagField::getListValues() — Method in class TagField

Given a non-array collection, extract the non-associative list of ids If passing as array, treat the array values (not the keys) as the ids

TagField::getOrCreateTag() — Method in class TagField

Get or create tag with the given value

TagField::getTags() — Method in class TagField

Returns array of arrays representing tags.

TagField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class TagField

Gets the defaults for $schemaState.

TagField::getSchemaDataType() — Method in class TagField
GarbageCollectionTaskClass in namespace SilverStripe\Tasks
TaxonomyAdmin::getList() — Method in class TaxonomyAdmin

If terms are the models being managed, filter for only top-level terms - no children

TaxonomyAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class TaxonomyAdmin

Produces an edit form that includes a default \SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\GridField for the currently active \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObject. The GridField will show data from the currently active modelClass only (see self::init()).

TaxonomyTerm::getCMSFields() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form object.

TaxonomyTerm::getTaxonomy() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm

Get the top-level ancestor which doubles as the taxonomy.

TaxonomyTerm::getTaxonomyName() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm

Gets the name of the top-level ancestor

TaxonomyTerm::getTaxonomyType() — Method in class TaxonomyTerm

Get the type of the top-level ancestor if it is set

Cache::get_cache() — Method in class Cache
Cache::getKey() — Method in class Cache
FileTextExtractable::getTextCache() — Method in class FileTextExtractable
FileTextExtractable::getFileContent() — Method in class FileTextExtractable

Helper function for template

FileTextExtractor::get_extractor_classes() — Method in class FileTextExtractor

Gets the list of prioritised extractor classes

FileTextExtractor::get_extractor() — Method in class FileTextExtractor

Get the text file extractor for the given class

FileTextExtractor::getPathFromFile() — Method in class FileTextExtractor

Some text extractors (like pdftotext) may require a physical file to read from, so write the current file contents to a temp file and return its path

FileTextExtractor::getContent() — Method in class FileTextExtractor

Given a File instance, extract the contents as text.

HTMLTextExtractor::getContent() — Method in class HTMLTextExtractor

Extracts content from regex, by using strip_tags() combined with regular expressions to remove non-content tags like